CA2574040A1 - Iap binding compounds - Google Patents
Iap binding compounds Download PDFInfo
- Publication number
- CA2574040A1 CA2574040A1 CA002574040A CA2574040A CA2574040A1 CA 2574040 A1 CA2574040 A1 CA 2574040A1 CA 002574040 A CA002574040 A CA 002574040A CA 2574040 A CA2574040 A CA 2574040A CA 2574040 A1 CA2574040 A1 CA 2574040A1
- Authority
- CA
- Canada
- Prior art keywords
- group
- groups
- alkyl
- optionally
- substituted
- Prior art date
- Legal status (The legal status is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the status listed.)
- Granted
Links
- 230000027455 binding Effects 0.000 title claims abstract description 352
- 150000001875 compounds Chemical class 0.000 title claims abstract description 206
- 108091007065 BIRCs Proteins 0.000 claims abstract description 319
- 238000000034 method Methods 0.000 claims abstract description 66
- 239000000203 mixture Substances 0.000 claims abstract description 58
- 125000000217 alkyl group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 189
- -1 benzyloxy, benzyloxy, amino Chemical group 0.000 claims description 150
- 125000003118 aryl group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 118
- 125000004432 carbon atom Chemical group C* 0.000 claims description 101
- 125000001072 heteroaryl group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 95
- 125000005842 heteroatom Chemical group 0.000 claims description 93
- 125000003545 alkoxy group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 76
- 125000000304 alkynyl group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 68
- 125000002887 hydroxy group Chemical group [H]O* 0.000 claims description 68
- 125000001424 substituent group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 66
- 125000004429 atom Chemical group 0.000 claims description 65
- 125000000753 cycloalkyl group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 63
- 125000004104 aryloxy group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 62
- 125000003282 alkyl amino group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 60
- 125000000623 heterocyclic group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 57
- 125000003342 alkenyl group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 56
- 125000005553 heteroaryloxy group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 53
- 125000002837 carbocyclic group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 49
- 125000002924 primary amino group Chemical group [H]N([H])* 0.000 claims description 47
- 125000004663 dialkyl amino group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 43
- 125000004183 alkoxy alkyl group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 36
- BDHFUVZGWQCTTF-UHFFFAOYSA-M sulfonate Chemical compound [O-]S(=O)=O BDHFUVZGWQCTTF-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 claims description 34
- 125000002947 alkylene group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 31
- 229910052736 halogen Inorganic materials 0.000 claims description 27
- 150000002367 halogens Chemical class 0.000 claims description 27
- 125000004450 alkenylene group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 22
- 125000002777 acetyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])C(*)=O 0.000 claims description 21
- IJGRMHOSHXDMSA-UHFFFAOYSA-N nitrogen Substances N#N IJGRMHOSHXDMSA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims description 21
- 150000003839 salts Chemical class 0.000 claims description 21
- 125000002252 acyl group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 20
- 125000002496 methyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])* 0.000 claims description 20
- NFGODEMQGQNUKK-UHFFFAOYSA-M [6-(diethylamino)-9-(2-octadecoxycarbonylphenyl)xanthen-3-ylidene]-diethylazanium;chloride Chemical compound [Cl-].CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCOC(=O)C1=CC=CC=C1C1=C2C=CC(=[N+](CC)CC)C=C2OC2=CC(N(CC)CC)=CC=C21 NFGODEMQGQNUKK-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 claims description 19
- 150000002466 imines Chemical class 0.000 claims description 19
- 125000003544 oxime group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 19
- 150000003457 sulfones Chemical class 0.000 claims description 19
- 150000007942 carboxylates Chemical class 0.000 claims description 18
- 125000004419 alkynylene group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 17
- 125000003710 aryl alkyl group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 17
- 125000000547 substituted alkyl group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 16
- 230000004663 cell proliferation Effects 0.000 claims description 14
- 229910052757 nitrogen Inorganic materials 0.000 claims description 14
- 125000000592 heterocycloalkyl group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 13
- 239000001257 hydrogen Substances 0.000 claims description 13
- 229910052739 hydrogen Inorganic materials 0.000 claims description 13
- 125000001495 ethyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])C([H])([H])* 0.000 claims description 11
- UFHFLCQGNIYNRP-UHFFFAOYSA-N Hydrogen Chemical class [H][H] UFHFLCQGNIYNRP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims description 9
- 125000004093 cyano group Chemical group *C#N 0.000 claims description 8
- 125000000000 cycloalkoxy group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 8
- 239000003937 drug carrier Substances 0.000 claims description 8
- 125000005843 halogen group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 8
- 125000004366 heterocycloalkenyl group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 8
- 230000035755 proliferation Effects 0.000 claims description 8
- 125000001769 aryl amino group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 7
- 125000002877 alkyl aryl group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 5
- 125000000440 benzylamino group Chemical group [H]N(*)C([H])([H])C1=C([H])C([H])=C([H])C([H])=C1[H] 0.000 claims description 5
- 125000004474 heteroalkylene group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 5
- 125000004356 hydroxy functional group Chemical group O* 0.000 claims description 5
- QJGQUHMNIGDVPM-UHFFFAOYSA-N nitrogen group Chemical group [N] QJGQUHMNIGDVPM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims description 3
- 102000055031 Inhibitor of Apoptosis Proteins Human genes 0.000 abstract description 308
- 230000006907 apoptotic process Effects 0.000 abstract description 34
- 238000003556 assay Methods 0.000 abstract description 26
- 230000001225 therapeutic effect Effects 0.000 abstract description 24
- 210000004027 cell Anatomy 0.000 description 204
- XEKOWRVHYACXOJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N Ethyl acetate Chemical compound CCOC(C)=O XEKOWRVHYACXOJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 183
- 239000000243 solution Substances 0.000 description 109
- UIIMBOGNXHQVGW-UHFFFAOYSA-M Sodium bicarbonate Chemical compound [Na+].OC([O-])=O UIIMBOGNXHQVGW-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 88
- 235000019439 ethyl acetate Nutrition 0.000 description 87
- OKKJLVBELUTLKV-UHFFFAOYSA-N Methanol Chemical compound OC OKKJLVBELUTLKV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 81
- 125000001449 isopropyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])C([H])(*)C([H])([H])[H] 0.000 description 75
- 239000012267 brine Substances 0.000 description 72
- HPALAKNZSZLMCH-UHFFFAOYSA-M sodium;chloride;hydrate Chemical compound O.[Na+].[Cl-] HPALAKNZSZLMCH-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 72
- HEDRZPFGACZZDS-MICDWDOJSA-N Trichloro(2H)methane Chemical compound [2H]C(Cl)(Cl)Cl HEDRZPFGACZZDS-MICDWDOJSA-N 0.000 description 70
- VLKZOEOYAKHREP-UHFFFAOYSA-N n-Hexane Chemical compound CCCCCC VLKZOEOYAKHREP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 69
- 239000011541 reaction mixture Substances 0.000 description 68
- 101150041968 CDC13 gene Proteins 0.000 description 66
- RTZKZFJDLAIYFH-UHFFFAOYSA-N Diethyl ether Chemical compound CCOCC RTZKZFJDLAIYFH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 65
- 238000005160 1H NMR spectroscopy Methods 0.000 description 52
- XLYOFNOQVPJJNP-UHFFFAOYSA-N water Substances O XLYOFNOQVPJJNP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 52
- 239000007832 Na2SO4 Substances 0.000 description 49
- PMZURENOXWZQFD-UHFFFAOYSA-L Sodium Sulfate Chemical compound [Na+].[Na+].[O-]S([O-])(=O)=O PMZURENOXWZQFD-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 49
- DTQVDTLACAAQTR-UHFFFAOYSA-N Trifluoroacetic acid Chemical compound OC(=O)C(F)(F)F DTQVDTLACAAQTR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 49
- 229910052938 sodium sulfate Inorganic materials 0.000 description 49
- 235000011152 sodium sulphate Nutrition 0.000 description 49
- 238000010898 silica gel chromatography Methods 0.000 description 43
- 235000017557 sodium bicarbonate Nutrition 0.000 description 41
- 229910000030 sodium bicarbonate Inorganic materials 0.000 description 41
- 102100033189 Diablo IAP-binding mitochondrial protein Human genes 0.000 description 39
- 101710101225 Diablo IAP-binding mitochondrial protein Proteins 0.000 description 37
- 208000037265 diseases, disorders, signs and symptoms Diseases 0.000 description 37
- HEMHJVSKTPXQMS-UHFFFAOYSA-M Sodium hydroxide Chemical compound [OH-].[Na+] HEMHJVSKTPXQMS-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 36
- 210000001519 tissue Anatomy 0.000 description 36
- 239000000523 sample Substances 0.000 description 35
- 230000002829 reductive effect Effects 0.000 description 32
- 239000007787 solid Substances 0.000 description 32
- 239000000047 product Substances 0.000 description 29
- 239000002904 solvent Substances 0.000 description 29
- 150000001412 amines Chemical class 0.000 description 26
- 238000011282 treatment Methods 0.000 description 26
- 239000012043 crude product Substances 0.000 description 25
- 239000003814 drug Substances 0.000 description 25
- 108090000623 proteins and genes Proteins 0.000 description 25
- 238000005481 NMR spectroscopy Methods 0.000 description 24
- 102000004169 proteins and genes Human genes 0.000 description 24
- 238000000746 purification Methods 0.000 description 24
- SJRJJKPEHAURKC-UHFFFAOYSA-N N-Methylmorpholine Chemical compound CN1CCOCC1 SJRJJKPEHAURKC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 23
- 229940024606 amino acid Drugs 0.000 description 23
- 235000018102 proteins Nutrition 0.000 description 23
- 235000001014 amino acid Nutrition 0.000 description 22
- 150000001413 amino acids Chemical class 0.000 description 22
- 201000010099 disease Diseases 0.000 description 22
- 108090000765 processed proteins & peptides Proteins 0.000 description 22
- 239000007821 HATU Substances 0.000 description 21
- 102000011727 Caspases Human genes 0.000 description 20
- 108010076667 Caspases Proteins 0.000 description 20
- 108700031544 X-Linked Inhibitor of Apoptosis Proteins 0.000 description 20
- 102000050257 X-Linked Inhibitor of Apoptosis Human genes 0.000 description 20
- 230000000694 effects Effects 0.000 description 19
- 238000002360 preparation method Methods 0.000 description 18
- 206010028980 Neoplasm Diseases 0.000 description 17
- 239000012230 colorless oil Substances 0.000 description 17
- 239000000975 dye Substances 0.000 description 17
- 238000012360 testing method Methods 0.000 description 17
- RWRDLPDLKQPQOW-UHFFFAOYSA-N Pyrrolidine Chemical group C1CCNC1 RWRDLPDLKQPQOW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 16
- 230000002159 abnormal effect Effects 0.000 description 16
- 210000005170 neoplastic cell Anatomy 0.000 description 16
- 239000003921 oil Substances 0.000 description 16
- 235000019198 oils Nutrition 0.000 description 16
- 150000003235 pyrrolidines Chemical class 0.000 description 16
- 150000003254 radicals Chemical group 0.000 description 16
- 208000035475 disorder Diseases 0.000 description 15
- 229940080818 propionamide Drugs 0.000 description 15
- 241000124008 Mammalia Species 0.000 description 14
- 239000000284 extract Substances 0.000 description 14
- 239000000126 substance Substances 0.000 description 14
- VEXZGXHMUGYJMC-UHFFFAOYSA-N Hydrochloric acid Chemical compound Cl VEXZGXHMUGYJMC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 13
- 201000011510 cancer Diseases 0.000 description 13
- 229920006395 saturated elastomer Polymers 0.000 description 13
- IAZDPXIOMUYVGZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N Dimethylsulphoxide Chemical compound CS(C)=O IAZDPXIOMUYVGZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 12
- KDLHZDBZIXYQEI-UHFFFAOYSA-N Palladium Chemical compound [Pd] KDLHZDBZIXYQEI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 12
- 230000003993 interaction Effects 0.000 description 12
- LFQSCWFLJHTTHZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N Ethanol Chemical compound CCO LFQSCWFLJHTTHZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 11
- LYCAIKOWRPUZTN-UHFFFAOYSA-N Ethylene glycol Chemical compound OCCO LYCAIKOWRPUZTN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 11
- 239000011203 carbon fibre reinforced carbon Substances 0.000 description 11
- 230000008859 change Effects 0.000 description 11
- 238000006243 chemical reaction Methods 0.000 description 11
- 239000000539 dimer Substances 0.000 description 11
- 239000000706 filtrate Substances 0.000 description 11
- IXCSERBJSXMMFS-UHFFFAOYSA-N hydrogen chloride Substances Cl.Cl IXCSERBJSXMMFS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 11
- 238000001819 mass spectrum Methods 0.000 description 11
- 125000000999 tert-butyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])C(*)(C([H])([H])[H])C([H])([H])[H] 0.000 description 11
- 229940124597 therapeutic agent Drugs 0.000 description 11
- 150000001408 amides Chemical class 0.000 description 10
- 239000003795 chemical substances by application Substances 0.000 description 10
- 150000004292 cyclic ethers Chemical class 0.000 description 10
- 238000001514 detection method Methods 0.000 description 10
- 238000001914 filtration Methods 0.000 description 10
- 230000014509 gene expression Effects 0.000 description 10
- 230000000670 limiting effect Effects 0.000 description 10
- 239000012074 organic phase Substances 0.000 description 10
- 239000000651 prodrug Substances 0.000 description 10
- 229940002612 prodrug Drugs 0.000 description 10
- 241001465754 Metazoa Species 0.000 description 9
- 229940079593 drug Drugs 0.000 description 9
- 150000003951 lactams Chemical class 0.000 description 9
- 229910052760 oxygen Inorganic materials 0.000 description 9
- QTBSBXVTEAMEQO-UHFFFAOYSA-N Acetic acid Chemical compound CC(O)=O QTBSBXVTEAMEQO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 8
- 102100027522 Baculoviral IAP repeat-containing protein 7 Human genes 0.000 description 8
- QVGXLLKOCUKJST-UHFFFAOYSA-N atomic oxygen Chemical compound [O] QVGXLLKOCUKJST-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 8
- 125000003178 carboxy group Chemical group [H]OC(*)=O 0.000 description 8
- 239000003054 catalyst Substances 0.000 description 8
- 239000000032 diagnostic agent Substances 0.000 description 8
- 229940039227 diagnostic agent Drugs 0.000 description 8
- 239000006260 foam Substances 0.000 description 8
- 125000001570 methylene group Chemical group [H]C([H])([*:1])[*:2] 0.000 description 8
- 238000013421 nuclear magnetic resonance imaging Methods 0.000 description 8
- 239000001301 oxygen Substances 0.000 description 8
- RIOQSEWOXXDEQQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N triphenylphosphine Chemical compound C1=CC=CC=C1P(C=1C=CC=CC=1)C1=CC=CC=C1 RIOQSEWOXXDEQQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 8
- 101000936083 Homo sapiens Baculoviral IAP repeat-containing protein 7 Proteins 0.000 description 7
- NINIDFKCEFEMDL-UHFFFAOYSA-N Sulfur Chemical compound [S] NINIDFKCEFEMDL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 7
- 108010002687 Survivin Proteins 0.000 description 7
- 102000000763 Survivin Human genes 0.000 description 7
- 230000015572 biosynthetic process Effects 0.000 description 7
- 239000012530 fluid Substances 0.000 description 7
- 230000001404 mediated effect Effects 0.000 description 7
- 238000012544 monitoring process Methods 0.000 description 7
- 208000015122 neurodegenerative disease Diseases 0.000 description 7
- 125000006239 protecting group Chemical group 0.000 description 7
- 125000001544 thienyl group Chemical class 0.000 description 7
- 231100000331 toxic Toxicity 0.000 description 7
- 230000002588 toxic effect Effects 0.000 description 7
- YXFVVABEGXRONW-UHFFFAOYSA-N Toluene Chemical compound CC1=CC=CC=C1 YXFVVABEGXRONW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 6
- ZMANZCXQSJIPKH-UHFFFAOYSA-N Triethylamine Chemical compound CCN(CC)CC ZMANZCXQSJIPKH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 6
- WXIONIWNXBAHRU-UHFFFAOYSA-N [dimethylamino(triazolo[4,5-b]pyridin-3-yloxy)methylidene]-dimethylazanium Chemical compound C1=CN=C2N(OC(N(C)C)=[N+](C)C)N=NC2=C1 WXIONIWNXBAHRU-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 6
- 125000001309 chloro group Chemical group Cl* 0.000 description 6
- 238000011161 development Methods 0.000 description 6
- 125000000524 functional group Chemical group 0.000 description 6
- 150000002431 hydrogen Chemical class 0.000 description 6
- 239000008194 pharmaceutical composition Substances 0.000 description 6
- 239000000546 pharmaceutical excipient Substances 0.000 description 6
- 102000004196 processed proteins & peptides Human genes 0.000 description 6
- 239000011734 sodium Substances 0.000 description 6
- 229910052717 sulfur Inorganic materials 0.000 description 6
- 239000011593 sulfur Substances 0.000 description 6
- HBAQYPYDRFILMT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 8-[3-(1-cyclopropylpyrazol-4-yl)-1H-pyrazolo[4,3-d]pyrimidin-5-yl]-3-methyl-3,8-diazabicyclo[3.2.1]octan-2-one Chemical class C1(CC1)N1N=CC(=C1)C1=NNC2=C1N=C(N=C2)N1C2C(N(CC1CC2)C)=O HBAQYPYDRFILMT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 5
- 208000023275 Autoimmune disease Diseases 0.000 description 5
- 108700003785 Baculoviral IAP Repeat-Containing 3 Proteins 0.000 description 5
- 102100021662 Baculoviral IAP repeat-containing protein 3 Human genes 0.000 description 5
- 208000012239 Developmental disease Diseases 0.000 description 5
- AHLPHDHHMVZTML-BYPYZUCNSA-N L-Ornithine Chemical compound NCCC[C@H](N)C(O)=O AHLPHDHHMVZTML-BYPYZUCNSA-N 0.000 description 5
- OUYCCCASQSFEME-QMMMGPOBSA-N L-tyrosine Chemical compound OC(=O)[C@@H](N)CC1=CC=C(O)C=C1 OUYCCCASQSFEME-QMMMGPOBSA-N 0.000 description 5
- AHLPHDHHMVZTML-UHFFFAOYSA-N Orn-delta-NH2 Natural products NCCCC(N)C(O)=O AHLPHDHHMVZTML-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 5
- UTJLXEIPEHZYQJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N Ornithine Natural products OC(=O)C(C)CCCN UTJLXEIPEHZYQJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 5
- JUJWROOIHBZHMG-UHFFFAOYSA-N Pyridine Chemical compound C1=CC=NC=C1 JUJWROOIHBZHMG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 5
- 229960003767 alanine Drugs 0.000 description 5
- 125000004453 alkoxycarbonyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 5
- 239000012298 atmosphere Substances 0.000 description 5
- 230000004071 biological effect Effects 0.000 description 5
- 229910052794 bromium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 5
- 239000002027 dichloromethane extract Substances 0.000 description 5
- 238000006073 displacement reaction Methods 0.000 description 5
- HTKDEPDRYISMEZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N ethyl 3-[3-(pyrrolidin-2-ylmethyl)-1-benzofuran-2-yl]propanoate Chemical compound CCOC(=O)CCC=1OC2=CC=CC=C2C=1CC1CCCN1 HTKDEPDRYISMEZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 5
- 229930195733 hydrocarbon Natural products 0.000 description 5
- 230000001976 improved effect Effects 0.000 description 5
- 238000001727 in vivo Methods 0.000 description 5
- 230000005764 inhibitory process Effects 0.000 description 5
- 230000002147 killing effect Effects 0.000 description 5
- 230000004048 modification Effects 0.000 description 5
- 238000012986 modification Methods 0.000 description 5
- 125000004123 n-propyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])* 0.000 description 5
- 210000004940 nucleus Anatomy 0.000 description 5
- 239000010502 orange oil Substances 0.000 description 5
- 229960003104 ornithine Drugs 0.000 description 5
- 238000004007 reversed phase HPLC Methods 0.000 description 5
- 125000003107 substituted aryl group Chemical group 0.000 description 5
- 230000001629 suppression Effects 0.000 description 5
- 238000003786 synthesis reaction Methods 0.000 description 5
- 229960004441 tyrosine Drugs 0.000 description 5
- OUYCCCASQSFEME-UHFFFAOYSA-N tyrosine Natural products OC(=O)C(N)CC1=CC=C(O)C=C1 OUYCCCASQSFEME-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 5
- QVHJQCGUWFKTSE-YFKPBYRVSA-N (2s)-2-[(2-methylpropan-2-yl)oxycarbonylamino]propanoic acid Chemical compound OC(=O)[C@H](C)NC(=O)OC(C)(C)C QVHJQCGUWFKTSE-YFKPBYRVSA-N 0.000 description 4
- IANQTJSKSUMEQM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1-benzofuran Chemical compound C1=CC=C2OC=CC2=C1 IANQTJSKSUMEQM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- IXQGCWUGDFDQMF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-Ethylphenol Chemical compound CCC1=CC=CC=C1O IXQGCWUGDFDQMF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- OCNBWTXFHOFGOB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-amino-n-[1-[2-[(5-methoxy-1-benzofuran-3-yl)methyl]pyrrolidin-1-yl]-3-methyl-1-oxobutan-2-yl]propanamide Chemical compound C12=CC(OC)=CC=C2OC=C1CC1CCCN1C(=O)C(NC(=O)C(C)N)C(C)C OCNBWTXFHOFGOB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- KNJUIOAQLXBAMP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-amino-n-[3-methyl-1-oxo-1-[2-[(5-pyridin-2-yl-1-benzofuran-3-yl)methyl]pyrrolidin-1-yl]butan-2-yl]propanamide Chemical compound CC(N)C(=O)NC(C(C)C)C(=O)N1CCCC1CC1=COC2=CC=C(C=3N=CC=CC=3)C=C12 KNJUIOAQLXBAMP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- 239000004215 Carbon black (E152) Substances 0.000 description 4
- KZSNJWFQEVHDMF-BYPYZUCNSA-N L-valine Chemical compound CC(C)[C@H](N)C(O)=O KZSNJWFQEVHDMF-BYPYZUCNSA-N 0.000 description 4
- 235000019502 Orange oil Nutrition 0.000 description 4
- 102100034574 P protein Human genes 0.000 description 4
- 101710181008 P protein Proteins 0.000 description 4
- 101710177166 Phosphoprotein Proteins 0.000 description 4
- KYQCOXFCLRTKLS-UHFFFAOYSA-N Pyrazine Chemical compound C1=CN=CC=N1 KYQCOXFCLRTKLS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- 239000002253 acid Substances 0.000 description 4
- 125000004442 acylamino group Chemical group 0.000 description 4
- QWCKQJZIFLGMSD-UHFFFAOYSA-N alpha-aminobutyric acid Chemical compound CCC(N)C(O)=O QWCKQJZIFLGMSD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- 238000004458 analytical method Methods 0.000 description 4
- 125000001246 bromo group Chemical group Br* 0.000 description 4
- 125000003917 carbamoyl group Chemical group [H]N([H])C(*)=O 0.000 description 4
- 125000002915 carbonyl group Chemical group [*:2]C([*:1])=O 0.000 description 4
- 150000002148 esters Chemical class 0.000 description 4
- DJPKGYFMFKZZBL-UHFFFAOYSA-N ethyl 3-[3-[[1-[2-(2-aminopropanoylamino)-3-methylbutanoyl]pyrrolidin-2-yl]methyl]-1-benzofuran-2-yl]propanoate Chemical compound CCOC(=O)CCC=1OC2=CC=CC=C2C=1CC1CCCN1C(=O)C(NC(=O)C(C)N)C(C)C DJPKGYFMFKZZBL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- 239000003112 inhibitor Substances 0.000 description 4
- 125000005647 linker group Chemical group 0.000 description 4
- 210000003470 mitochondria Anatomy 0.000 description 4
- 239000000178 monomer Substances 0.000 description 4
- 230000003287 optical effect Effects 0.000 description 4
- 239000000816 peptidomimetic Substances 0.000 description 4
- 238000002600 positron emission tomography Methods 0.000 description 4
- 230000008569 process Effects 0.000 description 4
- 230000002062 proliferating effect Effects 0.000 description 4
- 230000000069 prophylactic effect Effects 0.000 description 4
- 239000012453 solvate Substances 0.000 description 4
- 239000007858 starting material Substances 0.000 description 4
- NHGXDBSUJJNIRV-UHFFFAOYSA-M tetrabutylammonium chloride Chemical compound [Cl-].CCCC[N+](CCCC)(CCCC)CCCC NHGXDBSUJJNIRV-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 4
- KXDHJXZQYSOELW-UHFFFAOYSA-M Carbamate Chemical compound NC([O-])=O KXDHJXZQYSOELW-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 3
- 101710156605 Diablo homolog, mitochondrial Proteins 0.000 description 3
- 229910004373 HOAc Inorganic materials 0.000 description 3
- AFVFQIVMOAPDHO-UHFFFAOYSA-N Methanesulfonic acid Chemical compound CS(O)(=O)=O AFVFQIVMOAPDHO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- MUBZPKHOEPUJKR-UHFFFAOYSA-N Oxalic acid Chemical compound OC(=O)C(O)=O MUBZPKHOEPUJKR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- OFOBLEOULBTSOW-UHFFFAOYSA-N Propanedioic acid Natural products OC(=O)CC(O)=O OFOBLEOULBTSOW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- VYPSYNLAJGMNEJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N Silicium dioxide Chemical compound O=[Si]=O VYPSYNLAJGMNEJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 230000001640 apoptogenic effect Effects 0.000 description 3
- 238000003782 apoptosis assay Methods 0.000 description 3
- JZFWJLHZJWFTAY-UHFFFAOYSA-N benzyl 2-[[2-(3-ethoxy-3-oxoprop-1-enyl)-1-benzofuran-3-yl]methyl]pyrrolidine-1-carboxylate Chemical compound CCOC(=O)C=CC=1OC2=CC=CC=C2C=1CC1CCCN1C(=O)OCC1=CC=CC=C1 JZFWJLHZJWFTAY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 125000001797 benzyl group Chemical group [H]C1=C([H])C([H])=C(C([H])=C1[H])C([H])([H])* 0.000 description 3
- 230000000903 blocking effect Effects 0.000 description 3
- 125000004181 carboxyalkyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 3
- 229910052801 chlorine Inorganic materials 0.000 description 3
- KRKNYBCHXYNGOX-UHFFFAOYSA-N citric acid Chemical compound OC(=O)CC(O)(C(O)=O)CC(O)=O KRKNYBCHXYNGOX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 210000004748 cultured cell Anatomy 0.000 description 3
- 125000001511 cyclopentyl group Chemical group [H]C1([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])(*)C1([H])[H] 0.000 description 3
- 125000001559 cyclopropyl group Chemical group [H]C1([H])C([H])([H])C1([H])* 0.000 description 3
- URTJCLZCOIRFPX-UHFFFAOYSA-N ethyl 3-[3-[[1-(2-amino-3-methylbutanoyl)pyrrolidin-2-yl]methyl]-1-benzofuran-2-yl]propanoate Chemical compound CCOC(=O)CCC=1OC2=CC=CC=C2C=1CC1CCCN1C(=O)C(N)C(C)C URTJCLZCOIRFPX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 229910052731 fluorine Inorganic materials 0.000 description 3
- 239000012458 free base Substances 0.000 description 3
- 238000013537 high throughput screening Methods 0.000 description 3
- 125000004435 hydrogen atom Chemical group [H]* 0.000 description 3
- 238000003384 imaging method Methods 0.000 description 3
- 238000011534 incubation Methods 0.000 description 3
- 230000002401 inhibitory effect Effects 0.000 description 3
- 125000002950 monocyclic group Chemical group 0.000 description 3
- 230000002018 overexpression Effects 0.000 description 3
- 239000012466 permeate Substances 0.000 description 3
- 125000001997 phenyl group Chemical group [H]C1=C([H])C([H])=C(*)C([H])=C1[H] 0.000 description 3
- 239000002244 precipitate Substances 0.000 description 3
- 230000005522 programmed cell death Effects 0.000 description 3
- 238000000159 protein binding assay Methods 0.000 description 3
- UMJSCPRVCHMLSP-UHFFFAOYSA-N pyridine Natural products COC1=CC=CN=C1 UMJSCPRVCHMLSP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 238000001959 radiotherapy Methods 0.000 description 3
- 125000001712 tetrahydronaphthyl group Chemical group C1(CCCC2=CC=CC=C12)* 0.000 description 3
- 231100000167 toxic agent Toxicity 0.000 description 3
- 239000003440 toxic substance Substances 0.000 description 3
- SZXBQTSZISFIAO-ZETCQYMHSA-N (2s)-3-methyl-2-[(2-methylpropan-2-yl)oxycarbonylamino]butanoic acid Chemical compound CC(C)[C@@H](C(O)=O)NC(=O)OC(C)(C)C SZXBQTSZISFIAO-ZETCQYMHSA-N 0.000 description 2
- DIOHEXPTUTVCNX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1,1,1-trifluoro-n-phenyl-n-(trifluoromethylsulfonyl)methanesulfonamide Chemical compound FC(F)(F)S(=O)(=O)N(S(=O)(=O)C(F)(F)F)C1=CC=CC=C1 DIOHEXPTUTVCNX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- TVBBBGXDQQURHJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1-benzothiophene 1-oxide Chemical class C1=CC=C2S(=O)C=CC2=C1 TVBBBGXDQQURHJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- HZAXFHJVJLSVMW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-Aminoethan-1-ol Chemical compound NCCO HZAXFHJVJLSVMW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- DHFBCEBKNWKQPO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-amino-n-[1-[2-[(5-hydroxy-1-benzofuran-3-yl)methyl]pyrrolidin-1-yl]-3-methyl-1-oxobutan-2-yl]propanamide Chemical compound CC(N)C(=O)NC(C(C)C)C(=O)N1CCCC1CC1=COC2=CC=C(O)C=C12 DHFBCEBKNWKQPO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 125000000175 2-thienyl group Chemical class S1C([*])=C([H])C([H])=C1[H] 0.000 description 2
- RONDOCMJVZSRCE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 3-[3-(pyrrolidin-2-ylmethyl)-1-benzofuran-2-yl]propan-1-ol Chemical compound OCCCC=1OC2=CC=CC=C2C=1CC1CCCN1 RONDOCMJVZSRCE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- DDAMNFYSHXYIEV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 3-[3-[[1-[2-[(2-methylpropan-2-yl)oxycarbonylamino]-5-(phenylmethoxycarbonylamino)pentanoyl]pyrrolidin-2-yl]methyl]-1-benzofuran-2-yl]propanoic acid Chemical compound C1CCC(CC=2C3=CC=CC=C3OC=2CCC(O)=O)N1C(=O)C(NC(=O)OC(C)(C)C)CCCNC(=O)OCC1=CC=CC=C1 DDAMNFYSHXYIEV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- SFOZDGUDSBITMY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 3-[3-[[1-[5-amino-2-[(2-methylpropan-2-yl)oxycarbonylamino]pentanoyl]pyrrolidin-2-yl]methyl]-1-benzofuran-2-yl]propanoic acid Chemical compound CC(C)(C)OC(=O)NC(CCCN)C(=O)N1CCCC1CC1=C(CCC(O)=O)OC2=CC=CC=C12 SFOZDGUDSBITMY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 125000001541 3-thienyl group Chemical class S1C([H])=C([*])C([H])=C1[H] 0.000 description 2
- YYROPELSRYBVMQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 4-toluenesulfonyl chloride Chemical compound CC1=CC=C(S(Cl)(=O)=O)C=C1 YYROPELSRYBVMQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- ZBTDCBKSVOVQET-UHFFFAOYSA-N 6-fluoro-1-[2-[2-(2-methoxyethoxy)ethoxy]ethyl]-3-(pyrrolidin-2-ylmethyl)indole Chemical compound C12=CC=C(F)C=C2N(CCOCCOCCOC)C=C1CC1CCCN1 ZBTDCBKSVOVQET-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 208000024827 Alzheimer disease Diseases 0.000 description 2
- 235000014785 Bergenia crassifolia Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 240000004972 Bergenia crassifolia Species 0.000 description 2
- 241000283690 Bos taurus Species 0.000 description 2
- 102000004039 Caspase-9 Human genes 0.000 description 2
- 108090000566 Caspase-9 Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 102100030497 Cytochrome c Human genes 0.000 description 2
- 108010075031 Cytochromes c Proteins 0.000 description 2
- SRBFZHDQGSBBOR-IOVATXLUSA-N D-xylopyranose Chemical compound O[C@@H]1COC(O)[C@H](O)[C@H]1O SRBFZHDQGSBBOR-IOVATXLUSA-N 0.000 description 2
- VZCYOOQTPOCHFL-OWOJBTEDSA-N Fumaric acid Chemical compound OC(=O)\C=C\C(O)=O VZCYOOQTPOCHFL-OWOJBTEDSA-N 0.000 description 2
- AEMRFAOFKBGASW-UHFFFAOYSA-N Glycolic acid Chemical compound OCC(O)=O AEMRFAOFKBGASW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 241000282412 Homo Species 0.000 description 2
- 101000871228 Homo sapiens Diablo IAP-binding mitochondrial protein Proteins 0.000 description 2
- SIKJAQJRHWYJAI-UHFFFAOYSA-N Indole Chemical compound C1=CC=C2NC=CC2=C1 SIKJAQJRHWYJAI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- XEEYBQQBJWHFJM-UHFFFAOYSA-N Iron Chemical compound [Fe] XEEYBQQBJWHFJM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- RRHGJUQNOFWUDK-UHFFFAOYSA-N Isoprene Chemical compound CC(=C)C=C RRHGJUQNOFWUDK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 239000002616 MRI contrast agent Substances 0.000 description 2
- CSNNHWWHGAXBCP-UHFFFAOYSA-L Magnesium sulfate Chemical compound [Mg+2].[O-][S+2]([O-])([O-])[O-] CSNNHWWHGAXBCP-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 2
- JGFZNNIVVJXRND-UHFFFAOYSA-N N,N-Diisopropylethylamine (DIPEA) Chemical compound CCN(C(C)C)C(C)C JGFZNNIVVJXRND-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- PCNDJXKNXGMECE-UHFFFAOYSA-N Phenazine Natural products C1=CC=CC2=NC3=CC=CC=C3N=C21 PCNDJXKNXGMECE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- ISWSIDIOOBJBQZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N Phenol Chemical compound OC1=CC=CC=C1 ISWSIDIOOBJBQZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- NBIIXXVUZAFLBC-UHFFFAOYSA-N Phosphoric acid Chemical compound OP(O)(O)=O NBIIXXVUZAFLBC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 235000014676 Phragmites communis Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- GLUUGHFHXGJENI-UHFFFAOYSA-N Piperazine Chemical compound C1CNCCN1 GLUUGHFHXGJENI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- NQRYJNQNLNOLGT-UHFFFAOYSA-N Piperidine Chemical compound C1CCNCC1 NQRYJNQNLNOLGT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- LCTONWCANYUPML-UHFFFAOYSA-N Pyruvic acid Chemical compound CC(=O)C(O)=O LCTONWCANYUPML-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 229930006000 Sucrose Natural products 0.000 description 2
- QAOWNCQODCNURD-UHFFFAOYSA-N Sulfuric acid Chemical compound OS(O)(=O)=O QAOWNCQODCNURD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- SAJFRCWMROELEA-UHFFFAOYSA-N [3-[[1-[3-methyl-2-[2-[(2-methylpropan-2-yl)oxycarbonylamino]propanoylamino]butanoyl]pyrrolidin-2-yl]methyl]-1-benzofuran-5-yl] trifluoromethanesulfonate Chemical compound CC(C)(C)OC(=O)NC(C)C(=O)NC(C(C)C)C(=O)N1CCCC1CC1=COC2=CC=C(OS(=O)(=O)C(F)(F)F)C=C12 SAJFRCWMROELEA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 238000010521 absorption reaction Methods 0.000 description 2
- 150000007513 acids Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- 230000004913 activation Effects 0.000 description 2
- 125000005073 adamantyl group Chemical group C12(CC3CC(CC(C1)C3)C2)* 0.000 description 2
- 230000002411 adverse Effects 0.000 description 2
- 239000000556 agonist Substances 0.000 description 2
- 239000005557 antagonist Substances 0.000 description 2
- 230000002424 anti-apoptotic effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 239000002246 antineoplastic agent Substances 0.000 description 2
- 230000005775 apoptotic pathway Effects 0.000 description 2
- 239000007864 aqueous solution Substances 0.000 description 2
- 238000010936 aqueous wash Methods 0.000 description 2
- 125000002102 aryl alkyloxo group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- 230000009286 beneficial effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 230000008901 benefit Effects 0.000 description 2
- WPYMKLBDIGXBTP-UHFFFAOYSA-N benzoic acid Chemical compound OC(=O)C1=CC=CC=C1 WPYMKLBDIGXBTP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- JBFLGLOYKPKMHJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N benzyl 2-[(2-bromo-1-benzofuran-3-yl)methyl]pyrrolidine-1-carboxylate Chemical compound BrC=1OC2=CC=CC=C2C=1CC1CCCN1C(=O)OCC1=CC=CC=C1 JBFLGLOYKPKMHJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- AHAZTCWBFWZEND-UHFFFAOYSA-N benzyl 2-[[2-(3-hydroxyprop-1-enyl)-1-benzofuran-3-yl]methyl]pyrrolidine-1-carboxylate Chemical compound OCC=CC=1OC2=CC=CC=C2C=1CC1CCCN1C(=O)OCC1=CC=CC=C1 AHAZTCWBFWZEND-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 102000023732 binding proteins Human genes 0.000 description 2
- 108091008324 binding proteins Proteins 0.000 description 2
- SIPUZPBQZHNSDW-UHFFFAOYSA-N bis(2-methylpropyl)aluminum Chemical compound CC(C)C[Al]CC(C)C SIPUZPBQZHNSDW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- GDTBXPJZTBHREO-UHFFFAOYSA-N bromine Substances BrBr GDTBXPJZTBHREO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 239000000872 buffer Substances 0.000 description 2
- GHWVXCQZPNWFRO-UHFFFAOYSA-N butane-2,3-diamine Chemical compound CC(N)C(C)N GHWVXCQZPNWFRO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- RYYVLZVUVIJVGH-UHFFFAOYSA-N caffeine Chemical compound CN1C(=O)N(C)C(=O)C2=C1N=CN2C RYYVLZVUVIJVGH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 239000011575 calcium Substances 0.000 description 2
- 230000009920 chelation Effects 0.000 description 2
- 239000003153 chemical reaction reagent Substances 0.000 description 2
- 238000003776 cleavage reaction Methods 0.000 description 2
- 239000002872 contrast media Substances 0.000 description 2
- 150000001907 coumarones Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- DDRJAANPRJIHGJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N creatinine Chemical compound CN1CC(=O)NC1=N DDRJAANPRJIHGJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 125000004122 cyclic group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- 125000000392 cycloalkenyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- 125000001316 cycloalkyl alkyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- 125000004367 cycloalkylaryl group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- 125000000113 cyclohexyl group Chemical group [H]C1([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])(*)C([H])([H])C1([H])[H] 0.000 description 2
- 125000000640 cyclooctyl group Chemical group [H]C1([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])(*)C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C1([H])[H] 0.000 description 2
- 230000001086 cytosolic effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 229940127089 cytotoxic agent Drugs 0.000 description 2
- 238000013461 design Methods 0.000 description 2
- 235000014113 dietary fatty acids Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- XBDQKXXYIPTUBI-UHFFFAOYSA-N dimethylselenoniopropionate Natural products CCC(O)=O XBDQKXXYIPTUBI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 238000009510 drug design Methods 0.000 description 2
- 230000002255 enzymatic effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 239000012259 ether extract Substances 0.000 description 2
- LVSFQSVRMHRUDM-UHFFFAOYSA-N ethyl 3-[3-[[1-[2-[(2-methylpropan-2-yl)oxycarbonylamino]-5-(phenylmethoxycarbonylamino)pentanoyl]pyrrolidin-2-yl]methyl]-1-benzofuran-2-yl]propanoate Chemical compound CCOC(=O)CCC=1OC2=CC=CC=C2C=1CC1CCCN1C(=O)C(NC(=O)OC(C)(C)C)CCCNC(=O)OCC1=CC=CC=C1 LVSFQSVRMHRUDM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- XIAGWGWDZJSTLI-UHFFFAOYSA-N ethyl 3-[3-[[1-[3-methyl-2-[(2-methylpropan-2-yl)oxycarbonylamino]butanoyl]pyrrolidin-2-yl]methyl]-1-benzofuran-2-yl]propanoate Chemical compound CCOC(=O)CCC=1OC2=CC=CC=C2C=1CC1CCCN1C(=O)C(NC(=O)OC(C)(C)C)C(C)C XIAGWGWDZJSTLI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- LNQUASMFMAIYPI-UHFFFAOYSA-N ethyl 3-[3-[[1-[3-methyl-2-[2-[(2-methylpropan-2-yl)oxycarbonylamino]propanoylamino]butanoyl]pyrrolidin-2-yl]methyl]-1-benzofuran-2-yl]propanoate Chemical compound CCOC(=O)CCC=1OC2=CC=CC=C2C=1CC1CCCN1C(=O)C(NC(=O)C(C)NC(=O)OC(C)(C)C)C(C)C LNQUASMFMAIYPI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 239000000194 fatty acid Substances 0.000 description 2
- 229930195729 fatty acid Natural products 0.000 description 2
- 238000002875 fluorescence polarization Methods 0.000 description 2
- 239000007850 fluorescent dye Substances 0.000 description 2
- 125000002485 formyl group Chemical group [H]C(*)=O 0.000 description 2
- 125000001188 haloalkyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- 238000004128 high performance liquid chromatography Methods 0.000 description 2
- 238000000338 in vitro Methods 0.000 description 2
- 150000002475 indoles Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- 150000007529 inorganic bases Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- 230000003834 intracellular effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 229910052740 iodine Inorganic materials 0.000 description 2
- 125000000959 isobutyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])C([H])(C([H])([H])[H])C([H])([H])* 0.000 description 2
- 238000004519 manufacturing process Methods 0.000 description 2
- 239000000463 material Substances 0.000 description 2
- 125000006431 methyl cyclopropyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- 239000002480 mineral oil Substances 0.000 description 2
- 235000010446 mineral oil Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 230000006654 negative regulation of apoptotic process Effects 0.000 description 2
- 150000007530 organic bases Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- 239000005022 packaging material Substances 0.000 description 2
- YJVFFLUZDVXJQI-UHFFFAOYSA-L palladium(ii) acetate Chemical compound [Pd+2].CC([O-])=O.CC([O-])=O YJVFFLUZDVXJQI-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 2
- NFHFRUOZVGFOOS-UHFFFAOYSA-N palladium;triphenylphosphane Chemical compound [Pd].C1=CC=CC=C1P(C=1C=CC=CC=1)C1=CC=CC=C1.C1=CC=CC=C1P(C=1C=CC=CC=1)C1=CC=CC=C1.C1=CC=CC=C1P(C=1C=CC=CC=1)C1=CC=CC=C1.C1=CC=CC=C1P(C=1C=CC=CC=1)C1=CC=CC=C1 NFHFRUOZVGFOOS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 125000006340 pentafluoro ethyl group Chemical group FC(F)(F)C(F)(F)* 0.000 description 2
- 230000035699 permeability Effects 0.000 description 2
- 239000000825 pharmaceutical preparation Substances 0.000 description 2
- KHUXNRRPPZOJPT-UHFFFAOYSA-N phenoxy radical Chemical compound O=C1C=C[CH]C=C1 KHUXNRRPPZOJPT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 239000003504 photosensitizing agent Substances 0.000 description 2
- 229920001223 polyethylene glycol Polymers 0.000 description 2
- SCVFZCLFOSHCOH-UHFFFAOYSA-M potassium acetate Chemical compound [K+].CC([O-])=O SCVFZCLFOSHCOH-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 2
- 230000000861 pro-apoptotic effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 125000001500 prolyl group Chemical class [H]N1C([H])(C(=O)[*])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C1([H])[H] 0.000 description 2
- 238000011321 prophylaxis Methods 0.000 description 2
- 230000017854 proteolysis Effects 0.000 description 2
- 150000003216 pyrazines Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- 150000003222 pyridines Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- 238000010992 reflux Methods 0.000 description 2
- YGSDEFSMJLZEOE-UHFFFAOYSA-N salicylic acid Chemical compound OC(=O)C1=CC=CC=C1O YGSDEFSMJLZEOE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 230000007017 scission Effects 0.000 description 2
- 238000012216 screening Methods 0.000 description 2
- 150000003384 small molecules Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- 238000003756 stirring Methods 0.000 description 2
- 125000005415 substituted alkoxy group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- 125000004426 substituted alkynyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- 125000005346 substituted cycloalkyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- 239000005720 sucrose Substances 0.000 description 2
- 239000000725 suspension Substances 0.000 description 2
- 230000008685 targeting Effects 0.000 description 2
- VDJOSLZHOYTUPB-UHFFFAOYSA-N tert-butyl n-[1-[[1-[2-[(5-hydroxy-1-benzofuran-3-yl)methyl]pyrrolidin-1-yl]-3-methyl-1-oxobutan-2-yl]amino]-1-oxopropan-2-yl]carbamate Chemical compound CC(C)(C)OC(=O)NC(C)C(=O)NC(C(C)C)C(=O)N1CCCC1CC1=COC2=CC=C(O)C=C12 VDJOSLZHOYTUPB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- YHOLKKTZTWSFMO-UHFFFAOYSA-N tert-butyl n-[1-[[1-[2-[(5-methoxy-1-benzofuran-3-yl)methyl]pyrrolidin-1-yl]-3-methyl-1-oxobutan-2-yl]amino]-1-oxopropan-2-yl]carbamate Chemical compound C12=CC(OC)=CC=C2OC=C1CC1CCCN1C(=O)C(NC(=O)C(C)NC(=O)OC(C)(C)C)C(C)C YHOLKKTZTWSFMO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- HYGMIGXYRLUDET-UHFFFAOYSA-N tert-butyl n-[1-[[1-cyclohexyl-2-[2-[[6-fluoro-1-[2-[2-(2-methoxyethoxy)ethoxy]ethyl]indol-3-yl]methyl]pyrrolidin-1-yl]-2-oxoethyl]amino]-1-oxopropan-2-yl]-n-methylcarbamate Chemical compound C12=CC=C(F)C=C2N(CCOCCOCCOC)C=C1CC1CCCN1C(=O)C(NC(=O)C(C)N(C)C(=O)OC(C)(C)C)C1CCCCC1 HYGMIGXYRLUDET-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- PYTJMVRQVXHREE-UHFFFAOYSA-N tert-butyl n-[1-[[3-methyl-1-oxo-1-[2-[(5-pyridin-3-yl-1-benzofuran-3-yl)methyl]pyrrolidin-1-yl]butan-2-yl]amino]-1-oxopropan-2-yl]carbamate Chemical compound CC(C)(C)OC(=O)NC(C)C(=O)NC(C(C)C)C(=O)N1CCCC1CC1=COC2=CC=C(C=3C=NC=CC=3)C=C12 PYTJMVRQVXHREE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- ZTWATMAAGOQEMG-UHFFFAOYSA-N tert-butyl n-[1-cyclohexyl-2-[2-[[6-fluoro-1-[2-[2-(2-methoxyethoxy)ethoxy]ethyl]indol-3-yl]methyl]pyrrolidin-1-yl]-2-oxoethyl]carbamate Chemical compound C12=CC=C(F)C=C2N(CCOCCOCCOC)C=C1CC1CCCN1C(=O)C(NC(=O)OC(C)(C)C)C1CCCCC1 ZTWATMAAGOQEMG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- FLJZAODUOCZXSE-UHFFFAOYSA-N tert-butyl n-[3-(4-hydroxyphenyl)-1-[2-[[2-(3-hydroxypropyl)-1-benzofuran-3-yl]methyl]pyrrolidin-1-yl]-1-oxopropan-2-yl]carbamate Chemical compound C1CCC(CC=2C3=CC=CC=C3OC=2CCCO)N1C(=O)C(NC(=O)OC(C)(C)C)CC1=CC=C(O)C=C1 FLJZAODUOCZXSE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- YAPQBXQYLJRXSA-UHFFFAOYSA-N theobromine Chemical compound CN1C(=O)NC(=O)C2=C1N=CN2C YAPQBXQYLJRXSA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 125000004001 thioalkyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- JOXIMZWYDAKGHI-UHFFFAOYSA-N toluene-4-sulfonic acid Chemical compound CC1=CC=C(S(O)(=O)=O)C=C1 JOXIMZWYDAKGHI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 125000002088 tosyl group Chemical group [H]C1=C([H])C(=C([H])C([H])=C1C([H])([H])[H])S(*)(=O)=O 0.000 description 2
- VZCYOOQTPOCHFL-UHFFFAOYSA-N trans-butenedioic acid Natural products OC(=O)C=CC(O)=O VZCYOOQTPOCHFL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 230000005945 translocation Effects 0.000 description 2
- GETQZCLCWQTVFV-UHFFFAOYSA-N trimethylamine Chemical compound CN(C)C GETQZCLCWQTVFV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 229960004295 valine Drugs 0.000 description 2
- 125000000391 vinyl group Chemical group [H]C([*])=C([H])[H] 0.000 description 2
- MGXKBIYKSZJUEO-UHFFFAOYSA-N $l^{2}-azanylmethylbenzene Chemical compound [NH]CC1=CC=CC=C1 MGXKBIYKSZJUEO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- HDTRYLNUVZCQOY-UHFFFAOYSA-N α-D-glucopyranosyl-α-D-glucopyranoside Natural products OC1C(O)C(O)C(CO)OC1OC1C(O)C(O)C(O)C(CO)O1 HDTRYLNUVZCQOY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- QBYIENPQHBMVBV-HFEGYEGKSA-N (2R)-2-hydroxy-2-phenylacetic acid Chemical compound O[C@@H](C(O)=O)c1ccccc1.O[C@@H](C(O)=O)c1ccccc1 QBYIENPQHBMVBV-HFEGYEGKSA-N 0.000 description 1
- QSUXZIPXYDQFCX-JTQLQIEISA-N (2s)-2-cyclohexyl-2-[(2-methylpropan-2-yl)oxycarbonylamino]acetic acid Chemical compound CC(C)(C)OC(=O)N[C@H](C(O)=O)C1CCCCC1 QSUXZIPXYDQFCX-JTQLQIEISA-N 0.000 description 1
- CNBUSIJNWNXLQQ-NSHDSACASA-N (2s)-3-(4-hydroxyphenyl)-2-[(2-methylpropan-2-yl)oxycarbonylamino]propanoic acid Chemical compound CC(C)(C)OC(=O)N[C@H](C(O)=O)CC1=CC=C(O)C=C1 CNBUSIJNWNXLQQ-NSHDSACASA-N 0.000 description 1
- AMPVNPYPOOQUJF-ZETCQYMHSA-N (2s)-5-azaniumyl-2-[(2-methylpropan-2-yl)oxycarbonylamino]pentanoate Chemical compound CC(C)(C)OC(=O)N[C@H](C(O)=O)CCCN AMPVNPYPOOQUJF-ZETCQYMHSA-N 0.000 description 1
- WBYWAXJHAXSJNI-VOTSOKGWSA-M .beta-Phenylacrylic acid Natural products [O-]C(=O)\C=C\C1=CC=CC=C1 WBYWAXJHAXSJNI-VOTSOKGWSA-M 0.000 description 1
- FRJNKYGTHPUSJR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1-benzothiophene 1,1-dioxide Chemical compound C1=CC=C2S(=O)(=O)C=CC2=C1 FRJNKYGTHPUSJR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000004214 1-pyrrolidinyl group Chemical group [H]C1([H])N(*)C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C1([H])[H] 0.000 description 1
- OWEGMIWEEQEYGQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 100676-05-9 Natural products OC1C(O)C(O)C(CO)OC1OCC1C(O)C(O)C(O)C(OC2C(OC(O)C(O)C2O)CO)O1 OWEGMIWEEQEYGQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- MSWZFWKMSRAUBD-IVMDWMLBSA-N 2-amino-2-deoxy-D-glucopyranose Chemical compound N[C@H]1C(O)O[C@H](CO)[C@@H](O)[C@@H]1O MSWZFWKMSRAUBD-IVMDWMLBSA-N 0.000 description 1
- ZEIHZWQYRTVVMA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-bromo-1-[6-(dimethylamino)naphthalen-2-yl]ethanone Chemical compound C1=C(C(=O)CBr)C=CC2=CC(N(C)C)=CC=C21 ZEIHZWQYRTVVMA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- BFSVOASYOCHEOV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-diethylaminoethanol Chemical compound CCN(CC)CCO BFSVOASYOCHEOV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229940013085 2-diethylaminoethanol Drugs 0.000 description 1
- TUMCWFMHZOUPDA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-ethylsulfanyl-1,3-benzothiazol-6-amine Chemical compound C1=C(N)C=C2SC(SCC)=NC2=C1 TUMCWFMHZOUPDA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- KQDJTBPASNJQFQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-iodophenol Chemical compound OC1=CC=CC=C1I KQDJTBPASNJQFQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- IWTFOFMTUOBLHG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-methoxypyridine Chemical compound COC1=CC=CC=N1 IWTFOFMTUOBLHG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000004810 2-methylpropylene group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])C([H])(C([H])([H])[*:2])C([H])([H])[*:1] 0.000 description 1
- 125000000094 2-phenylethyl group Chemical group [H]C1=C([H])C([H])=C(C([H])=C1[H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])* 0.000 description 1
- 125000003903 2-propenyl group Chemical group [H]C([*])([H])C([H])=C([H])[H] 0.000 description 1
- BMYNFMYTOJXKLE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 3-azaniumyl-2-hydroxypropanoate Chemical compound NCC(O)C(O)=O BMYNFMYTOJXKLE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000005917 3-methylpentyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000003341 7 membered heterocyclic group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- QTBSBXVTEAMEQO-UHFFFAOYSA-M Acetate Chemical compound CC([O-])=O QTBSBXVTEAMEQO-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 1
- GUBGYTABKSRVRQ-XLOQQCSPSA-N Alpha-Lactose Chemical compound O[C@@H]1[C@@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@@H](CO)O[C@H]1O[C@@H]1[C@@H](CO)O[C@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@H]1O GUBGYTABKSRVRQ-XLOQQCSPSA-N 0.000 description 1
- QGZKDVFQNNGYKY-UHFFFAOYSA-O Ammonium Chemical compound [NH4+] QGZKDVFQNNGYKY-UHFFFAOYSA-O 0.000 description 1
- 102000010565 Apoptosis Regulatory Proteins Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108010063104 Apoptosis Regulatory Proteins Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 101100111638 Arabidopsis thaliana BIR2 gene Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 239000004475 Arginine Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000005711 Benzoic acid Substances 0.000 description 1
- KWIUHFFTVRNATP-UHFFFAOYSA-N Betaine Natural products C[N+](C)(C)CC([O-])=O KWIUHFFTVRNATP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 206010005003 Bladder cancer Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 108091003079 Bovine Serum Albumin Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 206010006187 Breast cancer Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 208000026310 Breast neoplasm Diseases 0.000 description 1
- WKBOTKDWSSQWDR-UHFFFAOYSA-N Bromine atom Chemical compound [Br] WKBOTKDWSSQWDR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 238000006418 Brown reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- OYPRJOBELJOOCE-UHFFFAOYSA-N Calcium Chemical compound [Ca] OYPRJOBELJOOCE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 241000282472 Canis lupus familiaris Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000283707 Capra Species 0.000 description 1
- 102000003952 Caspase 3 Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108090000397 Caspase 3 Proteins 0.000 description 1
- GXGJIOMUZAGVEH-UHFFFAOYSA-N Chamazulene Chemical group CCC1=CC=C(C)C2=CC=C(C)C2=C1 GXGJIOMUZAGVEH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- WBYWAXJHAXSJNI-SREVYHEPSA-N Cinnamic acid Chemical compound OC(=O)\C=C/C1=CC=CC=C1 WBYWAXJHAXSJNI-SREVYHEPSA-N 0.000 description 1
- RYGMFSIKBFXOCR-UHFFFAOYSA-N Copper Chemical compound [Cu] RYGMFSIKBFXOCR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- XFXPMWWXUTWYJX-UHFFFAOYSA-N Cyanide Chemical compound N#[C-] XFXPMWWXUTWYJX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 102000005927 Cysteine Proteases Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108010005843 Cysteine Proteases Proteins 0.000 description 1
- FBPFZTCFMRRESA-FSIIMWSLSA-N D-Glucitol Natural products OC[C@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@H](O)CO FBPFZTCFMRRESA-FSIIMWSLSA-N 0.000 description 1
- FBPFZTCFMRRESA-KVTDHHQDSA-N D-Mannitol Chemical compound OC[C@@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@H](O)CO FBPFZTCFMRRESA-KVTDHHQDSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 150000008574 D-amino acids Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- FBPFZTCFMRRESA-JGWLITMVSA-N D-glucitol Chemical compound OC[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@H](O)CO FBPFZTCFMRRESA-JGWLITMVSA-N 0.000 description 1
- MHZGKXUYDGKKIU-UHFFFAOYSA-N Decylamine Chemical compound CCCCCCCCCCN MHZGKXUYDGKKIU-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229920002307 Dextran Polymers 0.000 description 1
- FEWJPZIEWOKRBE-JCYAYHJZSA-N Dextrotartaric acid Chemical compound OC(=O)[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)C(O)=O FEWJPZIEWOKRBE-JCYAYHJZSA-N 0.000 description 1
- XBPCUCUWBYBCDP-UHFFFAOYSA-N Dicyclohexylamine Chemical compound C1CCCCC1NC1CCCCC1 XBPCUCUWBYBCDP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- LCGLNKUTAGEVQW-UHFFFAOYSA-N Dimethyl ether Chemical compound COC LCGLNKUTAGEVQW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 241000255581 Drosophila <fruit fly, genus> Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000196324 Embryophyta Species 0.000 description 1
- 102000010911 Enzyme Precursors Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108010062466 Enzyme Precursors Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102000004190 Enzymes Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108090000790 Enzymes Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 241000283086 Equidae Species 0.000 description 1
- VGGSQFUCUMXWEO-UHFFFAOYSA-N Ethene Chemical compound C=C VGGSQFUCUMXWEO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- JIGUQPWFLRLWPJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N Ethyl acrylate Chemical compound CCOC(=O)C=C JIGUQPWFLRLWPJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000005977 Ethylene Substances 0.000 description 1
- PIICEJLVQHRZGT-UHFFFAOYSA-N Ethylenediamine Chemical compound NCCN PIICEJLVQHRZGT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 241000282326 Felis catus Species 0.000 description 1
- BDAGIHXWWSANSR-UHFFFAOYSA-M Formate Chemical compound [O-]C=O BDAGIHXWWSANSR-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 1
- 206010017993 Gastrointestinal neoplasms Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 108010010803 Gelatin Proteins 0.000 description 1
- SQUHHTBVTRBESD-UHFFFAOYSA-N Hexa-Ac-myo-Inositol Natural products CC(=O)OC1C(OC(C)=O)C(OC(C)=O)C(OC(C)=O)C(OC(C)=O)C1OC(C)=O SQUHHTBVTRBESD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 241000238631 Hexapoda Species 0.000 description 1
- 101100272581 Homo sapiens BIRC7 gene Proteins 0.000 description 1
- DGAQECJNVWCQMB-PUAWFVPOSA-M Ilexoside XXIX Chemical compound C[C@@H]1CC[C@@]2(CC[C@@]3(C(=CC[C@H]4[C@]3(CC[C@@H]5[C@@]4(CC[C@@H](C5(C)C)OS(=O)(=O)[O-])C)C)[C@@H]2[C@]1(C)O)C)C(=O)O[C@H]6[C@@H]([C@H]([C@@H]([C@H](O6)CO)O)O)O.[Na+] DGAQECJNVWCQMB-PUAWFVPOSA-M 0.000 description 1
- 206010061218 Inflammation Diseases 0.000 description 1
- LPHGQDQBBGAPDZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N Isocaffeine Natural products CN1C(=O)N(C)C(=O)C2=C1N(C)C=N2 LPHGQDQBBGAPDZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 208000008839 Kidney Neoplasms Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 150000008575 L-amino acids Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- ODKSFYDXXFIFQN-BYPYZUCNSA-P L-argininium(2+) Chemical compound NC(=[NH2+])NCCC[C@H]([NH3+])C(O)=O ODKSFYDXXFIFQN-BYPYZUCNSA-P 0.000 description 1
- CKLJMWTZIZZHCS-REOHCLBHSA-N L-aspartic acid Chemical compound OC(=O)[C@@H](N)CC(O)=O CKLJMWTZIZZHCS-REOHCLBHSA-N 0.000 description 1
- HNDVDQJCIGZPNO-YFKPBYRVSA-N L-histidine Chemical compound OC(=O)[C@@H](N)CC1=CN=CN1 HNDVDQJCIGZPNO-YFKPBYRVSA-N 0.000 description 1
- KDXKERNSBIXSRK-YFKPBYRVSA-N L-lysine Chemical compound NCCCC[C@H](N)C(O)=O KDXKERNSBIXSRK-YFKPBYRVSA-N 0.000 description 1
- GUBGYTABKSRVRQ-QKKXKWKRSA-N Lactose Natural products OC[C@H]1O[C@@H](O[C@H]2[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)C(O)O[C@@H]2CO)[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@H]1O GUBGYTABKSRVRQ-QKKXKWKRSA-N 0.000 description 1
- WHXSMMKQMYFTQS-UHFFFAOYSA-N Lithium Chemical compound [Li] WHXSMMKQMYFTQS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 206010058467 Lung neoplasm malignant Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 206010025323 Lymphomas Diseases 0.000 description 1
- KDXKERNSBIXSRK-UHFFFAOYSA-N Lysine Natural products NCCCCC(N)C(O)=O KDXKERNSBIXSRK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000004472 Lysine Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000000134 MTT assay Methods 0.000 description 1
- 231100000002 MTT assay Toxicity 0.000 description 1
- FYYHWMGAXLPEAU-UHFFFAOYSA-N Magnesium Chemical compound [Mg] FYYHWMGAXLPEAU-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- GUBGYTABKSRVRQ-PICCSMPSSA-N Maltose Natural products O[C@@H]1[C@@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@@H](CO)O[C@@H]1O[C@@H]1[C@@H](CO)OC(O)[C@H](O)[C@H]1O GUBGYTABKSRVRQ-PICCSMPSSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229930195725 Mannitol Natural products 0.000 description 1
- 206010027476 Metastases Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 239000012359 Methanesulfonyl chloride Substances 0.000 description 1
- 108010058682 Mitochondrial Proteins Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102000006404 Mitochondrial Proteins Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 208000034578 Multiple myelomas Diseases 0.000 description 1
- KWIUHFFTVRNATP-UHFFFAOYSA-O N,N,N-trimethylglycinium Chemical compound C[N+](C)(C)CC(O)=O KWIUHFFTVRNATP-UHFFFAOYSA-O 0.000 description 1
- UEEJHVSXFDXPFK-UHFFFAOYSA-N N-dimethylaminoethanol Chemical compound CN(C)CCO UEEJHVSXFDXPFK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- HTLZVHNRZJPSMI-UHFFFAOYSA-N N-ethylpiperidine Chemical compound CCN1CCCCC1 HTLZVHNRZJPSMI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- MBBZMMPHUWSWHV-BDVNFPICSA-N N-methylglucamine Chemical compound CNC[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@H](O)CO MBBZMMPHUWSWHV-BDVNFPICSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000001429 N-terminal alpha-amino-acid group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 229910004882 Na2S2O8 Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 206010061309 Neoplasm progression Diseases 0.000 description 1
- GRYLNZFGIOXLOG-UHFFFAOYSA-N Nitric acid Chemical compound O[N+]([O-])=O GRYLNZFGIOXLOG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 108091093105 Nuclear DNA Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 108010047956 Nucleosomes Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 206010033128 Ovarian cancer Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 206010061535 Ovarian neoplasm Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 239000002033 PVDF binder Substances 0.000 description 1
- 208000018737 Parkinson disease Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 241001494479 Pecora Species 0.000 description 1
- 102000035195 Peptidases Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108091005804 Peptidases Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 206010035226 Plasma cell myeloma Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 229920003171 Poly (ethylene oxide) Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 239000002202 Polyethylene glycol Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000004721 Polyphenylene oxide Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229920001214 Polysorbate 60 Polymers 0.000 description 1
- ZLMJMSJWJFRBEC-UHFFFAOYSA-N Potassium Chemical compound [K] ZLMJMSJWJFRBEC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 206010060862 Prostate cancer Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 208000000236 Prostatic Neoplasms Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 239000004365 Protease Substances 0.000 description 1
- IWYDHOAUDWTVEP-UHFFFAOYSA-N R-2-phenyl-2-hydroxyacetic acid Natural products OC(=O)C(O)C1=CC=CC=C1 IWYDHOAUDWTVEP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 208000006265 Renal cell carcinoma Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 206010039491 Sarcoma Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 108010071390 Serum Albumin Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102000007562 Serum Albumin Human genes 0.000 description 1
- FAPWRFPIFSIZLT-UHFFFAOYSA-M Sodium chloride Chemical compound [Na+].[Cl-] FAPWRFPIFSIZLT-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 1
- KDYFGRWQOYBRFD-UHFFFAOYSA-N Succinic acid Natural products OC(=O)CCC(O)=O KDYFGRWQOYBRFD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- CZMRCDWAGMRECN-UGDNZRGBSA-N Sucrose Chemical compound O[C@H]1[C@H](O)[C@@H](CO)O[C@@]1(CO)O[C@@H]1[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@@H](CO)O1 CZMRCDWAGMRECN-UGDNZRGBSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 241000282898 Sus scrofa Species 0.000 description 1
- FEWJPZIEWOKRBE-UHFFFAOYSA-N Tartaric acid Natural products [H+].[H+].[O-]C(=O)C(O)C(O)C([O-])=O FEWJPZIEWOKRBE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- HDTRYLNUVZCQOY-WSWWMNSNSA-N Trehalose Natural products O[C@@H]1[C@@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@@H](CO)O[C@@H]1O[C@@H]1[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@@H](CO)O1 HDTRYLNUVZCQOY-WSWWMNSNSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 208000007097 Urinary Bladder Neoplasms Diseases 0.000 description 1
- TVXBFESIOXBWNM-UHFFFAOYSA-N Xylitol Natural products OCCC(O)C(O)C(O)CCO TVXBFESIOXBWNM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- HCHKCACWOHOZIP-UHFFFAOYSA-N Zinc Chemical compound [Zn] HCHKCACWOHOZIP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- XAKBSHICSHRJCL-UHFFFAOYSA-N [CH2]C(=O)C1=CC=CC=C1 Chemical group [CH2]C(=O)C1=CC=CC=C1 XAKBSHICSHRJCL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 159000000021 acetate salts Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 230000002378 acidificating effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000013543 active substance Substances 0.000 description 1
- 125000004423 acyloxy group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- HDTRYLNUVZCQOY-LIZSDCNHSA-N alpha,alpha-trehalose Chemical compound O[C@@H]1[C@@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@@H](CO)O[C@@H]1O[C@@H]1[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@@H](CO)O1 HDTRYLNUVZCQOY-LIZSDCNHSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 230000004075 alteration Effects 0.000 description 1
- 229910000147 aluminium phosphate Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 125000000539 amino acid group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000003277 amino group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 229940035674 anesthetics Drugs 0.000 description 1
- HSMPSHPWCOOUJH-UHFFFAOYSA-N anilinyl Chemical compound [NH]C1=CC=CC=C1 HSMPSHPWCOOUJH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229940124650 anti-cancer therapies Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 238000011319 anticancer therapy Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000008346 aqueous phase Substances 0.000 description 1
- PYMYPHUHKUWMLA-UHFFFAOYSA-N arabinose Natural products OCC(O)C(O)C(O)C=O PYMYPHUHKUWMLA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- ODKSFYDXXFIFQN-UHFFFAOYSA-N arginine Natural products OC(=O)C(N)CCCNC(N)=N ODKSFYDXXFIFQN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229960003121 arginine Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 125000003435 aroyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 150000008378 aryl ethers Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 150000005840 aryl radicals Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 229940009098 aspartate Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 238000000376 autoradiography Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000002585 base Substances 0.000 description 1
- 150000007514 bases Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- RFRXIWQYSOIBDI-UHFFFAOYSA-N benzarone Chemical compound CCC=1OC2=CC=CC=C2C=1C(=O)C1=CC=C(O)C=C1 RFRXIWQYSOIBDI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 235000010233 benzoic acid Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 150000001558 benzoic acid derivatives Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 125000003236 benzoyl group Chemical group [H]C1=C([H])C([H])=C(C([H])=C1[H])C(*)=O 0.000 description 1
- PUJDIJCNWFYVJX-UHFFFAOYSA-N benzyl carbamate Chemical compound NC(=O)OCC1=CC=CC=C1 PUJDIJCNWFYVJX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000000051 benzyloxy group Chemical group [H]C1=C([H])C([H])=C(C([H])=C1[H])C([H])([H])O* 0.000 description 1
- 125000001584 benzyloxycarbonyl group Chemical group C(=O)(OCC1=CC=CC=C1)* 0.000 description 1
- SRBFZHDQGSBBOR-UHFFFAOYSA-N beta-D-Pyranose-Lyxose Natural products OC1COC(O)C(O)C1O SRBFZHDQGSBBOR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- MSWZFWKMSRAUBD-UHFFFAOYSA-N beta-D-galactosamine Natural products NC1C(O)OC(CO)C(O)C1O MSWZFWKMSRAUBD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- GUBGYTABKSRVRQ-QUYVBRFLSA-N beta-maltose Chemical compound OC[C@H]1O[C@H](O[C@H]2[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@H](O)O[C@@H]2CO)[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@@H]1O GUBGYTABKSRVRQ-QUYVBRFLSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229960003237 betaine Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 239000011230 binding agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000000975 bioactive effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000001574 biopsy Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000007413 biotinylation Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000006287 biotinylation Effects 0.000 description 1
- 210000001124 body fluid Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 229940098773 bovine serum albumin Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 125000003865 brosyl group Chemical group [H]C1=C([H])C(=C([H])C([H])=C1Br)S(*)(=O)=O 0.000 description 1
- KDYFGRWQOYBRFD-NUQCWPJISA-N butanedioic acid Chemical compound O[14C](=O)CC[14C](O)=O KDYFGRWQOYBRFD-NUQCWPJISA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000000484 butyl group Chemical group [H]C([*])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])[H] 0.000 description 1
- 229960001948 caffeine Drugs 0.000 description 1
- VJEONQKOZGKCAK-UHFFFAOYSA-N caffeine Natural products CN1C(=O)N(C)C(=O)C2=C1C=CN2C VJEONQKOZGKCAK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229910052791 calcium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 208000035269 cancer or benign tumor Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 150000001732 carboxylic acid derivatives Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 239000000969 carrier Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000004359 castor oil Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000019438 castor oil Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 238000004113 cell culture Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000010261 cell growth Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000022534 cell killing Effects 0.000 description 1
- 210000000170 cell membrane Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 230000001413 cellular effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 201000007455 central nervous system cancer Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 208000025997 central nervous system neoplasm Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 238000002512 chemotherapy Methods 0.000 description 1
- 125000002668 chloroacetyl group Chemical group ClCC(=O)* 0.000 description 1
- OEYIOHPDSNJKLS-UHFFFAOYSA-N choline Chemical compound C[N+](C)(C)CCO OEYIOHPDSNJKLS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229960001231 choline Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 210000000349 chromosome Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 235000013985 cinnamic acid Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 229930016911 cinnamic acid Natural products 0.000 description 1
- 235000015165 citric acid Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 210000001072 colon Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 239000003086 colorant Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000002860 competitive effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000010668 complexation reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000003271 compound fluorescence assay Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000004624 confocal microscopy Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000000470 constituent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000013068 control sample Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000001816 cooling Methods 0.000 description 1
- 229910052802 copper Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 239000010949 copper Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229940109239 creatinine Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 239000013058 crude material Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000013078 crystal Substances 0.000 description 1
- 125000001995 cyclobutyl group Chemical group [H]C1([H])C([H])([H])C([H])(*)C1([H])[H] 0.000 description 1
- 210000000805 cytoplasm Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 210000000172 cytosol Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 125000003493 decenyl group Chemical group [H]C([*])=C([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])[H] 0.000 description 1
- 230000001419 dependent effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- HPNMFZURTQLUMO-UHFFFAOYSA-N diethylamine Chemical compound CCNCC HPNMFZURTQLUMO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000003085 diluting agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000003467 diminishing effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 125000005982 diphenylmethyl group Chemical group [H]C1=C([H])C([H])=C(C([H])=C1[H])C([H])(*)C1=C([H])C([H])=C([H])C([H])=C1[H] 0.000 description 1
- 239000006185 dispersion Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000010494 dissociation reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000005593 dissociations Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000009826 distribution Methods 0.000 description 1
- JRBPAEWTRLWTQC-UHFFFAOYSA-N dodecylamine Chemical compound CCCCCCCCCCCCN JRBPAEWTRLWTQC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229940000406 drug candidate Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 238000001493 electron microscopy Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000008030 elimination Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000003379 elimination reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000003821 enantio-separation Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000002708 enhancing effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000007613 environmental effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000006911 enzymatic reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 125000004185 ester group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- CCIVGXIOQKPBKL-UHFFFAOYSA-M ethanesulfonate Chemical compound CCS([O-])(=O)=O CCIVGXIOQKPBKL-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 1
- 150000002170 ethers Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- AEOCXXJPGCBFJA-UHFFFAOYSA-N ethionamide Chemical compound CCC1=CC(C(N)=S)=CC=N1 AEOCXXJPGCBFJA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229940012017 ethylenediamine Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 230000005284 excitation Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000001747 exhibiting effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000002349 favourable effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000012091 fetal bovine serum Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000000684 flow cytometry Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000000799 fluorescence microscopy Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000012634 fragment Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000004108 freeze drying Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000001530 fumaric acid Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000011087 fumaric acid Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 125000003838 furazanyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 239000008273 gelatin Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229920000159 gelatin Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 235000019322 gelatine Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 235000011852 gelatine desserts Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 239000003193 general anesthetic agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229960002442 glucosamine Drugs 0.000 description 1
- ZEMPKEQAKRGZGQ-XOQCFJPHSA-N glycerol triricinoleate Natural products CCCCCC[C@@H](O)CC=CCCCCCCCC(=O)OC[C@@H](COC(=O)CCCCCCCC=CC[C@@H](O)CCCCCC)OC(=O)CCCCCCCC=CC[C@H](O)CCCCCC ZEMPKEQAKRGZGQ-XOQCFJPHSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000002795 guanidino group Chemical class C(N)(=N)N* 0.000 description 1
- 201000010536 head and neck cancer Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 208000014829 head and neck neoplasm Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 125000004404 heteroalkyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 239000008241 heterogeneous mixture Substances 0.000 description 1
- 125000004836 hexamethylene group Chemical group [H]C([H])([*:2])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])[*:1] 0.000 description 1
- HNDVDQJCIGZPNO-UHFFFAOYSA-N histidine Natural products OC(=O)C(N)CC1=CN=CN1 HNDVDQJCIGZPNO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229960002885 histidine Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 230000013632 homeostatic process Effects 0.000 description 1
- XGIHQYAWBCFNPY-AZOCGYLKSA-N hydrabamine Chemical compound C([C@@H]12)CC3=CC(C(C)C)=CC=C3[C@@]2(C)CCC[C@@]1(C)CNCCNC[C@@]1(C)[C@@H]2CCC3=CC(C(C)C)=CC=C3[C@@]2(C)CCC1 XGIHQYAWBCFNPY-AZOCGYLKSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 150000004677 hydrates Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 150000002430 hydrocarbons Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 238000005984 hydrogenation reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000007062 hydrolysis Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000006460 hydrolysis reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000002209 hydrophobic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 150000001261 hydroxy acids Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- WGCNASOHLSPBMP-UHFFFAOYSA-N hydroxyacetaldehyde Natural products OCC=O WGCNASOHLSPBMP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000002768 hydroxyalkyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000002632 imidazolidinyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000002636 imidazolinyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000002883 imidazolyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 230000009851 immunogenic response Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000005847 immunogenicity Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000003364 immunohistochemistry Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000008676 import Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000011065 in-situ storage Methods 0.000 description 1
- 125000004129 indan-1-yl group Chemical group [H]C1=C([H])C([H])=C2C(=C1[H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C2([H])* 0.000 description 1
- PZOUSPYUWWUPPK-UHFFFAOYSA-N indole Natural products CC1=CC=CC2=C1C=CN2 PZOUSPYUWWUPPK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- RKJUIXBNRJVNHR-UHFFFAOYSA-N indolenine Natural products C1=CC=C2CC=NC2=C1 RKJUIXBNRJVNHR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000001041 indolyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 230000001939 inductive effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 208000015181 infectious disease Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 230000004054 inflammatory process Effects 0.000 description 1
- CDAISMWEOUEBRE-GPIVLXJGSA-N inositol Chemical compound O[C@H]1[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@@H]1O CDAISMWEOUEBRE-GPIVLXJGSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229960000367 inositol Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 239000000543 intermediate Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000000968 intestinal effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000003456 ion exchange resin Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229920003303 ion-exchange polymer Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 229910052742 iron Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 125000004491 isohexyl group Chemical group C(CCC(C)C)* 0.000 description 1
- FZWBNHMXJMCXLU-BLAUPYHCSA-N isomaltotriose Chemical compound O[C@@H]1[C@@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@@H](CO)O[C@@H]1OC[C@@H]1[C@@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@@H](OC[C@@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)C=O)O1 FZWBNHMXJMCXLU-BLAUPYHCSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000001972 isopentyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])C([H])(C([H])([H])[H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])* 0.000 description 1
- 125000000555 isopropenyl group Chemical group [H]\C([H])=C(\*)C([H])([H])[H] 0.000 description 1
- JJWLVOIRVHMVIS-UHFFFAOYSA-N isopropylamine Chemical compound CC(C)N JJWLVOIRVHMVIS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000001786 isothiazolyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000000842 isoxazolyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 239000008101 lactose Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000010410 layer Substances 0.000 description 1
- 201000010260 leiomyoma Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 208000032839 leukemia Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 239000007788 liquid Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229910052744 lithium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 201000007270 liver cancer Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 208000014018 liver neoplasm Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 239000000314 lubricant Substances 0.000 description 1
- 210000004072 lung Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 201000005202 lung cancer Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 208000020816 lung neoplasm Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 229960003646 lysine Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 239000011777 magnesium Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229910052749 magnesium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 229910052943 magnesium sulfate Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 235000019341 magnesium sulphate Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 238000002595 magnetic resonance imaging Methods 0.000 description 1
- VZCYOOQTPOCHFL-UPHRSURJSA-N maleic acid Chemical compound OC(=O)\C=C/C(O)=O VZCYOOQTPOCHFL-UPHRSURJSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000011976 maleic acid Substances 0.000 description 1
- 210000004962 mammalian cell Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 229960002510 mandelic acid Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 239000000594 mannitol Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000010355 mannitol Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 238000005259 measurement Methods 0.000 description 1
- 201000001441 melanoma Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 239000012528 membrane Substances 0.000 description 1
- HEBKCHPVOIAQTA-UHFFFAOYSA-N meso ribitol Natural products OCC(O)C(O)C(O)CO HEBKCHPVOIAQTA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229910052751 metal Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 239000002184 metal Substances 0.000 description 1
- 150000002739 metals Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 229940098779 methanesulfonic acid Drugs 0.000 description 1
- QARBMVPHQWIHKH-UHFFFAOYSA-N methanesulfonyl chloride Chemical compound CS(Cl)(=O)=O QARBMVPHQWIHKH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- WBYWAXJHAXSJNI-UHFFFAOYSA-N methyl p-hydroxycinnamate Natural products OC(=O)C=CC1=CC=CC=C1 WBYWAXJHAXSJNI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000004170 methylsulfonyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])S(*)(=O)=O 0.000 description 1
- 150000007522 mineralic acids Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 125000004573 morpholin-4-yl group Chemical group N1(CCOCC1)* 0.000 description 1
- 125000002757 morpholinyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 230000004660 morphological change Effects 0.000 description 1
- BCJOKHQYEDXBSF-UHFFFAOYSA-N n-(2-iodophenyl)acetamide Chemical compound CC(=O)NC1=CC=CC=C1I BCJOKHQYEDXBSF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- OQJBFFCUFALWQL-UHFFFAOYSA-N n-(piperidine-1-carbonylimino)piperidine-1-carboxamide Chemical compound C1CCCCN1C(=O)N=NC(=O)N1CCCCC1 OQJBFFCUFALWQL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000004370 n-butenyl group Chemical group [H]\C([H])=C(/[H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])* 0.000 description 1
- 125000004108 n-butyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])* 0.000 description 1
- 125000001280 n-hexyl group Chemical group C(CCCCC)* 0.000 description 1
- 125000000740 n-pentyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])* 0.000 description 1
- 239000002105 nanoparticle Substances 0.000 description 1
- 125000001038 naphthoyl group Chemical group C1(=CC=CC2=CC=CC=C12)C(=O)* 0.000 description 1
- 125000001624 naphthyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000004923 naphthylmethyl group Chemical group C1(=CC=CC2=CC=CC=C12)C* 0.000 description 1
- 239000013642 negative control Substances 0.000 description 1
- 125000001971 neopentyl group Chemical group [H]C([*])([H])C(C([H])([H])[H])(C([H])([H])[H])C([H])([H])[H] 0.000 description 1
- 230000001613 neoplastic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 210000000653 nervous system Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 230000004770 neurodegeneration Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000006386 neutralization reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 229910017604 nitric acid Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 125000000449 nitro group Chemical group [O-][N+](*)=O 0.000 description 1
- 125000004433 nitrogen atom Chemical group N* 0.000 description 1
- 208000002154 non-small cell lung carcinoma Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 239000002736 nonionic surfactant Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000004305 normal phase HPLC Methods 0.000 description 1
- 210000001623 nucleosome Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 125000004365 octenyl group Chemical group C(=CCCCCCC)* 0.000 description 1
- 238000005457 optimization Methods 0.000 description 1
- 210000000056 organ Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 150000007524 organic acids Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 235000005985 organic acids Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 239000012044 organic layer Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000003960 organic solvent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000006408 oxalic acid Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 125000002971 oxazolyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 238000004806 packaging method and process Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000012856 packing Methods 0.000 description 1
- 229910052763 palladium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 238000002559 palpation Methods 0.000 description 1
- FJKROLUGYXJWQN-UHFFFAOYSA-N papa-hydroxy-benzoic acid Natural products OC(=O)C1=CC=C(O)C=C1 FJKROLUGYXJWQN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 238000007911 parenteral administration Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000001575 pathological effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000007170 pathology Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000037361 pathway Effects 0.000 description 1
- PNJWIWWMYCMZRO-UHFFFAOYSA-N pent‐4‐en‐2‐one Natural products CC(=O)CC=C PNJWIWWMYCMZRO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 238000010647 peptide synthesis reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000008177 pharmaceutical agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000000144 pharmacologic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 125000000286 phenylethyl group Chemical group [H]C1=C([H])C([H])=C(C([H])=C1[H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])* 0.000 description 1
- 229910052698 phosphorus Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 230000026731 phosphorylation Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000006366 phosphorylation reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000002428 photodynamic therapy Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000002165 photosensitisation Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000010399 physical interaction Effects 0.000 description 1
- 125000004193 piperazinyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000000587 piperidin-1-yl group Chemical group [H]C1([H])N(*)C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C1([H])[H] 0.000 description 1
- 125000005936 piperidyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 230000010287 polarization Effects 0.000 description 1
- 229920000768 polyamine Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 229920000570 polyether Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 229920002503 polyoxyethylene-polyoxypropylene Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 229920001184 polypeptide Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 229920001451 polypropylene glycol Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 229920002981 polyvinylidene fluoride Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 239000013641 positive control Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000011591 potassium Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229910052700 potassium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 239000008057 potassium phosphate buffer Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000002243 precursor Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000002265 prevention Effects 0.000 description 1
- 150000003141 primary amines Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- MFDFERRIHVXMIY-UHFFFAOYSA-N procaine Chemical compound CCN(CC)CCOC(=O)C1=CC=C(N)C=C1 MFDFERRIHVXMIY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229960004919 procaine Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 230000002035 prolonged effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000001737 promoting effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 235000019260 propionic acid Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- QQONPFPTGQHPMA-UHFFFAOYSA-N propylene Natural products CC=C QQONPFPTGQHPMA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000004805 propylene group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])C([H])([*:1])C([H])([H])[*:2] 0.000 description 1
- 230000004850 protein–protein interaction Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000002797 proteolythic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 150000003212 purines Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 125000004309 pyranyl group Chemical group O1C(C=CC=C1)* 0.000 description 1
- 125000003373 pyrazinyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000003072 pyrazolidinyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000002755 pyrazolinyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000003226 pyrazolyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000002098 pyridazinyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- ABMYEXAYWZJVOV-UHFFFAOYSA-N pyridin-3-ylboronic acid Chemical compound OB(O)C1=CC=CN=C1 ABMYEXAYWZJVOV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- QLULGIRFKAWHOJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N pyridin-4-ylboronic acid Chemical compound OB(O)C1=CC=NC=C1 QLULGIRFKAWHOJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000004076 pyridyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000000714 pyrimidinyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000000719 pyrrolidinyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000001422 pyrrolinyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000000168 pyrrolyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 229940107700 pyruvic acid Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 238000010791 quenching Methods 0.000 description 1
- IUVKMZGDUIUOCP-BTNSXGMBSA-N quinbolone Chemical compound O([C@H]1CC[C@H]2[C@H]3[C@@H]([C@]4(C=CC(=O)C=C4CC3)C)CC[C@@]21C)C1=CCCC1 IUVKMZGDUIUOCP-BTNSXGMBSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 230000005855 radiation Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000002285 radioactive effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000001953 recrystallisation Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000011347 resin Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229920005989 resin Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 238000004366 reverse phase liquid chromatography Methods 0.000 description 1
- 229960004889 salicylic acid Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 238000007423 screening assay Methods 0.000 description 1
- CDAISMWEOUEBRE-UHFFFAOYSA-N scyllo-inosotol Natural products OC1C(O)C(O)C(O)C(O)C1O CDAISMWEOUEBRE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000002914 sec-butyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])(*)C([H])([H])[H] 0.000 description 1
- 150000003335 secondary amines Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 230000035945 sensitivity Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000000741 silica gel Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229910002027 silica gel Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 229940126586 small molecule drug Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 229910052708 sodium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 239000011780 sodium chloride Substances 0.000 description 1
- CHQMHPLRPQMAMX-UHFFFAOYSA-L sodium persulfate Chemical compound [Na+].[Na+].[O-]S(=O)(=O)OOS([O-])(=O)=O CHQMHPLRPQMAMX-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 1
- 239000000600 sorbitol Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000010356 sorbitol Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 241000894007 species Species 0.000 description 1
- 230000009870 specific binding Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000001228 spectrum Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000010186 staining Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000010561 standard procedure Methods 0.000 description 1
- 210000000130 stem cell Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 125000005017 substituted alkenyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000005156 substituted alkylene group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 238000006467 substitution reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000000758 substrate Substances 0.000 description 1
- 150000003871 sulfonates Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 238000006277 sulfonation reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000001356 surgical procedure Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000004083 survival effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000009885 systemic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000011975 tartaric acid Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000002906 tartaric acid Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- XBXCNNQPRYLIDE-UHFFFAOYSA-N tert-butylcarbamic acid Chemical compound CC(C)(C)NC(O)=O XBXCNNQPRYLIDE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000005931 tert-butyloxycarbonyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])C(OC(*)=O)(C([H])([H])[H])C([H])([H])[H] 0.000 description 1
- 150000003512 tertiary amines Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 125000005063 tetradecenyl group Chemical group C(=CCCCCCCCCCCCC)* 0.000 description 1
- 229960004559 theobromine Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 238000002560 therapeutic procedure Methods 0.000 description 1
- 125000001113 thiadiazolyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000000335 thiazolyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 150000007970 thio esters Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 150000003568 thioethers Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 125000005505 thiomorpholino group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000004568 thiomorpholinyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 230000000699 topical effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000001890 transfection Methods 0.000 description 1
- 125000001425 triazolyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- YFTHZRPMJXBUME-UHFFFAOYSA-N tripropylamine Chemical compound CCCN(CCC)CCC YFTHZRPMJXBUME-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000002221 trityl group Chemical group [H]C1=C([H])C([H])=C([H])C([H])=C1C([*])(C1=C(C(=C(C(=C1[H])[H])[H])[H])[H])C1=C([H])C([H])=C([H])C([H])=C1[H] 0.000 description 1
- 230000005751 tumor progression Effects 0.000 description 1
- 208000029729 tumor suppressor gene on chromosome 11 Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 230000009452 underexpressoin Effects 0.000 description 1
- 201000005112 urinary bladder cancer Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 239000000811 xylitol Substances 0.000 description 1
- HEBKCHPVOIAQTA-SCDXWVJYSA-N xylitol Chemical compound OC[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@H](O)CO HEBKCHPVOIAQTA-SCDXWVJYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 235000010447 xylitol Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 229960002675 xylitol Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 239000011701 zinc Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229910052725 zinc Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
Classifications
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
- C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
- C07D207/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing five-membered rings not condensed with other rings, with one nitrogen atom as the only ring hetero atom
- C07D207/02—Heterocyclic compounds containing five-membered rings not condensed with other rings, with one nitrogen atom as the only ring hetero atom with only hydrogen or carbon atoms directly attached to the ring nitrogen atom
- C07D207/04—Heterocyclic compounds containing five-membered rings not condensed with other rings, with one nitrogen atom as the only ring hetero atom with only hydrogen or carbon atoms directly attached to the ring nitrogen atom having no double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members
- C07D207/08—Heterocyclic compounds containing five-membered rings not condensed with other rings, with one nitrogen atom as the only ring hetero atom with only hydrogen or carbon atoms directly attached to the ring nitrogen atom having no double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members with hydrocarbon radicals, substituted by hetero atoms, attached to ring carbon atoms
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61K—PREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
- A61K31/00—Medicinal preparations containing organic active ingredients
- A61K31/33—Heterocyclic compounds
- A61K31/395—Heterocyclic compounds having nitrogen as a ring hetero atom, e.g. guanethidine or rifamycins
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
- A61P25/00—Drugs for disorders of the nervous system
- A61P25/28—Drugs for disorders of the nervous system for treating neurodegenerative disorders of the central nervous system, e.g. nootropic agents, cognition enhancers, drugs for treating Alzheimer's disease or other forms of dementia
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
- A61P35/00—Antineoplastic agents
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
- A61P37/00—Drugs for immunological or allergic disorders
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
- A61P43/00—Drugs for specific purposes, not provided for in groups A61P1/00-A61P41/00
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
- C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
- C07D207/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing five-membered rings not condensed with other rings, with one nitrogen atom as the only ring hetero atom
- C07D207/02—Heterocyclic compounds containing five-membered rings not condensed with other rings, with one nitrogen atom as the only ring hetero atom with only hydrogen or carbon atoms directly attached to the ring nitrogen atom
- C07D207/04—Heterocyclic compounds containing five-membered rings not condensed with other rings, with one nitrogen atom as the only ring hetero atom with only hydrogen or carbon atoms directly attached to the ring nitrogen atom having no double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members
- C07D207/08—Heterocyclic compounds containing five-membered rings not condensed with other rings, with one nitrogen atom as the only ring hetero atom with only hydrogen or carbon atoms directly attached to the ring nitrogen atom having no double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members with hydrocarbon radicals, substituted by hetero atoms, attached to ring carbon atoms
- C07D207/09—Radicals substituted by nitrogen atoms, not forming part of a nitro radical
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
- C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
- C07D207/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing five-membered rings not condensed with other rings, with one nitrogen atom as the only ring hetero atom
- C07D207/02—Heterocyclic compounds containing five-membered rings not condensed with other rings, with one nitrogen atom as the only ring hetero atom with only hydrogen or carbon atoms directly attached to the ring nitrogen atom
- C07D207/04—Heterocyclic compounds containing five-membered rings not condensed with other rings, with one nitrogen atom as the only ring hetero atom with only hydrogen or carbon atoms directly attached to the ring nitrogen atom having no double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members
- C07D207/10—Heterocyclic compounds containing five-membered rings not condensed with other rings, with one nitrogen atom as the only ring hetero atom with only hydrogen or carbon atoms directly attached to the ring nitrogen atom having no double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members with hetero atoms or with carbon atoms having three bonds to hetero atoms with at the most one bond to halogen, e.g. ester or nitrile radicals, directly attached to ring carbon atoms
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
- C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
- C07D207/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing five-membered rings not condensed with other rings, with one nitrogen atom as the only ring hetero atom
- C07D207/02—Heterocyclic compounds containing five-membered rings not condensed with other rings, with one nitrogen atom as the only ring hetero atom with only hydrogen or carbon atoms directly attached to the ring nitrogen atom
- C07D207/04—Heterocyclic compounds containing five-membered rings not condensed with other rings, with one nitrogen atom as the only ring hetero atom with only hydrogen or carbon atoms directly attached to the ring nitrogen atom having no double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members
- C07D207/10—Heterocyclic compounds containing five-membered rings not condensed with other rings, with one nitrogen atom as the only ring hetero atom with only hydrogen or carbon atoms directly attached to the ring nitrogen atom having no double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members with hetero atoms or with carbon atoms having three bonds to hetero atoms with at the most one bond to halogen, e.g. ester or nitrile radicals, directly attached to ring carbon atoms
- C07D207/12—Oxygen or sulfur atoms
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
- C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
- C07D401/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, having nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, at least one ring being a six-membered ring with only one nitrogen atom
- C07D401/14—Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, having nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, at least one ring being a six-membered ring with only one nitrogen atom containing three or more hetero rings
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
- C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
- C07D403/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, having nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, not provided for by group C07D401/00
- C07D403/02—Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, having nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, not provided for by group C07D401/00 containing two hetero rings
- C07D403/06—Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, having nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, not provided for by group C07D401/00 containing two hetero rings linked by a carbon chain containing only aliphatic carbon atoms
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
- C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
- C07D405/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing both one or more hetero rings having oxygen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, and one or more rings having nitrogen as the only ring hetero atom
- C07D405/02—Heterocyclic compounds containing both one or more hetero rings having oxygen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, and one or more rings having nitrogen as the only ring hetero atom containing two hetero rings
- C07D405/06—Heterocyclic compounds containing both one or more hetero rings having oxygen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, and one or more rings having nitrogen as the only ring hetero atom containing two hetero rings linked by a carbon chain containing only aliphatic carbon atoms
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
- C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
- C07D405/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing both one or more hetero rings having oxygen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, and one or more rings having nitrogen as the only ring hetero atom
- C07D405/14—Heterocyclic compounds containing both one or more hetero rings having oxygen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, and one or more rings having nitrogen as the only ring hetero atom containing three or more hetero rings
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
- C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
- C07D409/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, at least one ring having sulfur atoms as the only ring hetero atoms
- C07D409/14—Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, at least one ring having sulfur atoms as the only ring hetero atoms containing three or more hetero rings
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
- C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
- C07D417/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, at least one ring having nitrogen and sulfur atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, not provided for by group C07D415/00
- C07D417/14—Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, at least one ring having nitrogen and sulfur atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, not provided for by group C07D415/00 containing three or more hetero rings
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
- C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
- C07D491/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing in the condensed ring system both one or more rings having oxygen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms and one or more rings having nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, not provided for by groups C07D451/00 - C07D459/00, C07D463/00, C07D477/00 or C07D489/00
- C07D491/02—Heterocyclic compounds containing in the condensed ring system both one or more rings having oxygen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms and one or more rings having nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, not provided for by groups C07D451/00 - C07D459/00, C07D463/00, C07D477/00 or C07D489/00 in which the condensed system contains two hetero rings
- C07D491/04—Ortho-condensed systems
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
- C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
- C07D491/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing in the condensed ring system both one or more rings having oxygen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms and one or more rings having nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, not provided for by groups C07D451/00 - C07D459/00, C07D463/00, C07D477/00 or C07D489/00
- C07D491/12—Heterocyclic compounds containing in the condensed ring system both one or more rings having oxygen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms and one or more rings having nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, not provided for by groups C07D451/00 - C07D459/00, C07D463/00, C07D477/00 or C07D489/00 in which the condensed system contains three hetero rings
- C07D491/14—Ortho-condensed systems
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
- C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
- C07D491/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing in the condensed ring system both one or more rings having oxygen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms and one or more rings having nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, not provided for by groups C07D451/00 - C07D459/00, C07D463/00, C07D477/00 or C07D489/00
- C07D491/12—Heterocyclic compounds containing in the condensed ring system both one or more rings having oxygen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms and one or more rings having nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, not provided for by groups C07D451/00 - C07D459/00, C07D463/00, C07D477/00 or C07D489/00 in which the condensed system contains three hetero rings
- C07D491/14—Ortho-condensed systems
- C07D491/147—Ortho-condensed systems the condensed system containing one ring with oxygen as ring hetero atom and two rings with nitrogen as ring hetero atom
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
- C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
- C07D491/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing in the condensed ring system both one or more rings having oxygen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms and one or more rings having nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, not provided for by groups C07D451/00 - C07D459/00, C07D463/00, C07D477/00 or C07D489/00
- C07D491/12—Heterocyclic compounds containing in the condensed ring system both one or more rings having oxygen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms and one or more rings having nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, not provided for by groups C07D451/00 - C07D459/00, C07D463/00, C07D477/00 or C07D489/00 in which the condensed system contains three hetero rings
- C07D491/18—Bridged systems
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
- C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
- C07D498/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing in the condensed system at least one hetero ring having nitrogen and oxygen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms
- C07D498/12—Heterocyclic compounds containing in the condensed system at least one hetero ring having nitrogen and oxygen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms in which the condensed system contains three hetero rings
- C07D498/16—Peri-condensed systems
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
- C07K—PEPTIDES
- C07K5/00—Peptides containing up to four amino acids in a fully defined sequence; Derivatives thereof
- C07K5/04—Peptides containing up to four amino acids in a fully defined sequence; Derivatives thereof containing only normal peptide links
- C07K5/06—Dipeptides
- C07K5/06008—Dipeptides with the first amino acid being neutral
- C07K5/06017—Dipeptides with the first amino acid being neutral and aliphatic
- C07K5/06026—Dipeptides with the first amino acid being neutral and aliphatic the side chain containing 0 or 1 carbon atom, i.e. Gly or Ala
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
- C07K—PEPTIDES
- C07K5/00—Peptides containing up to four amino acids in a fully defined sequence; Derivatives thereof
- C07K5/04—Peptides containing up to four amino acids in a fully defined sequence; Derivatives thereof containing only normal peptide links
- C07K5/06—Dipeptides
- C07K5/06008—Dipeptides with the first amino acid being neutral
- C07K5/06017—Dipeptides with the first amino acid being neutral and aliphatic
- C07K5/06034—Dipeptides with the first amino acid being neutral and aliphatic the side chain containing 2 to 4 carbon atoms
Landscapes
- Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
- Organic Chemistry (AREA)
- Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
- Life Sciences & Earth Sciences (AREA)
- General Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
- Medicinal Chemistry (AREA)
- Veterinary Medicine (AREA)
- Public Health (AREA)
- Animal Behavior & Ethology (AREA)
- Pharmacology & Pharmacy (AREA)
- Genetics & Genomics (AREA)
- Biochemistry (AREA)
- Biophysics (AREA)
- Molecular Biology (AREA)
- Proteomics, Peptides & Aminoacids (AREA)
- Nuclear Medicine, Radiotherapy & Molecular Imaging (AREA)
- General Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
- Chemical Kinetics & Catalysis (AREA)
- Bioinformatics & Cheminformatics (AREA)
- Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
- Epidemiology (AREA)
- Neurology (AREA)
- Biomedical Technology (AREA)
- Neurosurgery (AREA)
- Hospice & Palliative Care (AREA)
- Psychiatry (AREA)
- Immunology (AREA)
- Pharmaceuticals Containing Other Organic And Inorganic Compounds (AREA)
- Peptides Or Proteins (AREA)
- Medicines That Contain Protein Lipid Enzymes And Other Medicines (AREA)
- Steroid Compounds (AREA)
- Plural Heterocyclic Compounds (AREA)
- Pyrrole Compounds (AREA)
- Nitrogen And Oxygen Or Sulfur-Condensed Heterocyclic Ring Systems (AREA)
- Nitrogen Condensed Heterocyclic Rings (AREA)
- Acyclic And Carbocyclic Compounds In Medicinal Compositions (AREA)
Abstract
IAP binding molecules and compositions including these are disclosed. The IAP
binding molecules interact with IAPs (inhibitor of apoptosis proteins) in cells and may be used to modify apoptosis in cells treated with such molecules. Embodiments of these compounds have a Kd of less that 0.1 micromolar. Methods of using these IAP binding molecules for therapeutic, diagnostic, and assay purposes are also disclosed.
binding molecules interact with IAPs (inhibitor of apoptosis proteins) in cells and may be used to modify apoptosis in cells treated with such molecules. Embodiments of these compounds have a Kd of less that 0.1 micromolar. Methods of using these IAP binding molecules for therapeutic, diagnostic, and assay purposes are also disclosed.
Description
IAP BINDING COMPOUNDS
CROSS REFERENCE TO RELATED APPLICATIONS
[0001] This application claims the benefit of U.S. Provisional Application No.
60/588,050, filed July 15, 2004, which is incorporated herein in its entirety by reference thereto.
BACKGROUND
CROSS REFERENCE TO RELATED APPLICATIONS
[0001] This application claims the benefit of U.S. Provisional Application No.
60/588,050, filed July 15, 2004, which is incorporated herein in its entirety by reference thereto.
BACKGROUND
[0002] Apoptosis, programmed cell death, plays a central role in the development and homeostasis of all multi-cellular organisms. Alterations in apoptotic pathways have been implicated in many types of human pathologies, including developmental disorders, cancer, autoimmune diseases, as well as neuro-degenerative disorders.
[0003] Programmed cell death pathways have become targets for the development of therapeutic agents. In some cases because it is easier to destroy diseased cells rather than to sustain them, anti-cancer therapies using pro- apoptotic agents such as conventional radiation and chemo-therapy have been used to trigger activation of the mitochondria-mediated apoptotic pathways. However, these therapies lack molecular specificity, and more specific molecular targets are needed.
[0004] Apoptosis is executed primarily by activated caspases, a family of cysteine proteases with aspartate specificity in their substrates. Caspases are produced in cells as catalytically inactive zymogens and must be proteolytically processed to become active proteases during apoptosis. In normal surviving cells that have not received an apoptotic stimulus, most caspases remain inactive. Even if some caspases are aberrantly activated, their proteolytic activity can be fully inhibited by a family of evolutionarily conserved proteins called IA.Ps (inhibitors of apoptosis proteins) (Deveraux & Reed, Genes Dev. 13: 239-252,1999). Each of the IA.Ps contains 1-3 copies of the so-called BIR (baculoviral IA.P repeat) domain and directly interacts with and inhibits the enzymatic activity of mature caspases. Several distinct mammalian IA.Ps including XIA.P, survivin, and LIVIN/ML-IAP, (Kasof and Gomes, J. Biol.
Chem. 276: 3238-3246,2001; Vucic et al. Curr. Biol. 10: 1359-1366,2000; Ashhab et al. FEBS
Lett. 495: 56-60,2001), have been identified and they exhibit anti-apoptotic activity in cell culture (Deveraux & Reed, 1999, supra). As IAPs are expressed in most cancer cells, they may directly contribute to tumor progression and subsequent resistance to drug treatment.
Chem. 276: 3238-3246,2001; Vucic et al. Curr. Biol. 10: 1359-1366,2000; Ashhab et al. FEBS
Lett. 495: 56-60,2001), have been identified and they exhibit anti-apoptotic activity in cell culture (Deveraux & Reed, 1999, supra). As IAPs are expressed in most cancer cells, they may directly contribute to tumor progression and subsequent resistance to drug treatment.
[0005] In normal cells signaled to undergo apoptosis, however, the IAP-mediated inhibitory effect must be removed, a process at least in part performed by a mitochondrial protein named Smac, second mitochondria-derived activator of caspases; (Du et al. Cell 102: 33-42,2000) or DIABLO (direct IAP binding protein with low pI ; Verhagen et al.
Cell 102: 43-53,2000). Smac/DIABLO, synthesized in the cytoplasm, is targeted to the inter-membrane space of mitochondria. Upon apoptotic stimuli, Smac is released from mitochondria back into the cytosol, together with cytochrome c. Whereas cytochrome c induces multimerization of Apaf-1 to activate procaspase-9 and procaspase-3, Smac eliminates the inhibitory effect of multiple IAPs. Smac interacts with all IA.Ps that have been examined to date, including XIAP, c-IAP1, c-IAP2, ML-IAP, and survivin. Smac appears to be a regulator of apoptosis in mammals. In addition to the inhibition of caspases, overexpressed IA.Ps can function to bind Smac and prevent it from binding to XIA.P and releasing caspases (Vucic et. al., Biochem. J.
385(Pt 1):11-20, 2005).
Cell 102: 43-53,2000). Smac/DIABLO, synthesized in the cytoplasm, is targeted to the inter-membrane space of mitochondria. Upon apoptotic stimuli, Smac is released from mitochondria back into the cytosol, together with cytochrome c. Whereas cytochrome c induces multimerization of Apaf-1 to activate procaspase-9 and procaspase-3, Smac eliminates the inhibitory effect of multiple IAPs. Smac interacts with all IA.Ps that have been examined to date, including XIAP, c-IAP1, c-IAP2, ML-IAP, and survivin. Smac appears to be a regulator of apoptosis in mammals. In addition to the inhibition of caspases, overexpressed IA.Ps can function to bind Smac and prevent it from binding to XIA.P and releasing caspases (Vucic et. al., Biochem. J.
385(Pt 1):11-20, 2005).
[0006] Smac is synthesized as a precursor molecule of 239 amino acids; the N-terminal 55 residues serve as the mitochondria targeting sequence that is removed after import. The mature form of Smac contains 184 amino acids and behaves as an oligomer in solution. Smac and various fragments of it have been proposed for use as targets for identification of therapeutic agents. The biological activity of Smac is believed to be related to binding of its N-terminal four residues to a featured surface groove in a portion of XIAP referred to as the BIl23 domain. This binding prevents XIAP from exerting its apoptosis-suppressing function in the cell. The N-terminal tetrapeptides from IAP binding proteins of the Drosophila pro-apoptotic proteins Hid, Grim and Reaper are believed to function in the same manner.
[0007] Commonly-owned co-pending International Application No.
PCT/LJS02/17342, filed May 31, 2002 and incorporated herein by reference in its entirety, discloses assays for use in high throughput screening of agents that bind to a BIR domain of an IAP, thereby relieving IAP-mediated suppression of apoptosis. The assays utilize a labeled IA.P-binding peptide or peptidomimetic that binds to a BIR domain of an IAP, wherein at least one measurable feature of the label changes as a function of the IA.P binding compound being bound to the IA.P or free in solution. The BIR domain of an IA.P is contacted with the labeled IAP peptide or peptidomimetic to form a complex, and the complex is exposed to a compound to be tested for BIR binding. Displacement of the labeled IAP peptide or peptidomimetic from the complex, if any, by the test compound, is measured.
PCT/LJS02/17342, filed May 31, 2002 and incorporated herein by reference in its entirety, discloses assays for use in high throughput screening of agents that bind to a BIR domain of an IAP, thereby relieving IAP-mediated suppression of apoptosis. The assays utilize a labeled IA.P-binding peptide or peptidomimetic that binds to a BIR domain of an IAP, wherein at least one measurable feature of the label changes as a function of the IA.P binding compound being bound to the IA.P or free in solution. The BIR domain of an IA.P is contacted with the labeled IAP peptide or peptidomimetic to form a complex, and the complex is exposed to a compound to be tested for BIR binding. Displacement of the labeled IAP peptide or peptidomimetic from the complex, if any, by the test compound, is measured.
[0008] Disadvantages in the use of peptides for in vivo administration as diagnostic or therapeutic agents may include their short half-life due to proteolytic degradation of the peptide in the body, low absorption through intestinal walls, potential immunogenic reactions, as well as expense involved in peptide synthesis. It would be beneficial to prepare non-peptidic IAP
binding compounds that have comparable biological activity of bioactive peptides, but possess improved pharmacological properties and are easier or less expensive to synthesize.
binding compounds that have comparable biological activity of bioactive peptides, but possess improved pharmacological properties and are easier or less expensive to synthesize.
[0009] In connection with the Smac tetrapeptides it would be a significant advance in the art to develop IAP-binding compounds which may be used to promote apoptosis, while also having the improved properties associated with non- peptide compounds. Such compounds can be used as diagnostic and therapeutic agents in the treatment of apoptosis related conditions.
SUMMARY OF THE INVENTION
SUMMARY OF THE INVENTION
[0010] An embodiment of the present invention is a compound, or composition comprising a compound, of the general formula (2):
z 2 Y (6*) *
~ I (3*) (4 ) N
A, Xi (5*) Rta R7b (2) 0 R2 wherein: Al and A2 are independently hydrogen, alkyl, aryl, or alkylaryl group, Ria is H or a methyl group; Rlb is an alkyl or aryl group; Xl is -O-,-S-,-CH2-, or-NH-group, and J is -CH-, or -N- group, provided that when J is-N-, Xl is -CH2-, or -NH- group; Y is H, or an alkyl group ; Z
is -OH, aryloxy, alkoxy, benzyloxy, benzyloxy, amino, arylamino, alkylamino, benzylamino group ; Ra is a detectable label or is :
= Rto ~~A~- 3 M is alkylene, alkenylene, alkynlene, heteroalkylene, heteroalkenylene, or heteroalkynlene group, G is selected from a bond, -0-; -N(R2d)- where R2d is H, alkyl, cycloalkyl, or aryl; or -S(O)m where m is 0, 1, or 2; and Rto is cycloalkyl, aryl, heterocycloalkyl, heterocycloalkenyl, or heteroaryl; n is independently the integer 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, or 5.
z 2 Y (6*) *
~ I (3*) (4 ) N
A, Xi (5*) Rta R7b (2) 0 R2 wherein: Al and A2 are independently hydrogen, alkyl, aryl, or alkylaryl group, Ria is H or a methyl group; Rlb is an alkyl or aryl group; Xl is -O-,-S-,-CH2-, or-NH-group, and J is -CH-, or -N- group, provided that when J is-N-, Xl is -CH2-, or -NH- group; Y is H, or an alkyl group ; Z
is -OH, aryloxy, alkoxy, benzyloxy, benzyloxy, amino, arylamino, alkylamino, benzylamino group ; Ra is a detectable label or is :
= Rto ~~A~- 3 M is alkylene, alkenylene, alkynlene, heteroalkylene, heteroalkenylene, or heteroalkynlene group, G is selected from a bond, -0-; -N(R2d)- where R2d is H, alkyl, cycloalkyl, or aryl; or -S(O)m where m is 0, 1, or 2; and Rto is cycloalkyl, aryl, heterocycloalkyl, heterocycloalkenyl, or heteroaryl; n is independently the integer 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, or 5.
[0011] Another embodiment of the present invention is a compound, or composition including a compound, of the general formula (3):
z H O Y
( A N
/
R1a R
1b O M--_G
(3) Rio where Al is H, lower alkyl, or optionally-substituted lower alkyl group; Ria and Rlb are separately H, lower alkyl, optionally-substituted lower alkyl, lower alkylene, optionally substituted lower alkylene group; or At together with either Ria or Rib form an optionally substituted heterocycloalkyl group of 3 to 6 atoms; Y is H, an alkyl group, an alkynyl group, a cycloalkyl group of 3 to 7 carbon atoms, aryl, heteroaryl, arylalkyl, optionally-substituted versions of these groups, hydroxy substituted versions of these groups, or Y
together with Z, M, G, or R10 forms a carbocyclic ring, or a heterocyclic ring containing 1 to 5 heteroatoms, where Y
is linked to Z, M, G, or Rlo; Z is H, alkyl, hydroxy, amino, alkylamino, diakylamino, alkoxy, cycloalkyl, cycloalkyloxy, aryl, heteroaryl, aryloxy, or heteroaryloxy group;
or Z together with Y, M, G, or Rlo form a carbocyclic ring, or a heterocyclic ring containing 1 to 5 heteroatoms, where Z is linked to Y, M, G, or Rlo; M is an optionally-substituted alkyl, alkenyl, or alkynyl group; an optionally-substituted alkyl, alkenyl, or alkynyl group of 1 to 5 carbon atoms; an optionally-substituted alkylene, alkenylene, or alkynylene group; or an optionally-substituted alkylene, alkenylene, or alkynylene group of 1 to 5 carbon atoms; G is a bond, a heteroatom, -(C=O)-; -S(O)t- where t = 0,1, or 2; -NR18-; -NCOR18-; or -NS(O)XR18- where x = 0, 1, or 2, and R18 is lower alkyl, optionally-substituted lower alkyl, or cycloalkyl or R18 is contained within a carbocyclic, or heterocyclic ring containing 1 to 5 heteroatoms, where R18 is linked to Z, M, or Rio; Rio is an aryl, a heteroaryl group, a fused aryl, a fused heteroaryl group; or R10 is any one of structures (4a), (4b), (4c) or (4d):
~ / / yy}
f..'X-_R12 Z R'11 XZ-- R 1z _j R13 R'11 R13 R14 Rn R14 R17 R14 Ri7 R14 Rn R15 R16 R15 Ris R15 Rio R1s R16 (4a) (4b) (4c) (4d) where X2 is a heteroatom and independently groups Rlt, R'it, R12, any of R13_17, or any of R14_17 is H, halogen, alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, aryl, heteroaryl, hydroxyl, alkoxy, polyalkylether, amino, alkylamino, dialkylamino, alkyloxyalkyl, sulfonate, aryloxy or heteroaryloxy;
independently RI 1, R' 11, R12, any of R13_17, or any of R14_17 is H, optionally-substituted alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, aryl, heteroaryl, hydroxyl, alkoxy, polyalkylether, amino, alkylamino, dialkylamino, alkyloxyalkyl, aryloxy, or heteroaryloxy; or independently Rl 1, R' 1 t, R12, any of R13_17, or any of R14_I7 is acyl or acetyl groups, carboxylate, sulfonate, sulfone, imine, or oxime groups; or groups R11, R'11, R12, any of R13_17, or any of R14_17 is contained within a carbocyclic ring, or a heterocyclic ring containing 1 to 5 heteroatoms, and linked to groups at position Y, Z, M, G, Rl 1, R' I1, R12, any of R13_17, or any of R14_17.
z H O Y
( A N
/
R1a R
1b O M--_G
(3) Rio where Al is H, lower alkyl, or optionally-substituted lower alkyl group; Ria and Rlb are separately H, lower alkyl, optionally-substituted lower alkyl, lower alkylene, optionally substituted lower alkylene group; or At together with either Ria or Rib form an optionally substituted heterocycloalkyl group of 3 to 6 atoms; Y is H, an alkyl group, an alkynyl group, a cycloalkyl group of 3 to 7 carbon atoms, aryl, heteroaryl, arylalkyl, optionally-substituted versions of these groups, hydroxy substituted versions of these groups, or Y
together with Z, M, G, or R10 forms a carbocyclic ring, or a heterocyclic ring containing 1 to 5 heteroatoms, where Y
is linked to Z, M, G, or Rlo; Z is H, alkyl, hydroxy, amino, alkylamino, diakylamino, alkoxy, cycloalkyl, cycloalkyloxy, aryl, heteroaryl, aryloxy, or heteroaryloxy group;
or Z together with Y, M, G, or Rlo form a carbocyclic ring, or a heterocyclic ring containing 1 to 5 heteroatoms, where Z is linked to Y, M, G, or Rlo; M is an optionally-substituted alkyl, alkenyl, or alkynyl group; an optionally-substituted alkyl, alkenyl, or alkynyl group of 1 to 5 carbon atoms; an optionally-substituted alkylene, alkenylene, or alkynylene group; or an optionally-substituted alkylene, alkenylene, or alkynylene group of 1 to 5 carbon atoms; G is a bond, a heteroatom, -(C=O)-; -S(O)t- where t = 0,1, or 2; -NR18-; -NCOR18-; or -NS(O)XR18- where x = 0, 1, or 2, and R18 is lower alkyl, optionally-substituted lower alkyl, or cycloalkyl or R18 is contained within a carbocyclic, or heterocyclic ring containing 1 to 5 heteroatoms, where R18 is linked to Z, M, or Rio; Rio is an aryl, a heteroaryl group, a fused aryl, a fused heteroaryl group; or R10 is any one of structures (4a), (4b), (4c) or (4d):
~ / / yy}
f..'X-_R12 Z R'11 XZ-- R 1z _j R13 R'11 R13 R14 Rn R14 R17 R14 Ri7 R14 Rn R15 R16 R15 Ris R15 Rio R1s R16 (4a) (4b) (4c) (4d) where X2 is a heteroatom and independently groups Rlt, R'it, R12, any of R13_17, or any of R14_17 is H, halogen, alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, aryl, heteroaryl, hydroxyl, alkoxy, polyalkylether, amino, alkylamino, dialkylamino, alkyloxyalkyl, sulfonate, aryloxy or heteroaryloxy;
independently RI 1, R' 11, R12, any of R13_17, or any of R14_17 is H, optionally-substituted alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, aryl, heteroaryl, hydroxyl, alkoxy, polyalkylether, amino, alkylamino, dialkylamino, alkyloxyalkyl, aryloxy, or heteroaryloxy; or independently Rl 1, R' 1 t, R12, any of R13_17, or any of R14_I7 is acyl or acetyl groups, carboxylate, sulfonate, sulfone, imine, or oxime groups; or groups R11, R'11, R12, any of R13_17, or any of R14_17 is contained within a carbocyclic ring, or a heterocyclic ring containing 1 to 5 heteroatoms, and linked to groups at position Y, Z, M, G, Rl 1, R' I1, R12, any of R13_17, or any of R14_17.
[0012] Another embodiment is compound, or a composition comprising a compound, of the general formula (5) Zia ,,~\\\\Z1b H O Y
I
N N
Rta Rtb O M---G
R1o (5) where Al is H, or lower alkyl; Ria is H; Rlb is lower alkyl group; Y is an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group of 3 to 7 carbon atoms, optionally substituted versions of these groups, hydroxy substituted versions of these groups; Zia and Zlb are independently an H, hydroxy, alkoxy, aryloxy, or heteroaryloxy group; M is an optionally-substituted alkyl or an optionally-substituted alkylene group of 1 to 5 carbon atoms; G is a bond, a heteroatom, or -NCOR18-and R18 is lower alkyl, optionally-substituted lower alkyl group; Rlo is anyone of structures (4a), (4b), (4c) or (4d):
RI, Ril R12 R12 snnr R1z R /R1z Xz xz Rta R'tl R13 Ria Rtr R14 Rn R14 Rn Ria R
R15 Rts R15 RIe Rts R16 R15 R16 (4a) (4b) (4c) (4d) where X2 is a heteroatom and independently groups R, l, R' 11, R12, any of R13_17, or any of R14_17 are H, halogen, alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, aryl, heteroaryl, hydroxyl, alkoxy, polyalkylether, amino, alkylamino, dialkylamino, alkyloxyalkyl, sulfonate, aryloxy or heteroaryloxy;
independently R, l, R'11, R12, any of R13_17, or any of R14_17 are H, optionally-substituted alkyl, aryl, alkenyl, alkynyl, heteroaryl, hydroxyl, alkoxy, polyalkylether, amino, alkylamino, dialkylamino, alkyloxyalkyl, aryloxy, or heteroaryloxy; independently Rl l, R' 11, R12, any of R13-17, or any of R14_17 are acyl or acetyl groups, carboxylate, sulfonate, sulfone, imine, or oxime groups; or groups R11, R'11, R12, any of R13_17, or any of R14_17 are contained within a carbocyclic ring, or a heterocyclic ring containing 1 to 5 heteroatoms, and linked to groups at position Y, Zla, Zlba M, G, Rll, R'li, R12, any of R13_17, or any of R14_17.
I
N N
Rta Rtb O M---G
R1o (5) where Al is H, or lower alkyl; Ria is H; Rlb is lower alkyl group; Y is an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group of 3 to 7 carbon atoms, optionally substituted versions of these groups, hydroxy substituted versions of these groups; Zia and Zlb are independently an H, hydroxy, alkoxy, aryloxy, or heteroaryloxy group; M is an optionally-substituted alkyl or an optionally-substituted alkylene group of 1 to 5 carbon atoms; G is a bond, a heteroatom, or -NCOR18-and R18 is lower alkyl, optionally-substituted lower alkyl group; Rlo is anyone of structures (4a), (4b), (4c) or (4d):
RI, Ril R12 R12 snnr R1z R /R1z Xz xz Rta R'tl R13 Ria Rtr R14 Rn R14 Rn Ria R
R15 Rts R15 RIe Rts R16 R15 R16 (4a) (4b) (4c) (4d) where X2 is a heteroatom and independently groups R, l, R' 11, R12, any of R13_17, or any of R14_17 are H, halogen, alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, aryl, heteroaryl, hydroxyl, alkoxy, polyalkylether, amino, alkylamino, dialkylamino, alkyloxyalkyl, sulfonate, aryloxy or heteroaryloxy;
independently R, l, R'11, R12, any of R13_17, or any of R14_17 are H, optionally-substituted alkyl, aryl, alkenyl, alkynyl, heteroaryl, hydroxyl, alkoxy, polyalkylether, amino, alkylamino, dialkylamino, alkyloxyalkyl, aryloxy, or heteroaryloxy; independently Rl l, R' 11, R12, any of R13-17, or any of R14_17 are acyl or acetyl groups, carboxylate, sulfonate, sulfone, imine, or oxime groups; or groups R11, R'11, R12, any of R13_17, or any of R14_17 are contained within a carbocyclic ring, or a heterocyclic ring containing 1 to 5 heteroatoms, and linked to groups at position Y, Zla, Zlba M, G, Rll, R'li, R12, any of R13_17, or any of R14_17.
[0013] In a preferred embodiment the present invention is compound, or a composition comprising a compound, of the general formula (5) Z,a ,,\\\\Z ,b H Y
I
N N
Al H
/
R,a R,b 0 M---G
R,o (5) where Al is H, or lower alkyl; Rla is H; Rlb is lower alkyl group; Y is an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group of 3 to 7 carbon atoms, optionally substituted versions of these groups, hydroxy substituted versions of these groups; Zia and Zlb are independently an H, hydroxy, alkoxy, aryloxy, or heteroaryloxy group; M is an optionally-substituted alkyl or an optionally-substituted alkylene group of 1 to 5 carbon atoms; G is a bond, a heteroatom, or -NCOR18-and R18 is lower alkyl, optionally-substituted lower alkyl group; Rlo is anyone of structures (4a), (4b), (4c) or (4d): Rõ
Xz R,z R,a Rn R,5 R,5 where X2 is a heteroatom and independently groups Rl l, R'I1, R12, any of R13_17, or any of R14_17 are H, halogen, alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, aryl, heteroaryl, hydroxyl, alkoxy, polyalkylether, amino, alkylamino, dialkylamino, alkyloxyalkyl, sulfonate, aryloxy or heteroaryloxy;
independently RI 1, R' I l, R12, any of R13_17, or any of R14_17 are H, optionally-substituted alkyl, aryl, alkenyl, alkynyl, heteroaryl, hydroxyl, alkoxy, polyalkylether, amino, alkylamino, dialkylamino, alkyloxyalkyl, aryloxy, or heteroaryloxy; independently Rll, R'11, R12, any of R13_t7, or any of R14_17 are acyl or acetyl groups, carboxylate, sulfonate, sulfone, imine, or oxime groups; or groups Rll, R'11, R12, any of R13_17, or any of R14_17 are contained within a carbocyclic ring, or a heterocyclic ring containing 1 to 5 heteroatoms, and linked to groups at position Y, Zia, Zlba M, G, Rl l, R'11, R12, any of R13_17, or any of R14_17. Even more preferably, X2 is nitrogin.
I
N N
Al H
/
R,a R,b 0 M---G
R,o (5) where Al is H, or lower alkyl; Rla is H; Rlb is lower alkyl group; Y is an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group of 3 to 7 carbon atoms, optionally substituted versions of these groups, hydroxy substituted versions of these groups; Zia and Zlb are independently an H, hydroxy, alkoxy, aryloxy, or heteroaryloxy group; M is an optionally-substituted alkyl or an optionally-substituted alkylene group of 1 to 5 carbon atoms; G is a bond, a heteroatom, or -NCOR18-and R18 is lower alkyl, optionally-substituted lower alkyl group; Rlo is anyone of structures (4a), (4b), (4c) or (4d): Rõ
Xz R,z R,a Rn R,5 R,5 where X2 is a heteroatom and independently groups Rl l, R'I1, R12, any of R13_17, or any of R14_17 are H, halogen, alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, aryl, heteroaryl, hydroxyl, alkoxy, polyalkylether, amino, alkylamino, dialkylamino, alkyloxyalkyl, sulfonate, aryloxy or heteroaryloxy;
independently RI 1, R' I l, R12, any of R13_17, or any of R14_17 are H, optionally-substituted alkyl, aryl, alkenyl, alkynyl, heteroaryl, hydroxyl, alkoxy, polyalkylether, amino, alkylamino, dialkylamino, alkyloxyalkyl, aryloxy, or heteroaryloxy; independently Rll, R'11, R12, any of R13_t7, or any of R14_17 are acyl or acetyl groups, carboxylate, sulfonate, sulfone, imine, or oxime groups; or groups Rll, R'11, R12, any of R13_17, or any of R14_17 are contained within a carbocyclic ring, or a heterocyclic ring containing 1 to 5 heteroatoms, and linked to groups at position Y, Zia, Zlba M, G, Rl l, R'11, R12, any of R13_17, or any of R14_17. Even more preferably, X2 is nitrogin.
[0014] Further embodiments of the present invention include molecules and compositions that may be useful to modify or regulate apoptosis in cells.
These IAP binding molecules can bind to a variety of IAP's (Inhibitor of Apoptosis Proteins).
These molecules may be monomers or dimers and may also include a detectable label or therapeutic moiety and can be formulated as pharmaceutical or diagnostic compositions containing these molecules. Methods for using these compounds as therapeutic and diagnostic agents are also described.
These IAP binding molecules can bind to a variety of IAP's (Inhibitor of Apoptosis Proteins).
These molecules may be monomers or dimers and may also include a detectable label or therapeutic moiety and can be formulated as pharmaceutical or diagnostic compositions containing these molecules. Methods for using these compounds as therapeutic and diagnostic agents are also described.
[0015] The IAP binding molecules of the present invention, which can also be referred to as IAP binding cargo molecules, can permeate, be transfected, or otherwise be actively or passively transported into cells and can be used to displace IAPs from other proteins like caspases or Smac in cells. At least a portion of the IAP binding-cargo molecule binds to a BIR
domain of an IAP. The IAP binding cargo molecule may provide a therapeutic effect for a cell proliferation disorder and can include additional therapeutic, diagnostic, or other substituents in the molecule. Embodiments of the IAP binding molecules include derivatives of pyrrolidine that bind to a BIR domain of an IAP.
domain of an IAP. The IAP binding cargo molecule may provide a therapeutic effect for a cell proliferation disorder and can include additional therapeutic, diagnostic, or other substituents in the molecule. Embodiments of the IAP binding molecules include derivatives of pyrrolidine that bind to a BIR domain of an IAP.
[0016] Embodiments of the present invention include IAP binding cargo molecules and pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof having the general structure of formula (2):
z A2 O Y (6*) *
N (3 I (4 ) N
A'/ x/ (5*) R1a R1b (2) O R2 wherein: Al and A2 can independently be hydrogen, alkyl, aryl, or alkylaryl group, Ria can be H
or a methyl group; Rlb may be an alkyl or aryl group, in some embodiments Rlb is methyl, ethyl, n-propyl, isopropyl, or ethenyl group; Xl can be -O-,-S-,-CHZ-, or-NH- group, and J can be -CH-, or -N- group, provided that when J is-N-, Xl is -CH2-, or an -NH- group; Y can be H, or an alkyl group; Z can be H, -OH, aryloxy, alkoxy, benzyloxy, amino, arylamino, alkylamino, benzylamino group, in some embodiments Z is -OH, aryloxy, alkoxy, benzyloxy, benzyloxy, amino, arylamino, alkylamino, benzylamino group ; R2 can include a detectable label or can be :
O Raa O O
~ ~ O ~
LZK Rx 'or ~\M~G~Rio "Ooly ~ H R2b amino acid H
O
where R2a can be an aryl, cycloalkyl, optionally substituted aralkyl, or cycloalkylalkyl group; R2b can be H or alkyl group, R2. can be aryl, cycloalkyl, optionally substituted aralkyl, or cycloalkylalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, heterocycloalkenyl, heteroaryl, or cycloalkylaryl group. In some embodiments R2c is tetrahydronaphthyl or substituted tetrahydronapthyl group, most preferably R2c is or (7*) Chiral carbons (i*) for (i*=3 to 8) may independently have an (R) or (S) configuration; M can be alkylene, alkenylene, alkynlene, heteroalkylene, heteroalkenylene, heteroalkynlene group, in some embodiments M is:
O OH
or [0017] In some embodiments G can be selected from a bond (i.e., G is absent), -0-; -N(R2d)- where R2d can be H, alkyl, cycloalkyl, or aryl; or -S(O)m where m is 0, 1, or 2;
[0018] Rlo can be cycloalkyl, aryl, heterocycloalkyl, heterocycloalkenyl, or heteroaryl; in some embodiments Rlo is:
%~S R5 or =~ / \ Re Rs Ra I
R
RB e R' 9 where R3, R'3, R4, R5, R'5, Rb, R7, R8 and R9 can each independently H, methyl, ethyl, n-propyl, isopropyl, halo, cyano, -(CH2)pC(=O)OH, -(CH2)pC(=O)O-allcyl, -(CHZ)pC (=O)NH2 ; n and p are integers and preferably n is independently the integer 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, or 5 and p is independently the integer 0,1, 2, or 3; preferably at least one R3, R3i R4, and R5, R5 or at least two of R6, R7, Rg and R9 are each independently H, methyl, ethyl, n-propyl, isopropyl, halo, or cyano ; provided that when one or more of R3, R'3, R5, and R5 is isopropyl, R4 is other than isopropyl ; provided that when R4 is isopropyl, R3, R'3, R 5, and R5 are each independently other than isopropyl ; provided that when R8 is isopropyl, R9 is other than isopropyl ; and provided that in a therapeutic composition, (2) is not the structure where R2 is O
h[~
.10, Rzc and R2c is (7*) and where Al is H, A2 is methyl, Ria is H, RIb is methyl, Xt is -NH-, J is -CH-, Y
is t-butyl, Z is (-OC6H5) and (3*) has an (S) configuration, (4*) has an (S) configuration, (5*) has an (S) or (R) configuration, (6*) has an (S) or (R) configuration, and (7*) has an (R) configuration. Some embodiments of compounds of structure (2) have a Kd as determined by the methods described, for example, in Example 1 of less than 100 micromolar, preferably less than 1 micromolar, and even more preferably less than 0.1 micromolar.
[0019] Some embodiments of the IA.P binding compounds or IAP binding cargo molecules of structure (2), where A2 is H, Xl is NH-, J is -CH-, and n is 0 for R2, can be depicted by structure (3):
z H O Y
N
e Al H N--'y Rta /oRm (3)O MG
Rjo [0020] In some embodiments of compounds of structure (3), Al can be H, lower alkyl, or optionally-substituted lower alkyl group; Rl,, and Rlb can separately be H, lower alkyl, optionally substituted lower alkyl, lower alkylene, optionally substituted lower alkylene group; or Al together with either Rla or Rlb can form an optionally substituted heterocycloalkyl group of 3 to 6 atoms;
[0021] Y can be H, an alkyl group, an alkyl group of 1 to 10 carbon atoms, a branched alkyl group of 1 to 10 carbon atoms, an alkynyl group, a cycloalkyl group of 3 to 7 carbon atoms, aryl, heteroalkynyl, heteroaryl, or arylalkyl group; optionally-substituted versions of the aforementioned groups; hydroxy substituted versions of the aforementioned groups; or Y
together with Z, M, G, or Rlo forms an optionally substituted carbocyclic ring, or an optionally substituted heterocyclic ring containing 1 to 5 heteroatoms, where Y is linked to Z, M, G, or Rlo;
preferably Y is linked to M, G, or Rlo by any number of atoms up to about 20 atoms.
[0022] Z can be H, alkyl, hydroxy, amino, alkylamino, dialkylamino, alkoxy, cycloalkyl, cycloalkyloxy, aryl, heteroaryl, aryloxy, or heteroaryloxy group; or Z
together with Y, M, G, or Rlo form an optionally substituted carbocyclic ring, or an optionally substituted heterocyclic ring containing 1 to 5 heteroatoms, where Z is linked to Y, M, G, or Rlo;
preferably Z is linked to Y, M, G, or Rlo by any number of atoms up to about 20 atoms.
[0023] M can be an optionally substituted alkyl, alkenyl, or alkynyl group; an optionally substituted alkyl, alkenyl, or alkynyl group of 1 to 5 carbon atoms; an optionally substituted alkylene, an alkenylene, or alkynylene group; or an optionally substituted alkylene, alkenylene, or alkynylene group of 1 to 5 carbon atoms.
[0024] G can be absent (a bond), or a heteroatom including -0-; -NH-; -(C=O)-;
-S(O)t- where t is the integer 0, 1, or 2; -NR18-; -NCORIg-; or -NS(O),'R18-where x is the integer 0, 1, or 2, and R18 can be lower alkyl, optionally-substituted lower alkyl, or cycloalkyl or R18 is contained within an optionally substituted carbocyclic, or optionally substituted heterocyclic ring containing 1 to 5 heteroatoms, where R18 is linked to Z, M, or Rlo, preferably R18 is linked to Z, M, or Rlo, by any number of atoms up to about 20 atoms.
[0025] Rlo can be an aryl, a heteroaryl group, a fused aryl, a fused heteroaryl group or optionally substituted versions of these groups; or Rto can be any one of structures (4a), (4b), (4c), or (4d):
Rll Ril R12 R12 ~~ R12 R' / x~ R12 R13 Rli Ria R14 Rrn R14 / R Ri4 Rrn R14 R17 \ ~ \
Rie RIs R15 Rte Rta RIe Rte RIe (4a) (4b) (4c) (4d) where X2 is a heteroatom in structures (4a) or (4b), or X2 is a carbon-carbon bond as illustrated in structures (4c) or (4d), and independently groups Rll, R' 11, R12, any of R13_17, or any of R14_17 can be H, halogen, alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, aryl, heteroaryl, hydroxyl, alkoxy, polyalkylether, amino, alkylamino, dialkylamino, alkyloxyalkyl, aryloxy or heteroaryloxy; or independently Rl l, R' 11, R12, any of R13_17, or any of R14_17 can be H, optionally-substituted alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, aryl, heteroaryl, hydroxyl, alkoxy, polyalkylether, amino, alkylamino, dialkylamino, alkyloxyalkyl, aryloxy, or heteroaryloxy; or independently Rl l, R'li, R12, any of R13_17, or any of R14_17 can be acyl or acetyl groups, carboxylate, sulfonate, sulfone, imine, or oxime groups; or groups R11, R'li, R12, any of R13_17a or any of R14_17 can be contained within an optionally substituted carbocyclic ring, or an optionally substituted heterocyclic ring containing 1 to 5 heteroatoms, and can be linked to groups at position Y, Z, M, G, R, l, R' 11, R12, any of R13_17, or any of R14_17 , preferably these groups are linked by any number of atoms up to about 20 atoms.
Some embodiments of compounds of structure (3) have a Kd as determined by the methods described, for example, in Example 1 of less than 100 micromolar, preferably less than 1 micromolar, and even more preferably less than 0.1 micromolar.
[0026] Some embodiments include compounds of structure (5) where:
Zia ,~~\\\Z 1b I
N N
Al~ ~~~ H N---'y i Rta Rib o M---G
(5) Rio [0027] Al can be H, or lower alkyl, or Al and Rlb together form a ring of 3-5 atoms;
[0028] Rla can be H; Rlb can be a lower alkyl group, or together with AI forms a ring of 3 to 5 atoms;
[0029] Y can be an alkyl group, an alkyl group of 1 to 10 carbon atoms, a branched alkyl group of 1 to 10 carbon atoms, an alkynyl group, heteroalkynyl, a cycloalkyl group of 3 to 7 carbon atoms, optionally substituted versions of the aforementioned groups, hydroxy substituted versions of the aforementioned groups, or Y together with Zla, Zlb, or Rlo forms an optionally substituted carbocyclic ring, or an optionally substituted heterocyclic ring containing 1 to 5 heteroatoms, where Y can be linked to Zla, Zlb, or Rlo; preferably Y is linked to Zla, Zlb, or Rlo by any number of atoms up to about 20 atoms.
[0030] Zla and Zlb can independently be an H, hydroxy, amino, alkylamino, dialkylamino, alkoxy, aryloxy, or heteroaryloxy group; or Zla, Zlb, together with Y or Rlo form a carbocyclic ring, or a heterocyclic ring containing 1 to 5 heteroatoms, where Zla or Zlb, is linked to Y or Rlo; preferably Zla or Zlb, is linked to Y or Rlo by any number of atoms up to about 20 atoms.
[0031] M can be an optionally-substituted alkyl or an optionally-substituted alkylene group of 1 to 5 carbon atoms.
[0032] G can be absent (a bond), or a heteroatom including -0-; -NH-; -(C=O)--;
-NR18-; -NCOR18-; or -NS(O)xR18- where x= 0, 1, or 2, and R18 can be lower alkyl, optionally-substituted lower alkyl group.
[0033] Rlo can be aryl, a heteroaryl group, or Rlo can be anyone of structures (4a), (4b), (4c), or (4d):
Rll R R12 \ ,S R12 X/R1z R 511 x/R12 R13 R'll R13 R14 R R14 / Rrn R14 R Rta Rtn Rie R16 Ri5 R16 Ris Rjs Rte R16 (4a) (4b) (4c) (4d) where X2 can be a heteroatom in structures (4a) or 4(b) or X2 is a carbon-carbon bond as illustrated in structures (4c) or (4d), and independently groups Rl l, R' 11, R12, any of R1 s-17, or any of R14-17 can be H, halogen, alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, aryl, heteroaryl, hydroxyl, alkoxy, polyalkylether, amino, alkylamino, dialkylamino, alkyloxyalkyl, sulfonate, aryloxy or heteroaryloxy; or independently R11, R' 11, R12, any of R13-17, or any of R14-
z A2 O Y (6*) *
N (3 I (4 ) N
A'/ x/ (5*) R1a R1b (2) O R2 wherein: Al and A2 can independently be hydrogen, alkyl, aryl, or alkylaryl group, Ria can be H
or a methyl group; Rlb may be an alkyl or aryl group, in some embodiments Rlb is methyl, ethyl, n-propyl, isopropyl, or ethenyl group; Xl can be -O-,-S-,-CHZ-, or-NH- group, and J can be -CH-, or -N- group, provided that when J is-N-, Xl is -CH2-, or an -NH- group; Y can be H, or an alkyl group; Z can be H, -OH, aryloxy, alkoxy, benzyloxy, amino, arylamino, alkylamino, benzylamino group, in some embodiments Z is -OH, aryloxy, alkoxy, benzyloxy, benzyloxy, amino, arylamino, alkylamino, benzylamino group ; R2 can include a detectable label or can be :
O Raa O O
~ ~ O ~
LZK Rx 'or ~\M~G~Rio "Ooly ~ H R2b amino acid H
O
where R2a can be an aryl, cycloalkyl, optionally substituted aralkyl, or cycloalkylalkyl group; R2b can be H or alkyl group, R2. can be aryl, cycloalkyl, optionally substituted aralkyl, or cycloalkylalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, heterocycloalkenyl, heteroaryl, or cycloalkylaryl group. In some embodiments R2c is tetrahydronaphthyl or substituted tetrahydronapthyl group, most preferably R2c is or (7*) Chiral carbons (i*) for (i*=3 to 8) may independently have an (R) or (S) configuration; M can be alkylene, alkenylene, alkynlene, heteroalkylene, heteroalkenylene, heteroalkynlene group, in some embodiments M is:
O OH
or [0017] In some embodiments G can be selected from a bond (i.e., G is absent), -0-; -N(R2d)- where R2d can be H, alkyl, cycloalkyl, or aryl; or -S(O)m where m is 0, 1, or 2;
[0018] Rlo can be cycloalkyl, aryl, heterocycloalkyl, heterocycloalkenyl, or heteroaryl; in some embodiments Rlo is:
%~S R5 or =~ / \ Re Rs Ra I
R
RB e R' 9 where R3, R'3, R4, R5, R'5, Rb, R7, R8 and R9 can each independently H, methyl, ethyl, n-propyl, isopropyl, halo, cyano, -(CH2)pC(=O)OH, -(CH2)pC(=O)O-allcyl, -(CHZ)pC (=O)NH2 ; n and p are integers and preferably n is independently the integer 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, or 5 and p is independently the integer 0,1, 2, or 3; preferably at least one R3, R3i R4, and R5, R5 or at least two of R6, R7, Rg and R9 are each independently H, methyl, ethyl, n-propyl, isopropyl, halo, or cyano ; provided that when one or more of R3, R'3, R5, and R5 is isopropyl, R4 is other than isopropyl ; provided that when R4 is isopropyl, R3, R'3, R 5, and R5 are each independently other than isopropyl ; provided that when R8 is isopropyl, R9 is other than isopropyl ; and provided that in a therapeutic composition, (2) is not the structure where R2 is O
h[~
.10, Rzc and R2c is (7*) and where Al is H, A2 is methyl, Ria is H, RIb is methyl, Xt is -NH-, J is -CH-, Y
is t-butyl, Z is (-OC6H5) and (3*) has an (S) configuration, (4*) has an (S) configuration, (5*) has an (S) or (R) configuration, (6*) has an (S) or (R) configuration, and (7*) has an (R) configuration. Some embodiments of compounds of structure (2) have a Kd as determined by the methods described, for example, in Example 1 of less than 100 micromolar, preferably less than 1 micromolar, and even more preferably less than 0.1 micromolar.
[0019] Some embodiments of the IA.P binding compounds or IAP binding cargo molecules of structure (2), where A2 is H, Xl is NH-, J is -CH-, and n is 0 for R2, can be depicted by structure (3):
z H O Y
N
e Al H N--'y Rta /oRm (3)O MG
Rjo [0020] In some embodiments of compounds of structure (3), Al can be H, lower alkyl, or optionally-substituted lower alkyl group; Rl,, and Rlb can separately be H, lower alkyl, optionally substituted lower alkyl, lower alkylene, optionally substituted lower alkylene group; or Al together with either Rla or Rlb can form an optionally substituted heterocycloalkyl group of 3 to 6 atoms;
[0021] Y can be H, an alkyl group, an alkyl group of 1 to 10 carbon atoms, a branched alkyl group of 1 to 10 carbon atoms, an alkynyl group, a cycloalkyl group of 3 to 7 carbon atoms, aryl, heteroalkynyl, heteroaryl, or arylalkyl group; optionally-substituted versions of the aforementioned groups; hydroxy substituted versions of the aforementioned groups; or Y
together with Z, M, G, or Rlo forms an optionally substituted carbocyclic ring, or an optionally substituted heterocyclic ring containing 1 to 5 heteroatoms, where Y is linked to Z, M, G, or Rlo;
preferably Y is linked to M, G, or Rlo by any number of atoms up to about 20 atoms.
[0022] Z can be H, alkyl, hydroxy, amino, alkylamino, dialkylamino, alkoxy, cycloalkyl, cycloalkyloxy, aryl, heteroaryl, aryloxy, or heteroaryloxy group; or Z
together with Y, M, G, or Rlo form an optionally substituted carbocyclic ring, or an optionally substituted heterocyclic ring containing 1 to 5 heteroatoms, where Z is linked to Y, M, G, or Rlo;
preferably Z is linked to Y, M, G, or Rlo by any number of atoms up to about 20 atoms.
[0023] M can be an optionally substituted alkyl, alkenyl, or alkynyl group; an optionally substituted alkyl, alkenyl, or alkynyl group of 1 to 5 carbon atoms; an optionally substituted alkylene, an alkenylene, or alkynylene group; or an optionally substituted alkylene, alkenylene, or alkynylene group of 1 to 5 carbon atoms.
[0024] G can be absent (a bond), or a heteroatom including -0-; -NH-; -(C=O)-;
-S(O)t- where t is the integer 0, 1, or 2; -NR18-; -NCORIg-; or -NS(O),'R18-where x is the integer 0, 1, or 2, and R18 can be lower alkyl, optionally-substituted lower alkyl, or cycloalkyl or R18 is contained within an optionally substituted carbocyclic, or optionally substituted heterocyclic ring containing 1 to 5 heteroatoms, where R18 is linked to Z, M, or Rlo, preferably R18 is linked to Z, M, or Rlo, by any number of atoms up to about 20 atoms.
[0025] Rlo can be an aryl, a heteroaryl group, a fused aryl, a fused heteroaryl group or optionally substituted versions of these groups; or Rto can be any one of structures (4a), (4b), (4c), or (4d):
Rll Ril R12 R12 ~~ R12 R' / x~ R12 R13 Rli Ria R14 Rrn R14 / R Ri4 Rrn R14 R17 \ ~ \
Rie RIs R15 Rte Rta RIe Rte RIe (4a) (4b) (4c) (4d) where X2 is a heteroatom in structures (4a) or (4b), or X2 is a carbon-carbon bond as illustrated in structures (4c) or (4d), and independently groups Rll, R' 11, R12, any of R13_17, or any of R14_17 can be H, halogen, alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, aryl, heteroaryl, hydroxyl, alkoxy, polyalkylether, amino, alkylamino, dialkylamino, alkyloxyalkyl, aryloxy or heteroaryloxy; or independently Rl l, R' 11, R12, any of R13_17, or any of R14_17 can be H, optionally-substituted alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, aryl, heteroaryl, hydroxyl, alkoxy, polyalkylether, amino, alkylamino, dialkylamino, alkyloxyalkyl, aryloxy, or heteroaryloxy; or independently Rl l, R'li, R12, any of R13_17, or any of R14_17 can be acyl or acetyl groups, carboxylate, sulfonate, sulfone, imine, or oxime groups; or groups R11, R'li, R12, any of R13_17a or any of R14_17 can be contained within an optionally substituted carbocyclic ring, or an optionally substituted heterocyclic ring containing 1 to 5 heteroatoms, and can be linked to groups at position Y, Z, M, G, R, l, R' 11, R12, any of R13_17, or any of R14_17 , preferably these groups are linked by any number of atoms up to about 20 atoms.
Some embodiments of compounds of structure (3) have a Kd as determined by the methods described, for example, in Example 1 of less than 100 micromolar, preferably less than 1 micromolar, and even more preferably less than 0.1 micromolar.
[0026] Some embodiments include compounds of structure (5) where:
Zia ,~~\\\Z 1b I
N N
Al~ ~~~ H N---'y i Rta Rib o M---G
(5) Rio [0027] Al can be H, or lower alkyl, or Al and Rlb together form a ring of 3-5 atoms;
[0028] Rla can be H; Rlb can be a lower alkyl group, or together with AI forms a ring of 3 to 5 atoms;
[0029] Y can be an alkyl group, an alkyl group of 1 to 10 carbon atoms, a branched alkyl group of 1 to 10 carbon atoms, an alkynyl group, heteroalkynyl, a cycloalkyl group of 3 to 7 carbon atoms, optionally substituted versions of the aforementioned groups, hydroxy substituted versions of the aforementioned groups, or Y together with Zla, Zlb, or Rlo forms an optionally substituted carbocyclic ring, or an optionally substituted heterocyclic ring containing 1 to 5 heteroatoms, where Y can be linked to Zla, Zlb, or Rlo; preferably Y is linked to Zla, Zlb, or Rlo by any number of atoms up to about 20 atoms.
[0030] Zla and Zlb can independently be an H, hydroxy, amino, alkylamino, dialkylamino, alkoxy, aryloxy, or heteroaryloxy group; or Zla, Zlb, together with Y or Rlo form a carbocyclic ring, or a heterocyclic ring containing 1 to 5 heteroatoms, where Zla or Zlb, is linked to Y or Rlo; preferably Zla or Zlb, is linked to Y or Rlo by any number of atoms up to about 20 atoms.
[0031] M can be an optionally-substituted alkyl or an optionally-substituted alkylene group of 1 to 5 carbon atoms.
[0032] G can be absent (a bond), or a heteroatom including -0-; -NH-; -(C=O)--;
-NR18-; -NCOR18-; or -NS(O)xR18- where x= 0, 1, or 2, and R18 can be lower alkyl, optionally-substituted lower alkyl group.
[0033] Rlo can be aryl, a heteroaryl group, or Rlo can be anyone of structures (4a), (4b), (4c), or (4d):
Rll R R12 \ ,S R12 X/R1z R 511 x/R12 R13 R'll R13 R14 R R14 / Rrn R14 R Rta Rtn Rie R16 Ri5 R16 Ris Rjs Rte R16 (4a) (4b) (4c) (4d) where X2 can be a heteroatom in structures (4a) or 4(b) or X2 is a carbon-carbon bond as illustrated in structures (4c) or (4d), and independently groups Rl l, R' 11, R12, any of R1 s-17, or any of R14-17 can be H, halogen, alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, aryl, heteroaryl, hydroxyl, alkoxy, polyalkylether, amino, alkylamino, dialkylamino, alkyloxyalkyl, sulfonate, aryloxy or heteroaryloxy; or independently R11, R' 11, R12, any of R13-17, or any of R14-
17 can be H, optionally-substituted alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, aryl, heteroaryl, hydroxyl, alkoxy, polyalkylether, amino, alkylamino, dialkylamino, alkyloxyalkyl, aryloxy, or heteroaryloxy; or independently R11, R' 11, R12, any of R13-17, or any of R14-17 can be acyl or acetyl groups, carboxylate, sulfonate, sulfone, imine, or oxime groups; or groups R, l, R'11, R12, any of R13-17, or any of R14-17 can be contained within a carbocyclic ring, or a heterocyclic ring containing 1 to 5 heteroatoms, and linked to groups at position Y, Zia, Ziba M, G, Ri1= R'11, R12, any of R13-17=
or any of R14-17, preferably these groups are linked by any number of atoms up to about 20 atoms. Some embodiments of compounds of structure (5) have a Kd as determined by the methods described, for example, in Exainple 1 of less than 100 micromolar, preferably less than 1 micromolar, and even more preferably less than 0.1 micromolar.
[0034] Some embodiments include compounds of structure (5) where:
Z1a ..\\\\Ztb H O Y
N
A H
"
Rta Rtb O IVI---G
Rao (5) [0035] AI can be H, methyl, ethyl, or Al and Rlb together form a ring of 3-5 atoms.
[00361 Rl, can be H; Rlb can be a methyl or ethyl group, or together with Al forms a ring of 3 to 5 atoms.
[0037] Y can be an alkyl group, an alkyl group of 1 to 10 carbon atoms, a branched alkyl group of 1 to 10 carbon atoms, an alkynyl group, heteroalkynyl, a cycloalkyl group of 3 to 7 carbon atoms, optionally substituted versions of the aforementioned groups;
hydroxy substituted versions of the aforementioned groups; or Y together with Zla, Zlb, or Rlo forms a carbocyclic ring, or a heterocyclic ring containing 1 to 5 heteroatoms, where Y is linked to Zla, Zlb, or Rlo;
preferably Y is linked to Zla, Zlb, or Rlo by any number of atoms up to about 20 atoms.
[0038] Zla and Zlb can independently be an H, hydroxy, amino, alkylamino, diakylamino, alkoxy, aryloxy, or heteroaryloxy group; or Zla, Zlb, together with Y or Rlo form a carbocyclic ring, or a heterocyclic ring containing 1 to 5 heteroatoms, where Zla or Zlb, is linked to Y or Rlo;
preferably Zla or Zlb, is linked to Y or Rlo by any number of atoms up to about 20 atoms.
[0039] M can be an optionally-substituted alkyl or an optionally-substituted alkylene group of 1 to 5 carbon atoms.
[0040] G can be absent (a bond), or a heteroatom including -0-; -NH-; -(C=0)-;
-NR18-; -NCOR18-; or -NS(O),tRl$- where x can be the integer 0, 1, or 2, and R18 can be lower alkyl, optionally-substituted lower alkyl group.
[0041] Rio can be a fused aryl, a fused heteroaryl group, or preferably Rlo is anyone of structures (4a), (4b), (4c), or (4d):
Rii Rii R12 R12 J~M/' .f_~i=+
2 R12 R'11 / R1z X xz R13 R'11 R13 \ / \ - -(4a) (4b) (4c) (4d) where X2 can be a heteroatom (4a) or (4b) or X2 can be a carbon-carbon bond (4c) or (4d), and independently groups R11, R' 11, R12, any of R13_17, or any of R14_17 can be H, halogen, alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, aryl, heteroaryl, hydroxyl, alkoxy, polyalkylether, amino, alkylamino, dialkylamino, alkyloxyalkyl, sulfonate, aryloxy or heteroaryloxy; or independently Rl t, R' 11, R12, any of R13_17, or any of R14_17 can be H, optionally-substituted alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, aryl, heteroaryl, hydroxyl, alkoxy, polyalkylether, amino, alkylamino, dialkylamino, alkyloxyalkyl, aryloxy, or heteroaryloxy; or independently R, l, R' 11, R12a any of R13_I7, or any of R14_17 can be acyl or acetyl groups, carboxylate, sulfonate, sulfone, imine, or oxime groups; or groups Rl l, R' i i, R12, any of R13_17, or any of R14_17 can be contained within a carbocyclic ring, or a heterocyclic ring containing 1 to 5 heteroatoms, and linked to groups at position Y, Zla, Zlb, M, G, Rl l, R' 11, R12, any of R13_17, or any of R14_17, preferably these groups are linked by any number of atoms up to about 20 atoms.
[0042] Some embodiments include compounds of structure (5) where:
Zia H O Y
/ I N
'41 '=~> H N-_'Y
Ria Rib O M--_G
(5) Rio where Al can be H, or a methyl group; Ria is H; Rib can be a methyl or ethyl group.
[0043] In structure (5) Y can be an alkyl group, an alkyl group of 1 to 10 carbon atoms, a branched alkyl group of 1 to 10 carbon atoms, an alkynyl group, heteroalkynyl, a cycloalkyl group of 3 to 7 carbon atoms, optionally substituted versions of the aforementioned groups, hydroxy substituted versions of the aforementioned groups, or Y together with Rlo forms a carbocyclic ring, or a heterocyclic ring containing 1 to 5 heteroatoms, where Y is linked to Rlo;
preferably Y is linked to Rto by any number of atoms up to about 20 atoms.
[0044] Zia and Zlb can independently be an H, hydroxy, alkoxy, or aryloxygroup.
[0045] M can be methylene, an optionally-substituted alkyl or an optionally-substituted alkylene group of 1 to 5 carbon atoms.
[0046] G can be absent (a bond), or a heteroatom including -0-; or -NH-, [0047] Rto can be an aryl, a heteroaryl group, or in some embodiments Rlo can be a structure of formula (4a):
RI, /R1z (4a) where X2 is a heteroatom and independently groups R11, R12, or any of R14_17 can be H, or .optional substituents including halogen, alkyl, aryl, alkenyl, alkynyl, heteroaryl, hydroxyl, alkoxy, polyalkylether, amino, alkylamino, dialkylamino, alkyloxyalkyl, sulfonate, aryloxy or heteroaryloxy; or independently Rl l, R12, or any of R14_17 can be H, optionally-substituted alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, aryl, heteroaryl, hydroxyl, alkoxy, polyalkylether, amino, alkylamino, dialkylamino, alkyloxyalkyl, aryloxy, or heteroaryloxy; or independently R11, R12, or any of R14_ 17 can be acyl or acetyl groups, carboxylate, sulfonate, sulfone, imine, or oxime groups; or groups R11, R12, or any of R1417 can be contained within a carbocyclic ring, or a heterocyclic ring containing 1 to 5 heteroatoms, and linked to groups at position Y, Zia, Zlb, M, G, R11, R12, or any of R14_17 , preferably these groups are linked by any number of atoms up to about 20 atoms.
[0048] .IA.P binding compounds or IAP binding cargo molecules in various embodiments of formula (2), (3), or (5) may be used in the manufacture of a medicament for the therapeutic and/or prophylactic treatment of a cancer or cellular proliferation condition (including developmental disorders, cancer, autoimmune diseases, as well as neuro-degenerative disorders).
The IA.P binding compounds or IA.P binding cargo molecules in various embodiments of formula (2), (3), or (5) can be used in the preparation of a drug for treating cancer or a cellular proliferation disorder condition in a ready to use form. The drug can be administered to a patient for treating or preventing cancer or a cellular proliferation disorder. In ready to use form refers to the compounds being presentable for sale and may include the compounds in a tablet, liquid, or other form for administration, suitable packaging, instructions, and other items.
[0049] One embodiment of the invention is a method of treating cells or tissue that can include administering to cells having a proliferation disorder, for example HeLa cells known to overexpress IAP (other cells may include but are not limited to those with developmental disorders, cancer, autoimmune diseases, as well as neuro-degenerative disorders), an amount of the IA.P binding compounds or IA.P binding cargo molecules in various embodiments of formula (2), (3), or (5) that is effective to reduce or eliminate the cellular proliferation disorder in the sample of cells or tissue.
[0050] A further embodiment of the present invention is a method of treating disorders associated with cell proliferation, including, but not limited to proliferative disorders and diseases. Such methods include administration of the compounds of the present invention alone or in combination with other active agents, including pharmaceuticals and chemotherapeutic agents. For example, the dimmers of IA.P binding compounds of the present invention may be administered alone or in combination with chemotherapeutic agents as is disclosed in commonly owned U.S. Provisional Application No. 60/692,111, which is incorporated herein by reference in its entirety.
[0051] The foregoing IAP binding compounds, as well as pharmaceutically acceptable salts and solvates thereof, may be formulated as pharmaceutical compositions or as diagnostic agents, or both. These pharmaceutical compositions and diagnostic agents may be used for treatment and detection of cell proliferative disorders, as well as in screening assays for the discovery and development of additional diagnostic and therapeutic agents for modifying cell proliferation and detecting cell proliferative disorders.
[0052] The present invention includes an assay for use in high throughput screening or rational drug design of IA.P binding compounds that can, like the Smac tetrapeptide or its homologs in other species, bind to a BIR domain of an IAP thereby modifying, and preferably relieving IA.P-mediated suppression of apoptosis. The binding of test compounds can be used in
or any of R14-17, preferably these groups are linked by any number of atoms up to about 20 atoms. Some embodiments of compounds of structure (5) have a Kd as determined by the methods described, for example, in Exainple 1 of less than 100 micromolar, preferably less than 1 micromolar, and even more preferably less than 0.1 micromolar.
[0034] Some embodiments include compounds of structure (5) where:
Z1a ..\\\\Ztb H O Y
N
A H
"
Rta Rtb O IVI---G
Rao (5) [0035] AI can be H, methyl, ethyl, or Al and Rlb together form a ring of 3-5 atoms.
[00361 Rl, can be H; Rlb can be a methyl or ethyl group, or together with Al forms a ring of 3 to 5 atoms.
[0037] Y can be an alkyl group, an alkyl group of 1 to 10 carbon atoms, a branched alkyl group of 1 to 10 carbon atoms, an alkynyl group, heteroalkynyl, a cycloalkyl group of 3 to 7 carbon atoms, optionally substituted versions of the aforementioned groups;
hydroxy substituted versions of the aforementioned groups; or Y together with Zla, Zlb, or Rlo forms a carbocyclic ring, or a heterocyclic ring containing 1 to 5 heteroatoms, where Y is linked to Zla, Zlb, or Rlo;
preferably Y is linked to Zla, Zlb, or Rlo by any number of atoms up to about 20 atoms.
[0038] Zla and Zlb can independently be an H, hydroxy, amino, alkylamino, diakylamino, alkoxy, aryloxy, or heteroaryloxy group; or Zla, Zlb, together with Y or Rlo form a carbocyclic ring, or a heterocyclic ring containing 1 to 5 heteroatoms, where Zla or Zlb, is linked to Y or Rlo;
preferably Zla or Zlb, is linked to Y or Rlo by any number of atoms up to about 20 atoms.
[0039] M can be an optionally-substituted alkyl or an optionally-substituted alkylene group of 1 to 5 carbon atoms.
[0040] G can be absent (a bond), or a heteroatom including -0-; -NH-; -(C=0)-;
-NR18-; -NCOR18-; or -NS(O),tRl$- where x can be the integer 0, 1, or 2, and R18 can be lower alkyl, optionally-substituted lower alkyl group.
[0041] Rio can be a fused aryl, a fused heteroaryl group, or preferably Rlo is anyone of structures (4a), (4b), (4c), or (4d):
Rii Rii R12 R12 J~M/' .f_~i=+
2 R12 R'11 / R1z X xz R13 R'11 R13 \ / \ - -(4a) (4b) (4c) (4d) where X2 can be a heteroatom (4a) or (4b) or X2 can be a carbon-carbon bond (4c) or (4d), and independently groups R11, R' 11, R12, any of R13_17, or any of R14_17 can be H, halogen, alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, aryl, heteroaryl, hydroxyl, alkoxy, polyalkylether, amino, alkylamino, dialkylamino, alkyloxyalkyl, sulfonate, aryloxy or heteroaryloxy; or independently Rl t, R' 11, R12, any of R13_17, or any of R14_17 can be H, optionally-substituted alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, aryl, heteroaryl, hydroxyl, alkoxy, polyalkylether, amino, alkylamino, dialkylamino, alkyloxyalkyl, aryloxy, or heteroaryloxy; or independently R, l, R' 11, R12a any of R13_I7, or any of R14_17 can be acyl or acetyl groups, carboxylate, sulfonate, sulfone, imine, or oxime groups; or groups Rl l, R' i i, R12, any of R13_17, or any of R14_17 can be contained within a carbocyclic ring, or a heterocyclic ring containing 1 to 5 heteroatoms, and linked to groups at position Y, Zla, Zlb, M, G, Rl l, R' 11, R12, any of R13_17, or any of R14_17, preferably these groups are linked by any number of atoms up to about 20 atoms.
[0042] Some embodiments include compounds of structure (5) where:
Zia H O Y
/ I N
'41 '=~> H N-_'Y
Ria Rib O M--_G
(5) Rio where Al can be H, or a methyl group; Ria is H; Rib can be a methyl or ethyl group.
[0043] In structure (5) Y can be an alkyl group, an alkyl group of 1 to 10 carbon atoms, a branched alkyl group of 1 to 10 carbon atoms, an alkynyl group, heteroalkynyl, a cycloalkyl group of 3 to 7 carbon atoms, optionally substituted versions of the aforementioned groups, hydroxy substituted versions of the aforementioned groups, or Y together with Rlo forms a carbocyclic ring, or a heterocyclic ring containing 1 to 5 heteroatoms, where Y is linked to Rlo;
preferably Y is linked to Rto by any number of atoms up to about 20 atoms.
[0044] Zia and Zlb can independently be an H, hydroxy, alkoxy, or aryloxygroup.
[0045] M can be methylene, an optionally-substituted alkyl or an optionally-substituted alkylene group of 1 to 5 carbon atoms.
[0046] G can be absent (a bond), or a heteroatom including -0-; or -NH-, [0047] Rto can be an aryl, a heteroaryl group, or in some embodiments Rlo can be a structure of formula (4a):
RI, /R1z (4a) where X2 is a heteroatom and independently groups R11, R12, or any of R14_17 can be H, or .optional substituents including halogen, alkyl, aryl, alkenyl, alkynyl, heteroaryl, hydroxyl, alkoxy, polyalkylether, amino, alkylamino, dialkylamino, alkyloxyalkyl, sulfonate, aryloxy or heteroaryloxy; or independently Rl l, R12, or any of R14_17 can be H, optionally-substituted alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, aryl, heteroaryl, hydroxyl, alkoxy, polyalkylether, amino, alkylamino, dialkylamino, alkyloxyalkyl, aryloxy, or heteroaryloxy; or independently R11, R12, or any of R14_ 17 can be acyl or acetyl groups, carboxylate, sulfonate, sulfone, imine, or oxime groups; or groups R11, R12, or any of R1417 can be contained within a carbocyclic ring, or a heterocyclic ring containing 1 to 5 heteroatoms, and linked to groups at position Y, Zia, Zlb, M, G, R11, R12, or any of R14_17 , preferably these groups are linked by any number of atoms up to about 20 atoms.
[0048] .IA.P binding compounds or IAP binding cargo molecules in various embodiments of formula (2), (3), or (5) may be used in the manufacture of a medicament for the therapeutic and/or prophylactic treatment of a cancer or cellular proliferation condition (including developmental disorders, cancer, autoimmune diseases, as well as neuro-degenerative disorders).
The IA.P binding compounds or IA.P binding cargo molecules in various embodiments of formula (2), (3), or (5) can be used in the preparation of a drug for treating cancer or a cellular proliferation disorder condition in a ready to use form. The drug can be administered to a patient for treating or preventing cancer or a cellular proliferation disorder. In ready to use form refers to the compounds being presentable for sale and may include the compounds in a tablet, liquid, or other form for administration, suitable packaging, instructions, and other items.
[0049] One embodiment of the invention is a method of treating cells or tissue that can include administering to cells having a proliferation disorder, for example HeLa cells known to overexpress IAP (other cells may include but are not limited to those with developmental disorders, cancer, autoimmune diseases, as well as neuro-degenerative disorders), an amount of the IA.P binding compounds or IA.P binding cargo molecules in various embodiments of formula (2), (3), or (5) that is effective to reduce or eliminate the cellular proliferation disorder in the sample of cells or tissue.
[0050] A further embodiment of the present invention is a method of treating disorders associated with cell proliferation, including, but not limited to proliferative disorders and diseases. Such methods include administration of the compounds of the present invention alone or in combination with other active agents, including pharmaceuticals and chemotherapeutic agents. For example, the dimmers of IA.P binding compounds of the present invention may be administered alone or in combination with chemotherapeutic agents as is disclosed in commonly owned U.S. Provisional Application No. 60/692,111, which is incorporated herein by reference in its entirety.
[0051] The foregoing IAP binding compounds, as well as pharmaceutically acceptable salts and solvates thereof, may be formulated as pharmaceutical compositions or as diagnostic agents, or both. These pharmaceutical compositions and diagnostic agents may be used for treatment and detection of cell proliferative disorders, as well as in screening assays for the discovery and development of additional diagnostic and therapeutic agents for modifying cell proliferation and detecting cell proliferative disorders.
[0052] The present invention includes an assay for use in high throughput screening or rational drug design of IA.P binding compounds that can, like the Smac tetrapeptide or its homologs in other species, bind to a BIR domain of an IAP thereby modifying, and preferably relieving IA.P-mediated suppression of apoptosis. The binding of test compounds can be used in
18 the design of IA.P binding compounds and IA.P binding cargo molecules for the identification, prevention, and treatment of diseases related to cell proliferation. The IAP
binding cargo molecule or compounds in embodiments of the present invention can bind to proteins such as through the BIR domain of an IA.P. In some embodiments, the IAP binding molecule interacts with the BIR3 domain of the protein XIAP or BIR2 domain of DIAP 1. The IAP
binding molecule can interact with the protein through a specific binding groove of the BIR domain.
[0053] The assay includes the steps of providing a labeled IA.P binding compound or an IAP binding-cargo molecule of structure (2), (3), or (5), that binds to the appropriate BIR domain of the IAP, wherein preferably at least one measurable feature of the labeled IA.P binding compound changes as a function of the labeled IAP binding compound being bound to the LAY
or free in solution. The assay may further include contacting the BIR domain of an LAY with the labeled IAP binding compound under conditions enabling binding of the labeled IAP binding compound with the BIR domain, thereby forming a labeled BIR-bound IAP binding compound complex having the measurable feature. The labeled BIR-bound IA.P binding compound complex may be contacted with other peptides, IAP binding compounds, or test compounds being developed, to measure the binding of the peptides, IA.P binding compounds, or test compound for the BIR domain by measuring the displacement of the labeled IAP
binding compound from the labeled BIR-bound IAP binding compound complex. Displacement of the labeled LAY binding compound from the labeled BIR-bound IAP binding compound complex by the peptides, LAY binding compounds, or test compound can be determined by measuring the change in the measurable feature of the labeled LAY binding compound, thereby determining if the test compound is capable of binding to the BIR domain of the LAY and the strength of the interaction.
[0054] The present invention relates to the treatment of cell proliferation conditions and diseases and more specifically conditions where the activity of IAP in cells, tissues or an individual is abnormal. The invention features molecules that are IAP binding compounds of structure (2), (3), or (5), that bind to IAPs such as but not limited to XIAP, c-IA.P1, c-IAP2, ML-IA.P and survivin in cells. The mimetic molecules optionally include an integral or linked cargo portion that can include a therapeutic or diagnostic functionality. The LAY
binding compound molecules may be administered to cells, a tissue, or a patient in need of treatment or detection for a cell proliferation condition or disease. The need for treatment can be identified by contacting
binding cargo molecule or compounds in embodiments of the present invention can bind to proteins such as through the BIR domain of an IA.P. In some embodiments, the IAP binding molecule interacts with the BIR3 domain of the protein XIAP or BIR2 domain of DIAP 1. The IAP
binding molecule can interact with the protein through a specific binding groove of the BIR domain.
[0053] The assay includes the steps of providing a labeled IA.P binding compound or an IAP binding-cargo molecule of structure (2), (3), or (5), that binds to the appropriate BIR domain of the IAP, wherein preferably at least one measurable feature of the labeled IA.P binding compound changes as a function of the labeled IAP binding compound being bound to the LAY
or free in solution. The assay may further include contacting the BIR domain of an LAY with the labeled IAP binding compound under conditions enabling binding of the labeled IAP binding compound with the BIR domain, thereby forming a labeled BIR-bound IAP binding compound complex having the measurable feature. The labeled BIR-bound IA.P binding compound complex may be contacted with other peptides, IAP binding compounds, or test compounds being developed, to measure the binding of the peptides, IA.P binding compounds, or test compound for the BIR domain by measuring the displacement of the labeled IAP
binding compound from the labeled BIR-bound IAP binding compound complex. Displacement of the labeled LAY binding compound from the labeled BIR-bound IAP binding compound complex by the peptides, LAY binding compounds, or test compound can be determined by measuring the change in the measurable feature of the labeled LAY binding compound, thereby determining if the test compound is capable of binding to the BIR domain of the LAY and the strength of the interaction.
[0054] The present invention relates to the treatment of cell proliferation conditions and diseases and more specifically conditions where the activity of IAP in cells, tissues or an individual is abnormal. The invention features molecules that are IAP binding compounds of structure (2), (3), or (5), that bind to IAPs such as but not limited to XIAP, c-IA.P1, c-IAP2, ML-IA.P and survivin in cells. The mimetic molecules optionally include an integral or linked cargo portion that can include a therapeutic or diagnostic functionality. The LAY
binding compound molecules may be administered to cells, a tissue, or a patient in need of treatment or detection for a cell proliferation condition or disease. The need for treatment can be identified by contacting
19 cells or a tissue, preferably from the patient, with an IAP binding molecule having a detectable label or cargo that changes when the molecule binds to an IAP in the tissue or cells. The binding of the IAP binding compound molecule with the IA.P in the cells can be used to modify a cell proliferation condition or disease or it may be combined with other therapeutic treatments such as radiation therapy. The activity of IAP in the cells or the progress of a course of treatment for a cell proliferation condition or disease may be measured with an IAP binding cargo molecule having a detectable label.
[0055] According to one aspect of the invention, a method of selectively identifying neoplastic or cancer cells in a mixed population of cells is provided. The method includes contacting the mixed cell population with a cell permeable IA.P-binding cargo molecule of structure (2), (3), or (5), under conditions enabling the IAP-binding cargo molecule to bind a protein like an IAP within the neoplastic cells, thereby selectively identifying the neoplastic cells by a detectable property of the IAP binding cargo molecule, and in some embodiments a change in a detectable property of the IAP binding cargo molecule upon complexation with IAP in the neoplastic cells. The cells may be. cultured cells or primary cells from a patient (human or animal). Alternatively, the cells may be present within the patient, and the contacting accomplished by introducing the IAP-binding cargo molecule into the patient.
[0056] In an embodiment of the IAP-binding cargo molecule, the cargo portion of the molecule comprises a dye label. In other embodiments, the cargo portion of the molecule can be, but is not limited to, an NMR-active nucleus or an MRI contrast agent. The selective identification of tissues or cells having IAP is performed through nuclear magnetic resonance or magnetic resonance imaging. Alternatively, the labeled IAP-binding cargo molecule comprises a radioisotope and the selective identification is performed through positron emission tomography.
[0057] Another aspect of the invention features a method of selectively damaging or inducing apoptosis in neoplastic cells by killing some or all of the neoplastic cells in a mixed population of cells. The method includes contacting a sample of the mixed cell population with an IAP-binding cargo molecule of formula (2), or (3), or (5). The IAP binding portion of the molecule or the cargo portion of the molecule can include a moiety or substituent that is directly or indirectly toxic to cells such as but not limited to a radioisotope or a photosensitizing agent.
The IAP binding portion of the molecule binds to a protein like an IAP within the neoplastic cells, where the toxic moiety of the IAP-binding cargo molecule directly or indirectly exerts its toxic effect, thereby damaging or killing at least a portion the neoplastic cells in a mixed population of cells.
Another embodiment of the present invention is a composition that includes cells and an IAP-binding cargo molecule. The LAY binding cargo molecule binds to an IAP
protein, such as XIAP, c-IAP1, c-IA.P2, ML-IAP, or survivin, preferably it binds to a BIR
surface groove of an LAY protein. In some embodiments the IA.P binding molecule binds to the B]R3 surface groove of an XIAP protein. The IAP binding cargo molecule of structure (2), (3), or (5), can permeate or be transfected into the cells and can, for example, be used to displace one or more IAP
proteins from caspases in the cells or displace a protein like Smac sequestered by IAPs. The IAP
binding cargo molecule can have a detectable property which is modified upon chemical, physical, or a combination of these interactions, of the IA.P binding molecule with the LAY
protein in the cells. This composition is useful as a control for monitoring the presence of IA.P in the cells undergoing treatment or for use as a standard in the detection of abnormal IAP levels in a sample of cells. The detectable property may be the emission of light by the cargo portion of the molecule which changes when the IAP bonding portion of the molecule binds to an LAY
protein.
[0058] The LAY binding compounds or IAP binding cargo molecules of structure (2), (3), or (5) in embodiments of the invention may be characterized by having an IAP
binding constant Kd. In some embodiments Kd is less than about 10 M, in other embodiments Kd is less than about 1 M, and in still other embodiments Kd is less than about 0.1 M as determined by the methods described in Example 1 or equivalents of these methods known to those skilled in the art. Molecules of formula (2), (3), or (5) having a Kd of less than about 10 M can be used in an in vitro binding assay with the BIR domain of an IA.P and in some embodiments the BIR3 domain of XIAP. The LAY binding cargo molecule, and preferably the cargo portion of the molecule includes but is not limited to a fluorogenic group, a radioisotope, or other chromogenic group. In further embodiments the IAP binding cargo molecule may include another peptide or peptidomimetic unit (e.g., dimer). The IAP binding cargo molecule may include an NMR-active nucleus or an MRI contrast agent and the selective identification of the cargo portion of the molecule performed through nuclear magnetic resonance or magnetic resonance imaging. The one or more cells in the composition may include but are not limited to cells from a bodily fluid, tissue, tumor, fibroid, neoplastic cells, stem cells, nervous system cells or any combination of these from an animal, a mammal, or a human. The cells in the composition may be taken from tissue suspected of exhibiting an abnormal level of IAP based upon physical examination, motor skill tests, or detection by palpation of a lump in a part of the body. The composition may include one or more pharmaceutically acceptable excipients.
[0059] Another embodiment of the present invention is a method of identifying IAP in cells that includes monitoring a mixture of one or more LAY binding cargo molecules comprising structure (2), (3), or (5), or dimers thereof, with one or more sample cells for the presence of a detectable label from an IAP binding cargo molecule or a change in a detectable property of one or more of the LAY binding cargo molecules in the mixture. Preferably the detectable property of the IAP binding cargo molecule changes upon formation of a complex between the IAP binding cargo molecule and the BIR domain of an IA.P protein, the IAPs may include but are not limited to XIAP, c-IAP1, c-IA.P2, ML-IAP, or survivin in the sample cells. In the sample, the IA.P may be bound to a caspase, other proteins like Smac, or combinations of these within the cell.
Monitoring may be performed on cells and an IAP binding cargo molecule in a fluid sample, a flowing fluid, or fluids following purification. This invention may be used to detect abnormal expression, over or under expression, of IAP in cells and the indication of abnormal expression used to begin a course of treatment of the cells. Preferably the LAY binding cargo molecule is used to detect overexpression of IAPs in cells. The method may further include the act of comparing a change in a detectable property of one or more IAP binding cargo molecules mixed with one or more control cells to the detectable change in the property of the one or more IA.P
binding cargo molecules mixed with one or more sample cells. The comparison may be related to the amount or activity of IA.P in the sample cells. The method may include the act of combining one or more IA.P binding cargo molecules with one or more cells including but not limited to sample cells, control cells, or various combination of these cells.
The monitoring may use the absorption or emission of radiant energy by the mixture of IAP binding cargo molecules and the cells, including but not limited to magnetic resonance, fluorescence, chemiluminesence, magnetic resonance imaging, and positron emission tomography. Preferably the change in the detectable property of one or more of the LAY binding cargo molecules in the mixture chemically, and or physically binding to the IAP in the cells is a change in the intensity of fluorescent emission of the IAP binding molecule. In some embodiments, a change occurs in the fluorescent emission of one or more IAP binding cargo molecules capable of displacing IAP
from caspases or Smac from IAPs in the sample cells.
[0060] A method of treating cells of the present invention includes identifying the expression of IA.P in cells and administering an amount of a cell permeable IAP-binding cargo molecule or other therapeutic to the cells to modify the activity of TAP in the cells. The IAP -binding cargo molecule may be formulated with a pharmaceutically acceptable excipient. For example, following identification of abnormal levels of IAP in a sample of cells, (optionally by comparison to a control sample of cells), purified Smac, an IAP binding compound, or an IAP
binding cargo molecule, may be added to the cells to induce apoptosis. This invention can be used to identify cells in need of treatment, treat the cells, and monitor the progress of the treatment of the cells having the abnormal IA.P levels. The act of identifying cells having abnormal IAP expression includes monitoring a mixture of one or more IA.P
binding cargo molecules with one or more sample cells for a change in a detectable property of one or more of the IAP binding cargo molecules. The detectable property changes upon formation of a complex between the IA.P binding molecule and IAP in the sample cells.
[0061] Another embodiment of the present invention is an article or kit that includes packaging material containing a composition of IAP binding compound or an IA.P
binding cargo molecule of formula (2), (3), or (5) or a dimer thereof. The packaging material has a label that indicates how the IAP binding cargo composition can be used for administration, treatment, or detecting levels of IAP in a sample of cells. The label may further indicate how the IAP binding cargo molecule or another IA.P binding cargo molecule included in a pharmaceutical composition can be used to treat cells where an abnormal level of IAP expression is determined.
[0062] An embodiment of the present invention is a method of selectively identifying neoplastic cells in a mixed population of cells. In the method a sample of the mixed cell population is contacted with one or more IA.P-binding cargo molecules of formula (2), (3), or (5) or dimers thereof under conditions enabling the IAP-binding cargo molecule to bind IAP within the neoplastic cells and thereby selectively identifying the neoplastic cells.
The cells may include but are not limited to cultured cells, cells that are removed from a subject by biopsy, or cells from a fluid. The contacting may be performed by introducing the labeled IAP-binding cargo molecule into a tissue sample or a tissue in a living subject possessing or suspected of possessing the neoplastic cells. The IAP-binding cargo molecule can have a dye label cargo portion and preferably the dye is a fluorogenic dye. The labeled IAP-binding cargo molecule may have an NMR-active nucleus or a contrast agent and the selective identification performed through nuclear magnetic resonance or magnetic resonance imaging. The labeled IA.P-binding cargo molecule may have a cargo portion of the molecule that is a radioisotope and where the selective identification performed through positron emission tomography. The IAP binding cargo molecule may be formulated with pharmaceutically acceptable excipients and optionally other therapeutic agents for modifying apoptosis in the sample of cells.
[0063] Another embodiment of the present invention is a method of selectively damaging or killing neoplastic cells in a mixed population of normal and neoplastic cells. The method includes contacting a sample of the mixed cell population with a cell permeable IAP-binding cargo molecule of formula (2), (3), or (5) or dimers thereof including an agent that is directly or indirectly toxic to cells, preferably the cargo portion of the molecule is an agent that is directly or indirectly toxic to cells. Under conditions enabling the IAP-binding cargo molecule to bind IAP
within the neoplastic cells, the agent directly or indirectly exerts its toxic effect, thereby damaging or killing at least a portion the neoplastic cells. The method may use a toxic agent that is a radioisotope. The method may use a photosensitizing toxic agent and the selective damaging or killing is performed by exposing the cell population to light.
DETAILED DESCRIPTION OF THE INVENTION
[0064] Before the present compositions and methods are described, it is to be understood that this invention is not limited to the particular molecules, compositions, methodologies or protocols described, as these may vary. It is also to be understood that the terminology used in the description is for the purpose of describing the particular versions or embodiments only, and is not intended to limit the scope of the present invention which will be limited only by the appended claims.
[0065] It must also be noted that as used herein and in the appended claims, the singular forms "a", "an", and "the" include plural reference unless the context clearly dictates otherwise.
Thus, for example, reference to a "cell" is a reference to one or more cells and equivalents thereof known to those skilled in the art, and so forth. Unless defined otherwise, all technical and scientific terms used herein have the same meanings as commonly understood by one of ordinary skill in the art. Although any methods and materials similar or equivalent to those described herein can be used in the practice or testing of embodiments of the present invention, the embodiment's methods, devices, and materials are now described. All publications mentioned herein are incorporated by reference. Nothing herein is to be construed as an admission that the invention is not entitled to antedate such disclosure by virtue of prior invention.
[0066] "Optional" or "optionally" means that the subsequently described event or circumstance may or may not occur, and that the description includes instances where the event occurs and instances where it does not.
[0067] The LkP binding molecules of the present invention and pharmaceutical compositions containing these compounds can bind to IAP's (Inhibitor of Apoptosis Proteins) such as but not limited to XIAP, c-IA.Pl, c-IAP2, survin, and LNIN/ML-IAP.
These compounds may include diagnostic or therapeutic moieties or substituents as part of the binding portion of the molecule or linked to the binding portion of the molecule. The IA.P binding cargo molecules may be arbitrarily divided to include an IA.P binding portion and a cargo portion. The IA.P binding portion of the molecule interacts with an IAP protein, preferably the BIR domain of an IA.P protein, and may be a monomer or dimer. In some embodiments the LkP
binding portion of the molecule interacts with the BIR3 surface groove of XIAP. The cargo portion of the molecule may be part of the backbone or IA.P binding portion of the molecule or the cargo portion may be chemically bonded to the IAP binding portion of the molecule.
The cargo portion of the molecule may include but is not limited to structures, moieties, and substituents for imaging, therapeutics, probes, labels, or markers. The cargo portion and LkP
binding portion of the molecule may be connected by a chemical bond to the LkP binding portion including but not limited to amide, ester, or disulfide bonds, chelation, or by a linking group such as diaminobutane or ethylene glycol and its oligomers where it is desirable to separate the LkP
binding portion of the molecule from the cargo portion of the molecule. One or more atoms in any portion of the IAP binding cargo molecule may be a radioisotope and used for detection or treatment. In other embodiments, the cargo portion may constitute a second monomer, thereby forming a dimer molecule, via a linking group. The binding portion of the IAP
binding compound confers IAP target protein specificity to the molecule and the cargo portion can provide a functional group to the molecule for monitoring or evaluating the location of the molecule or providing a therapeutic to that location within a cell sample or a tissue in a mammal.
The IA.P binding compounds may be used to displace sequestered proteins in cells, for example caspase-3,7 or 9 or Smac interacting with an IAP, so that the released protein can be used to promote apoptosis within the cell. Where the cargo portion of the molecule is linked to the IAP
binding portion, the cargo portion may be bonded or chemically linked to any portion of the IAP
binding portion of the molecule so that it does not adversely affect IAP
binding, cell permeance or transfection into cells. While chemical interaction between the IAP binding portion and the cargo portion of the molecule may occur, the molecule is made so that the molecule's cell permeance, its IA.P binding property, and function of the cargo portion are not adversely affected by their combination. The suitability of any IAP binding cargo molecule made by the method disclosed may be tested against fluorescently labeled peptide [AbuRPF-K(5-Fam)-NH2] in cells such but not limited to renal cell carcinoma, non-small cell lung cancer, HeLa cells, or others known to overexpress IAP, or other cells having a proliferation disorder. The IAP binding molecules of the present invention are capable of permeating cells of interest, binding to IAP in the cells, and optionally delivering the cargo to the cells.
[0068] Embodiments of compounds of structure (2), (3), (5) include 2-substituted pyrrolidine-l-carbonyls, or 2, 4- independently substituted pyrrolidine-l-carbonyls that have a Kd as determined by methods described, for example, in Example 1 of less than 100 micromolar, preferably less than 1 micromolar, and even more preferably less than 0.1 micromolar.
[0069] The pharmaceutically active compounds of the invention are sometimes referred to herein as drugs, to highlight their therapeutic utility in promoting apoptosis by binding IA.Ps.
However, another embodiment of the invention utilizes the compounds as diagnostic agents, for detection of IA.P in vitro, in situ or in vivo, or for IAP binding assays. In these embodiments, the compounds of the invention are detectably labeled, for example, with a fluorophore. Another embodiment of the invention utilizes the compounds as targeting agents, i.e., by incorporating into their structure tumor cell-killing or other anti-tuxnor or therapeutic agents, such as radionuclides. Accordingly, drugs refer to pharmaceutically/biologically active (i. e., IAP-binding) compounds of the invention, for use as therapeutic, prophylactic, or diagnostic agents.
[0070] The term heteroatom refers to nitrogen, oxygen, sulfur, other atoms or groups where the nitrogen, sulfur and other atoms may optionally be oxidized, and the nitrogen may optionally be quaternized. Any heteroatom with unsatisfied valences is assumed to have hydrogen atoms sufficient to satisfy the valences. In some embodiments, for example where the heteroatom is nitrogen and includes a hydrogen or other group to satisfy the valance of the nitrogen atom, replacement of the nitrogen in a similar structure by another heteroatom, for example by oxygen, will result in the hydrogen or group previously bonded to the nitrogen to be absent. The tenn heteroatom may include but is not limited to for example -0-, -S-, -S(O)-, -S(0)2-, -N-,-N(H)-, and -N(Cl-C6 alkyl).
[0071] The term alkyl refers to a saturated straight, branched, or cyclic hydrocarbon having from about 1 to about 30 carbon atoms (and all combinations and subcombinations of ranges and specific numbers of carbon atoms therein). Lower alkyl group refers to a saturated straight, branched, or cyclic hydrocarbon having group of 1 to 10 carbon atoms, more preferably 1 to 5 carbon atoms and all combinations and subcombinations of ranges and specific numbers of carbon atoms therein. Alkyl groups include, but are not limited to methyl, ethyl, n-propyl, isopropyl, n-butyl, isobutyl, t-butyl, n-pentyl, cyclopropyl, methylcyclopropyl, cyclopentyl, isopentyl, neopentyl, n-hexyl, isohexyl, cyclohexyl, cyclooctyl, adamantyl, 3-methylpentyl, 2,2-dimethylbutyl, and 2,3-dimethylbutyl.
[0072] The term substituted alkyl refers to a saturated straight, branched, or cyclic hydrocarbon having from about 1 to about 30 carbon atoms (and all combinations and subcombinations of ranges and specific numbers of carbon atoms therein) having from 1 to 5 substituents. Substituted lower alkyl group refers to a saturated straight, branched, or cyclic hydrocarbon of 1 to 10 carbon atoms, more preferably 1 to 5 carbon atoms (and all combinations and subcombinations of ranges and specific numbers of carbon atoms therein) having from 1 to 5 substituents. Substituted alkyl radicals and substituted lower alkyl groups can have from 1 to 5 substituents including but not limited to alkoxy, substituted alkoxy, acylamino, thiocarbonylamino, acyloxy, amino, amidino, alkylamidino, amidalkyl (such as -CH2C(=O)NH2 or -CHZCHZC(=O)NH2), thioamidino, acylalkylamino, cyano, halogen atoms (F, Cl, Br, I) to give halogenated or partially halogenated alkyl groups, including but not limited to -CF3, -CF2CF3, -CH2CF2Cl and the like, hydroxy, nitro, carboxyl, carboxylalkyl, carboxylheterocyclic, carboxyl-substituted heterocyclic, cycloalkyl, guanidino, heteroaryl, aryl, heterocyclic, alkylamino, dialkylamino, or optionally substituted versions of any of the aforementioned groups.
[0073] The temi alkylene radical as used herein includes reference to a di-functional saturated branched or unbranched hydrocarbon radical containing from 1 to 30 carbon atoms, and includes, for example, methylene (-CH2-), ethylene (-CH2CH2- ), propylene (-CH2CH2CH2-), 2-methylpropylene (-CH2CH(CH3)CH2-), hexylene (-(CH2)6-), and the like. Lower alkylene includes an alkylene group of 1 to 10, more preferably 1 to 5, carbon atoms.
[0074] Substituted alkylene radicals includes reference to a di-functional saturated branched or unbranched alkylene radical or group having 1-30 carbon atoms and having from 1 to 5 substituents. Lower substituted alkylene radicals refer to to a substituted alkylene radical group, having 1-10 carbon atoms, preferably having 1-5 carbon atoms, and having from 1 to 5 substituents. Substituents can include but are not limited to those for the alkyl groups.
[0075] The term alkenyl radical as used herein includes reference to a branched, cyclic hydrocarbon, or unbranched hydrocarbon radical of 2 to 30 carbon atoms containing at least one carbon-carbon double bond, such as ethenyl, n-propenyl, isopropenyl, n-butenyl, isobutenyl, t-butenyl, octenyl, decenyl, tetradecenyl, hexadecenyl, eicosenyl, tetracosenyl and the like. The term lower alkenyl includes an alkenyl group of 2 to 10 carbon atoms, preferably 2 to 5 carbon atoms, containing at least one carbon-carbon double bond. The one or more carbon-carbon double bonds may independently have a cis or trans configuration. Substituted alkenyl radical refers to an alkenyl radical or lower alkenyl group having from 1 to 5 substituents that can include but are not limited to those for the alkyl groups.
[0076] The term alkenylene radical includes reference to a difunctional branched or unbranched hydrocarbon radical or group containing from 2 to 30 carbon atoms and at least one carbon-carbon double bond. "Lower alkenylene" includes an alkenylene group of 2 to 10, more preferably 2 to 5, carbon atoms, containing one carbon-carbon double bond.
Substituted alkenylene radical refers to an alkenylene radical or lower alkenyl group having from 1 to 5 substituents that can include but are not limited to those for the alkyl groups.
[0077] The term alkynyl radical or group refers to straight or branched chain hydrocarbon radical having 2 to 12 carbon atoms and at least one triple bond, some embodiments include alkynyl groups of 2 to 6 carbon atoms that have one triple bond. A
substituted alkynyl will contain one, two, or three substituents as defined for substituted alkyl groups. Alkynylene includes reference to a difunctional branched or unbranched hydrocarbon chain containing from 2 to 12 carbon atoms and at least one carbon-carbon triple bond; some embodiments include an alkynylene groups of 2 to 6 carbon atoms with one triple bond. A substituted alkynylene will contain one, two, or three substituents as defined for substituted alkyl groups.
[0078] As used herein, "halo" or halogen refers to any halogen, such as I, Br, Cl or F. As used herein, "cyano" refers to the -C N group.
[0079] The term aryl radical or group refers to an optionally substituted, mono or bicyclic aromatic ring radicals having from about 5 to about 14 carbon atoms (and all combinations and subcombinations of ranges and specific numbers of carbon atoms therein), with from about 6 to about 10 carbons being preferred. Non-limiting examples or aryl groups include, for example, phenyl and naphthyl. A substituted aryl group will contain one or more substituents as defined for substituted alkyl groups.
[0080] Aralkyl radical refers to alkyl radicals bearing an aryl substituent and have from about 6 to about 20 carbon atoms (and all combinations and subcombinations of ranges and specific numbers of carbon atoms therein), with from about 6 to about 12 carbon atoms being preferred. Aralkyl groups can be optionally substituted. Non-limiting examples include, for example, benzyl, naphthylmethyl, diphenylmethyl, triphenylmethyl, phenylethyl, and diphenylethyl. A substituted arylalkyl group will contain one or more substituents on the aryl or alkyl group as defined for substituted alkyl groups.
[0081] Cycloalkylaryl radical or group refers to a cycloalkyl radical fused to an aryl group, including all combinations of independently substituted alkyl cycloalkylaryls, the cycloalkyl and aryl group having two atoms in common. Examples of fused cycloalkylaryl groups used in compounds of the present invention may include 1-indanyl, 2-indanyl, 1-(1,2,3,4-tetrahydronaphthyl), and the like. Tetrahydronaphthyl more specifically refers to those univalent radicals or groups derived from fused polycyclic hydrocarbons including all combinations of independently substituted alkyl tetrahydronaphthyls. These radicals may have a point of attachment at (C1) or equivalently (C4) in structure (11), or position labeled (C2) and equivalently (C3) in structure (11a). The chiral carbon atoms C1-4 in tetrahydronaphthlene and its alkyl substituted derivatives may have either an (R) or (S) configuration.
(11) (l la) ~Ca C3 Ca L'Z\C' CZ' C, [0082] Cycloalkyl radical or group more specifically includes reference to a monovalent saturated carbocyclic alkyl radical consisting of one or more rings in their structures and having from about 3 to about 14 carbon atoms (and all combinations and subcombinations of ranges and specific numbers of carbon atoms therein), with from about 3 to about 7 carbon atoms being preferred. Multi-ring structures may be bridged or fused ring structures. The rings can optionally be substituted with one or more of the substituents for the alkyl groups. Examples of cycloalkyl groups include, but are not limited to, cyclopropyl, cyclobutyl, cyclopentyl, cyclohexyl, cyclooctyl, and adamantyl. A substituted cycloalkyl group will contain one or more substituents as defined for substituted alkyl groups.
[0083] Cycloalkylalkyl radical more specifically refers to alkyl radicals bearing an cycloalkyl substituent and having from about 4 to about 20 carbon atoms (and all combinations and subcombinations of ranges and specific numbers of carbon atoms therein), with from about 6 to about 12 carbon atoms being preferred and can include but are not limited to methyl-cyclopropyl, methylcyclohexyl, isopropylcyclohexyl, and butyl-cyclohexyl groups.
Cycloalkylalkyl radical or group can be optionally substituted with one or more substituents for the alkyl groups including but not limited to hydroxy, cyano, alkyl, alkoxy, thioalkyl, halo, haloalkyl, hydroxyalkyl, nitro, amino, alkylamino and dialkylamino.
[0084] The term acyl refers to an alkyl, substituted alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, cycloalkyl, cycloalkenyl, aryl, heteroaryl, or heterocyclyl group as defined above bonded through one or more carbonyl -C(=O)- groups to give a group of formula -C(=0)R where R is the substituted alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, cycloalkyl, cycloalkenyl, aryl, heteroaryl, or heterocyclyl group. When the term acyl is used in conjunction with another group, as in acylamino, this refers to the carbonyl group {-C(=O)} linked to the second named group. Thus, acylamino or carbamoyl refers to -C(=O)NHZ , acylalkylamino can refer to groups such as -C(=O)NR'R"
where R' and R" can be H or alkyl. Amidalkyl refers to groups such as -CH2C(=O)NH2, -CHaCHaC(=O)NH2) and more generally -(CH2)pC (=O)NH2. Carboxy refers to the radical or group -C(=O)OH , carboxyalkyl refers to the groups such as -(CH2)pC(=O)OH, alkyl carboxyalkyl refers togroups such as (-C(=O)O-(alkyl)), and alkoxycarbonyl or acylalkoxy refers to a(-C(=0)O-(alkyl)) group, where alkyl is previously defined. As used herein aryoyl or acylaryl refers to a (-C(=O)(aryl)) group, wherein aryl is as previously defined. Exemplary aroyl groups include benzoyl and naphthoyl. Acetyl refers to the group CH3C(=O)- and may be abbreviated by the term "Ac" as is Table 5. Formyl refers to the radical or group HC(=O)-. In the aforementioned group p can be independently the integer 0, 1, 2, or 3.
[0085] Aryloxy radical refers to optionally substituted mono or bicyclic aromatic radical having from about 5 to about 14 carbon atoms and an (aryl-O-) radical group wherein aryl is as previously defined. Such aryloxy radicals include but are not limited to that illustrated by the radical of formula (12). Optional substituents on the aryl ring in the aryloxy radical may include but are not limited to hydrogen, alkyl, halogen, hydroxy, alkoxy, alkoxycarbonyl or other substituents. Embodiments of IAP binding compounds of the present invention can include an optionally aryloxy group like the phenoxy radical linked to the pyrrolidine ring as illustrated but not limited to compounds in Table 5. Some embodiment of IAP binding compounds include include a phenoxy radical where the Kd as determined by methods described, for example, in Example 1 is less than about 0.1 micromolar.
[0086] The terms "alkoxy" and" alkoxyl" refer to an optionally substituted (alkyl-O-) radical or group wherein alkyl is as previously defined. Exemplary alkoxy radicals or groups include methoxy, ethoxy, n-propoxy, i-propoxy, n-butoxy, cyclopropyl-methoxy, and heptoxy.
Alkoxy radicals can also include optionally substituted alkyl in the alkylO-group. Alkoxy can include including optionally substituted aryl groups as previously defmed and illustrated by the non-limiting radical of formula (13). A "lower alkoxy" group refers to an optionally substituted alkoxy group containing from one to five carbon atoms. "Polyether" refers to a compound or moiety possessing multiple ether linkages, such as, but not limited to, polyethylene glycols or polypropylene glycols. "Polyalkylethers" refers to alkyls interconnected by or otherwise possessing multiple ether linkages as illustrated by the non-limiting structure of formula (85) in Scheme VIII of Example 16. "Arylalkyloxy" means an arylalkyl-O- group in which the arylalkyl group is as previously described. Exemplary arylalkyloxy groups include benzyloxy (C6H5CH2O-) radical (BnO-), or 1- or 2-naphthalenemethoxy. Optional substituents on the aryl ring in the benzyloxy radical may include but are not limited to hydrogen, alkyl, halogen, hydroxy, alkoxy, and alkoxycarbonyl or other substituents as defined for the alkyl group.
Q_os1_ ' O'~' (12) (13) [0087] Arylamino radical refers to optionally substituted mono or bicyclic aromatic radical having from about 5 to about 14 carbon atoms and an (-NH(aryl)) radical group wherein aryl can be optionally substituted as previously defined for alkyl. Optional substituents on the aryl ring in the arylamino radical may include but are not limited to hydrogen, alkyl, halogen, hydroxy, alkoxy, and alkoxycarbonyl. A example of an arylamino group is the anilino radical or group. Amino refers to an -NH2 group and alkylamino refer to a radical (-NH
R') group wherein R' is H, alkyl, cycloalkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, aralkyl or optionally substituted versions of these as previously defined. Exemplary alkylamino radical groups include methylamino, ethylamino, n-propylamino, i-propylamino, n-butylamino, and heptylamino. The benzylamino radical refers to the arylamino group C6H5CH2NH-, the aryl group may have optional substituents including but are not limited to hydrogen, alkyl, halogen, hydroxy, alkoxy, and alkoxycarbonyl or other substituents.
[0088] Dialkylamino includes reference to a radical (-NR'R"), wherein R' and R" can be each independently be an H, alkyl, cycloalkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, aralkyl or optionally substituted versions of these as previously defined. Examples of dialkylamino radicals include, but are not limited to, dimethylamino, methylethylamino, diethylamino, di(1-methylethyl)amino, and the like.
[0089] Heteroaryl includes reference to a monovalent aromatic radical or group having one or more rings incorporating one, two or three heteroatoms within the ring (chosen from nitrogen, oxygen, or sulfur). These heteroaryls can optionally have hydrogen atoms substituted with one or more other substituents. Examples of these heteroaryl radicals include optionally substituted benzofurans, benzo[b]thiophene 1-oxide, indoles, 2- or 3-thienyls or thiophenyls, thiazoyls, pyrazines, pyridines, or the structures of (4a) or (4b). For example, the structure of formula (E10) with derivatives listed in Table 9, can include a fused ring Rlo with a heteroatom X2 (N, 0, or other) and substituents such as Rl l or R' 11 including but not limited to hydrogen, halogens, optionally substituted heteroaryls like pyridine,benzofuran, indoles, thiazoyl, pyrazine, an alkoxyheteroaryl like methoxy pyridine, or other groups.
[0090] The terms heteroalkyl, heteroalkylene, heteroalkenyl, heteroalkenylene, heteroalkynyl, and heteroalkynlene include reference to alkyl, alkylene, alkenyl, alkenylene, alkynyl, and alkynlene radicals or groups, in which one or more of the carbon atoms have been replaced or substituted with atoms such as but not limited to single or multiply bonded nitrogen, sulfur, oxygen, or these atoms having one or more hydrogens to satisfy the valancy requirements of the atom. Such substitutions can be used to form molecules having functional groups including but not limited to amines, ethers, and sulfides. A non-limiting example of a heteroalkynyl group is illustrated by the group -CH(Me)OCH2C ~CH.
[0091] Heterocycloalkyl radical include reference to a monovalent saturated carbocyclic radical or group consisting of one or more rings, incorporating one, two or three heteroatoms (chosen from nitrogen, oxygen or sulfur), which can optionally be substituted with one or more substituents.
[0092] Heterocycloalkenyl includes reference to a monovalent unsaturated carbocyclic radical consisting of one or more rings containing one or more carbon-carbon double bonds where carbon atoms are replaced or substituted for by one, two or three heteroatoms within the one or more rings, the heteroatoms chosen from nitrogen, oxygen, or sulfur, the heterocycloalkenyl can optionally be substituted with one or more substituents.
[0093] Various groups used in the molecules of the present invention can have one or more hydrogens atoms substituted for chemical moieties or other substituents.
Substituents may include but are not limited to halo or halogen (e. g, F, Cl, Br, 1), haloalkyls such as-CF3, -CF2CF3, -CH2CF3 and the like, thioalkyl, nitro, optionally substituted alkyl, cycloalkyl, aralkyl, aryl, heteroaryls like benzofurans, indoles, thienyls, thiophenyls, thiazoyls, pyrazines, pyridines, alkoxy pyridine, hydroxy (-OH), alkoxy (-OR), aryloxy, alkoxyheteroaryl, cyano (-CN), carbonyl -C(=O)-, carboxy (-COOH) and carboxylate salts; -(CHZ)pC(=O)OH, groups or radicals -(CH2)pC(=O)O(alkyl), and -(CHa)pC (=O)NH2 where p is independently the integer 0, 1, 2, or 3; sulfonates such as but not limited to tosyl, brosyl, or mesyl; sulfone, imine, or oxime groups, groups like -(C=O)Oalkyl, aminocarbonyl or carbamoyl -(C=O)NH2), -N-substituted aminocarbonyl -(C=O)NHR", amino, alkylamino (-NHR') and dialkylamino (-NHR'R"). In relation to the aforementioned amino and related groups, each moiety R' or R"
can be, independently include of H, alkyl, cycloalkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, aralkyl or optionally-substituted alkyl, cycloalkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, araalkyl. Where one or more hydrogens atoms are substituted for chemical moieties or other substituents, the substituents can be chosen so that IAP binding compounds of formula (2), (3), or (5) that contain them have a Kd as measured by methods described, for example, in Example 1 of less than about 100 micromolar, in some embodiments have a Kd of less than 1 micromolar, and in other embodiments have a Kd of less than 0.1 micromolar. In embodiments of where one or more hydrogens atoms are substituted for chemical moieties or other substituents, the substituents can be chosen so that IAP binding compounds of formula (2), (3), or (5) that contain them have an EC50 as measured by methods described, for example, in Example 2 of less than about 0.5 micromolar, in some embodiments have an EC50 of less than about 0.06 micromolar. In embodiments of where one or more hydrogens atoms are substituted for chemical moieties or other substituents, the substituents can be chosen so that IAP binding compounds of formula (2), (3), or (5) that contain them have a binding constant Kd of less than about 1 micromolar, preferably less than 0.1 micromolar and an EC50 of less than about 1 micromolar, preferably less than about 0.5 micromolar, and in some embodiments an EC50 of less than about 0.06 micromolar.
[00941 Amino acids can be used in the TA.P binding compound compounds of this invention and may include the 20 naturally-occurring amino acids, known artificial amino acids such as beta or gamma amino acids, and amino acids containing non-natural side chains, and/or other similar monomers such as hydroxyacids. Preferably the amino acids used in the IAP
binding compounds of the present invention are the 20 naturally-occurring amino acids. The amino acids or artificial amino acids are chosen with the effect that the corresponding IA.P
binding compound binds IAPs, and preferably binds the BIR domain of an IAP, and the resulting IA.P binding compound is permeable to the cell. A non-limiting example of such an amino acid includes the use of Abu (2-aminobutyric acid) as an amino acid in the IAP
binding cargo molecule. Where the molecule of stucture (2), (3), or (5) includes amino acids, it is preferred that the N-terminal amino acid is Ala or Abu.
[0095] Where one or more chiral centers exist in an amino acid, artificial amino acid, or atom of an IAP binding compound of structure (2), (3), or (5), any of the enantiomers, D or L
and more generally R or S configuration, or diastereoisomers may optionally be used in the IAP
binding compound.
[0096] When any variable occurs more than one time in any constituent or in any formula, its definition in each occurrence is independent of its definition at every other occurrence. Combinations of substituents and/or variables are permissible only if such combinations result in stable compounds.
[0097] It is believed the chemical formulas and names used herein correctly and accurately reflect the underlying chemical compounds. However, the nature and value of the present invention does not depend upon the theoretical correctness of these formulae, in whole or in part. Thus it is understood that the formulas used herein, as well as the chemical names attributed to the correspondingly indicated compounds, are not intended to limit the invention in any way, including restricting it to any specific tautomeric form or to any specific optical; or geometric isomer, except where such stereochemistry is clearly defined.
[0098] In embodiments of compounds of structure (2), (3), or (5) substituents such as Al, A2, Ria, and Rlb, R2, Xl, Y, Z, M, G, or Rlo, may be chosen independently so that compounds of structure (2), (3), or (5) are not a tripeptide or a tetrapeptide of amino acids, for example AVPI or AVP.
[0099] Some embodiments of the compounds of structure (2), when A2 is H, Xl is -NH-, J is -CH-, and n is 0 for R2, can be depicted by structure (3):
z H O Y
I
N
es Al H
R, Rm O M__~G
(3) R,o [00100] In some embodiments of compounds of structure (3), Al is H, lower alkyl, or optionally-substituted lower alkyl group, an N-acyl derivative like acylamino or acylalkylamino, t-butoxycarbonyl, acetyl, formyl, carbamoyl, alkylene, or other; Rla and Rlb are separately H, lower alkyl, optionally-substituted lower alkyl, lower alkylene, optionally substituted lower alkylene group; or Al together with either Rla or Rlb form an optionally substituted heterocycloalkyl group of 3 to 6 atoms as illustrated by some of the non-limiting embodiments of compounds in Table 5.
[00101] In IAP binding compounds of structure (3), Y can be H, an alkyl group, an alkyl group of 1 to 10 carbon atoms, a branched alkyl group of 1 to 10 carbon atoms, an alkynyl group, heteroalkynyl, a cycloalkyl group of 3 to 7 carbon atoms, aryl, heteroaryl, arylalkyl;
optionally-substituted versions of the aforementioned groups such as optionally substituted alkyl group, optionally substituted alkyl group of 1 to 10 carbon atoms, an optionally substituted branched alkyl group of i to 10 carbon atoms, an optionally substituted alkenyl group, an optionally substituted alkynyl group, an optionally substituted heteroalkynyl group, an optionally substituted cycloalkyl group or 3 to 7 carbon atoms, an optionally substituted aryl group, an optionally substituted heteroaryl group, an optionally substituted arylalkyl group; in some embodiments the substituent or moiety for the aforementioned substituted group includes one or more hydroxy groups; or Y together with Z, M, G, or Rlo can for an optionally substituted carbocyclic ring, or an optionally substituted heterocyclic ring containing 1 to 5 heteroatoms, where Y is linked to Z, M, G, or Rto; preferably Y is linked to Y, M, G, or Rlo by any number of atoms up to about 20 atoms. A non-limiting example of such a heterocyclic ring is illustrated by the IAP binding molecule having the structure of formula (E12-2) in Example 12.
[00102] In IAP binding compounds of structure (3), Z can be H, alkyl, hydroxy, amino, alkylamino, diakylamino, alkoxy, cycloalkyl, cycloalkyloxy, aryl, heteroaryl, aryloxy, heteroaryloxy; optionally substituted versions of these groups; optionally substituted versions of these groups including one or more hydroxyl groups; or Z together with Y, M, G, or Rlo can form an optionally substituted carbocyclic ring, or an optionally substituted heterocyclic ring containing 1 to 5 heteroatoms, where Z is linked to Y, M, G, or Rlo;
preferably Z is linked to Y, M, G, or RIO by any number of atoms up to about 20 atoms. In some embodiments, Z is an alkyl, hydroxy, amino, alkylamino, dialkylamino, alkoxy, cycloalkyl, cycloalkyloxy, aryl, heteroaryl, aryloxy, or heteroaryloxy group. The stereochemistry of the Z substituent or group may be indicated using a bold wedged bond to show a Z group coming out of the plane of the page or a dashed wedged bond to show a Z group behind the plane of the page. In embodiments of (3), the IAP binding molecule may have a structure where the Z group is directed out of the plane of the page, the IAP binding molecule may have a structure where the Z group is directed behind the plane of the page, or the IAP binding molecule may include a mixture where the Z group is a combination of these.
[00103] In IA.P binding compounds of structure (3), M can be an optionally-substituted alkyl, alkenyl, or alkynyl group; M can be an optionally-substituted alkyl, alkenyl, or alkynyl group of 1 to 5 carbon atoms; M can be an optionally-substituted alkylene, alkenylene, or alkynylene group; or an optionally-substituted alkylene, alkenylene, or alkynylene group of 1 to 5 carbon atoms. In some embodiments, for example but not limited to IA.P
binding compounds of structure (E6) or (E14), M is a diradical alkylene like the methylene group linked at one end of the methylene group the 2 position of the pyrrolidine ring and at the other end of the methylene group to an aryl group, a heteroaryl group, or an optionally substituted heteroaryl group like a benzofuran or indole group, or optionally substituted versions of groups of structure (4a-d).
[00104] In IAP binding compounds of structure (3), G can be absent (a bond) as in the non-limiting examples of compounds of structure (E6) or (E14), or G can be a heteroatom including but not limited to -0-; -NH-; -(C=O)-; -S(O)t- where t can be the integer 0,1, or 2;
-NRis-; -NCORI$-; or NS(O),R18- where x can be the integer 0, 1, or 2, and R18 can be lower alkyl, optionally-substituted lower alkyl, or cycloalkyl or R18 can be contained within an optionally substituted carbocyclic, or optionally substituted heterocyclic ring containing 1 to 5 heteroatoms, where R18 is linked to Z, M, or R10a preferably Rl8 is linked to Z, M, or Rl0a by any number of atoms up to about 20 atoms.
[00105] In IAP binding compounds of structure (3), Rio can be an aryl, a heteroaryl group, a fused aryl, or a fused heteroaryl group. In some embodiments, for example but not limited to compounds in Table 5, Rlo can be a substituted aryl, a substituted heteroaryl group, a substituted fused aryl, or a substituted fused heteroaryl group. In some embodiments Rlo can be any one of structures (4a), (4b), (4c), or (4d):
Ril Rii R12 R12 .nrvvS.s' XRtz R'lt ~ X/R12 j>__R13 R' R13 R14 R17 R14 / R17 R14 Rn R14 Rn RIe Rta Rts R16 Rls RIs Rts Ris (4a) (4b) (4c) (4d) where X2 is a heteroatom in structures (4a) or (4b) or X2 is a carbon-carbon bond in structures (4c) or (4d), and independently groups R, 1, R', 1, R12, any of R13_17, or any of R14_17 can be H, halogen, alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, aryl, heteroaryl, hydroxyl, alkoxy, polyalkylether, amino, alkylamino, dialkylamino, alkyloxyalkyl, sulfonate, aryloxy, heteroaryloxy, other substituents or optionally substituted versions of these groups. In embodiments where Rl l or R'11 is a heteroaryl group, it can be a 2- or 3-thienyl SC4H3- (thiophenyl) group, pyridine, pyrazine or optionally substituted versions of these. In some embodiments R12 can be an aryl or a heteroaryl group, such as but not limited to benzofuran, indole, benzo[b]thiophene-1-oxide or benzo[b]thiophene-1,1-dioxide or optionally substituted versions of these. Where X2 is either -0-or -S(O)k-, for the integer k which can independently be 0, 1, or 2, R12 is absent. Independently Rl l, R' 11, R12, any of R13_17, or any of R14_17 can be H, optionally-substituted alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, aryl, heteroaryl, hydroxyl, alkoxy, polyalkylether, carboxyalkyl, alkyl carboxyalkyl, amino, alkylamino, dialkylamino, alkyloxyalkyl, aryloxy, or heteroaryloxy. Independently Rl l, R'11, R12, any of R13_ 17, or any of R14_17 can be acyl or acetyl groups, carboxylate, sulfonate, sulfone, imine, or oxime groups; or groups Rll, R'11, R12, any of R13_17, or any of R14_17 can be contained within a carbocyclic ring, or a heterocyclic ring containing 1 to 5 heteroatoms, and linked to groups at position Y, Z, M, G, Rl l, R'11, R12, any of RI3_17, or any of R14_17 , preferably these groups are linked by any number of atoms up to about 20 atoms. In some embodiments Rlo can be cycloalkyl, aryl, heterocycloalkyl, heterocycloalkenyl, heteroaryl, or optionally substituted embodiments of these. In some embodiments Rlo can be the group:
R'S
~Ss' R9 F~9 R4 R, where R3, R'3, R4, R5, R'5, can each independently be substituents like H, alkyl, cycloalkyl, alkylene, aryl, heteroaryl, alkoxy optionally substituted alkyl, cycloalkyl, alkylene, aryl, heteroaryl, halo, cyano, -(CHz)pC(=O)OH, -(CH2)pC(=O)O-alkyl, -(CH2)pC
(=0)NH2, p is independently the integer 0, 1, 2, or 3. For example, in the IA.P binding compound of structure (E4) where M is alkenylene, G is a heteroatom like -0-, Rlo can be an optionally substituted aryl group having substituents for example but not limited to hydrogen, chloro, bromo, alkyl, alkylene, alkoxy, or combinations of these.
[00106] Some embodiments of IAF binding compounds of formula (3) include compounds of structure (5) where:
Zia H O Y
I
N N
Al :,~~//
x H
~'ia Rib O M---G
(5) Rio Al is H, or lower alkyl, or Al and Rlb together form a ring of 3-5 atoms. In these embodiments, Ria is H and Rlb can be lower an alkyl group, or together with Al forms a ring of 3 to 5 atoms.
[00107] In embodiments of IAP binding compounds of structure (5), Y can be an alkyl group, an alkyl group of 1 to 10 carbon atoms, a branched alkyl group of 1 to 10 carbon atoms, an alkynyl group, heteroalkynyl, a cycloalkyl group of 3 to 7 carbon atoms, optionally substituted versions of the aforementioned groups, and/or hydroxy substituted versions of the aforementioned groups, or Y together with Zia, Zlb, or Rlo forms a carbocyclic ring, or a heterocyclic ring containing 1 to 5 heteroatoms, where Y is linked to Zla, Zlb, or Rlo; preferably Y is linked to Zia, Zlb, or Rlo by any number of atoms up to about 20 atoms;
[00108] In embodiments of IA.P binding compounds of structure (5), Zia and Zlb can independently be an H, hydroxy, amino, alkylamino, diakylamino, alkoxy, aryloxy, or heteroaryloxy group; or Zia, or Zlb, together with Y or Rlo form a carbocyclic ring, or a heterocyclic ring containing 1 to 5 heteroatoms, where Zia or Zib, is linked to Y or Rlo;
preferably Zia or Zlb, is linked to Y or Rlo by any number of atoms up to about 20 atoms;
[00109] In embodiments of IAP binding compounds of structure (5), M can be an optionally-substituted alkyl or an optionally-substituted alkylene group of 1 to 5 carbon atoms.
In these structures, G can be absent (a bond), or a heteroatom including -0-; -NH-; -(C=0)-;
-NRIg-; -NCOR18-; or -NS(O),R18- where x= 0, 1, or 2, and R18 is lower alkyl, optionally-substituted lower alkyl group.
[00110) The LAY binding compounds or molecules of structure (2), (3), or (5) can be prepared by various processes, which are described by the non-limiting Schemes in the Examples and which also fonn part of the subject matter of the present invention. These LAY
binding molecules may be prepared from molecules of structure (6a) or (6b):
z z Y
Y
N
N R"R'N
R"R'N --1Y O M\G
O Rz (6a) (6b) RIo where Y, M, Z, G, R2 and Rl are previously described and where R' and R" can be H, or a protecting group. The stereochemistry of the Z or M substituent or group may be indicated using a bold wedged bond to show either group coming out of the plane of the page or a dashed wedged bond to show a Z or M group behind the plane of the page. In embodiments of structure (6a) or (6b), the LAY binding molecule may have a structure where the Z or M
group is directed out of the plane of the page, the LAY binding molecule may have a structure where the Z or M
group is directed behind the plane of the page, or the IAP binding molecule may include a mixture where the Z or M group includes a combination of these. Structures of formula structure (6a) or (6b) may be prepared from compounds such as but not limited to pyrrolidines like (1) in Scheme I or (29) in Scheme IVa using the procedures or similar processes described herein. The structures of formula structure (6a) or (6b) may be further reacted to yield IAP binding molecules of structure (2), (3), or (5) by treatment with an N-Boc-amino acid or other suitable amine containing moiety that includes Al, A2, Ria, or Rlb or combinations of these as described herein.
[00111] Certain acidic or basic compounds of the present invention may exist as zwitterions. All forms of the compounds, including free acid, free base and zwitterions, are contemplated to be within the scope of the present invention. It is well known in the art that compounds containing both amino and carboxyl groups often exist in equilibrium with their zwitterionic forms. Thus, any of the compounds described herein throughout that contain, for example, both amino and carboxyl groups also include reference to their corresponding zwitterions.
[00112] In any of the above teachings, an IAP binding cargo molecule or other IAP
binding compound of the invention may be either a compound of one of the formulae herein described, or a stereoisomer, prodrug, pharmaceutically acceptable salt, hydrate, solvate, acid salt hydrate, or isomorphic crystalline form thereof.
[00113] Pharmaceutically acceptable salt refers to those salts of the IAP
binding cargo molecules and IAP binding compounds of structure (2), (3), or (5) or dimers thereof which retain the biological effectiveness and properties of the free bases or free acids, cell permeation and IA.P binding, and which are not biologically or otherwise undesirable. If the compound exists as a free base, the desired salt may be prepared by methods known to those of ordinary skill in the art, such as treatment of the compound with an inorganic acids such as hydrochloric acid, hydrobromic acid, sulfuric acid, nitric acid, phosphoric acid and the like; or with an organic acids such as acetic acid, propionic acid, glycolic acid, pyruvic acid, oxalic acid, maleic acid, malonic acid, succinic acid, fumaric acid, tartaric acid, citric acid, benzoic acid, cinnamic acid, mandelic acid, methanesulfonic acid, ethanesulfonic acid, p-toluenesulfonic acid, salicylic acid, and the like. If the compound exists as a free acid, the desired salt may also be prepared by methods known to those of ordinary skill in the art, such as the treatment of the compound with an inorganic base or an organic base. Salts derived from inorganic bases include, but are not limited to, the sodium, potassium, lithium, ammonium, calcium, magnesium, iron, zinc, copper, manganese, aluminum salts and the like. Salts derived from organic bases include, but are not limited to, salts of primary, secondary, and tertiary amines, substituted amines including naturally occurring substituted amines, cyclic amines and basic ion exchange resins, such as isopropylamine, trimethylamine, diethylamine, triethylamine, tripropylamine, ethanolamine, 2-dimethylaminoethanol, 2-diethylaminoethanol, trimethamine, dicyclohexylamine, lysine, arginine, histidine, caffeine, procaine, hydrabamine, choline, betaine, ethylenediamine, glucosamine, methylglucamine, theobromine, purines, piperazine, piperidine, N-ethylpiperidine, polyamine resins and the like.
[00-i-L 14] The IA.P binding cargo molecules or their phannaceutically acceptable salts may include pharmaceutically acceptable solvent molecules within their crystal lattice.
Where the solvent is water, the compounds may form hydrates, in the case of other solvents and in particular organic solvents such as but not limited to ethanol the compounds may form solvates. The IA.P binding cargo molecules or JAP binding compounds of structure (2), (3), or (5) and its homologs may be formulated, isolated, or purified as solvates.
[00115] The compounds employed in the methods of the present invention may exist in prodrug form. Prodrug includes any covalently bonded carriers which release the active parent drug, for example, as according to formula (2) or other formulas or compounds employed in the methods of the present invention in vivo when such prodrug is administered to a mammalian subject. Since prodrugs are known to enhance numerous desirable qualities of pharmaceuticals (e.g. solubility, bioavailability, manufacturing, etc.) the compounds employed in the present methods may, if desired, be delivered in prodrug form. Thus, the present invention contemplates methods of delivering prodrugs. Prodrugs of the compounds employed in the present invention, for example formula (2) may be prepared by modifying functional groups present in the compound in such a way that the modifications are cleaved, either in routine manipulation or in vivo, to the parent compound.
[00116] Accordingly, prodrugs include, for example, compounds described herein in which a hydroxy, amino, or carboxy group is bonded to any group that, when the prodrug is administered to a mammalian subject, cleaves to form a free hydroxyl, free amino, or carboxylic acid, respectively. Examples include, but are not limited to, acetate, formate and benzoate derivatives of alcohol and amine functional groups; and alkyl, carbocyclic, aryl, and alkylaryl esters such as methyl, ethyl, n-propyl, iso-propyl, butyl, isobutyl, sec-butyl, tert-butyl, cyclopropyl, phenyl, benzyl, and phenethyl esters, and the like.
[00117] The compounds employed in the methods of the present invention may be prepared in a number of ways well known to those skilled in the art. The compounds can be synthesized, for example, by the methods described in the specification and example, or variations thereon as appreciated by the skilled artisan. All processes disclosed in association with the present invention are contemplated to be practiced on any scale, including microgram, milligram, gram, multi-gram, kilogram, multi-kilogram or commercial industrial scale.
[00118] IA.P binding compounds of structure (2), (3), or (5) can be mixed or combined with pharmaceutically acceptable excipients or treated by lyophilization. These pharmaceutical compositions may be administered topically, locally or systemically to a sample of cells, a tissue, or patient. Topical or local administration can allow for greater control of application of the pharmaceutical compositon. The IAP binding molecules or compounds including structure (2), (3), or (5) singularly or in combination, can be mixed with an appropriate pharmaceutical carrier prior to administration. Examples of generally used pharmaceutical carriers and additives that can be used to form pharmaceutical, diagnostic, or therapeutic composition of the IAP binding molecules may include but are not limited to conventional diluents, binders, lubricants, coloring agents, disintegrating agents, buffer agents, isotonizing agents, preservants, anesthetics and the like. Pharmaceutical carriers that may be used include but are not limited to water, saline, ethanol, dextran, sucrose, lactose, maltose, xylose, trehalose, mannitol, xylitol, sorbitol, inositol, serum albumin, gelatin, creatinine, polyethylene glycol, non-ionic surfactants (e.g. polyoxyethylene sorbitan fatty acid esters, polyoxyethylene hardened castor oil, sucrose fatty acid esters, polyoxyethylene polyoxypropylene glycol) and similar compounds. Pharmaceutical carriers and excipients as well as IAP binding molecules may also be used in combination.
[00119] Stereoisomers are compounds having identical molecular formulae and nature or sequence of bonding but differing in the arrangement of their atoms in space and include optical and geometrical isomers. Compounds of the present invention, or their pharmaceutically acceptable salts, can have one or more asymmetric carbon atoms or other asymmetric atoms in their structure, and may therefore exist as single stereoisomers, enantiomers, diastereoisomers, racemates, and mixtures of enantiomers or diastereomers. These compounds may also include geometric isomers. All such stereoisomers, racemates and mixtures thereof the IA.P binding compounds and IAP binding cargo molecules of the present invention are intended to be within the scope of this invention unless the specific stereochemistry or isomeric form is specifically indicated. It is well known in the art how to prepare and isolate such optically active forms. For example, mixtures of stereoisomers may be separated by standard techniques including, but not limited to, resolution of racemic forms, normal, reverse-phase, and chiral chromatography, preferential salt formation, recrystallization, and the like, or by chiral synthesis either from chiral starting materials or by deliberate synthesis of target chiral centers.
[00120) IAP binding molecules of structures (2), (3), or (5) that contain chiral centers and the molecules can be in the form of a single enantiomer or as a racemic mixture of enantiomers. In some cases, i.e., with regard to the structure of certain specific IAP binding molecules, chirality (i.e., relative stereochemistry) of substituents or groups is indicated in the structure using a bold wedged bond to indicate a substituent coming out of the plane of the page and a dashed wedged bond to indicate a substituent behind the plane of the page. In other cases the stereochemistry is not indicated and such structures are intended to encompass both the enantiomerically pure or purified forms of the compound shown as well as a racemic mixture of enantiomers.
[00121] As will be readily understood, functional groups present may contain protecting groups during the course of synthesis. Protecting groups are chemical functional groups that can be selectively appended to and removed from functionalities, such as amine, hydroxyl groups or carboxyl groups. These groups are present in a chemical compound to render such functionality inert to chemical reaction conditions to which the compound is exposed. Any of a variety of protecting groups may be employed with the present invention.
Protecting groups include the benzyloxycarbonyl group and the tert-butyloxycarbonyl group. The term "protecting group" or "blocking group" refers to any group which when bound to one or more hydroxyl, amino, carboxyl or other groups of the compounds (including intermediates thereof such as the aminolactams, aminolactones, etc.) prevents reactions from occurring at these groups and which protecting group can optionally be removed by conventional chemical or enzymatic steps to reestablish the hydroxyl, ainino, carboxyl group for use in an IAP binding compound. The particular removable blocking group employed is not critical and preferred removable hydroxyl or amine blocking groups include conventional substituents such as allyl, benzyl, acetyl, chloroacetyl, thiobenzyl, benzylidine, phenacyl, t-butyl-diphenylsilyl, t-butyl carbamate, benzyl carbamate and any other group that can be introduced chemically onto a hydroxyl, amine, or other functionality and later selectively removed either by chemical or enzymatic methods in mild conditions compatible with the nature of the product.
[00122] The cargo portion of the molecule may be part of the backbone or IAP
binding portion of the molecule or the cargo portion may be chemically bonded or linked to the IAP binding portion of the molecule. For example, the cargo portion may be another unit of the formula (2), (3) or (5), linked by a linking group to the first unit, thereby forming a dimer and may further comprise an additional cargo portion. The cargo portion may also be any of the substituents Al, A2, Ria, Rlb, Y, R2, or Z in molecules of formula (2), preferably the cargo portion is linked to Y, R2, or Z in molecules of formula (2). In molecules of formula (3), or (5), the cargo portion may be any of the substituents AI, Ria, Rlb, Rio, Y, M, G, or Z (includes Zia and Ztb), preferably the cargo portion includes a substituent linked at Y, Z
(include Zia and Zlb), or Rlo. The cargo portion of the molecule may include but is not limited to structures, moieties, and substituents for imaging, therapeutics, detectable groups, probes, labels, or markers. The cargo portion and IAP binding portion of the molecule may be connected by a chemical bond to the IAP binding portion including but not limited to amide, ester, or disulfide bonds, chelation, or by a linking group such as diaminobutane or ethylene glycol and its oligomers where it is desirable to separate the IAP binding portion of the molecule from the cargo portion of the molecule. One or more atoms in any portion of the IA.P binding cargo molecule may be a radioisotope and used for detection or treatement.
[00123] The ability to quickly assay small molecules for their effectiveness in disrupting protein-protein interactions can be used in the development of viable drug candidates.
One aspect of the present invention comprises an assay that can be used to test the binding affinity of a library of IAP binding compounds for their ability to bind to the BIR domain of an inhibitor of apoptosis protein (IAP), for example the BIR3 domain of mammalian XIAP. The assay may be based on a detectable label, which can be a fluorogenic dye molecule that is the cargo portion of an IAP-binding cargo molecule. The detectable label may be any of the substituents in the molecules of formula (2), (3), or (5). For example, the detectable label may be linked to the substituent R2, or linked to the substituents R2a_, supra in molecules having the structure of formula (2) z a O Y (6*) I (3*) ~ I (4*) "
A' X' y (5*) R1a R1b O RZ
(2) Similarly the detectable label may be linked to substituents like Y, Z, M, G, Rlo, or other substituents in molecules having the structure of formula (3), or (5) and pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
[00124] A detectable label included in a molecule of formula (2), (3), or (5) can be a dye such as is a fluorogenic dye whose emission is sensitive to the environment of the dye.
However, the detectable label portion of an LkP binding cargo molecule may also be an NMR-active nucleus or a contrast agent and the selective identification is performed through nuclear magnetic resonance or magnetic resonance imaging. The detectable label in an IAP-binding cargo molecule may also be a radioisotope and where the selective identification is performed through positron emission tomography. The cargo portion of the molecule may also be used to destroy cells through a toxic effect of the cargo portion of the molecule.
[00125] Without wishing to be bound by theory, it is believed that the molecule of stucture (2), (3), or (5) packs into the BIR domain of an IAP. Where the molecule of structure (2), (3), or (5) has a fluorgenic dye as a cargo substituent, preferably the packing of the molecule of structure (2), (3), or (5) into the groove of the BIR of an IAP causes a large shift in emission maximum and intensity of the dye when the environment of the IAP binding cargo molecule changes from water to the hydrophobic pocket or binding in or near the groove of the IAP. If a molecule (e. g., the native Smac protein or a test IAP binding compound) displaces the IAP
binding cargo molecule of formula (2), (3), or (5) with the fluorgenic dye from the IAP, then emission will shift back to the spectrum observed for the IAP binding cargo molecule with the fluorogenic dye in water. Since the emission intensity is related to the binding of a test peptide, or IAP binding compound with the IAP, the intensity can be used to estimate the equilibrium constant, Ka, for displacement of the molecule of formula (2), (3), or (5) by the IA.P binding compound; Ka refers to an equilibrium constant for association that is inversely related to the dissociation Kd = 1/Ka,. The larger the equilibrium constant Ka, the greater affinity the IAP
binding compound has for the BIR or BIR3. This allows the most promising inhibitors to be quickly determined, and structural information about effective inhibitors can be incorporated into the design of candidates for the next round of testing. An IAP binding cargo molecule of formula (2) having a detectable lable may be complexed to an LkP and used to screen other IAP
binding compounds.
[00126] It will be understood by those of skill in the art that, although the LkP
binding cargo molecule of formula (2), (3), or (5) described above is exemplified and preferred for practice of the invention, various combinations of IAP binding compounds, BIR binding domains of different IAP's, and detectable labels may be used interchangeably to create variations of the assay described above.
[00127] The IA.P binding cargo molecule of structure (2), (3), or (5) or dimers thereof may comprise any suitable therapeutic molecule or detectable label, such as but not limited to a fluorophore, radioisotope, or NMR active nucleus, such that binding of the IAP
binding cargo molecule to the BIR domain of an IAP, and preferably the BIR3 groove of XIA.P, is not detrimentally affected by the presence of the detectable label or therapeutic in the IA.P
binding cargo molecule. Preferably the molecule is cell permeable. A non-limiting example of a detectable label which may be coupled to the IA.P binding compounds and IAP
binding cargo molecules of structure (2), (3), or (5) is the fluorogenic dye 6-Bromoacetyl-2-dimethylaminonaphthalene (badan) dye. Badan is a fluorogenic dye whose sensitivity to environmental changes has previously been made use of to probe protein binding interactions.
[00128] The IAP binding cargo molecules of structure (2), (3), or (5) can be used in an assay of test compounds that can bind to the BIR domain of an IA.P.
These molecules may be used for example to relieve suppression of apoptosis or to release sequestered proteins like Smac from IAPs in cells. A high-throughput, cell-free assay, for compounds of structure (2), (3), or (5) may also be prepared using a fluorescently labeled peptide like (AbuRPF-K(5-Fam)-NH2).
A wide variety of IAP binding compounds may be screened or assayed for their ability to bind to the BIR domain of IAPs. IAP binding molecules with greater binding ability than the naturally-occurring Smac, or IA.P binding molecules that can release sequesterd Smac from IA.P in cells can be identified by such an assay. These compounds may be developed as therapeutic agents, pharmaceutical compositions for the modification, and preferably the promotion, of apoptosis in treatment of diseases or pathological conditions in which cell proliferation plays a role. These identified compounds may be used as prophylactics and can also be modified to include detectable labels or toxic agents. The assay may be further used in high throughput screening of large panels of compounds generated by combinatorial chemistry or other avenues of rational drug design. The fluorescence assay can be used to test the binding of a library of IAP binding cargo molecules modeled on the binding of Smac and its homologs, and preferably the binding of Smac N-terminus, to the surface pocket of the BIR3 region of XIAP. The results of such screening make it possible to parse the contribution of each moiety in the structure of the IAP
binding cargo molecule to the total binding of the interaction. For example, by comparing the binding, Kd, of molecules (5-54) and (5-55) in Table 5 for different sized alkyl groups for Rlb, the contribution of methylene group to the IAP binding Kd, can be used to make further modifications to the molecules.
[00129] The present invention features, LkP binding compounds and methods of their use for binding to Inhibitor of Apoptosis Proteins (IAPs), including but not limited to XIAP, c-IAP1, c-IAP2, survivin, ML-IAP or combinations of these. One function of IAPs is to suppress programmed cell death, whereas Smac, or LkP binding compounds of structure (2), (3), or (5) can be used to relieve that suppression. The mammalian IAP binding protein Smac is dependent upon binding of its N-terminal four residues to a featured surface groove in a portion of XIAP referred to as the BIR3 domain. This binding prevents XIAP from exerting its apoptosis-suppressing function with caspases in the cell. An LkP binding cargo molecule, such as those of formula (2), (3), or (5), may be used to relieve XIAP-mediated or other IAP-mediated suppression of apoptosis in mammalian cells and can optionally provide a functional group having a detectable property or a therapeutic function to the cell. TAP
binding cargo molecule, such as those of formula (2), (3), or (5), may be used or to release sequestered proteins like Smac from IA.Ps in cells.
[00130] One embodiment of the invention is a method of using versions of IAP
binding compounds of formula (2), (3), or (5) that can include administering to abnormal cells or tissue, which may be known to overexpress IAP as well as other cell lines related to developmental disorders, cancer, autoimmune diseases, as well as neuro-degenerative disorders such as but not limited to for example SK-OV-3 cells, HeLa cells, or other cells, an amount of the IA.P binding compounds or LkP binding cargo molecules in various embodiments of formula (2), (3), or (5) that is effective to reduce, eliminate, or otherwise treat the sample of cells. An amount of the IAP binding compounds or IA.P binding cargo molecules in various embodiments of formula (2), (3), or (5) can be administered to normal cells or tissue as a control. The amount of compound of formula (2), (3), or (5), combinations of these, or combinations that include other therapeutic compounds that are effective to reduce the proliferation condition can be determined from changes in the optical density of treated and control cell or tissue samples. The administered compound of structure (2), (3), or (5), in some embodiments include those with an EC50 as measured using the method described, for example, in Example 1 for the LkP binding compounds of less than about 1 micromolar, in other embodiments an EC50 of less than about 0.5 micromolar, and in still other embodiments the EC50 for the administered TAP
binding compounds of structure (2), (3), or (5) can be less than about 0.06 micromolar.
[00131] The term IAP binding compound refers to a molecule that provides tertiary binding or activity with the BIR-containing protein's functional domain (e.g., binding motif or active site) of an IAP. These IAP binding compounds can be non-peptide agents such as small molecule drugs of structure (2), (3), or (5) or that include molecules of structure (2), (3), or (5). Knowing the structural features and bonding of naturally-occurring IA.P-binding cargo molecules such as Smac and its homologs, it is advantageous to make IA.P
binding compounds that have similar or improved binding compared to the core IAP-binding N-terminal tetrapeptides of Smac and its homologs. One added advantages of IAP binding cargo molecules of structure (2), (3), or (5) in various embodiments of the invention is that compounds of this size and structure can be prepared by large scale syntheses, they can be chemically modified to have improved solubility in aqueous solution, have improved cell permeance, and provide ease of delivery to selected targets in vivo.
[00132] IAP-binding cargo molecules of the invention can include amino acids as well as molecules where the amino acids are modified to produce IAP binding compounds by elimination, replacement or modification, of one or more naturally occurring side chains of the genetically encoded amino acids. Replacement can include exchange of one or more of the L
amino acids with D amino acids. Where the naturally occurring side chains of the amino acids are replaced, groups such as alkyl, lower alkyl, cyclic 4-, 5-, 6-, to 7-membered alkyl, amide, lower alkyl arnide, di(lower alkyl) amide, lower alkoxy, hydroxy, carboxy and the lower ester derivatives thereof, and with 4-, 5-, 6-, to 7-membered heterocyclics can be used. For example, proline analogs can be made in which the ring size of the proline residue is changed from 5 members to 4, 6, or 7 members or substituents are added at various positions (2, 3, 4, or 5) on the ring. For example in the structure of formula (2), the substituents may be an ester group R2, or an aryloxy group Z. Cyclic groups can be saturated or unsaturated, and if unsaturated, can be aromatic or non-aromatic. Heterocyclic groups may be used in as a side group in R2 in the molecules of formula (2), (3), or (5). The heterocyclics can contain one or more nitrogen, oxygen, and/or sulphur heteroatoms. Examples of such heterocyclic groups include the furazanyl, fliryl, imidazolidinyl, imidazolyl, imidazolinyl, isothiazolyl, isoxazolyl, morpholinyl (e.g. morpholino), oxazolyl, piperazinyl (e.g. 1-piperazinyl), piperidyl (e.g.
1-piperidyl, piperidino), pyranyl, pyrazinyl, pyrazolidinyl, pyrazolinyl, pyrazolyl, pyridazinyl, pyridyl, pyrimidinyl, pyrrolidinyl (e.g. 1-pyrrolidinyl), pyrrolinyl, pyrrolyl, thiadiazolyl, thiazolyl, thienyl, thiomorpholinyl (e.g. thiomorpholino), and triazolyl. These heterocyclic groups can be substituted or unsubstituted. Where a group is substituted, the substituent can be alkyl, alkoxy, halogen, oxygen, or substituted or unsubstituted phenyl. The IAP binding compounds may also have amino acid residues that have been chemically modified by phosphorylation, sulfonation, biotinylation, or the addition or removal of other moieties.
[00133] A variety of synthetic techniques known to those skilled in the art are available for constructing LkP binding compounds with the same or similar desired biological activity as the corresponding native peptide but with more favorable activity than the peptide with respect to solubility, stability, cell permeability, immunogenicity, and/or susceptibility to hydrolysis or proteolysis. These IAP binding cargo molecules are synthetic compounds having a three-dimensional structure (i.e. a "peptide motif') based upon the three-dimensional structure of a selected Smac peptide or homolog. The peptide motif provides the LkP binding compound with the desired biological activity, i.e., binding to IA.P, wherein the binding activity of the IAP
binding compound compound is not substantially reduced, and is often the same as or greater than the activity of the native peptide on which the IAP binding compound is modeled. LkP
binding cargo molecules of the present invention, can have additional beneficial characteristics that enhance their therapeutic application, such as decrease cost for synthesis, increased cell permeability, enhanced stability to radiological elements, greater affinity and/or avidity for target IAPs, and prolonged biological half-life.
[00134] In one class of IA.P binding compounds, the backbone can include various chemical bonds such as ester, thioester, thioamide, retroamide, reduced carbonyl, dimethylene and ketomethylene bonds, to modify IAP binding in the IAP binding cargo compounds.
[00135] Because caspases are cytosolic enzymes, diagnostic, imaging, prophylactic, and therapeutic TAP binding cargo molecules that chemically bind with the IA.P
proteins preferably cross cell membranes. The cell membrane-permeant IAP
binding cargo molecule complexes of the present invention are preferably those that can confer the desired intracellular translocation and IA.P binding properties to the LkP binding cargo molecules.
Preferably, these LkP binding cargo molecules are characterized by their ability to confer transmembrane translocation and internalization of a complex LkP binding cargo molecule of structure (2), (3), or (5) when administered to the external surface of an intact cell, tissue or organ. The ability of the TAP binding cargo molecules of the present invention to permeate the cell and become localized within cytoplasmic and/or nuclear compartments may be demonstrated by a variety of detection methods such as, for example, fluorescence microscopy, confocal microscopy, electron microscopy, autoradiography, or immunohistochemistry.
[00136] Without wishing to be bound by theory, the IAP binding cargo molecule of structure (2), (3), or (5) can bind to IA.Ps in the cell and can but is not limited to competitively displacing TAPs bound to a caspases in the cells or releasing Smac sequestered with IAPs in the cells. The IAP binding cargo molecule chemically, physically, or by a combination of these, binds to an IAP protein and may displace it from a mature caspase or Smae protein in a cell. The physical interaction between the IA.P binding portion of the IAP binding cargo molecule and an IAP protein can be used to modify apoptosis in cells.
[00137] LAY binding molecules or cargo molecules of formula (2), (3), or (5) can have an LAY binding portion which can, for example, displace a molecule or polypeptide such as a mature caspase or fluorescently labeled peptide (AbuRPF-K(5-Fam)-NH2) from the BIR
domain of an IAP. Where an increase in apoptosis in cells is desirable, LAY
binding molecules of formula (2), (3), or (5) having a binding constant Kd as measured by the methods described, for example, in Example 1 for the displacement of (AbuRPF-K(5-Fam)-NHa) from the BIR
domain of an IAP can be less than about 10 M, in some embodiments Kd can be less than about 1 M, and in still other embodiments Kd can be less than 0.1 micromolar under the assay conditions described in the examples.
[00138] The labeled IAP-binding cargo molecule of structure (2), (3), or (5) may include any suitable detectable label, including fluorophores, chromophores, fluorescent nanoparticles, and other dyes, isotopes, radioisotopes, metals, small molecules and the like.
Where the label is linked or bonded to the IA.P binding portion of the molecule, the label preferably does not interfere substantially with the cell permeance or binding of the molecule to IA.P and permits its use in diagnostic or therapeutic applications. In selecting a label, preferably a detectable property of the label changes with the binding of the LAY binding cargo molecule to the BIR domain of an IAP protein. The detectable property of the label may change because the interaction of the label with the*cellular environment changes when the molecule binds to IA.P
thereby enhancing or diminishing the property.
[00139] IAP-binding cargo molecules can also find utility as therapeutic agents. In one instance the binding of the IAP binding cargo molecule to IAP in cells can be used to modify apoptosis in cells in need of treatement. In another instance, an IAP binding cargo molecule where the cargo portion is radiolabeled may be used for radiation therapy.
Through the use of these cargo molecules, radioactive atoms may be administered to a tumor, tissue, or other population of cancer cells that overexpress IAP protein. The IAP in the tumor becomes bonded to the IAP binding cargo molecule with the radionuclei. Similarly, IAP-binding cargo molecules may be designed to incorporate a dye that is active in photodynamic therapy.
Other such therapeutic utilities will be apparent to those skilled in the art.
[00140] Cells being evaluated to detect abnormal levels of IAP in the cells may be mixed and optionally incubated with an IAP binding cargo molecule in a fluid sample in a vessel or wells, a flowing fluid, or fluids following purification. These samples may be monitored for changes in a detectable property of the IAP binding cargo molecule. For example, flow cytometry is a method for analyzing cells labeled with a fluorescent probe molecule on a flow cytometer. In a flow cytometer. the cells pass single-file through a focused laser beam where they emit fluorescence from the probe within the cell that can be detected by the photomultiplier tubes of the cytometer. Cells with abnormal expression, high or low, of IAP
may be contacted and optionally incubated with IA.P binding cargo molecules of structure (2), (3), or (5) having a fluorescent probe cargo portion. The binding of the IAP binding cargo molecules to the IAP
protein in the cells may be detected by the flow cytometer. The intensity of the fluorescence emission can be measured, digitized, and stored on a computer disk for analysis and comparison to the fluorescent emission from control cells, samples of cells being treated, or other cell samples whose IAP expression is to be determined.
[00141] A method of screening for IAP proteins in cells with a molecule that binds the BIR domain in an IAP protein is provided. The method includes combining an IAP binding cargo molecule of formula (2), (3), or (5) and the IAP proteins from cells, under conditions wherein the IA.P binding cargo molecule and IAP protein can combine. It may include the step of incubating a sample of cells with an IAP binding cargo molecule. IAP
binding by the molecule, an indication of the presence of IAP in the cells may be determined by monitoring a detectable binding property of the IAP binding cargo molecule. A change in the detectable property of the IA.P binding molecule may be used to determine the expression of IAP in the cells. VVhere IAP protein is over expressed in cells, the IAP binding cargo molecule can be used to bind the IAP and relieve IAP-mediated inhibition of caspase activity in the cell. Alternatively, where an IAP protein sequesters a protein like Smac or other protein involved in apoptosis, the IAP binding cargo molecule of structure (2), (3), or (5) can be used to release the sequested Smac or other protein from the IAP and modify apoptosis within the cells.
Where desirable or necessary in a course of treatment, other IAP binding cargo molecules may be administered to the cells. These additional IAP binding cargo molecules may have different binding affinity for the IAP and may optionally include a cargo portion that is a therapeutic agent such as a radioisotope.
[00142] The IA.P-binding cargo molecules, for example those of formula (2), may be utilized in various assays to screen for and identify compounds capable of acting as agonists or antagonists of the IAP-caspase protein or IAP-Smac interactions within cells. For example, IAP binding cargo molecules which can disrupt IAP-caspase interaction, antagonists of this interaction, are expected to be useful as pro-apoptotic drugs for treatment of cell proliferative diseases such as cancer. Agonists of this interaction may be be useful as anti-apoptotic drugs for treatment of diseases where inhibition of apoptosis is needed, e.g., degenerative diseases such as Alzheimer's disease.
[00143] A living system may include plants, animals, single and multicellular organisms, and insects. The term mammal includes humans and all domestic and wild animals, including, without limitation, cattle, horses, swine, sheep, goats, dogs, cats, and the like.
[00144] An effective amount refers to that amount of a an IAP binding cargo molecule of forrnula (2), (3), or (5) of the present invention which, when administered to a sample of one or more cells including a tissue, or a living system such as an animal, preferably a mammal, in need thereof, is sufficient to effect detection of IAP in tissue or cells, prophylaxis of tissue or cells, or therapeutic treatment of IAP in the cells or tissue, preferably those in a living system. For disease-states alleviated by the inhibition of IA.P activity, the amount of a compound of the present invention which constitutes a therapeutically effective amount that modifies or promotes apoptosis in one or more cells including a tissue, or a subject will vary depending on the compound, the disease-state and its severity, and the mammal to be treated, but can be determined routinely by one of ordinary skill in the art having regard to his own knowledge and to this disclosure. A diagnostically effetive amount is an amount of an IAP
binding cargo molecule sufficient to perrnit detection of IAP in cells or tissue and may for example vary depending upon the location of the cell or tissue and the stability of the IAP
binding-cargo molecule. A prophylactically effective amount is an amount of an IAP binding cargo molecule that prevents the occurance of a disease state and may be determined for example by prophylactic administration of TAP binding cargo molecules to cells, tissue, or test animals with controls and then exposing these to conditions known to induce abnormal cellular proliferation and then determining the prophylactically effective amount of the IAP binding cargo molecule.
[00145] Treating or treatment of a disease-state in a sample of cells, a tissue, a mammal, and particularly in a human can include detecting the presence of disease in the cells using compounds of structure (2), (3), or (5) of the present invention and where a disease is detected, optionally followed by administration of compounds of the present invention to the one or more cells, to an animal or tissue including human subjects, to modify and preferably promote apoptosis. The disease-state in the case of over expression of IA.P proteins in cells may be alleviated by the inhibition of an IAP-caspase interaction or an IAP-Smac interaction by administering IA.P binding cargo molecules of the present invention to the cells thereby causing regression of the disease-state. The treatment can also include: preventing the disease-state from occurring in a mammal. For example, in a mammal that is predisposed to a disease-state characterized by inhibition of apoptosis, but the mammal has not yet been diagnosed as having the disease; an effective amount of the IA.P binding compounds of the present invention may be administed to cells or the patient to inhibit the disease-state or arrest its development.
[00146] In one embodiment, molecules of structure (2), (3), of (5) can be administered as a composition to provide systemic distribution of the IAP
binding molecules such as by oral, buccal or parenteral administration in the mammal or human.
The administration can be included in a method of treating mammals, especially humans, suffering from a proliferation disorder or that are at risk of a proliferation disorder.
"At risk" refers to mammals like persons whose genotype, family history, or other risk factors indicates a greater than normal likelihood that the person will suffer from a proliferation disorder if left untreated.
[00147] The expression of IA.P in cells can be detected in patients without the need for surgery. Accordingly, the present invention encompasses compounds and methods for detecting intracellular biochemical activities in living systems such as, whole animals, tissues, or cells, by administering IAP binding cargo molecules of this invention which translocate into cells, and which are detectable in living cells at distances removed from the cells by the presence of intervening tissue. The methods and compositions can be used for identifying cells or tissue having abnormal expression of IAP in a combination of one or more cells or tissues; and administering an effective amount of an IA.P-binding cargo molecule to bind with the IAP in the sample cells and modify the activity of the IA.P in the cells or tissue.
Examples of tissues to which the methods and compositions of the present invention can be applied include, for example, cancer cells, in particular, central nervous system tumors, breast cancer, liver cancer, lung, head and neck cancer, lymphomas, leukemias, multiple myeloma, bladder cancer, ovarian cancer, prostate cancer, renal tumors, sarcomas, colon and other gastrointestinal cancers, metastases, and melanomas. Other examples of diseases, conditions or disorders where modification of apoptosis or abnormal IAP activity are involved and to which the methods and compositions of the present invention can be applied include, but are not limited to infection, inflammation, neurodegenerative diseases such as Alzheimer disease and Parkinson's disease. A
proliferation disorder may include a disorder in which IAP activity inhibits apoptosis in cells receiving an apoptotic stimulus.
[00148] Apoptosis may be promoted in a sample of cells by administering to the cells an amount of an IAP-binding cargo molecule effective to stimulate apoptosis in the cells.
The cells may be cultured cells, cells from within a tissue, and the tissue preferably is located within a living organism, preferably an animal, more preferably a mammal, and most preferably a human. These latter embodiments are carried out by formulating the IAP-binding cargo molecules of the invention in a therapeutically effective amount as a pharmaceutical preparation for administration to a mammalian subject. Such a pharmaceutical preparation constitutes another aspect of the present invention.
[00149] The ability of a pharmaceutical agent to simulate or inhibit apoptosis may be tested in a cell-free activity assay of downstream targets of IAP. In the absence of an IA.P-binding cargo molecule, IAP itself can for example interact with Smac or inhibit the activity of caspases, thereby arresting apoptosis. Such assays include, but are not limited to, direct caspase-9 activity assays and caspase activation assays (cleavage of procaspases). In these assays, an IAP-binding cargo molecule of the invention, having a pre-determined level of activity in such assays, is used as a positive control and, optionally, a corresponding molecule known not to be active in the assay is used as a negative control. Assays can be conducted using these controls, and the cells undergoing the treatment evaluated on relief of inhibition of Smac or caspase activity by IAP in the presence of the IAP binding cargo molecule of structure (2), (3), or (5).
Cells that undergo apoptosis can be differentiated from normal cells by distinct morphological changes or by molecular markers, such as cleavage of chromosomes into nucleosome ladders (detected by nuclear DNA staining).
[00150] Pharmaceutically active or biologically active IAP binding cargo molecules of the invention are those that bind IAP (inhibitor of apoptosis protein), specifically the BIR domain of IAP, more specifically the BIR3 binding groove of XIAP. This biological activity may be measured with respect to any IAP, including but not limited to XIAP, c-IAP1, c-IAP2, survivin, ML-IAP, and DIAP.
[00151] Various aspects of the present invention will be illustrated with reference to the following non-limiting examples.
[00152] Binding constants (Ka) were measured using fluorescence polarization as described by Zaneta Nikolovska-Coleska, Renxiao Wang, Xueliang Fang, Hongguang Pan, York Tomita, Peng Li, Peter P. Roller, Krzysztof Krajewski, Naoyuki Saito, Jeanne Stuckey and Shaomeng Wang, in 'Development and Optimization of a Binding Assay for the Domain Using Fluorescence Polarization", Analytical Bi chemistry 2004, 332,261-273).
Briefly, test IAP binding compounds at various concentrations for binding measurements were mixed with 5 nM fluorescently labeled peptide (AbuRPF-K(5-Fam)-NH2) and 40 nM
of XIAP-BIR3 for 15 minutes at room temperature in 100 L of 0.1M Potassium Phosphate buffer, pH 7.5 containing 100 g/ml bovine y-globulin. Following incubation, the polarization values (mP) were measured on a Victor2V using a 485 nm excitation filter and a 520 nm emission filter. IC50 values were determined from the plot using nonlinear least-squares analysis using GraphPad Prism. The Kd values of competitive inhibitors were calculated using the equation described by by Zaneta Nikolovska-Coleska et al. based upon the measured IC50 values, the Kd value of the probe and XIAP BIR3 complex, and the concentrations of the protein and probe in the competition assay. In various examples of IAP binding or IA.P binding cargo molecules ranges for Kd values: Group A: Kd < 0.1 M; Group B: Kd = 0.1-1 M; Group C: Kd = 1-10 M;
Group D: Kd > 10 M.
[00153] This example illustrates use of compounds of embodiments of the present invention that can be used in a method of treating cells. The method using these IAP binding compounds can include administering to abnormal cells, which may be known to overexpress IAP as well as other cell lines related to developmental disorders, cancer, autoimmune diseases, as well as neuro-degenerative disorders such as but not limited to for example SK-OV-3 cells, HeLa cells or other cells, an amount of the IAP binding compounds or IA.P
binding cargo molecules in various embodiments of formula (2), (3), or (5) that is effective to reduce, eliminate, or otherwise treat the sample of cells.
[00154] The MTT assay is an example of an assay that has been used for measuring cell growth as previously described (Hansen, M. B., Nielsen, S. E., and Berg, K. J.
Immunol. Methods 1989, 119, 203-210) and incorporated herein by reference in its entirety.
Briefly, SK-OV-3 cells were seeded in 96-well plates in McCoy's medium containing 10% fetal bovine serum albumin (20,000 per well) and incubated overnight at 37 C. Next day, test compounds were added at various concentrations typically from about 10 to about 0.0001 M
and the plates were incubated at 37 C for an additional 72 hrs. This incubation time was optimal for measuring inhibitory effects of different analogs. 50 microliters of 5 mg/mL MTT
reagent to each well was added and the plates were incubated at 37 C for 3 hours. At the end of incubation period, 50 microliters of DMSO was added to each well to dissolve cells and the optical density (OD) of the wells was measured with a microplate reader (Victor2 1420, Wallac, Finland) at 535 nm. Cell survival (CS) was calculated by the following equation:
CS = (OD treated well/ mean OD control wells) x 100%
[00155] The EC50, defined as the drug concentration that results in 50% CS, was derived by calculating the point where the dose-respon5e curve crosses the 50%
CS point using GraphPad Prism.
[00156] Representative results for IAP binding compounds are:
z RI, /R~y Y N
N
Rn NH O I
~ R14 Ris N I, R~u //A, H
(E2) R15 Table 1.
R14- Rii EC50, M
Entry A1 RIb Y Z R12 17 ( sd) 1-1 Me Me tBu H MeO(CHaCH2O)aCH2CHa 6-F H 0.092 0.077 (R16) 1-2 Me Me cHex H MeO(CHaCHaO)aCH2CHa 6-F H 0.060 0.026 (R16) 6-F H 0.515 0.093 1-3 Me Me cHex H H
(R16) [00157] This example illustrates the preparation of pyrrolidine derivatives of Table 2. The examples include molecules of formula (E3) that can include heteroalkynyl substituents.
Scheme I
OPh OPh OPh AN A
O, N OH O~,( O O ---~ O 2 3 1 ~
OPh OPh N - N
O O
BocNH O H2N O
4 / \ ~
OPh OPh O O O O
BocNH~H O HCI HZNJH O
= 6 ~
[00158] The Preparation of 2S-Amino-N-[2-methyl-lS-(4S-phenoxy-2S-phenoxymethyl-pyrrolidine-l-carbonyl)-propyl]-propionamide hydrochloride (7):
[00159] A. (4S)-Phenoxy-(2S)-phenoxymethyl-pyrrolidine- 1 -carboxylic acid tert-butyl ester (2): To a solution of alcohol 1(0.53 g, 1.8 mmol) in anhydrous DCM
(10 mL) was added phenol (0.21 g, 2.3 mmol), Ph3P (0.52 g, 2.0 mmol), and 1,1'-(azodicarbonyl)-dipiperidine (ADDP, 0.50 g, 1.9 mmol) in sequential order. After 2 hr at ambient temperature, the heterogeneous reaction mixture was filtered. The white solid was washed with DCM and the clarified filtrate was washed with 2M NaOH, water, brine, dried with anhydrous Na2SO4, filtered and concentrated. The crude aryl ether was purified by flash silica gel chromatography (3:1 hexane/EtOAc) to afford 0.36 g (54%) of 2 as a colorless oil. 1H NMR (CDC13, 300 MHz) S
7.29-7.24 (m, 4H), 6.94-6.82 (m, 6H), 4.91 (t, J = 5.1 Hz, 1H), 4.37-4.28 (m, 2H), 4.12-4.05 (m, 1H), 3.79-3.64 (m, 2H), 2.48 (app d, J= 13.8 Hz, 1H), 2.32-2.25 (m, 1H), 1.48 (s, 911) ppm.
[00160] B. (4S)-Phenoxy-(2S)-phenoxymethyl-pyrrolidine (3): Trifluoroacetic acid (2 mL) was added at ambient temperature to a solution of 2 (0.36 g, 0.98 mmol) in DCM (10 mL). After 1.5 h, the solution was concentrated to dryness and the crude product was dissolved in EtOAc. The organic solution was washed with aqueous NaHCO3, brine, dried over anhydrous Na2SO4, filtered, and concentrated. The crude pyrrolidine was purified by flash silica gel chromatography (10% MeOH/DCM) to afford 0.23 g (88%) of 3 as a brown-orange oil. 1H
NMR (CDC13a 300 MHz) S 7.32-7.26 (m, 4H), 6.98-6.87 (m, 6H), 4.90-4.87 (m, 1H), 4.07-4.01 (m, 2H), 3.63-3.57 (m, 1H), 3.35 (app d, J = 12.3 Hz, 1H), 3.17 (app q, J =
5.4 Hz, 1H), 2.77 (br s, 1H), 2.45-2.35 (m, 1H), 1.93-1.86 (m, 111) ppm.
[001611 C. [2-Methyl-l-(4S-phenoxy-2S-phenoxymethyl-pyrrolidine-l-carbonyl)-propyl]-carbamic acid tert-butyl ester (4): O-(7-Azabenzotriazol-1-yl)-N,N,N',N'-tetramethyluronium PF6 (HATU, 0.38 g, 1.0 mmol) was added to a solution of N-Boc-Val (0.28 g, 1.3 mmol) in anhydrous NMP (5 mL) at ambient temperature. N-Methylmorpholine (0.1 mL) was added to reaction mixture. After 10 min, pyrrolidine 3 (0.23 g, 0.86 mmol) in NMP (5 mL) was added. After 2 h, the reaction mixture was diluted with EtOAc and washed with dilute aqueous NaHCO3, 1N HCI, water, and brine. The organic phase was dried over anhydrous Na2SO4, filtered and concentrated. The crude amide was purified by flash silica gel chromatography (3:1 hexane/EtOAc) to afford 0.36 g (90%) of 4 as a colorless oil. 1H NMR
(CDC13, 300 MHz) S 7.34-7.26 (m, 4H), 7.03-6.82 (m, 6H), 5.30 (d, J = 9.3 Hz, 1H), 5.01-4.99 (m, 114), 4.69-4.65 (m, 1H), 4.38-434 (m, 111), 4.27-4.07 (m, 3H), 3.83-3.78 (m, 114), 2.53-2.48 (m, 1H), 2.38-2.31 (m, 1H), 2.00-1.94 (m, 111), 1.48 (s, 9H), 0.97 (d, J = 7.2 Hz, 3H), 0.93 (d, J
= 7.2 Hz, 311) ppm.
[00162] D. 2-Amino-3-methyl-l-(4S-phenoxy-2S-phenoxymethyl-pyrrolidin-1-yl)-butan-l-one (5): Trifluoroacetic acid (2 mL) was added at ambient temperature to a solution of 4 (0.36 g, 0.79 mmol) in DCM (10 mL). After 1.5 h, the solution was concentrated to dryness and the crude product was dissolved in EtOAc. The organic solution was washed with aqueous NaHCO3, brine, dried over anhydrous Na2SO4a filtered, and concentrated. The crude amine was purified by flash silica gel chromatography (5% MeOH/DCM) to afford 0.27 g (96%) of 5 as a light yellow oil. 1H NMR (CDC13, 300 MHz) S 7.32-7.01 (m, 4H), 7.01-6.82 (m, 6H), 4.99 (m, 1H), 4.67-4.48 (m, 111), 4.38-4.27 (m, 1H), 4.16-4.05 (m, 1H), 3.99 (app q, J
= 5.1 Hz, 111), 3.78-3.72 (m, 111), 2.50-2.28 (m, 2H), 1.86 (br s, 2H), 0.97 (d, J = 7.2 Hz, 3H), 0.91 (d, J= 7.2 Hz, 3H) ppm.
[00163] E. { 1 S-[2-Methyl-1 S-(4S-phenoxy-2S-phenoxymethyl-pyrrolidine-l-carbonyl)-propylcarbamoyl]-ethyl}-carbamic acid tert-butyl ester (6): O-(7-Azabenzotriazol-l-yl)-N,N,N',N'-tetramethyluronium PF6 (HATU, 0.23 g, 0.61 mmol) was added to a solution of N-Boc-Ala (0.14 g, 0.74 mmol) in anhydrous NMP (3 mL) at ambient temperature. N-Methylmorpholine (0.1 mL) was added to reaction mixture. After 10 min, pyrrolidine 5 (0.17 g, 0.48 mmol) in NMP (5 mL) was added. After 16 h, the reaction mixture was diluted with EtOAc and washed with dilute aqueous NaHCO3a 1N HCI, water, and brine. The organic phase was dried over anhydrous Na2SO4, filtered and concentrated. The crude amide was purified by flash silica gel chromatography (1:1 hexane/EtOAc) to afford 0.23 g (92%) of 6 as a colorless oil. 'H
NMR (CDC13, 300 MHz) S 7.33-7.23 (m, 4H), 7.02-6.87 (m, 6H), 5.02-4.99 (m, 2H), 4.68-4.48 (m, 2H), 4.33 (dd, J= 3.9, 9.3 Hz, 1H), 4.23-4.09 (m, 4H), 3.83-3.78 (m, 1H), 2.52-2.47 (m, 1H), 2.38-2.28 (m, 1H), 2.08-1.99 (m, 1H), 1.80 (br s, 1H), 1.45 (s, 9H), 1.36 (d, J= 6.9 Hz, 3H), 0.95 (d, J = 6.9 Hz, 3H), 0.90 (d, J = 7.0 Hz, 3H) ppm.
[00164] F. 2S-Amino-N-[2-methyl-lS-(4S-phenoxy-2S phenoxymethyl-pyrrolidine-l-carbonyl)-propyl]-propionamide hydrochloride (7):
Trifluoroacetic acid (2 mL) was added at ambient temperature to a solution of 6 (0.23 g, 0.44 mmol) in DCM
(10 mL). After 1.5 h, the solution was concentrated to dryness and the crude product was dissolved in EtOAc.
The organic solution was washed with aqueous NaHCO3, brine, dried over anhydrous Na2SO4, filtered, and concentrated. The crude amine was dissolved in diethyl ether then treated with HCl(g). The crude salt was triturated with diethyl ether and hexane to afford 0.13 g (65%) of 7 as a white solid. 'H NMR, free base (CDC13, 300 MHz) S 7.89-7.87 (m, 1H), 7.32-7.24 (m, 4H), 7.01-6.79 (m, 5H), 5.01-4.98 (m, 1H), 4.68-4.62 (m, 1H), 4.51-4.43 (m, 1H), 4.36-4.26 (m, 2H), 4.18-4.10 (m, 1H), 3.84-3.78 (m, 1H), 2.51-2.46 (m, 1H), 2.35-2.28 (m, 1H), 2.09-2.02 (m, 1H), 1.38-1.25 (m, 4H), 0.96-0.92 (m, 6H) ppm. Mass spectra, m/z = 440 [(M + H)+].
z N R's O
O
H NH O Rs \ R3 /N , ///Rlb q, H Ra (E3) Table 2.
R3_5, MS KD
Entry Al Rlb Y Z R'3-5, (M+H)+ Range 2-1 H Me iPr ~Ph H 440.3 B
2-2 Me Me iPr ~Ph H 454.3 B
2-3 H Me iPr H H 348.3 B
2-4 H Me iPr H 2,3- 402.3 B
(CH2)4 2-5 Me Me iPr H 2-Ph 438.3 B
2-6 H Me iPr H 2-Ph 424.2 B
2-7 H Me -CH(Me)OCH2C=CH ~ph H 480.2 A
[00165] This example illustrates the preparation of substituted pyrrolidines of Table 3.
Scheme II
OPh OPh OPh N
N N
O~ p\\ p Et H p Et p OH O
$ g 10 OPh OPh N N
--~ -_ BocNH p p Et H2N p p Et OPh OPh A===~ O N p d BocNH~H 13 p p t HZH O p ~ ~ 14 [00166] The Preparation of trans-2S-Amino-N-(iS-{2S-[3-(2-ethyl-phenoxy)-propenyl]-4S-phenoxy-pyrrolidine-l-carbonyl}-2-methyl-propyl)-propionamide (14):
[00167] A. trans-2S-[3-(2-Ethyl-phenoxy)-propenyl]-4S-phenoxy-pyrrolidine-l-carboxylic acid tert-butyl ester (9): To a solution of alcohol 8 (0.3 g, 0.94 mmol) in DCM (6 mL) was added 2-ethylphenol (0.14 g, 1.16 mmol) and Ph3P (0.27 g, 1.03 mmol). The solution was cooled to 0 C and ADDP (0.28 g, 1.13 mmol) was added in one portion. After 10 min, the reaction mixture was allowed to warm to ambient temperature and stirring was continued for 16 h. The white precipitate was removed by filtration and washed with DCM. The clarified filtrate was washed successively with 1M NaOH, water, and brine. The organic phase was dried with anhydrous Na2SO4, filtered, and concentrated. The crude ether was purified by flash silica gel chromatography (3:1 hexane/EtOAc) to afford 0.18 g (45%) of 9 as a colorless oil. 1H NMR
(CDC13, 300 MHz) S 7.30-7.26 (m, 2H); 7.15 (m, 2H); 7.00-6.79 (m, 4H); 6.01-5.98 (m, 111), 5.84 (m, 1H); 4.92 (br s, 1H); 4.53-4.43 (m, 3H); 3.76 (m, 2H); 2.65 (q, 2H);
2.39 (m, 1H); 2.16 (d, 1H); 1.46 (s, 9H), 1.21 (t, 3H) ppm.
[00168] B. trans-2S [3-(2-Ethyl-phenoxy)-propenyl]-4S-phenoxy-pyrrolidine (10):
Trifluoroacetic acid (2 mL) was added at ambient temperature to a solution of 9 (0.18 g, 0.43 mmol) in DCM (10 mL). After 1 h, the solution was concentrated to dryness and the crude product was dissolved in EtOAc. The organic solution was washed with aqueous NaHCO3, brine, dried over anhydrous MgSO4i filtered, and concentrated. The crude amine (10) was used without further purification (0.13 g obtained). 1H NMR (CDC13, 300 MHz) S 7.31-7.25 (m, 3H);
7.17-7.11 (m, 2H); 6.97-6.80 (m, 4H); 5.97-5.88 (m, 2H); 4.86 (m, 1H); 4.54-4.50 (m, 2H); 3.70 (q, 1H); 3.34 (d, 1H); 3.07 (d of d, 1H); 2.66 (q, 2H); 2.48-2.41 (m, 1H);
1.82-1.75 (m, 2H); 1.20 (t, 3H) ppm.
[00169] C. trans-(1S- {2S-[3-(2-Ethyl-phenoxy)-propenyl]-4S-phenoxy-pyrrolidine-1-carbonyl}-2-methyl-propyl)-carbamic acid tert-butyl ester (11):
O-(7-Azabenzotriazol-1-yl)-N,N,N',N'-tetramethyluronium PF6 (HATU, 0.23 g, 0.62 mmol) was added to a solution of N-Boc-Val (0.18 g, 0.82 mmol) in anhydrous NMP (3 mL) at ambient temperature. N-Methylmorpholine (0.12 mL) was added to reaction mixture. After 10 min, amine 10 (0.13 g, 0.41 mmol) in N1VIP (3 mL) was added. After 16 h, the reaction mixture was diluted with EtOAc and washed with dilute aqueous NaHCO3, 1N HC1, water, and brine. The organic phase was dried over anhydrous Na2SO4, filtered and concentrated. The crude amide was purified by flash silica gel chromatography (3:2 hexane/EtOAc) to afford 0.20 g (92%, 2 steps) of 11 as a colorless oil. 1H NMR (CDC13, 300 MHz) S 7.32-7.24 (m, 2H);
7.15-7.06 (m, 2H); 6.99 (t, 1H); 6.89-6.77 (m, 4H); 5.96-5.91 (m, 2H); 5.23-5.20 (m, 1H);
5.01-4.86 (m, 2H);
4.53 (m, 2H); 4.21-4.09 (m, 2H); 4.09-3.97 (m, 1H); 2.68 (q, 2H); 2.36-2.32 (m, 1H); 2.18 (d, 1H); 1.97-1.91 (m, 1H); 1.44 (s, 9H); 1.29-1.18 (m, 6H); 0.99-0.81 (m, 6H) ppm.
[00170] D. trans-2S-Amino-l- {2S-[3-(2-ethyl-phenoxy)-propenyl]-4S-phenoxy-pyrrolidin-1-yl}-3-methyl-butan-1-one (12): Trifluoroacetic acid (2 mL) was added at ambient temperature to a solution of 11 (0.20 g, 0.39 mmol) in DCM (10 mL). After 1 h, the solution was concentrated to dryness and the crude product was dissolved in EtOAc. The organic solution was washed with aqueous NaHCO3, brine, dried over anhydrous MgSO4, filtered, and concentrated. The crude amine (12) was used without further purification (0.14 g obtained). 1H
NMR (CDC13, 300 MHz) S 7.28-7.26 (m, 2H); 7.15 (m, 2H); 6.99 (m, 1H); 6.89-6.76 (m, 4H);
6.10-5.86 (m, 2H); 5.01-4.95 (m, 2H); 4.56 (m, 3H); 3.92-3.79 (m, 1H); 3.31 (m, 1H); 2.66 (q, 2H); 2.32-2.16 (m, 1H); 1.68 (m, 4H); 1.28-1.19 (m, 3H); 0.97-0.81 (m, 6H) ppm.
[00171] E. trans-[1S-(1S- {2S-[3-(2-Ethyl-phenoxy)-propenyl]-4S-phenoxy-pyrrolidine-l-carbonyl}-2-methyl-propylcarbamoyl)-ethyl]-carbamic acid tert-butyl ester (13):
O-(7-Azabenzotriazol-1-yl)-N,N,N',N'-tetramethyluronium PF6 (HATU, 0.19 g, 0.51 mmol) was added to a solution of N-Boc-Ala (0.13 g, 0.67 mmol) in anhydrous NMP (3 mL) at ambient temperature. 1V Methylmorpholine (0.1 mL) was added to reaction mixture. After 10 min, amine 12 (0.14 g, 0.34 mmol) in NMP (3 mL) was added. After 72 h, the reaction mixture was diluted with EtOAc and washed with dilute aqueous NaHCO3, 1N HCI, water, and brine.
The organic phase was dried over anhydrous Na2SO4, filtered and concentrated. The crude amide was purified by flash silica gel chromatography (1:1 hexane/EtOAc) to afford 0.11 g (49%, 2 steps) of 13 as a colorless oil. 1H NMR (CDC13, 300 MHz) 6 7.31-7.22 (m, 2H); 7.15-6.95 (m, 3H);
6.88-6.76 (m, 4H); 5.96-5.87 (m, 2H); 5.19 (br, 1H); 5.00 (m, 1H); 4.86 (t, 1H); 4.51-4.49 (m, 3H); 4.17-4.10 (m, 2H); 3.89-3.80 (m, 1H); 2.64 (q, 2H); 2.34-2.29 (m, 1H);
2.21-2.14 (m, 1H);
2.04-1.98 (m, 1H); 1.44 s, 9H); 1.35-1.23 (m, 4H); 1.17 (t, 3H); 0.97-0.87 (m, 6H) ppm.
[00172] F. trans-2S-Amino-N-(1S- {2S-[3-(2-ethyl-phenoxy)-propenyl]-4S-phenoxy-pyrrolidine-l-carbonyl}-2-methyl-propyl)-propionamide (14):
Trifluoroacetic acid (2 mL) was added at ambient temperature to a solution of 13 (0.11 g, 0.18 mmol) in DCM (10 mL).
After 1 h, the solution was concentrated to dryness and the crude product was dissolved in EtOAc. The organic solution was washed with aqueous NaHCO3, brine, dried over anhydrous NaZSO4, filtered, and concentrated to afford 0.068 g (76%) of 14 as a white solid. 1H NMR
(CDC13, 300 MHz) S 7.86 (br, 1H); 7.31-7.22 (m, 2H); 7.15-7.05 (m, 2H); 6.98 (t, 1H); 6.88-6.76 (m, 4H); 5.97-5.86 (m, 2H); 5.00-4.98 (m, 1H); 4.88-4.83 (m, 1H); 4.57-4.51 (m, 2H); 4.44 (t, 1H); 4.21 (d of d, 1H); 3.89-3.82 (m, 1H); 2.64 (q, 2H); 2.33-2.29 (m, 1H);
2.17 (d, 1H); 2.04-2.00 (m, 1H); 1.36-1.25 (m, 6H); 1.17 (t, 3H); 0.99-0.88 (m, 6H) ppm.
z Y N Rs O
O \
H NH
N R3 ~
A, H Rs (E4) Table 3 Entry Al Rlb Y Z R3-5' R 3"5a Ms + KD
R4 (M+H) Range 3-8 H Me iPr OPh H 466.2 B
3-9 H Me iPr OPh 2-Br 544.0 B
3-10 H Me iPr OPh 2,3-di-Cl 534.1 B
3-11 H Me iPr OPh 2,4-di-Cl 534.1 B
3-12 H Me iPr OPh 2-Et 494.4 B
3-13 Me Me iPr OPh 2,3-di-Cl 548.2 B
3-14 H Me iPr OPh 3-Br 544.1 B
3-15 H Me iPr OPh 2-iPrO 524.3 B
3-16 Boc Me iPr OPh 3,4-(CH2)4 620.3 D
3-17 H Me iPr OPh 3,4-(CH2)4 520.3 C
3-18 H Me iPr OPh 2-MeO 496.3 B
3-19 H H iPr OPh 2-MeO 482.3 D
3-20 H Me iPr OPh 2-Ph 542.3 B
3-21 H Me iPr OPh 2- 534.3 C
cyclopentyl 3-22 H Me iPr OPh 2,6-di-Me 494.3 A
[00173] This example illustrates the preparation of pyrrolidine derivatives of Table 4.
Scheme III
OPh OPh OPh N N O~N
Et ~~ OH 15 16 OH O
8 p OPh OPh OPh N N N
H
t O Et BocNH p O Et HZN p p d 17 b 18 ~ ~ 19 OPh OPh - N -= O N
p Et N p O
p Et HCI HZN H ~
BocNH~H p 20 -~ ~ 21 /
[00174] The Preparation of 2S-Amino-N-(1S-{2S-[3-(2-ethyl-phenoxy)-propyl]-4S-phenoxy-pyrrolidine-l-carbonyl} -2-methyl-propyl)-propionamide (21):
[00175] A. 2S-(3-Hydroxy-propyl)-4S-phenoxy-pyrrolidine-l-carboxylic acid tert-butyl ester (15): [Re: SRR-006-062] Palladium-on-carbon (10%, 0.3 g) was added to a solution of alcohol 8 (3 g, 9.4 mmol) in EtOAc (30 mL). The reaction mixture was placed on a Parr shaker and pressurized to 45 PSI H2 (g). The heterogeneous mixture was shaken for 24 h at ambient temperature. The catalyst was removed via filtration through a 0.45 m PVDF filter disc (Millipore Millex-HV ) and the clarified filtrate was concentrated in vacuo to afford 2.9 g (97%) of 15 which was used without further purification. 1H NMR (CDCl3, 300 MHz) S 7.29 (t, 2H); 6.96 (t, 1H); 6.85 (d, 2H); 4.88 (br s, 1H); 4.08-3.74 (m, 2H); 3.67-3.65 (m, 2H); 3.55 (d, 1H); 2.27-2.23 (m, 2H); 2.05-1.90 (m, 2H); 1.76-1.65 (m, 1H); 1.55 (q, 2H);
1.47 (s, 9H) ppm.
[00176] B. 2S-[3-(2-Ethyl-phenoxy)-propyl]-4S-phenoxy-pyrrolidine-l-carboxylic acid tert-butyl ester (16): To a solution of alcoho115 (0.61 g, 1.91 mmol) in DCM (10 mL) was added 2-ethylphenol (0.28 g, 2.33 mmol) and Ph3P (0.55 g, 2.09 mmol). The solution was cooled to 0 C and ADDP (0.58 g, 2.29 mmol) was added in one portion. After 10 min, the reaction mixture was allowed to warm to ambient temperature and stirring was continued for 16 h. The white precipitate was removed by filtration and washed with DCM. The clarified filtrate was washed successively with 1M NaOH, water, and brine. The organic phase was dried with anhydrous Na2SO4, filtered, and concentrated. The crude ether was purified by flash silica gel chromatography (3:1 hexane/EtOAc) to afford 0.46 g of 16 as a colorless oil.
'H NMR (CDC13, 300 MHz) S 7.28 (t, 2H); 7.13 (t, 2H); 6.96 (t, 1H); 6.89-6.84 (m, 3H); 6.78 (d, 1H); 4.91-4.87 (m, 1H); 3.96 (br, 4H); 3.56 (d, 1H); 2.63 (q, 2H); 2.28-2.26 (m, 1H); 2.11-2.06 (m, 2H); 1.86-1.77 (m, 3H); 1.46 (s, 9H); 1.17 (t, 311) ppm.
[00177] C. 2S [3-(2-Ethyl-phenoxy)-propyl]-4S-phenoxy-pyrrolidine (17):
Trifluoroacetic acid (2 mL) was added at ambient temperature to a solution of 16 (0.46 g, 1.08 mmol) in DCM (10 mL). After 1 h, the solution was concentrated to dryness and the crude product was dissolved in EtOAc. The organic solution was washed with aqueous NaHCO3a brine, dried over anhydrous Na2SO4, filtered, and concentrated to afford 0.30 g (85%) of 17 as a colorless oil. 1H NMR (CDC13, 300 MHz) 8 7.32-7.26 (m, 3H); 7.16-7.12 (m, 2H);
6.986.78 (m, 4H); 4.86 (s, 1H); 3.99-3.97 (m, 2H); 3.35 (d, 1H); 3.23 (m, 1H); 3.08 (m, 1H); 2.74-2.60 (m, 3H); 2.42 (m, 2H); 1.90-1.85 (m, 3H); 1.67-1.61 (m, 1H); 1.16 (t, 3H) ppm.
[00178] D. (1S-{2S-[3-(2-Ethyl-phenoxy)-propyl]-4S-phenoxy-pyrrolidine-l-carbonyl}-2-methyl-propyl)-carbamic acid tert-butyl ester (18): O-(7-Azabenzotriazol-1-yl)-N,N,N',N'-tetramethyluronium PF6 (HATU, 0.39 g, 1.03 mmol) was added to a solution of 1V
Boc-Val (0.30 g, 1.38 mmol) in anhydrous NMP (3 mL) at ambient temperature. N-Methylmorpholine (0.2 mL) was added to reaction mixture. After 10 min, amine 17 (0.22 g, 0.67 mmol) in NMP (3 mL) was added. After 16 h, the reaction mixture was diluted with EtOAc and washed with dilute aqueous NaHCO3, 1N HCl, water, and brine. The organic phase was dried over anhydrous Na2SO4, filtered and concentrated. The crude amide was purified by flash silica gel chromatography (3:1 hexane/EtOAc) to afford 0.30 g (83%) of 18 as a colorless oil. 'H
NMR (CDC13, 300 MHz) S 7.33-7.26 (m, 211); 7.12 (t, 2H); 6.99 (t, 1H); 6.89-6.77 (m, 4H);
5.28-5.24 (m, 1H); 5.00-4.98 (m, 1H); 4.39-4.36 (m, 1H); 4.22-4.17 (m, 2H);
4.02-3.94 (m, 2H);
3.72 (d of d, 1H); 2.61 (q, 2H); 2.30-2.24 (m, 1H); 2.14-2.07 (, 1H); 1.98-1.89 (m, 1H); 1.82-1.74 (m, 4H); 1.44 (s, 911); 1.18-1.13 (m, 3H); 0.99-0.93 (m, 6H) ppm.
[00179] E. 2S-Amino-l-{2S-[3-(2-ethyl-phenoxy)-propyl]-4S-phenoxy-pyrrolidin-1-yl}-3-methyl-butan-1-one (19): Trifluoroacetic acid (2 mL) was added at ambient temperature to a solution of 18 (0.30 g, 0.57 mmol) in DCM (10 mL). After 1 h, the solution was concentrated to dryness and the crude product was dissolved in EtOAc. The organic solution was washed with aqueous NaHCO3, brine, dried over anhydrous NaZSO4, filtered, and concentrated to afford 0.23 g of 19 as a colorless oil. 'H NMR (CDC13, 300 MHz) 8 7.33-7.28 (m, 2H); 7.17-7.12 (m, 2H); 6.99 (t, 1H); 6.89-6.83 (m, 3H); 6.78 (d, 1H);
4.98 (br, 2H); 4.39 (br, 1H), 4.07-3.92 (m, 4H); 3.75-3.67 (m, 1H); 2.61 (q, 2H); 2.31-2.24 (m, 2H); 2.13-2.08 (m, 2H); 1.94-1.75 (m, 6H); 1.16 (t, 3H); 1.01-0.85 (m, 6H) ppm.
[00180] F. [1S-(1S-{2S [3-(2-Ethyl-phenoxy)-propyl]-4S-phenoxy-pyrrolidine-l-carbonyl}-2-methyl-propylcarbamoyl)-ethyl]-carbamic acid tert-butyl ester
[0055] According to one aspect of the invention, a method of selectively identifying neoplastic or cancer cells in a mixed population of cells is provided. The method includes contacting the mixed cell population with a cell permeable IA.P-binding cargo molecule of structure (2), (3), or (5), under conditions enabling the IAP-binding cargo molecule to bind a protein like an IAP within the neoplastic cells, thereby selectively identifying the neoplastic cells by a detectable property of the IAP binding cargo molecule, and in some embodiments a change in a detectable property of the IAP binding cargo molecule upon complexation with IAP in the neoplastic cells. The cells may be. cultured cells or primary cells from a patient (human or animal). Alternatively, the cells may be present within the patient, and the contacting accomplished by introducing the IAP-binding cargo molecule into the patient.
[0056] In an embodiment of the IAP-binding cargo molecule, the cargo portion of the molecule comprises a dye label. In other embodiments, the cargo portion of the molecule can be, but is not limited to, an NMR-active nucleus or an MRI contrast agent. The selective identification of tissues or cells having IAP is performed through nuclear magnetic resonance or magnetic resonance imaging. Alternatively, the labeled IAP-binding cargo molecule comprises a radioisotope and the selective identification is performed through positron emission tomography.
[0057] Another aspect of the invention features a method of selectively damaging or inducing apoptosis in neoplastic cells by killing some or all of the neoplastic cells in a mixed population of cells. The method includes contacting a sample of the mixed cell population with an IAP-binding cargo molecule of formula (2), or (3), or (5). The IAP binding portion of the molecule or the cargo portion of the molecule can include a moiety or substituent that is directly or indirectly toxic to cells such as but not limited to a radioisotope or a photosensitizing agent.
The IAP binding portion of the molecule binds to a protein like an IAP within the neoplastic cells, where the toxic moiety of the IAP-binding cargo molecule directly or indirectly exerts its toxic effect, thereby damaging or killing at least a portion the neoplastic cells in a mixed population of cells.
Another embodiment of the present invention is a composition that includes cells and an IAP-binding cargo molecule. The LAY binding cargo molecule binds to an IAP
protein, such as XIAP, c-IAP1, c-IA.P2, ML-IAP, or survivin, preferably it binds to a BIR
surface groove of an LAY protein. In some embodiments the IA.P binding molecule binds to the B]R3 surface groove of an XIAP protein. The IAP binding cargo molecule of structure (2), (3), or (5), can permeate or be transfected into the cells and can, for example, be used to displace one or more IAP
proteins from caspases in the cells or displace a protein like Smac sequestered by IAPs. The IAP
binding cargo molecule can have a detectable property which is modified upon chemical, physical, or a combination of these interactions, of the IA.P binding molecule with the LAY
protein in the cells. This composition is useful as a control for monitoring the presence of IA.P in the cells undergoing treatment or for use as a standard in the detection of abnormal IAP levels in a sample of cells. The detectable property may be the emission of light by the cargo portion of the molecule which changes when the IAP bonding portion of the molecule binds to an LAY
protein.
[0058] The LAY binding compounds or IAP binding cargo molecules of structure (2), (3), or (5) in embodiments of the invention may be characterized by having an IAP
binding constant Kd. In some embodiments Kd is less than about 10 M, in other embodiments Kd is less than about 1 M, and in still other embodiments Kd is less than about 0.1 M as determined by the methods described in Example 1 or equivalents of these methods known to those skilled in the art. Molecules of formula (2), (3), or (5) having a Kd of less than about 10 M can be used in an in vitro binding assay with the BIR domain of an IA.P and in some embodiments the BIR3 domain of XIAP. The LAY binding cargo molecule, and preferably the cargo portion of the molecule includes but is not limited to a fluorogenic group, a radioisotope, or other chromogenic group. In further embodiments the IAP binding cargo molecule may include another peptide or peptidomimetic unit (e.g., dimer). The IAP binding cargo molecule may include an NMR-active nucleus or an MRI contrast agent and the selective identification of the cargo portion of the molecule performed through nuclear magnetic resonance or magnetic resonance imaging. The one or more cells in the composition may include but are not limited to cells from a bodily fluid, tissue, tumor, fibroid, neoplastic cells, stem cells, nervous system cells or any combination of these from an animal, a mammal, or a human. The cells in the composition may be taken from tissue suspected of exhibiting an abnormal level of IAP based upon physical examination, motor skill tests, or detection by palpation of a lump in a part of the body. The composition may include one or more pharmaceutically acceptable excipients.
[0059] Another embodiment of the present invention is a method of identifying IAP in cells that includes monitoring a mixture of one or more LAY binding cargo molecules comprising structure (2), (3), or (5), or dimers thereof, with one or more sample cells for the presence of a detectable label from an IAP binding cargo molecule or a change in a detectable property of one or more of the LAY binding cargo molecules in the mixture. Preferably the detectable property of the IAP binding cargo molecule changes upon formation of a complex between the IAP binding cargo molecule and the BIR domain of an IA.P protein, the IAPs may include but are not limited to XIAP, c-IAP1, c-IA.P2, ML-IAP, or survivin in the sample cells. In the sample, the IA.P may be bound to a caspase, other proteins like Smac, or combinations of these within the cell.
Monitoring may be performed on cells and an IAP binding cargo molecule in a fluid sample, a flowing fluid, or fluids following purification. This invention may be used to detect abnormal expression, over or under expression, of IAP in cells and the indication of abnormal expression used to begin a course of treatment of the cells. Preferably the LAY binding cargo molecule is used to detect overexpression of IAPs in cells. The method may further include the act of comparing a change in a detectable property of one or more IAP binding cargo molecules mixed with one or more control cells to the detectable change in the property of the one or more IA.P
binding cargo molecules mixed with one or more sample cells. The comparison may be related to the amount or activity of IA.P in the sample cells. The method may include the act of combining one or more IA.P binding cargo molecules with one or more cells including but not limited to sample cells, control cells, or various combination of these cells.
The monitoring may use the absorption or emission of radiant energy by the mixture of IAP binding cargo molecules and the cells, including but not limited to magnetic resonance, fluorescence, chemiluminesence, magnetic resonance imaging, and positron emission tomography. Preferably the change in the detectable property of one or more of the LAY binding cargo molecules in the mixture chemically, and or physically binding to the IAP in the cells is a change in the intensity of fluorescent emission of the IAP binding molecule. In some embodiments, a change occurs in the fluorescent emission of one or more IAP binding cargo molecules capable of displacing IAP
from caspases or Smac from IAPs in the sample cells.
[0060] A method of treating cells of the present invention includes identifying the expression of IA.P in cells and administering an amount of a cell permeable IAP-binding cargo molecule or other therapeutic to the cells to modify the activity of TAP in the cells. The IAP -binding cargo molecule may be formulated with a pharmaceutically acceptable excipient. For example, following identification of abnormal levels of IAP in a sample of cells, (optionally by comparison to a control sample of cells), purified Smac, an IAP binding compound, or an IAP
binding cargo molecule, may be added to the cells to induce apoptosis. This invention can be used to identify cells in need of treatment, treat the cells, and monitor the progress of the treatment of the cells having the abnormal IA.P levels. The act of identifying cells having abnormal IAP expression includes monitoring a mixture of one or more IA.P
binding cargo molecules with one or more sample cells for a change in a detectable property of one or more of the IAP binding cargo molecules. The detectable property changes upon formation of a complex between the IA.P binding molecule and IAP in the sample cells.
[0061] Another embodiment of the present invention is an article or kit that includes packaging material containing a composition of IAP binding compound or an IA.P
binding cargo molecule of formula (2), (3), or (5) or a dimer thereof. The packaging material has a label that indicates how the IAP binding cargo composition can be used for administration, treatment, or detecting levels of IAP in a sample of cells. The label may further indicate how the IAP binding cargo molecule or another IA.P binding cargo molecule included in a pharmaceutical composition can be used to treat cells where an abnormal level of IAP expression is determined.
[0062] An embodiment of the present invention is a method of selectively identifying neoplastic cells in a mixed population of cells. In the method a sample of the mixed cell population is contacted with one or more IA.P-binding cargo molecules of formula (2), (3), or (5) or dimers thereof under conditions enabling the IAP-binding cargo molecule to bind IAP within the neoplastic cells and thereby selectively identifying the neoplastic cells.
The cells may include but are not limited to cultured cells, cells that are removed from a subject by biopsy, or cells from a fluid. The contacting may be performed by introducing the labeled IAP-binding cargo molecule into a tissue sample or a tissue in a living subject possessing or suspected of possessing the neoplastic cells. The IAP-binding cargo molecule can have a dye label cargo portion and preferably the dye is a fluorogenic dye. The labeled IAP-binding cargo molecule may have an NMR-active nucleus or a contrast agent and the selective identification performed through nuclear magnetic resonance or magnetic resonance imaging. The labeled IA.P-binding cargo molecule may have a cargo portion of the molecule that is a radioisotope and where the selective identification performed through positron emission tomography. The IAP binding cargo molecule may be formulated with pharmaceutically acceptable excipients and optionally other therapeutic agents for modifying apoptosis in the sample of cells.
[0063] Another embodiment of the present invention is a method of selectively damaging or killing neoplastic cells in a mixed population of normal and neoplastic cells. The method includes contacting a sample of the mixed cell population with a cell permeable IAP-binding cargo molecule of formula (2), (3), or (5) or dimers thereof including an agent that is directly or indirectly toxic to cells, preferably the cargo portion of the molecule is an agent that is directly or indirectly toxic to cells. Under conditions enabling the IAP-binding cargo molecule to bind IAP
within the neoplastic cells, the agent directly or indirectly exerts its toxic effect, thereby damaging or killing at least a portion the neoplastic cells. The method may use a toxic agent that is a radioisotope. The method may use a photosensitizing toxic agent and the selective damaging or killing is performed by exposing the cell population to light.
DETAILED DESCRIPTION OF THE INVENTION
[0064] Before the present compositions and methods are described, it is to be understood that this invention is not limited to the particular molecules, compositions, methodologies or protocols described, as these may vary. It is also to be understood that the terminology used in the description is for the purpose of describing the particular versions or embodiments only, and is not intended to limit the scope of the present invention which will be limited only by the appended claims.
[0065] It must also be noted that as used herein and in the appended claims, the singular forms "a", "an", and "the" include plural reference unless the context clearly dictates otherwise.
Thus, for example, reference to a "cell" is a reference to one or more cells and equivalents thereof known to those skilled in the art, and so forth. Unless defined otherwise, all technical and scientific terms used herein have the same meanings as commonly understood by one of ordinary skill in the art. Although any methods and materials similar or equivalent to those described herein can be used in the practice or testing of embodiments of the present invention, the embodiment's methods, devices, and materials are now described. All publications mentioned herein are incorporated by reference. Nothing herein is to be construed as an admission that the invention is not entitled to antedate such disclosure by virtue of prior invention.
[0066] "Optional" or "optionally" means that the subsequently described event or circumstance may or may not occur, and that the description includes instances where the event occurs and instances where it does not.
[0067] The LkP binding molecules of the present invention and pharmaceutical compositions containing these compounds can bind to IAP's (Inhibitor of Apoptosis Proteins) such as but not limited to XIAP, c-IA.Pl, c-IAP2, survin, and LNIN/ML-IAP.
These compounds may include diagnostic or therapeutic moieties or substituents as part of the binding portion of the molecule or linked to the binding portion of the molecule. The IA.P binding cargo molecules may be arbitrarily divided to include an IA.P binding portion and a cargo portion. The IA.P binding portion of the molecule interacts with an IAP protein, preferably the BIR domain of an IA.P protein, and may be a monomer or dimer. In some embodiments the LkP
binding portion of the molecule interacts with the BIR3 surface groove of XIAP. The cargo portion of the molecule may be part of the backbone or IA.P binding portion of the molecule or the cargo portion may be chemically bonded to the IAP binding portion of the molecule.
The cargo portion of the molecule may include but is not limited to structures, moieties, and substituents for imaging, therapeutics, probes, labels, or markers. The cargo portion and LkP
binding portion of the molecule may be connected by a chemical bond to the LkP binding portion including but not limited to amide, ester, or disulfide bonds, chelation, or by a linking group such as diaminobutane or ethylene glycol and its oligomers where it is desirable to separate the LkP
binding portion of the molecule from the cargo portion of the molecule. One or more atoms in any portion of the IAP binding cargo molecule may be a radioisotope and used for detection or treatment. In other embodiments, the cargo portion may constitute a second monomer, thereby forming a dimer molecule, via a linking group. The binding portion of the IAP
binding compound confers IAP target protein specificity to the molecule and the cargo portion can provide a functional group to the molecule for monitoring or evaluating the location of the molecule or providing a therapeutic to that location within a cell sample or a tissue in a mammal.
The IA.P binding compounds may be used to displace sequestered proteins in cells, for example caspase-3,7 or 9 or Smac interacting with an IAP, so that the released protein can be used to promote apoptosis within the cell. Where the cargo portion of the molecule is linked to the IAP
binding portion, the cargo portion may be bonded or chemically linked to any portion of the IAP
binding portion of the molecule so that it does not adversely affect IAP
binding, cell permeance or transfection into cells. While chemical interaction between the IAP binding portion and the cargo portion of the molecule may occur, the molecule is made so that the molecule's cell permeance, its IA.P binding property, and function of the cargo portion are not adversely affected by their combination. The suitability of any IAP binding cargo molecule made by the method disclosed may be tested against fluorescently labeled peptide [AbuRPF-K(5-Fam)-NH2] in cells such but not limited to renal cell carcinoma, non-small cell lung cancer, HeLa cells, or others known to overexpress IAP, or other cells having a proliferation disorder. The IAP binding molecules of the present invention are capable of permeating cells of interest, binding to IAP in the cells, and optionally delivering the cargo to the cells.
[0068] Embodiments of compounds of structure (2), (3), (5) include 2-substituted pyrrolidine-l-carbonyls, or 2, 4- independently substituted pyrrolidine-l-carbonyls that have a Kd as determined by methods described, for example, in Example 1 of less than 100 micromolar, preferably less than 1 micromolar, and even more preferably less than 0.1 micromolar.
[0069] The pharmaceutically active compounds of the invention are sometimes referred to herein as drugs, to highlight their therapeutic utility in promoting apoptosis by binding IA.Ps.
However, another embodiment of the invention utilizes the compounds as diagnostic agents, for detection of IA.P in vitro, in situ or in vivo, or for IAP binding assays. In these embodiments, the compounds of the invention are detectably labeled, for example, with a fluorophore. Another embodiment of the invention utilizes the compounds as targeting agents, i.e., by incorporating into their structure tumor cell-killing or other anti-tuxnor or therapeutic agents, such as radionuclides. Accordingly, drugs refer to pharmaceutically/biologically active (i. e., IAP-binding) compounds of the invention, for use as therapeutic, prophylactic, or diagnostic agents.
[0070] The term heteroatom refers to nitrogen, oxygen, sulfur, other atoms or groups where the nitrogen, sulfur and other atoms may optionally be oxidized, and the nitrogen may optionally be quaternized. Any heteroatom with unsatisfied valences is assumed to have hydrogen atoms sufficient to satisfy the valences. In some embodiments, for example where the heteroatom is nitrogen and includes a hydrogen or other group to satisfy the valance of the nitrogen atom, replacement of the nitrogen in a similar structure by another heteroatom, for example by oxygen, will result in the hydrogen or group previously bonded to the nitrogen to be absent. The tenn heteroatom may include but is not limited to for example -0-, -S-, -S(O)-, -S(0)2-, -N-,-N(H)-, and -N(Cl-C6 alkyl).
[0071] The term alkyl refers to a saturated straight, branched, or cyclic hydrocarbon having from about 1 to about 30 carbon atoms (and all combinations and subcombinations of ranges and specific numbers of carbon atoms therein). Lower alkyl group refers to a saturated straight, branched, or cyclic hydrocarbon having group of 1 to 10 carbon atoms, more preferably 1 to 5 carbon atoms and all combinations and subcombinations of ranges and specific numbers of carbon atoms therein. Alkyl groups include, but are not limited to methyl, ethyl, n-propyl, isopropyl, n-butyl, isobutyl, t-butyl, n-pentyl, cyclopropyl, methylcyclopropyl, cyclopentyl, isopentyl, neopentyl, n-hexyl, isohexyl, cyclohexyl, cyclooctyl, adamantyl, 3-methylpentyl, 2,2-dimethylbutyl, and 2,3-dimethylbutyl.
[0072] The term substituted alkyl refers to a saturated straight, branched, or cyclic hydrocarbon having from about 1 to about 30 carbon atoms (and all combinations and subcombinations of ranges and specific numbers of carbon atoms therein) having from 1 to 5 substituents. Substituted lower alkyl group refers to a saturated straight, branched, or cyclic hydrocarbon of 1 to 10 carbon atoms, more preferably 1 to 5 carbon atoms (and all combinations and subcombinations of ranges and specific numbers of carbon atoms therein) having from 1 to 5 substituents. Substituted alkyl radicals and substituted lower alkyl groups can have from 1 to 5 substituents including but not limited to alkoxy, substituted alkoxy, acylamino, thiocarbonylamino, acyloxy, amino, amidino, alkylamidino, amidalkyl (such as -CH2C(=O)NH2 or -CHZCHZC(=O)NH2), thioamidino, acylalkylamino, cyano, halogen atoms (F, Cl, Br, I) to give halogenated or partially halogenated alkyl groups, including but not limited to -CF3, -CF2CF3, -CH2CF2Cl and the like, hydroxy, nitro, carboxyl, carboxylalkyl, carboxylheterocyclic, carboxyl-substituted heterocyclic, cycloalkyl, guanidino, heteroaryl, aryl, heterocyclic, alkylamino, dialkylamino, or optionally substituted versions of any of the aforementioned groups.
[0073] The temi alkylene radical as used herein includes reference to a di-functional saturated branched or unbranched hydrocarbon radical containing from 1 to 30 carbon atoms, and includes, for example, methylene (-CH2-), ethylene (-CH2CH2- ), propylene (-CH2CH2CH2-), 2-methylpropylene (-CH2CH(CH3)CH2-), hexylene (-(CH2)6-), and the like. Lower alkylene includes an alkylene group of 1 to 10, more preferably 1 to 5, carbon atoms.
[0074] Substituted alkylene radicals includes reference to a di-functional saturated branched or unbranched alkylene radical or group having 1-30 carbon atoms and having from 1 to 5 substituents. Lower substituted alkylene radicals refer to to a substituted alkylene radical group, having 1-10 carbon atoms, preferably having 1-5 carbon atoms, and having from 1 to 5 substituents. Substituents can include but are not limited to those for the alkyl groups.
[0075] The term alkenyl radical as used herein includes reference to a branched, cyclic hydrocarbon, or unbranched hydrocarbon radical of 2 to 30 carbon atoms containing at least one carbon-carbon double bond, such as ethenyl, n-propenyl, isopropenyl, n-butenyl, isobutenyl, t-butenyl, octenyl, decenyl, tetradecenyl, hexadecenyl, eicosenyl, tetracosenyl and the like. The term lower alkenyl includes an alkenyl group of 2 to 10 carbon atoms, preferably 2 to 5 carbon atoms, containing at least one carbon-carbon double bond. The one or more carbon-carbon double bonds may independently have a cis or trans configuration. Substituted alkenyl radical refers to an alkenyl radical or lower alkenyl group having from 1 to 5 substituents that can include but are not limited to those for the alkyl groups.
[0076] The term alkenylene radical includes reference to a difunctional branched or unbranched hydrocarbon radical or group containing from 2 to 30 carbon atoms and at least one carbon-carbon double bond. "Lower alkenylene" includes an alkenylene group of 2 to 10, more preferably 2 to 5, carbon atoms, containing one carbon-carbon double bond.
Substituted alkenylene radical refers to an alkenylene radical or lower alkenyl group having from 1 to 5 substituents that can include but are not limited to those for the alkyl groups.
[0077] The term alkynyl radical or group refers to straight or branched chain hydrocarbon radical having 2 to 12 carbon atoms and at least one triple bond, some embodiments include alkynyl groups of 2 to 6 carbon atoms that have one triple bond. A
substituted alkynyl will contain one, two, or three substituents as defined for substituted alkyl groups. Alkynylene includes reference to a difunctional branched or unbranched hydrocarbon chain containing from 2 to 12 carbon atoms and at least one carbon-carbon triple bond; some embodiments include an alkynylene groups of 2 to 6 carbon atoms with one triple bond. A substituted alkynylene will contain one, two, or three substituents as defined for substituted alkyl groups.
[0078] As used herein, "halo" or halogen refers to any halogen, such as I, Br, Cl or F. As used herein, "cyano" refers to the -C N group.
[0079] The term aryl radical or group refers to an optionally substituted, mono or bicyclic aromatic ring radicals having from about 5 to about 14 carbon atoms (and all combinations and subcombinations of ranges and specific numbers of carbon atoms therein), with from about 6 to about 10 carbons being preferred. Non-limiting examples or aryl groups include, for example, phenyl and naphthyl. A substituted aryl group will contain one or more substituents as defined for substituted alkyl groups.
[0080] Aralkyl radical refers to alkyl radicals bearing an aryl substituent and have from about 6 to about 20 carbon atoms (and all combinations and subcombinations of ranges and specific numbers of carbon atoms therein), with from about 6 to about 12 carbon atoms being preferred. Aralkyl groups can be optionally substituted. Non-limiting examples include, for example, benzyl, naphthylmethyl, diphenylmethyl, triphenylmethyl, phenylethyl, and diphenylethyl. A substituted arylalkyl group will contain one or more substituents on the aryl or alkyl group as defined for substituted alkyl groups.
[0081] Cycloalkylaryl radical or group refers to a cycloalkyl radical fused to an aryl group, including all combinations of independently substituted alkyl cycloalkylaryls, the cycloalkyl and aryl group having two atoms in common. Examples of fused cycloalkylaryl groups used in compounds of the present invention may include 1-indanyl, 2-indanyl, 1-(1,2,3,4-tetrahydronaphthyl), and the like. Tetrahydronaphthyl more specifically refers to those univalent radicals or groups derived from fused polycyclic hydrocarbons including all combinations of independently substituted alkyl tetrahydronaphthyls. These radicals may have a point of attachment at (C1) or equivalently (C4) in structure (11), or position labeled (C2) and equivalently (C3) in structure (11a). The chiral carbon atoms C1-4 in tetrahydronaphthlene and its alkyl substituted derivatives may have either an (R) or (S) configuration.
(11) (l la) ~Ca C3 Ca L'Z\C' CZ' C, [0082] Cycloalkyl radical or group more specifically includes reference to a monovalent saturated carbocyclic alkyl radical consisting of one or more rings in their structures and having from about 3 to about 14 carbon atoms (and all combinations and subcombinations of ranges and specific numbers of carbon atoms therein), with from about 3 to about 7 carbon atoms being preferred. Multi-ring structures may be bridged or fused ring structures. The rings can optionally be substituted with one or more of the substituents for the alkyl groups. Examples of cycloalkyl groups include, but are not limited to, cyclopropyl, cyclobutyl, cyclopentyl, cyclohexyl, cyclooctyl, and adamantyl. A substituted cycloalkyl group will contain one or more substituents as defined for substituted alkyl groups.
[0083] Cycloalkylalkyl radical more specifically refers to alkyl radicals bearing an cycloalkyl substituent and having from about 4 to about 20 carbon atoms (and all combinations and subcombinations of ranges and specific numbers of carbon atoms therein), with from about 6 to about 12 carbon atoms being preferred and can include but are not limited to methyl-cyclopropyl, methylcyclohexyl, isopropylcyclohexyl, and butyl-cyclohexyl groups.
Cycloalkylalkyl radical or group can be optionally substituted with one or more substituents for the alkyl groups including but not limited to hydroxy, cyano, alkyl, alkoxy, thioalkyl, halo, haloalkyl, hydroxyalkyl, nitro, amino, alkylamino and dialkylamino.
[0084] The term acyl refers to an alkyl, substituted alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, cycloalkyl, cycloalkenyl, aryl, heteroaryl, or heterocyclyl group as defined above bonded through one or more carbonyl -C(=O)- groups to give a group of formula -C(=0)R where R is the substituted alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, cycloalkyl, cycloalkenyl, aryl, heteroaryl, or heterocyclyl group. When the term acyl is used in conjunction with another group, as in acylamino, this refers to the carbonyl group {-C(=O)} linked to the second named group. Thus, acylamino or carbamoyl refers to -C(=O)NHZ , acylalkylamino can refer to groups such as -C(=O)NR'R"
where R' and R" can be H or alkyl. Amidalkyl refers to groups such as -CH2C(=O)NH2, -CHaCHaC(=O)NH2) and more generally -(CH2)pC (=O)NH2. Carboxy refers to the radical or group -C(=O)OH , carboxyalkyl refers to the groups such as -(CH2)pC(=O)OH, alkyl carboxyalkyl refers togroups such as (-C(=O)O-(alkyl)), and alkoxycarbonyl or acylalkoxy refers to a(-C(=0)O-(alkyl)) group, where alkyl is previously defined. As used herein aryoyl or acylaryl refers to a (-C(=O)(aryl)) group, wherein aryl is as previously defined. Exemplary aroyl groups include benzoyl and naphthoyl. Acetyl refers to the group CH3C(=O)- and may be abbreviated by the term "Ac" as is Table 5. Formyl refers to the radical or group HC(=O)-. In the aforementioned group p can be independently the integer 0, 1, 2, or 3.
[0085] Aryloxy radical refers to optionally substituted mono or bicyclic aromatic radical having from about 5 to about 14 carbon atoms and an (aryl-O-) radical group wherein aryl is as previously defined. Such aryloxy radicals include but are not limited to that illustrated by the radical of formula (12). Optional substituents on the aryl ring in the aryloxy radical may include but are not limited to hydrogen, alkyl, halogen, hydroxy, alkoxy, alkoxycarbonyl or other substituents. Embodiments of IAP binding compounds of the present invention can include an optionally aryloxy group like the phenoxy radical linked to the pyrrolidine ring as illustrated but not limited to compounds in Table 5. Some embodiment of IAP binding compounds include include a phenoxy radical where the Kd as determined by methods described, for example, in Example 1 is less than about 0.1 micromolar.
[0086] The terms "alkoxy" and" alkoxyl" refer to an optionally substituted (alkyl-O-) radical or group wherein alkyl is as previously defined. Exemplary alkoxy radicals or groups include methoxy, ethoxy, n-propoxy, i-propoxy, n-butoxy, cyclopropyl-methoxy, and heptoxy.
Alkoxy radicals can also include optionally substituted alkyl in the alkylO-group. Alkoxy can include including optionally substituted aryl groups as previously defmed and illustrated by the non-limiting radical of formula (13). A "lower alkoxy" group refers to an optionally substituted alkoxy group containing from one to five carbon atoms. "Polyether" refers to a compound or moiety possessing multiple ether linkages, such as, but not limited to, polyethylene glycols or polypropylene glycols. "Polyalkylethers" refers to alkyls interconnected by or otherwise possessing multiple ether linkages as illustrated by the non-limiting structure of formula (85) in Scheme VIII of Example 16. "Arylalkyloxy" means an arylalkyl-O- group in which the arylalkyl group is as previously described. Exemplary arylalkyloxy groups include benzyloxy (C6H5CH2O-) radical (BnO-), or 1- or 2-naphthalenemethoxy. Optional substituents on the aryl ring in the benzyloxy radical may include but are not limited to hydrogen, alkyl, halogen, hydroxy, alkoxy, and alkoxycarbonyl or other substituents as defined for the alkyl group.
Q_os1_ ' O'~' (12) (13) [0087] Arylamino radical refers to optionally substituted mono or bicyclic aromatic radical having from about 5 to about 14 carbon atoms and an (-NH(aryl)) radical group wherein aryl can be optionally substituted as previously defined for alkyl. Optional substituents on the aryl ring in the arylamino radical may include but are not limited to hydrogen, alkyl, halogen, hydroxy, alkoxy, and alkoxycarbonyl. A example of an arylamino group is the anilino radical or group. Amino refers to an -NH2 group and alkylamino refer to a radical (-NH
R') group wherein R' is H, alkyl, cycloalkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, aralkyl or optionally substituted versions of these as previously defined. Exemplary alkylamino radical groups include methylamino, ethylamino, n-propylamino, i-propylamino, n-butylamino, and heptylamino. The benzylamino radical refers to the arylamino group C6H5CH2NH-, the aryl group may have optional substituents including but are not limited to hydrogen, alkyl, halogen, hydroxy, alkoxy, and alkoxycarbonyl or other substituents.
[0088] Dialkylamino includes reference to a radical (-NR'R"), wherein R' and R" can be each independently be an H, alkyl, cycloalkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, aralkyl or optionally substituted versions of these as previously defined. Examples of dialkylamino radicals include, but are not limited to, dimethylamino, methylethylamino, diethylamino, di(1-methylethyl)amino, and the like.
[0089] Heteroaryl includes reference to a monovalent aromatic radical or group having one or more rings incorporating one, two or three heteroatoms within the ring (chosen from nitrogen, oxygen, or sulfur). These heteroaryls can optionally have hydrogen atoms substituted with one or more other substituents. Examples of these heteroaryl radicals include optionally substituted benzofurans, benzo[b]thiophene 1-oxide, indoles, 2- or 3-thienyls or thiophenyls, thiazoyls, pyrazines, pyridines, or the structures of (4a) or (4b). For example, the structure of formula (E10) with derivatives listed in Table 9, can include a fused ring Rlo with a heteroatom X2 (N, 0, or other) and substituents such as Rl l or R' 11 including but not limited to hydrogen, halogens, optionally substituted heteroaryls like pyridine,benzofuran, indoles, thiazoyl, pyrazine, an alkoxyheteroaryl like methoxy pyridine, or other groups.
[0090] The terms heteroalkyl, heteroalkylene, heteroalkenyl, heteroalkenylene, heteroalkynyl, and heteroalkynlene include reference to alkyl, alkylene, alkenyl, alkenylene, alkynyl, and alkynlene radicals or groups, in which one or more of the carbon atoms have been replaced or substituted with atoms such as but not limited to single or multiply bonded nitrogen, sulfur, oxygen, or these atoms having one or more hydrogens to satisfy the valancy requirements of the atom. Such substitutions can be used to form molecules having functional groups including but not limited to amines, ethers, and sulfides. A non-limiting example of a heteroalkynyl group is illustrated by the group -CH(Me)OCH2C ~CH.
[0091] Heterocycloalkyl radical include reference to a monovalent saturated carbocyclic radical or group consisting of one or more rings, incorporating one, two or three heteroatoms (chosen from nitrogen, oxygen or sulfur), which can optionally be substituted with one or more substituents.
[0092] Heterocycloalkenyl includes reference to a monovalent unsaturated carbocyclic radical consisting of one or more rings containing one or more carbon-carbon double bonds where carbon atoms are replaced or substituted for by one, two or three heteroatoms within the one or more rings, the heteroatoms chosen from nitrogen, oxygen, or sulfur, the heterocycloalkenyl can optionally be substituted with one or more substituents.
[0093] Various groups used in the molecules of the present invention can have one or more hydrogens atoms substituted for chemical moieties or other substituents.
Substituents may include but are not limited to halo or halogen (e. g, F, Cl, Br, 1), haloalkyls such as-CF3, -CF2CF3, -CH2CF3 and the like, thioalkyl, nitro, optionally substituted alkyl, cycloalkyl, aralkyl, aryl, heteroaryls like benzofurans, indoles, thienyls, thiophenyls, thiazoyls, pyrazines, pyridines, alkoxy pyridine, hydroxy (-OH), alkoxy (-OR), aryloxy, alkoxyheteroaryl, cyano (-CN), carbonyl -C(=O)-, carboxy (-COOH) and carboxylate salts; -(CHZ)pC(=O)OH, groups or radicals -(CH2)pC(=O)O(alkyl), and -(CHa)pC (=O)NH2 where p is independently the integer 0, 1, 2, or 3; sulfonates such as but not limited to tosyl, brosyl, or mesyl; sulfone, imine, or oxime groups, groups like -(C=O)Oalkyl, aminocarbonyl or carbamoyl -(C=O)NH2), -N-substituted aminocarbonyl -(C=O)NHR", amino, alkylamino (-NHR') and dialkylamino (-NHR'R"). In relation to the aforementioned amino and related groups, each moiety R' or R"
can be, independently include of H, alkyl, cycloalkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, aralkyl or optionally-substituted alkyl, cycloalkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, araalkyl. Where one or more hydrogens atoms are substituted for chemical moieties or other substituents, the substituents can be chosen so that IAP binding compounds of formula (2), (3), or (5) that contain them have a Kd as measured by methods described, for example, in Example 1 of less than about 100 micromolar, in some embodiments have a Kd of less than 1 micromolar, and in other embodiments have a Kd of less than 0.1 micromolar. In embodiments of where one or more hydrogens atoms are substituted for chemical moieties or other substituents, the substituents can be chosen so that IAP binding compounds of formula (2), (3), or (5) that contain them have an EC50 as measured by methods described, for example, in Example 2 of less than about 0.5 micromolar, in some embodiments have an EC50 of less than about 0.06 micromolar. In embodiments of where one or more hydrogens atoms are substituted for chemical moieties or other substituents, the substituents can be chosen so that IAP binding compounds of formula (2), (3), or (5) that contain them have a binding constant Kd of less than about 1 micromolar, preferably less than 0.1 micromolar and an EC50 of less than about 1 micromolar, preferably less than about 0.5 micromolar, and in some embodiments an EC50 of less than about 0.06 micromolar.
[00941 Amino acids can be used in the TA.P binding compound compounds of this invention and may include the 20 naturally-occurring amino acids, known artificial amino acids such as beta or gamma amino acids, and amino acids containing non-natural side chains, and/or other similar monomers such as hydroxyacids. Preferably the amino acids used in the IAP
binding compounds of the present invention are the 20 naturally-occurring amino acids. The amino acids or artificial amino acids are chosen with the effect that the corresponding IA.P
binding compound binds IAPs, and preferably binds the BIR domain of an IAP, and the resulting IA.P binding compound is permeable to the cell. A non-limiting example of such an amino acid includes the use of Abu (2-aminobutyric acid) as an amino acid in the IAP
binding cargo molecule. Where the molecule of stucture (2), (3), or (5) includes amino acids, it is preferred that the N-terminal amino acid is Ala or Abu.
[0095] Where one or more chiral centers exist in an amino acid, artificial amino acid, or atom of an IAP binding compound of structure (2), (3), or (5), any of the enantiomers, D or L
and more generally R or S configuration, or diastereoisomers may optionally be used in the IAP
binding compound.
[0096] When any variable occurs more than one time in any constituent or in any formula, its definition in each occurrence is independent of its definition at every other occurrence. Combinations of substituents and/or variables are permissible only if such combinations result in stable compounds.
[0097] It is believed the chemical formulas and names used herein correctly and accurately reflect the underlying chemical compounds. However, the nature and value of the present invention does not depend upon the theoretical correctness of these formulae, in whole or in part. Thus it is understood that the formulas used herein, as well as the chemical names attributed to the correspondingly indicated compounds, are not intended to limit the invention in any way, including restricting it to any specific tautomeric form or to any specific optical; or geometric isomer, except where such stereochemistry is clearly defined.
[0098] In embodiments of compounds of structure (2), (3), or (5) substituents such as Al, A2, Ria, and Rlb, R2, Xl, Y, Z, M, G, or Rlo, may be chosen independently so that compounds of structure (2), (3), or (5) are not a tripeptide or a tetrapeptide of amino acids, for example AVPI or AVP.
[0099] Some embodiments of the compounds of structure (2), when A2 is H, Xl is -NH-, J is -CH-, and n is 0 for R2, can be depicted by structure (3):
z H O Y
I
N
es Al H
R, Rm O M__~G
(3) R,o [00100] In some embodiments of compounds of structure (3), Al is H, lower alkyl, or optionally-substituted lower alkyl group, an N-acyl derivative like acylamino or acylalkylamino, t-butoxycarbonyl, acetyl, formyl, carbamoyl, alkylene, or other; Rla and Rlb are separately H, lower alkyl, optionally-substituted lower alkyl, lower alkylene, optionally substituted lower alkylene group; or Al together with either Rla or Rlb form an optionally substituted heterocycloalkyl group of 3 to 6 atoms as illustrated by some of the non-limiting embodiments of compounds in Table 5.
[00101] In IAP binding compounds of structure (3), Y can be H, an alkyl group, an alkyl group of 1 to 10 carbon atoms, a branched alkyl group of 1 to 10 carbon atoms, an alkynyl group, heteroalkynyl, a cycloalkyl group of 3 to 7 carbon atoms, aryl, heteroaryl, arylalkyl;
optionally-substituted versions of the aforementioned groups such as optionally substituted alkyl group, optionally substituted alkyl group of 1 to 10 carbon atoms, an optionally substituted branched alkyl group of i to 10 carbon atoms, an optionally substituted alkenyl group, an optionally substituted alkynyl group, an optionally substituted heteroalkynyl group, an optionally substituted cycloalkyl group or 3 to 7 carbon atoms, an optionally substituted aryl group, an optionally substituted heteroaryl group, an optionally substituted arylalkyl group; in some embodiments the substituent or moiety for the aforementioned substituted group includes one or more hydroxy groups; or Y together with Z, M, G, or Rlo can for an optionally substituted carbocyclic ring, or an optionally substituted heterocyclic ring containing 1 to 5 heteroatoms, where Y is linked to Z, M, G, or Rto; preferably Y is linked to Y, M, G, or Rlo by any number of atoms up to about 20 atoms. A non-limiting example of such a heterocyclic ring is illustrated by the IAP binding molecule having the structure of formula (E12-2) in Example 12.
[00102] In IAP binding compounds of structure (3), Z can be H, alkyl, hydroxy, amino, alkylamino, diakylamino, alkoxy, cycloalkyl, cycloalkyloxy, aryl, heteroaryl, aryloxy, heteroaryloxy; optionally substituted versions of these groups; optionally substituted versions of these groups including one or more hydroxyl groups; or Z together with Y, M, G, or Rlo can form an optionally substituted carbocyclic ring, or an optionally substituted heterocyclic ring containing 1 to 5 heteroatoms, where Z is linked to Y, M, G, or Rlo;
preferably Z is linked to Y, M, G, or RIO by any number of atoms up to about 20 atoms. In some embodiments, Z is an alkyl, hydroxy, amino, alkylamino, dialkylamino, alkoxy, cycloalkyl, cycloalkyloxy, aryl, heteroaryl, aryloxy, or heteroaryloxy group. The stereochemistry of the Z substituent or group may be indicated using a bold wedged bond to show a Z group coming out of the plane of the page or a dashed wedged bond to show a Z group behind the plane of the page. In embodiments of (3), the IAP binding molecule may have a structure where the Z group is directed out of the plane of the page, the IAP binding molecule may have a structure where the Z group is directed behind the plane of the page, or the IAP binding molecule may include a mixture where the Z group is a combination of these.
[00103] In IA.P binding compounds of structure (3), M can be an optionally-substituted alkyl, alkenyl, or alkynyl group; M can be an optionally-substituted alkyl, alkenyl, or alkynyl group of 1 to 5 carbon atoms; M can be an optionally-substituted alkylene, alkenylene, or alkynylene group; or an optionally-substituted alkylene, alkenylene, or alkynylene group of 1 to 5 carbon atoms. In some embodiments, for example but not limited to IA.P
binding compounds of structure (E6) or (E14), M is a diradical alkylene like the methylene group linked at one end of the methylene group the 2 position of the pyrrolidine ring and at the other end of the methylene group to an aryl group, a heteroaryl group, or an optionally substituted heteroaryl group like a benzofuran or indole group, or optionally substituted versions of groups of structure (4a-d).
[00104] In IAP binding compounds of structure (3), G can be absent (a bond) as in the non-limiting examples of compounds of structure (E6) or (E14), or G can be a heteroatom including but not limited to -0-; -NH-; -(C=O)-; -S(O)t- where t can be the integer 0,1, or 2;
-NRis-; -NCORI$-; or NS(O),R18- where x can be the integer 0, 1, or 2, and R18 can be lower alkyl, optionally-substituted lower alkyl, or cycloalkyl or R18 can be contained within an optionally substituted carbocyclic, or optionally substituted heterocyclic ring containing 1 to 5 heteroatoms, where R18 is linked to Z, M, or R10a preferably Rl8 is linked to Z, M, or Rl0a by any number of atoms up to about 20 atoms.
[00105] In IAP binding compounds of structure (3), Rio can be an aryl, a heteroaryl group, a fused aryl, or a fused heteroaryl group. In some embodiments, for example but not limited to compounds in Table 5, Rlo can be a substituted aryl, a substituted heteroaryl group, a substituted fused aryl, or a substituted fused heteroaryl group. In some embodiments Rlo can be any one of structures (4a), (4b), (4c), or (4d):
Ril Rii R12 R12 .nrvvS.s' XRtz R'lt ~ X/R12 j>__R13 R' R13 R14 R17 R14 / R17 R14 Rn R14 Rn RIe Rta Rts R16 Rls RIs Rts Ris (4a) (4b) (4c) (4d) where X2 is a heteroatom in structures (4a) or (4b) or X2 is a carbon-carbon bond in structures (4c) or (4d), and independently groups R, 1, R', 1, R12, any of R13_17, or any of R14_17 can be H, halogen, alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, aryl, heteroaryl, hydroxyl, alkoxy, polyalkylether, amino, alkylamino, dialkylamino, alkyloxyalkyl, sulfonate, aryloxy, heteroaryloxy, other substituents or optionally substituted versions of these groups. In embodiments where Rl l or R'11 is a heteroaryl group, it can be a 2- or 3-thienyl SC4H3- (thiophenyl) group, pyridine, pyrazine or optionally substituted versions of these. In some embodiments R12 can be an aryl or a heteroaryl group, such as but not limited to benzofuran, indole, benzo[b]thiophene-1-oxide or benzo[b]thiophene-1,1-dioxide or optionally substituted versions of these. Where X2 is either -0-or -S(O)k-, for the integer k which can independently be 0, 1, or 2, R12 is absent. Independently Rl l, R' 11, R12, any of R13_17, or any of R14_17 can be H, optionally-substituted alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, aryl, heteroaryl, hydroxyl, alkoxy, polyalkylether, carboxyalkyl, alkyl carboxyalkyl, amino, alkylamino, dialkylamino, alkyloxyalkyl, aryloxy, or heteroaryloxy. Independently Rl l, R'11, R12, any of R13_ 17, or any of R14_17 can be acyl or acetyl groups, carboxylate, sulfonate, sulfone, imine, or oxime groups; or groups Rll, R'11, R12, any of R13_17, or any of R14_17 can be contained within a carbocyclic ring, or a heterocyclic ring containing 1 to 5 heteroatoms, and linked to groups at position Y, Z, M, G, Rl l, R'11, R12, any of RI3_17, or any of R14_17 , preferably these groups are linked by any number of atoms up to about 20 atoms. In some embodiments Rlo can be cycloalkyl, aryl, heterocycloalkyl, heterocycloalkenyl, heteroaryl, or optionally substituted embodiments of these. In some embodiments Rlo can be the group:
R'S
~Ss' R9 F~9 R4 R, where R3, R'3, R4, R5, R'5, can each independently be substituents like H, alkyl, cycloalkyl, alkylene, aryl, heteroaryl, alkoxy optionally substituted alkyl, cycloalkyl, alkylene, aryl, heteroaryl, halo, cyano, -(CHz)pC(=O)OH, -(CH2)pC(=O)O-alkyl, -(CH2)pC
(=0)NH2, p is independently the integer 0, 1, 2, or 3. For example, in the IA.P binding compound of structure (E4) where M is alkenylene, G is a heteroatom like -0-, Rlo can be an optionally substituted aryl group having substituents for example but not limited to hydrogen, chloro, bromo, alkyl, alkylene, alkoxy, or combinations of these.
[00106] Some embodiments of IAF binding compounds of formula (3) include compounds of structure (5) where:
Zia H O Y
I
N N
Al :,~~//
x H
~'ia Rib O M---G
(5) Rio Al is H, or lower alkyl, or Al and Rlb together form a ring of 3-5 atoms. In these embodiments, Ria is H and Rlb can be lower an alkyl group, or together with Al forms a ring of 3 to 5 atoms.
[00107] In embodiments of IAP binding compounds of structure (5), Y can be an alkyl group, an alkyl group of 1 to 10 carbon atoms, a branched alkyl group of 1 to 10 carbon atoms, an alkynyl group, heteroalkynyl, a cycloalkyl group of 3 to 7 carbon atoms, optionally substituted versions of the aforementioned groups, and/or hydroxy substituted versions of the aforementioned groups, or Y together with Zia, Zlb, or Rlo forms a carbocyclic ring, or a heterocyclic ring containing 1 to 5 heteroatoms, where Y is linked to Zla, Zlb, or Rlo; preferably Y is linked to Zia, Zlb, or Rlo by any number of atoms up to about 20 atoms;
[00108] In embodiments of IA.P binding compounds of structure (5), Zia and Zlb can independently be an H, hydroxy, amino, alkylamino, diakylamino, alkoxy, aryloxy, or heteroaryloxy group; or Zia, or Zlb, together with Y or Rlo form a carbocyclic ring, or a heterocyclic ring containing 1 to 5 heteroatoms, where Zia or Zib, is linked to Y or Rlo;
preferably Zia or Zlb, is linked to Y or Rlo by any number of atoms up to about 20 atoms;
[00109] In embodiments of IAP binding compounds of structure (5), M can be an optionally-substituted alkyl or an optionally-substituted alkylene group of 1 to 5 carbon atoms.
In these structures, G can be absent (a bond), or a heteroatom including -0-; -NH-; -(C=0)-;
-NRIg-; -NCOR18-; or -NS(O),R18- where x= 0, 1, or 2, and R18 is lower alkyl, optionally-substituted lower alkyl group.
[00110) The LAY binding compounds or molecules of structure (2), (3), or (5) can be prepared by various processes, which are described by the non-limiting Schemes in the Examples and which also fonn part of the subject matter of the present invention. These LAY
binding molecules may be prepared from molecules of structure (6a) or (6b):
z z Y
Y
N
N R"R'N
R"R'N --1Y O M\G
O Rz (6a) (6b) RIo where Y, M, Z, G, R2 and Rl are previously described and where R' and R" can be H, or a protecting group. The stereochemistry of the Z or M substituent or group may be indicated using a bold wedged bond to show either group coming out of the plane of the page or a dashed wedged bond to show a Z or M group behind the plane of the page. In embodiments of structure (6a) or (6b), the LAY binding molecule may have a structure where the Z or M
group is directed out of the plane of the page, the LAY binding molecule may have a structure where the Z or M
group is directed behind the plane of the page, or the IAP binding molecule may include a mixture where the Z or M group includes a combination of these. Structures of formula structure (6a) or (6b) may be prepared from compounds such as but not limited to pyrrolidines like (1) in Scheme I or (29) in Scheme IVa using the procedures or similar processes described herein. The structures of formula structure (6a) or (6b) may be further reacted to yield IAP binding molecules of structure (2), (3), or (5) by treatment with an N-Boc-amino acid or other suitable amine containing moiety that includes Al, A2, Ria, or Rlb or combinations of these as described herein.
[00111] Certain acidic or basic compounds of the present invention may exist as zwitterions. All forms of the compounds, including free acid, free base and zwitterions, are contemplated to be within the scope of the present invention. It is well known in the art that compounds containing both amino and carboxyl groups often exist in equilibrium with their zwitterionic forms. Thus, any of the compounds described herein throughout that contain, for example, both amino and carboxyl groups also include reference to their corresponding zwitterions.
[00112] In any of the above teachings, an IAP binding cargo molecule or other IAP
binding compound of the invention may be either a compound of one of the formulae herein described, or a stereoisomer, prodrug, pharmaceutically acceptable salt, hydrate, solvate, acid salt hydrate, or isomorphic crystalline form thereof.
[00113] Pharmaceutically acceptable salt refers to those salts of the IAP
binding cargo molecules and IAP binding compounds of structure (2), (3), or (5) or dimers thereof which retain the biological effectiveness and properties of the free bases or free acids, cell permeation and IA.P binding, and which are not biologically or otherwise undesirable. If the compound exists as a free base, the desired salt may be prepared by methods known to those of ordinary skill in the art, such as treatment of the compound with an inorganic acids such as hydrochloric acid, hydrobromic acid, sulfuric acid, nitric acid, phosphoric acid and the like; or with an organic acids such as acetic acid, propionic acid, glycolic acid, pyruvic acid, oxalic acid, maleic acid, malonic acid, succinic acid, fumaric acid, tartaric acid, citric acid, benzoic acid, cinnamic acid, mandelic acid, methanesulfonic acid, ethanesulfonic acid, p-toluenesulfonic acid, salicylic acid, and the like. If the compound exists as a free acid, the desired salt may also be prepared by methods known to those of ordinary skill in the art, such as the treatment of the compound with an inorganic base or an organic base. Salts derived from inorganic bases include, but are not limited to, the sodium, potassium, lithium, ammonium, calcium, magnesium, iron, zinc, copper, manganese, aluminum salts and the like. Salts derived from organic bases include, but are not limited to, salts of primary, secondary, and tertiary amines, substituted amines including naturally occurring substituted amines, cyclic amines and basic ion exchange resins, such as isopropylamine, trimethylamine, diethylamine, triethylamine, tripropylamine, ethanolamine, 2-dimethylaminoethanol, 2-diethylaminoethanol, trimethamine, dicyclohexylamine, lysine, arginine, histidine, caffeine, procaine, hydrabamine, choline, betaine, ethylenediamine, glucosamine, methylglucamine, theobromine, purines, piperazine, piperidine, N-ethylpiperidine, polyamine resins and the like.
[00-i-L 14] The IA.P binding cargo molecules or their phannaceutically acceptable salts may include pharmaceutically acceptable solvent molecules within their crystal lattice.
Where the solvent is water, the compounds may form hydrates, in the case of other solvents and in particular organic solvents such as but not limited to ethanol the compounds may form solvates. The IA.P binding cargo molecules or JAP binding compounds of structure (2), (3), or (5) and its homologs may be formulated, isolated, or purified as solvates.
[00115] The compounds employed in the methods of the present invention may exist in prodrug form. Prodrug includes any covalently bonded carriers which release the active parent drug, for example, as according to formula (2) or other formulas or compounds employed in the methods of the present invention in vivo when such prodrug is administered to a mammalian subject. Since prodrugs are known to enhance numerous desirable qualities of pharmaceuticals (e.g. solubility, bioavailability, manufacturing, etc.) the compounds employed in the present methods may, if desired, be delivered in prodrug form. Thus, the present invention contemplates methods of delivering prodrugs. Prodrugs of the compounds employed in the present invention, for example formula (2) may be prepared by modifying functional groups present in the compound in such a way that the modifications are cleaved, either in routine manipulation or in vivo, to the parent compound.
[00116] Accordingly, prodrugs include, for example, compounds described herein in which a hydroxy, amino, or carboxy group is bonded to any group that, when the prodrug is administered to a mammalian subject, cleaves to form a free hydroxyl, free amino, or carboxylic acid, respectively. Examples include, but are not limited to, acetate, formate and benzoate derivatives of alcohol and amine functional groups; and alkyl, carbocyclic, aryl, and alkylaryl esters such as methyl, ethyl, n-propyl, iso-propyl, butyl, isobutyl, sec-butyl, tert-butyl, cyclopropyl, phenyl, benzyl, and phenethyl esters, and the like.
[00117] The compounds employed in the methods of the present invention may be prepared in a number of ways well known to those skilled in the art. The compounds can be synthesized, for example, by the methods described in the specification and example, or variations thereon as appreciated by the skilled artisan. All processes disclosed in association with the present invention are contemplated to be practiced on any scale, including microgram, milligram, gram, multi-gram, kilogram, multi-kilogram or commercial industrial scale.
[00118] IA.P binding compounds of structure (2), (3), or (5) can be mixed or combined with pharmaceutically acceptable excipients or treated by lyophilization. These pharmaceutical compositions may be administered topically, locally or systemically to a sample of cells, a tissue, or patient. Topical or local administration can allow for greater control of application of the pharmaceutical compositon. The IAP binding molecules or compounds including structure (2), (3), or (5) singularly or in combination, can be mixed with an appropriate pharmaceutical carrier prior to administration. Examples of generally used pharmaceutical carriers and additives that can be used to form pharmaceutical, diagnostic, or therapeutic composition of the IAP binding molecules may include but are not limited to conventional diluents, binders, lubricants, coloring agents, disintegrating agents, buffer agents, isotonizing agents, preservants, anesthetics and the like. Pharmaceutical carriers that may be used include but are not limited to water, saline, ethanol, dextran, sucrose, lactose, maltose, xylose, trehalose, mannitol, xylitol, sorbitol, inositol, serum albumin, gelatin, creatinine, polyethylene glycol, non-ionic surfactants (e.g. polyoxyethylene sorbitan fatty acid esters, polyoxyethylene hardened castor oil, sucrose fatty acid esters, polyoxyethylene polyoxypropylene glycol) and similar compounds. Pharmaceutical carriers and excipients as well as IAP binding molecules may also be used in combination.
[00119] Stereoisomers are compounds having identical molecular formulae and nature or sequence of bonding but differing in the arrangement of their atoms in space and include optical and geometrical isomers. Compounds of the present invention, or their pharmaceutically acceptable salts, can have one or more asymmetric carbon atoms or other asymmetric atoms in their structure, and may therefore exist as single stereoisomers, enantiomers, diastereoisomers, racemates, and mixtures of enantiomers or diastereomers. These compounds may also include geometric isomers. All such stereoisomers, racemates and mixtures thereof the IA.P binding compounds and IAP binding cargo molecules of the present invention are intended to be within the scope of this invention unless the specific stereochemistry or isomeric form is specifically indicated. It is well known in the art how to prepare and isolate such optically active forms. For example, mixtures of stereoisomers may be separated by standard techniques including, but not limited to, resolution of racemic forms, normal, reverse-phase, and chiral chromatography, preferential salt formation, recrystallization, and the like, or by chiral synthesis either from chiral starting materials or by deliberate synthesis of target chiral centers.
[00120) IAP binding molecules of structures (2), (3), or (5) that contain chiral centers and the molecules can be in the form of a single enantiomer or as a racemic mixture of enantiomers. In some cases, i.e., with regard to the structure of certain specific IAP binding molecules, chirality (i.e., relative stereochemistry) of substituents or groups is indicated in the structure using a bold wedged bond to indicate a substituent coming out of the plane of the page and a dashed wedged bond to indicate a substituent behind the plane of the page. In other cases the stereochemistry is not indicated and such structures are intended to encompass both the enantiomerically pure or purified forms of the compound shown as well as a racemic mixture of enantiomers.
[00121] As will be readily understood, functional groups present may contain protecting groups during the course of synthesis. Protecting groups are chemical functional groups that can be selectively appended to and removed from functionalities, such as amine, hydroxyl groups or carboxyl groups. These groups are present in a chemical compound to render such functionality inert to chemical reaction conditions to which the compound is exposed. Any of a variety of protecting groups may be employed with the present invention.
Protecting groups include the benzyloxycarbonyl group and the tert-butyloxycarbonyl group. The term "protecting group" or "blocking group" refers to any group which when bound to one or more hydroxyl, amino, carboxyl or other groups of the compounds (including intermediates thereof such as the aminolactams, aminolactones, etc.) prevents reactions from occurring at these groups and which protecting group can optionally be removed by conventional chemical or enzymatic steps to reestablish the hydroxyl, ainino, carboxyl group for use in an IAP binding compound. The particular removable blocking group employed is not critical and preferred removable hydroxyl or amine blocking groups include conventional substituents such as allyl, benzyl, acetyl, chloroacetyl, thiobenzyl, benzylidine, phenacyl, t-butyl-diphenylsilyl, t-butyl carbamate, benzyl carbamate and any other group that can be introduced chemically onto a hydroxyl, amine, or other functionality and later selectively removed either by chemical or enzymatic methods in mild conditions compatible with the nature of the product.
[00122] The cargo portion of the molecule may be part of the backbone or IAP
binding portion of the molecule or the cargo portion may be chemically bonded or linked to the IAP binding portion of the molecule. For example, the cargo portion may be another unit of the formula (2), (3) or (5), linked by a linking group to the first unit, thereby forming a dimer and may further comprise an additional cargo portion. The cargo portion may also be any of the substituents Al, A2, Ria, Rlb, Y, R2, or Z in molecules of formula (2), preferably the cargo portion is linked to Y, R2, or Z in molecules of formula (2). In molecules of formula (3), or (5), the cargo portion may be any of the substituents AI, Ria, Rlb, Rio, Y, M, G, or Z (includes Zia and Ztb), preferably the cargo portion includes a substituent linked at Y, Z
(include Zia and Zlb), or Rlo. The cargo portion of the molecule may include but is not limited to structures, moieties, and substituents for imaging, therapeutics, detectable groups, probes, labels, or markers. The cargo portion and IAP binding portion of the molecule may be connected by a chemical bond to the IAP binding portion including but not limited to amide, ester, or disulfide bonds, chelation, or by a linking group such as diaminobutane or ethylene glycol and its oligomers where it is desirable to separate the IAP binding portion of the molecule from the cargo portion of the molecule. One or more atoms in any portion of the IA.P binding cargo molecule may be a radioisotope and used for detection or treatement.
[00123] The ability to quickly assay small molecules for their effectiveness in disrupting protein-protein interactions can be used in the development of viable drug candidates.
One aspect of the present invention comprises an assay that can be used to test the binding affinity of a library of IAP binding compounds for their ability to bind to the BIR domain of an inhibitor of apoptosis protein (IAP), for example the BIR3 domain of mammalian XIAP. The assay may be based on a detectable label, which can be a fluorogenic dye molecule that is the cargo portion of an IAP-binding cargo molecule. The detectable label may be any of the substituents in the molecules of formula (2), (3), or (5). For example, the detectable label may be linked to the substituent R2, or linked to the substituents R2a_, supra in molecules having the structure of formula (2) z a O Y (6*) I (3*) ~ I (4*) "
A' X' y (5*) R1a R1b O RZ
(2) Similarly the detectable label may be linked to substituents like Y, Z, M, G, Rlo, or other substituents in molecules having the structure of formula (3), or (5) and pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
[00124] A detectable label included in a molecule of formula (2), (3), or (5) can be a dye such as is a fluorogenic dye whose emission is sensitive to the environment of the dye.
However, the detectable label portion of an LkP binding cargo molecule may also be an NMR-active nucleus or a contrast agent and the selective identification is performed through nuclear magnetic resonance or magnetic resonance imaging. The detectable label in an IAP-binding cargo molecule may also be a radioisotope and where the selective identification is performed through positron emission tomography. The cargo portion of the molecule may also be used to destroy cells through a toxic effect of the cargo portion of the molecule.
[00125] Without wishing to be bound by theory, it is believed that the molecule of stucture (2), (3), or (5) packs into the BIR domain of an IAP. Where the molecule of structure (2), (3), or (5) has a fluorgenic dye as a cargo substituent, preferably the packing of the molecule of structure (2), (3), or (5) into the groove of the BIR of an IAP causes a large shift in emission maximum and intensity of the dye when the environment of the IAP binding cargo molecule changes from water to the hydrophobic pocket or binding in or near the groove of the IAP. If a molecule (e. g., the native Smac protein or a test IAP binding compound) displaces the IAP
binding cargo molecule of formula (2), (3), or (5) with the fluorgenic dye from the IAP, then emission will shift back to the spectrum observed for the IAP binding cargo molecule with the fluorogenic dye in water. Since the emission intensity is related to the binding of a test peptide, or IAP binding compound with the IAP, the intensity can be used to estimate the equilibrium constant, Ka, for displacement of the molecule of formula (2), (3), or (5) by the IA.P binding compound; Ka refers to an equilibrium constant for association that is inversely related to the dissociation Kd = 1/Ka,. The larger the equilibrium constant Ka, the greater affinity the IAP
binding compound has for the BIR or BIR3. This allows the most promising inhibitors to be quickly determined, and structural information about effective inhibitors can be incorporated into the design of candidates for the next round of testing. An IAP binding cargo molecule of formula (2) having a detectable lable may be complexed to an LkP and used to screen other IAP
binding compounds.
[00126] It will be understood by those of skill in the art that, although the LkP
binding cargo molecule of formula (2), (3), or (5) described above is exemplified and preferred for practice of the invention, various combinations of IAP binding compounds, BIR binding domains of different IAP's, and detectable labels may be used interchangeably to create variations of the assay described above.
[00127] The IA.P binding cargo molecule of structure (2), (3), or (5) or dimers thereof may comprise any suitable therapeutic molecule or detectable label, such as but not limited to a fluorophore, radioisotope, or NMR active nucleus, such that binding of the IAP
binding cargo molecule to the BIR domain of an IAP, and preferably the BIR3 groove of XIA.P, is not detrimentally affected by the presence of the detectable label or therapeutic in the IA.P
binding cargo molecule. Preferably the molecule is cell permeable. A non-limiting example of a detectable label which may be coupled to the IA.P binding compounds and IAP
binding cargo molecules of structure (2), (3), or (5) is the fluorogenic dye 6-Bromoacetyl-2-dimethylaminonaphthalene (badan) dye. Badan is a fluorogenic dye whose sensitivity to environmental changes has previously been made use of to probe protein binding interactions.
[00128] The IAP binding cargo molecules of structure (2), (3), or (5) can be used in an assay of test compounds that can bind to the BIR domain of an IA.P.
These molecules may be used for example to relieve suppression of apoptosis or to release sequestered proteins like Smac from IAPs in cells. A high-throughput, cell-free assay, for compounds of structure (2), (3), or (5) may also be prepared using a fluorescently labeled peptide like (AbuRPF-K(5-Fam)-NH2).
A wide variety of IAP binding compounds may be screened or assayed for their ability to bind to the BIR domain of IAPs. IAP binding molecules with greater binding ability than the naturally-occurring Smac, or IA.P binding molecules that can release sequesterd Smac from IA.P in cells can be identified by such an assay. These compounds may be developed as therapeutic agents, pharmaceutical compositions for the modification, and preferably the promotion, of apoptosis in treatment of diseases or pathological conditions in which cell proliferation plays a role. These identified compounds may be used as prophylactics and can also be modified to include detectable labels or toxic agents. The assay may be further used in high throughput screening of large panels of compounds generated by combinatorial chemistry or other avenues of rational drug design. The fluorescence assay can be used to test the binding of a library of IAP binding cargo molecules modeled on the binding of Smac and its homologs, and preferably the binding of Smac N-terminus, to the surface pocket of the BIR3 region of XIAP. The results of such screening make it possible to parse the contribution of each moiety in the structure of the IAP
binding cargo molecule to the total binding of the interaction. For example, by comparing the binding, Kd, of molecules (5-54) and (5-55) in Table 5 for different sized alkyl groups for Rlb, the contribution of methylene group to the IAP binding Kd, can be used to make further modifications to the molecules.
[00129] The present invention features, LkP binding compounds and methods of their use for binding to Inhibitor of Apoptosis Proteins (IAPs), including but not limited to XIAP, c-IAP1, c-IAP2, survivin, ML-IAP or combinations of these. One function of IAPs is to suppress programmed cell death, whereas Smac, or LkP binding compounds of structure (2), (3), or (5) can be used to relieve that suppression. The mammalian IAP binding protein Smac is dependent upon binding of its N-terminal four residues to a featured surface groove in a portion of XIAP referred to as the BIR3 domain. This binding prevents XIAP from exerting its apoptosis-suppressing function with caspases in the cell. An LkP binding cargo molecule, such as those of formula (2), (3), or (5), may be used to relieve XIAP-mediated or other IAP-mediated suppression of apoptosis in mammalian cells and can optionally provide a functional group having a detectable property or a therapeutic function to the cell. TAP
binding cargo molecule, such as those of formula (2), (3), or (5), may be used or to release sequestered proteins like Smac from IA.Ps in cells.
[00130] One embodiment of the invention is a method of using versions of IAP
binding compounds of formula (2), (3), or (5) that can include administering to abnormal cells or tissue, which may be known to overexpress IAP as well as other cell lines related to developmental disorders, cancer, autoimmune diseases, as well as neuro-degenerative disorders such as but not limited to for example SK-OV-3 cells, HeLa cells, or other cells, an amount of the IA.P binding compounds or LkP binding cargo molecules in various embodiments of formula (2), (3), or (5) that is effective to reduce, eliminate, or otherwise treat the sample of cells. An amount of the IAP binding compounds or IA.P binding cargo molecules in various embodiments of formula (2), (3), or (5) can be administered to normal cells or tissue as a control. The amount of compound of formula (2), (3), or (5), combinations of these, or combinations that include other therapeutic compounds that are effective to reduce the proliferation condition can be determined from changes in the optical density of treated and control cell or tissue samples. The administered compound of structure (2), (3), or (5), in some embodiments include those with an EC50 as measured using the method described, for example, in Example 1 for the LkP binding compounds of less than about 1 micromolar, in other embodiments an EC50 of less than about 0.5 micromolar, and in still other embodiments the EC50 for the administered TAP
binding compounds of structure (2), (3), or (5) can be less than about 0.06 micromolar.
[00131] The term IAP binding compound refers to a molecule that provides tertiary binding or activity with the BIR-containing protein's functional domain (e.g., binding motif or active site) of an IAP. These IAP binding compounds can be non-peptide agents such as small molecule drugs of structure (2), (3), or (5) or that include molecules of structure (2), (3), or (5). Knowing the structural features and bonding of naturally-occurring IA.P-binding cargo molecules such as Smac and its homologs, it is advantageous to make IA.P
binding compounds that have similar or improved binding compared to the core IAP-binding N-terminal tetrapeptides of Smac and its homologs. One added advantages of IAP binding cargo molecules of structure (2), (3), or (5) in various embodiments of the invention is that compounds of this size and structure can be prepared by large scale syntheses, they can be chemically modified to have improved solubility in aqueous solution, have improved cell permeance, and provide ease of delivery to selected targets in vivo.
[00132] IAP-binding cargo molecules of the invention can include amino acids as well as molecules where the amino acids are modified to produce IAP binding compounds by elimination, replacement or modification, of one or more naturally occurring side chains of the genetically encoded amino acids. Replacement can include exchange of one or more of the L
amino acids with D amino acids. Where the naturally occurring side chains of the amino acids are replaced, groups such as alkyl, lower alkyl, cyclic 4-, 5-, 6-, to 7-membered alkyl, amide, lower alkyl arnide, di(lower alkyl) amide, lower alkoxy, hydroxy, carboxy and the lower ester derivatives thereof, and with 4-, 5-, 6-, to 7-membered heterocyclics can be used. For example, proline analogs can be made in which the ring size of the proline residue is changed from 5 members to 4, 6, or 7 members or substituents are added at various positions (2, 3, 4, or 5) on the ring. For example in the structure of formula (2), the substituents may be an ester group R2, or an aryloxy group Z. Cyclic groups can be saturated or unsaturated, and if unsaturated, can be aromatic or non-aromatic. Heterocyclic groups may be used in as a side group in R2 in the molecules of formula (2), (3), or (5). The heterocyclics can contain one or more nitrogen, oxygen, and/or sulphur heteroatoms. Examples of such heterocyclic groups include the furazanyl, fliryl, imidazolidinyl, imidazolyl, imidazolinyl, isothiazolyl, isoxazolyl, morpholinyl (e.g. morpholino), oxazolyl, piperazinyl (e.g. 1-piperazinyl), piperidyl (e.g.
1-piperidyl, piperidino), pyranyl, pyrazinyl, pyrazolidinyl, pyrazolinyl, pyrazolyl, pyridazinyl, pyridyl, pyrimidinyl, pyrrolidinyl (e.g. 1-pyrrolidinyl), pyrrolinyl, pyrrolyl, thiadiazolyl, thiazolyl, thienyl, thiomorpholinyl (e.g. thiomorpholino), and triazolyl. These heterocyclic groups can be substituted or unsubstituted. Where a group is substituted, the substituent can be alkyl, alkoxy, halogen, oxygen, or substituted or unsubstituted phenyl. The IAP binding compounds may also have amino acid residues that have been chemically modified by phosphorylation, sulfonation, biotinylation, or the addition or removal of other moieties.
[00133] A variety of synthetic techniques known to those skilled in the art are available for constructing LkP binding compounds with the same or similar desired biological activity as the corresponding native peptide but with more favorable activity than the peptide with respect to solubility, stability, cell permeability, immunogenicity, and/or susceptibility to hydrolysis or proteolysis. These IAP binding cargo molecules are synthetic compounds having a three-dimensional structure (i.e. a "peptide motif') based upon the three-dimensional structure of a selected Smac peptide or homolog. The peptide motif provides the LkP binding compound with the desired biological activity, i.e., binding to IA.P, wherein the binding activity of the IAP
binding compound compound is not substantially reduced, and is often the same as or greater than the activity of the native peptide on which the IAP binding compound is modeled. LkP
binding cargo molecules of the present invention, can have additional beneficial characteristics that enhance their therapeutic application, such as decrease cost for synthesis, increased cell permeability, enhanced stability to radiological elements, greater affinity and/or avidity for target IAPs, and prolonged biological half-life.
[00134] In one class of IA.P binding compounds, the backbone can include various chemical bonds such as ester, thioester, thioamide, retroamide, reduced carbonyl, dimethylene and ketomethylene bonds, to modify IAP binding in the IAP binding cargo compounds.
[00135] Because caspases are cytosolic enzymes, diagnostic, imaging, prophylactic, and therapeutic TAP binding cargo molecules that chemically bind with the IA.P
proteins preferably cross cell membranes. The cell membrane-permeant IAP
binding cargo molecule complexes of the present invention are preferably those that can confer the desired intracellular translocation and IA.P binding properties to the LkP binding cargo molecules.
Preferably, these LkP binding cargo molecules are characterized by their ability to confer transmembrane translocation and internalization of a complex LkP binding cargo molecule of structure (2), (3), or (5) when administered to the external surface of an intact cell, tissue or organ. The ability of the TAP binding cargo molecules of the present invention to permeate the cell and become localized within cytoplasmic and/or nuclear compartments may be demonstrated by a variety of detection methods such as, for example, fluorescence microscopy, confocal microscopy, electron microscopy, autoradiography, or immunohistochemistry.
[00136] Without wishing to be bound by theory, the IAP binding cargo molecule of structure (2), (3), or (5) can bind to IA.Ps in the cell and can but is not limited to competitively displacing TAPs bound to a caspases in the cells or releasing Smac sequestered with IAPs in the cells. The IAP binding cargo molecule chemically, physically, or by a combination of these, binds to an IAP protein and may displace it from a mature caspase or Smae protein in a cell. The physical interaction between the IA.P binding portion of the IAP binding cargo molecule and an IAP protein can be used to modify apoptosis in cells.
[00137] LAY binding molecules or cargo molecules of formula (2), (3), or (5) can have an LAY binding portion which can, for example, displace a molecule or polypeptide such as a mature caspase or fluorescently labeled peptide (AbuRPF-K(5-Fam)-NH2) from the BIR
domain of an IAP. Where an increase in apoptosis in cells is desirable, LAY
binding molecules of formula (2), (3), or (5) having a binding constant Kd as measured by the methods described, for example, in Example 1 for the displacement of (AbuRPF-K(5-Fam)-NHa) from the BIR
domain of an IAP can be less than about 10 M, in some embodiments Kd can be less than about 1 M, and in still other embodiments Kd can be less than 0.1 micromolar under the assay conditions described in the examples.
[00138] The labeled IAP-binding cargo molecule of structure (2), (3), or (5) may include any suitable detectable label, including fluorophores, chromophores, fluorescent nanoparticles, and other dyes, isotopes, radioisotopes, metals, small molecules and the like.
Where the label is linked or bonded to the IA.P binding portion of the molecule, the label preferably does not interfere substantially with the cell permeance or binding of the molecule to IA.P and permits its use in diagnostic or therapeutic applications. In selecting a label, preferably a detectable property of the label changes with the binding of the LAY binding cargo molecule to the BIR domain of an IAP protein. The detectable property of the label may change because the interaction of the label with the*cellular environment changes when the molecule binds to IA.P
thereby enhancing or diminishing the property.
[00139] IAP-binding cargo molecules can also find utility as therapeutic agents. In one instance the binding of the IAP binding cargo molecule to IAP in cells can be used to modify apoptosis in cells in need of treatement. In another instance, an IAP binding cargo molecule where the cargo portion is radiolabeled may be used for radiation therapy.
Through the use of these cargo molecules, radioactive atoms may be administered to a tumor, tissue, or other population of cancer cells that overexpress IAP protein. The IAP in the tumor becomes bonded to the IAP binding cargo molecule with the radionuclei. Similarly, IAP-binding cargo molecules may be designed to incorporate a dye that is active in photodynamic therapy.
Other such therapeutic utilities will be apparent to those skilled in the art.
[00140] Cells being evaluated to detect abnormal levels of IAP in the cells may be mixed and optionally incubated with an IAP binding cargo molecule in a fluid sample in a vessel or wells, a flowing fluid, or fluids following purification. These samples may be monitored for changes in a detectable property of the IAP binding cargo molecule. For example, flow cytometry is a method for analyzing cells labeled with a fluorescent probe molecule on a flow cytometer. In a flow cytometer. the cells pass single-file through a focused laser beam where they emit fluorescence from the probe within the cell that can be detected by the photomultiplier tubes of the cytometer. Cells with abnormal expression, high or low, of IAP
may be contacted and optionally incubated with IA.P binding cargo molecules of structure (2), (3), or (5) having a fluorescent probe cargo portion. The binding of the IAP binding cargo molecules to the IAP
protein in the cells may be detected by the flow cytometer. The intensity of the fluorescence emission can be measured, digitized, and stored on a computer disk for analysis and comparison to the fluorescent emission from control cells, samples of cells being treated, or other cell samples whose IAP expression is to be determined.
[00141] A method of screening for IAP proteins in cells with a molecule that binds the BIR domain in an IAP protein is provided. The method includes combining an IAP binding cargo molecule of formula (2), (3), or (5) and the IAP proteins from cells, under conditions wherein the IA.P binding cargo molecule and IAP protein can combine. It may include the step of incubating a sample of cells with an IAP binding cargo molecule. IAP
binding by the molecule, an indication of the presence of IAP in the cells may be determined by monitoring a detectable binding property of the IAP binding cargo molecule. A change in the detectable property of the IA.P binding molecule may be used to determine the expression of IAP in the cells. VVhere IAP protein is over expressed in cells, the IAP binding cargo molecule can be used to bind the IAP and relieve IAP-mediated inhibition of caspase activity in the cell. Alternatively, where an IAP protein sequesters a protein like Smac or other protein involved in apoptosis, the IAP binding cargo molecule of structure (2), (3), or (5) can be used to release the sequested Smac or other protein from the IAP and modify apoptosis within the cells.
Where desirable or necessary in a course of treatment, other IAP binding cargo molecules may be administered to the cells. These additional IAP binding cargo molecules may have different binding affinity for the IAP and may optionally include a cargo portion that is a therapeutic agent such as a radioisotope.
[00142] The IA.P-binding cargo molecules, for example those of formula (2), may be utilized in various assays to screen for and identify compounds capable of acting as agonists or antagonists of the IAP-caspase protein or IAP-Smac interactions within cells. For example, IAP binding cargo molecules which can disrupt IAP-caspase interaction, antagonists of this interaction, are expected to be useful as pro-apoptotic drugs for treatment of cell proliferative diseases such as cancer. Agonists of this interaction may be be useful as anti-apoptotic drugs for treatment of diseases where inhibition of apoptosis is needed, e.g., degenerative diseases such as Alzheimer's disease.
[00143] A living system may include plants, animals, single and multicellular organisms, and insects. The term mammal includes humans and all domestic and wild animals, including, without limitation, cattle, horses, swine, sheep, goats, dogs, cats, and the like.
[00144] An effective amount refers to that amount of a an IAP binding cargo molecule of forrnula (2), (3), or (5) of the present invention which, when administered to a sample of one or more cells including a tissue, or a living system such as an animal, preferably a mammal, in need thereof, is sufficient to effect detection of IAP in tissue or cells, prophylaxis of tissue or cells, or therapeutic treatment of IAP in the cells or tissue, preferably those in a living system. For disease-states alleviated by the inhibition of IA.P activity, the amount of a compound of the present invention which constitutes a therapeutically effective amount that modifies or promotes apoptosis in one or more cells including a tissue, or a subject will vary depending on the compound, the disease-state and its severity, and the mammal to be treated, but can be determined routinely by one of ordinary skill in the art having regard to his own knowledge and to this disclosure. A diagnostically effetive amount is an amount of an IAP
binding cargo molecule sufficient to perrnit detection of IAP in cells or tissue and may for example vary depending upon the location of the cell or tissue and the stability of the IAP
binding-cargo molecule. A prophylactically effective amount is an amount of an IAP binding cargo molecule that prevents the occurance of a disease state and may be determined for example by prophylactic administration of TAP binding cargo molecules to cells, tissue, or test animals with controls and then exposing these to conditions known to induce abnormal cellular proliferation and then determining the prophylactically effective amount of the IAP binding cargo molecule.
[00145] Treating or treatment of a disease-state in a sample of cells, a tissue, a mammal, and particularly in a human can include detecting the presence of disease in the cells using compounds of structure (2), (3), or (5) of the present invention and where a disease is detected, optionally followed by administration of compounds of the present invention to the one or more cells, to an animal or tissue including human subjects, to modify and preferably promote apoptosis. The disease-state in the case of over expression of IA.P proteins in cells may be alleviated by the inhibition of an IAP-caspase interaction or an IAP-Smac interaction by administering IA.P binding cargo molecules of the present invention to the cells thereby causing regression of the disease-state. The treatment can also include: preventing the disease-state from occurring in a mammal. For example, in a mammal that is predisposed to a disease-state characterized by inhibition of apoptosis, but the mammal has not yet been diagnosed as having the disease; an effective amount of the IA.P binding compounds of the present invention may be administed to cells or the patient to inhibit the disease-state or arrest its development.
[00146] In one embodiment, molecules of structure (2), (3), of (5) can be administered as a composition to provide systemic distribution of the IAP
binding molecules such as by oral, buccal or parenteral administration in the mammal or human.
The administration can be included in a method of treating mammals, especially humans, suffering from a proliferation disorder or that are at risk of a proliferation disorder.
"At risk" refers to mammals like persons whose genotype, family history, or other risk factors indicates a greater than normal likelihood that the person will suffer from a proliferation disorder if left untreated.
[00147] The expression of IA.P in cells can be detected in patients without the need for surgery. Accordingly, the present invention encompasses compounds and methods for detecting intracellular biochemical activities in living systems such as, whole animals, tissues, or cells, by administering IAP binding cargo molecules of this invention which translocate into cells, and which are detectable in living cells at distances removed from the cells by the presence of intervening tissue. The methods and compositions can be used for identifying cells or tissue having abnormal expression of IAP in a combination of one or more cells or tissues; and administering an effective amount of an IA.P-binding cargo molecule to bind with the IAP in the sample cells and modify the activity of the IA.P in the cells or tissue.
Examples of tissues to which the methods and compositions of the present invention can be applied include, for example, cancer cells, in particular, central nervous system tumors, breast cancer, liver cancer, lung, head and neck cancer, lymphomas, leukemias, multiple myeloma, bladder cancer, ovarian cancer, prostate cancer, renal tumors, sarcomas, colon and other gastrointestinal cancers, metastases, and melanomas. Other examples of diseases, conditions or disorders where modification of apoptosis or abnormal IAP activity are involved and to which the methods and compositions of the present invention can be applied include, but are not limited to infection, inflammation, neurodegenerative diseases such as Alzheimer disease and Parkinson's disease. A
proliferation disorder may include a disorder in which IAP activity inhibits apoptosis in cells receiving an apoptotic stimulus.
[00148] Apoptosis may be promoted in a sample of cells by administering to the cells an amount of an IAP-binding cargo molecule effective to stimulate apoptosis in the cells.
The cells may be cultured cells, cells from within a tissue, and the tissue preferably is located within a living organism, preferably an animal, more preferably a mammal, and most preferably a human. These latter embodiments are carried out by formulating the IAP-binding cargo molecules of the invention in a therapeutically effective amount as a pharmaceutical preparation for administration to a mammalian subject. Such a pharmaceutical preparation constitutes another aspect of the present invention.
[00149] The ability of a pharmaceutical agent to simulate or inhibit apoptosis may be tested in a cell-free activity assay of downstream targets of IAP. In the absence of an IA.P-binding cargo molecule, IAP itself can for example interact with Smac or inhibit the activity of caspases, thereby arresting apoptosis. Such assays include, but are not limited to, direct caspase-9 activity assays and caspase activation assays (cleavage of procaspases). In these assays, an IAP-binding cargo molecule of the invention, having a pre-determined level of activity in such assays, is used as a positive control and, optionally, a corresponding molecule known not to be active in the assay is used as a negative control. Assays can be conducted using these controls, and the cells undergoing the treatment evaluated on relief of inhibition of Smac or caspase activity by IAP in the presence of the IAP binding cargo molecule of structure (2), (3), or (5).
Cells that undergo apoptosis can be differentiated from normal cells by distinct morphological changes or by molecular markers, such as cleavage of chromosomes into nucleosome ladders (detected by nuclear DNA staining).
[00150] Pharmaceutically active or biologically active IAP binding cargo molecules of the invention are those that bind IAP (inhibitor of apoptosis protein), specifically the BIR domain of IAP, more specifically the BIR3 binding groove of XIAP. This biological activity may be measured with respect to any IAP, including but not limited to XIAP, c-IAP1, c-IAP2, survivin, ML-IAP, and DIAP.
[00151] Various aspects of the present invention will be illustrated with reference to the following non-limiting examples.
[00152] Binding constants (Ka) were measured using fluorescence polarization as described by Zaneta Nikolovska-Coleska, Renxiao Wang, Xueliang Fang, Hongguang Pan, York Tomita, Peng Li, Peter P. Roller, Krzysztof Krajewski, Naoyuki Saito, Jeanne Stuckey and Shaomeng Wang, in 'Development and Optimization of a Binding Assay for the Domain Using Fluorescence Polarization", Analytical Bi chemistry 2004, 332,261-273).
Briefly, test IAP binding compounds at various concentrations for binding measurements were mixed with 5 nM fluorescently labeled peptide (AbuRPF-K(5-Fam)-NH2) and 40 nM
of XIAP-BIR3 for 15 minutes at room temperature in 100 L of 0.1M Potassium Phosphate buffer, pH 7.5 containing 100 g/ml bovine y-globulin. Following incubation, the polarization values (mP) were measured on a Victor2V using a 485 nm excitation filter and a 520 nm emission filter. IC50 values were determined from the plot using nonlinear least-squares analysis using GraphPad Prism. The Kd values of competitive inhibitors were calculated using the equation described by by Zaneta Nikolovska-Coleska et al. based upon the measured IC50 values, the Kd value of the probe and XIAP BIR3 complex, and the concentrations of the protein and probe in the competition assay. In various examples of IAP binding or IA.P binding cargo molecules ranges for Kd values: Group A: Kd < 0.1 M; Group B: Kd = 0.1-1 M; Group C: Kd = 1-10 M;
Group D: Kd > 10 M.
[00153] This example illustrates use of compounds of embodiments of the present invention that can be used in a method of treating cells. The method using these IAP binding compounds can include administering to abnormal cells, which may be known to overexpress IAP as well as other cell lines related to developmental disorders, cancer, autoimmune diseases, as well as neuro-degenerative disorders such as but not limited to for example SK-OV-3 cells, HeLa cells or other cells, an amount of the IAP binding compounds or IA.P
binding cargo molecules in various embodiments of formula (2), (3), or (5) that is effective to reduce, eliminate, or otherwise treat the sample of cells.
[00154] The MTT assay is an example of an assay that has been used for measuring cell growth as previously described (Hansen, M. B., Nielsen, S. E., and Berg, K. J.
Immunol. Methods 1989, 119, 203-210) and incorporated herein by reference in its entirety.
Briefly, SK-OV-3 cells were seeded in 96-well plates in McCoy's medium containing 10% fetal bovine serum albumin (20,000 per well) and incubated overnight at 37 C. Next day, test compounds were added at various concentrations typically from about 10 to about 0.0001 M
and the plates were incubated at 37 C for an additional 72 hrs. This incubation time was optimal for measuring inhibitory effects of different analogs. 50 microliters of 5 mg/mL MTT
reagent to each well was added and the plates were incubated at 37 C for 3 hours. At the end of incubation period, 50 microliters of DMSO was added to each well to dissolve cells and the optical density (OD) of the wells was measured with a microplate reader (Victor2 1420, Wallac, Finland) at 535 nm. Cell survival (CS) was calculated by the following equation:
CS = (OD treated well/ mean OD control wells) x 100%
[00155] The EC50, defined as the drug concentration that results in 50% CS, was derived by calculating the point where the dose-respon5e curve crosses the 50%
CS point using GraphPad Prism.
[00156] Representative results for IAP binding compounds are:
z RI, /R~y Y N
N
Rn NH O I
~ R14 Ris N I, R~u //A, H
(E2) R15 Table 1.
R14- Rii EC50, M
Entry A1 RIb Y Z R12 17 ( sd) 1-1 Me Me tBu H MeO(CHaCH2O)aCH2CHa 6-F H 0.092 0.077 (R16) 1-2 Me Me cHex H MeO(CHaCHaO)aCH2CHa 6-F H 0.060 0.026 (R16) 6-F H 0.515 0.093 1-3 Me Me cHex H H
(R16) [00157] This example illustrates the preparation of pyrrolidine derivatives of Table 2. The examples include molecules of formula (E3) that can include heteroalkynyl substituents.
Scheme I
OPh OPh OPh AN A
O, N OH O~,( O O ---~ O 2 3 1 ~
OPh OPh N - N
O O
BocNH O H2N O
4 / \ ~
OPh OPh O O O O
BocNH~H O HCI HZNJH O
= 6 ~
[00158] The Preparation of 2S-Amino-N-[2-methyl-lS-(4S-phenoxy-2S-phenoxymethyl-pyrrolidine-l-carbonyl)-propyl]-propionamide hydrochloride (7):
[00159] A. (4S)-Phenoxy-(2S)-phenoxymethyl-pyrrolidine- 1 -carboxylic acid tert-butyl ester (2): To a solution of alcohol 1(0.53 g, 1.8 mmol) in anhydrous DCM
(10 mL) was added phenol (0.21 g, 2.3 mmol), Ph3P (0.52 g, 2.0 mmol), and 1,1'-(azodicarbonyl)-dipiperidine (ADDP, 0.50 g, 1.9 mmol) in sequential order. After 2 hr at ambient temperature, the heterogeneous reaction mixture was filtered. The white solid was washed with DCM and the clarified filtrate was washed with 2M NaOH, water, brine, dried with anhydrous Na2SO4, filtered and concentrated. The crude aryl ether was purified by flash silica gel chromatography (3:1 hexane/EtOAc) to afford 0.36 g (54%) of 2 as a colorless oil. 1H NMR (CDC13, 300 MHz) S
7.29-7.24 (m, 4H), 6.94-6.82 (m, 6H), 4.91 (t, J = 5.1 Hz, 1H), 4.37-4.28 (m, 2H), 4.12-4.05 (m, 1H), 3.79-3.64 (m, 2H), 2.48 (app d, J= 13.8 Hz, 1H), 2.32-2.25 (m, 1H), 1.48 (s, 911) ppm.
[00160] B. (4S)-Phenoxy-(2S)-phenoxymethyl-pyrrolidine (3): Trifluoroacetic acid (2 mL) was added at ambient temperature to a solution of 2 (0.36 g, 0.98 mmol) in DCM (10 mL). After 1.5 h, the solution was concentrated to dryness and the crude product was dissolved in EtOAc. The organic solution was washed with aqueous NaHCO3, brine, dried over anhydrous Na2SO4, filtered, and concentrated. The crude pyrrolidine was purified by flash silica gel chromatography (10% MeOH/DCM) to afford 0.23 g (88%) of 3 as a brown-orange oil. 1H
NMR (CDC13a 300 MHz) S 7.32-7.26 (m, 4H), 6.98-6.87 (m, 6H), 4.90-4.87 (m, 1H), 4.07-4.01 (m, 2H), 3.63-3.57 (m, 1H), 3.35 (app d, J = 12.3 Hz, 1H), 3.17 (app q, J =
5.4 Hz, 1H), 2.77 (br s, 1H), 2.45-2.35 (m, 1H), 1.93-1.86 (m, 111) ppm.
[001611 C. [2-Methyl-l-(4S-phenoxy-2S-phenoxymethyl-pyrrolidine-l-carbonyl)-propyl]-carbamic acid tert-butyl ester (4): O-(7-Azabenzotriazol-1-yl)-N,N,N',N'-tetramethyluronium PF6 (HATU, 0.38 g, 1.0 mmol) was added to a solution of N-Boc-Val (0.28 g, 1.3 mmol) in anhydrous NMP (5 mL) at ambient temperature. N-Methylmorpholine (0.1 mL) was added to reaction mixture. After 10 min, pyrrolidine 3 (0.23 g, 0.86 mmol) in NMP (5 mL) was added. After 2 h, the reaction mixture was diluted with EtOAc and washed with dilute aqueous NaHCO3, 1N HCI, water, and brine. The organic phase was dried over anhydrous Na2SO4, filtered and concentrated. The crude amide was purified by flash silica gel chromatography (3:1 hexane/EtOAc) to afford 0.36 g (90%) of 4 as a colorless oil. 1H NMR
(CDC13, 300 MHz) S 7.34-7.26 (m, 4H), 7.03-6.82 (m, 6H), 5.30 (d, J = 9.3 Hz, 1H), 5.01-4.99 (m, 114), 4.69-4.65 (m, 1H), 4.38-434 (m, 111), 4.27-4.07 (m, 3H), 3.83-3.78 (m, 114), 2.53-2.48 (m, 1H), 2.38-2.31 (m, 1H), 2.00-1.94 (m, 111), 1.48 (s, 9H), 0.97 (d, J = 7.2 Hz, 3H), 0.93 (d, J
= 7.2 Hz, 311) ppm.
[00162] D. 2-Amino-3-methyl-l-(4S-phenoxy-2S-phenoxymethyl-pyrrolidin-1-yl)-butan-l-one (5): Trifluoroacetic acid (2 mL) was added at ambient temperature to a solution of 4 (0.36 g, 0.79 mmol) in DCM (10 mL). After 1.5 h, the solution was concentrated to dryness and the crude product was dissolved in EtOAc. The organic solution was washed with aqueous NaHCO3, brine, dried over anhydrous Na2SO4a filtered, and concentrated. The crude amine was purified by flash silica gel chromatography (5% MeOH/DCM) to afford 0.27 g (96%) of 5 as a light yellow oil. 1H NMR (CDC13, 300 MHz) S 7.32-7.01 (m, 4H), 7.01-6.82 (m, 6H), 4.99 (m, 1H), 4.67-4.48 (m, 111), 4.38-4.27 (m, 1H), 4.16-4.05 (m, 1H), 3.99 (app q, J
= 5.1 Hz, 111), 3.78-3.72 (m, 111), 2.50-2.28 (m, 2H), 1.86 (br s, 2H), 0.97 (d, J = 7.2 Hz, 3H), 0.91 (d, J= 7.2 Hz, 3H) ppm.
[00163] E. { 1 S-[2-Methyl-1 S-(4S-phenoxy-2S-phenoxymethyl-pyrrolidine-l-carbonyl)-propylcarbamoyl]-ethyl}-carbamic acid tert-butyl ester (6): O-(7-Azabenzotriazol-l-yl)-N,N,N',N'-tetramethyluronium PF6 (HATU, 0.23 g, 0.61 mmol) was added to a solution of N-Boc-Ala (0.14 g, 0.74 mmol) in anhydrous NMP (3 mL) at ambient temperature. N-Methylmorpholine (0.1 mL) was added to reaction mixture. After 10 min, pyrrolidine 5 (0.17 g, 0.48 mmol) in NMP (5 mL) was added. After 16 h, the reaction mixture was diluted with EtOAc and washed with dilute aqueous NaHCO3a 1N HCI, water, and brine. The organic phase was dried over anhydrous Na2SO4, filtered and concentrated. The crude amide was purified by flash silica gel chromatography (1:1 hexane/EtOAc) to afford 0.23 g (92%) of 6 as a colorless oil. 'H
NMR (CDC13, 300 MHz) S 7.33-7.23 (m, 4H), 7.02-6.87 (m, 6H), 5.02-4.99 (m, 2H), 4.68-4.48 (m, 2H), 4.33 (dd, J= 3.9, 9.3 Hz, 1H), 4.23-4.09 (m, 4H), 3.83-3.78 (m, 1H), 2.52-2.47 (m, 1H), 2.38-2.28 (m, 1H), 2.08-1.99 (m, 1H), 1.80 (br s, 1H), 1.45 (s, 9H), 1.36 (d, J= 6.9 Hz, 3H), 0.95 (d, J = 6.9 Hz, 3H), 0.90 (d, J = 7.0 Hz, 3H) ppm.
[00164] F. 2S-Amino-N-[2-methyl-lS-(4S-phenoxy-2S phenoxymethyl-pyrrolidine-l-carbonyl)-propyl]-propionamide hydrochloride (7):
Trifluoroacetic acid (2 mL) was added at ambient temperature to a solution of 6 (0.23 g, 0.44 mmol) in DCM
(10 mL). After 1.5 h, the solution was concentrated to dryness and the crude product was dissolved in EtOAc.
The organic solution was washed with aqueous NaHCO3, brine, dried over anhydrous Na2SO4, filtered, and concentrated. The crude amine was dissolved in diethyl ether then treated with HCl(g). The crude salt was triturated with diethyl ether and hexane to afford 0.13 g (65%) of 7 as a white solid. 'H NMR, free base (CDC13, 300 MHz) S 7.89-7.87 (m, 1H), 7.32-7.24 (m, 4H), 7.01-6.79 (m, 5H), 5.01-4.98 (m, 1H), 4.68-4.62 (m, 1H), 4.51-4.43 (m, 1H), 4.36-4.26 (m, 2H), 4.18-4.10 (m, 1H), 3.84-3.78 (m, 1H), 2.51-2.46 (m, 1H), 2.35-2.28 (m, 1H), 2.09-2.02 (m, 1H), 1.38-1.25 (m, 4H), 0.96-0.92 (m, 6H) ppm. Mass spectra, m/z = 440 [(M + H)+].
z N R's O
O
H NH O Rs \ R3 /N , ///Rlb q, H Ra (E3) Table 2.
R3_5, MS KD
Entry Al Rlb Y Z R'3-5, (M+H)+ Range 2-1 H Me iPr ~Ph H 440.3 B
2-2 Me Me iPr ~Ph H 454.3 B
2-3 H Me iPr H H 348.3 B
2-4 H Me iPr H 2,3- 402.3 B
(CH2)4 2-5 Me Me iPr H 2-Ph 438.3 B
2-6 H Me iPr H 2-Ph 424.2 B
2-7 H Me -CH(Me)OCH2C=CH ~ph H 480.2 A
[00165] This example illustrates the preparation of substituted pyrrolidines of Table 3.
Scheme II
OPh OPh OPh N
N N
O~ p\\ p Et H p Et p OH O
$ g 10 OPh OPh N N
--~ -_ BocNH p p Et H2N p p Et OPh OPh A===~ O N p d BocNH~H 13 p p t HZH O p ~ ~ 14 [00166] The Preparation of trans-2S-Amino-N-(iS-{2S-[3-(2-ethyl-phenoxy)-propenyl]-4S-phenoxy-pyrrolidine-l-carbonyl}-2-methyl-propyl)-propionamide (14):
[00167] A. trans-2S-[3-(2-Ethyl-phenoxy)-propenyl]-4S-phenoxy-pyrrolidine-l-carboxylic acid tert-butyl ester (9): To a solution of alcohol 8 (0.3 g, 0.94 mmol) in DCM (6 mL) was added 2-ethylphenol (0.14 g, 1.16 mmol) and Ph3P (0.27 g, 1.03 mmol). The solution was cooled to 0 C and ADDP (0.28 g, 1.13 mmol) was added in one portion. After 10 min, the reaction mixture was allowed to warm to ambient temperature and stirring was continued for 16 h. The white precipitate was removed by filtration and washed with DCM. The clarified filtrate was washed successively with 1M NaOH, water, and brine. The organic phase was dried with anhydrous Na2SO4, filtered, and concentrated. The crude ether was purified by flash silica gel chromatography (3:1 hexane/EtOAc) to afford 0.18 g (45%) of 9 as a colorless oil. 1H NMR
(CDC13, 300 MHz) S 7.30-7.26 (m, 2H); 7.15 (m, 2H); 7.00-6.79 (m, 4H); 6.01-5.98 (m, 111), 5.84 (m, 1H); 4.92 (br s, 1H); 4.53-4.43 (m, 3H); 3.76 (m, 2H); 2.65 (q, 2H);
2.39 (m, 1H); 2.16 (d, 1H); 1.46 (s, 9H), 1.21 (t, 3H) ppm.
[00168] B. trans-2S [3-(2-Ethyl-phenoxy)-propenyl]-4S-phenoxy-pyrrolidine (10):
Trifluoroacetic acid (2 mL) was added at ambient temperature to a solution of 9 (0.18 g, 0.43 mmol) in DCM (10 mL). After 1 h, the solution was concentrated to dryness and the crude product was dissolved in EtOAc. The organic solution was washed with aqueous NaHCO3, brine, dried over anhydrous MgSO4i filtered, and concentrated. The crude amine (10) was used without further purification (0.13 g obtained). 1H NMR (CDC13, 300 MHz) S 7.31-7.25 (m, 3H);
7.17-7.11 (m, 2H); 6.97-6.80 (m, 4H); 5.97-5.88 (m, 2H); 4.86 (m, 1H); 4.54-4.50 (m, 2H); 3.70 (q, 1H); 3.34 (d, 1H); 3.07 (d of d, 1H); 2.66 (q, 2H); 2.48-2.41 (m, 1H);
1.82-1.75 (m, 2H); 1.20 (t, 3H) ppm.
[00169] C. trans-(1S- {2S-[3-(2-Ethyl-phenoxy)-propenyl]-4S-phenoxy-pyrrolidine-1-carbonyl}-2-methyl-propyl)-carbamic acid tert-butyl ester (11):
O-(7-Azabenzotriazol-1-yl)-N,N,N',N'-tetramethyluronium PF6 (HATU, 0.23 g, 0.62 mmol) was added to a solution of N-Boc-Val (0.18 g, 0.82 mmol) in anhydrous NMP (3 mL) at ambient temperature. N-Methylmorpholine (0.12 mL) was added to reaction mixture. After 10 min, amine 10 (0.13 g, 0.41 mmol) in N1VIP (3 mL) was added. After 16 h, the reaction mixture was diluted with EtOAc and washed with dilute aqueous NaHCO3, 1N HC1, water, and brine. The organic phase was dried over anhydrous Na2SO4, filtered and concentrated. The crude amide was purified by flash silica gel chromatography (3:2 hexane/EtOAc) to afford 0.20 g (92%, 2 steps) of 11 as a colorless oil. 1H NMR (CDC13, 300 MHz) S 7.32-7.24 (m, 2H);
7.15-7.06 (m, 2H); 6.99 (t, 1H); 6.89-6.77 (m, 4H); 5.96-5.91 (m, 2H); 5.23-5.20 (m, 1H);
5.01-4.86 (m, 2H);
4.53 (m, 2H); 4.21-4.09 (m, 2H); 4.09-3.97 (m, 1H); 2.68 (q, 2H); 2.36-2.32 (m, 1H); 2.18 (d, 1H); 1.97-1.91 (m, 1H); 1.44 (s, 9H); 1.29-1.18 (m, 6H); 0.99-0.81 (m, 6H) ppm.
[00170] D. trans-2S-Amino-l- {2S-[3-(2-ethyl-phenoxy)-propenyl]-4S-phenoxy-pyrrolidin-1-yl}-3-methyl-butan-1-one (12): Trifluoroacetic acid (2 mL) was added at ambient temperature to a solution of 11 (0.20 g, 0.39 mmol) in DCM (10 mL). After 1 h, the solution was concentrated to dryness and the crude product was dissolved in EtOAc. The organic solution was washed with aqueous NaHCO3, brine, dried over anhydrous MgSO4, filtered, and concentrated. The crude amine (12) was used without further purification (0.14 g obtained). 1H
NMR (CDC13, 300 MHz) S 7.28-7.26 (m, 2H); 7.15 (m, 2H); 6.99 (m, 1H); 6.89-6.76 (m, 4H);
6.10-5.86 (m, 2H); 5.01-4.95 (m, 2H); 4.56 (m, 3H); 3.92-3.79 (m, 1H); 3.31 (m, 1H); 2.66 (q, 2H); 2.32-2.16 (m, 1H); 1.68 (m, 4H); 1.28-1.19 (m, 3H); 0.97-0.81 (m, 6H) ppm.
[00171] E. trans-[1S-(1S- {2S-[3-(2-Ethyl-phenoxy)-propenyl]-4S-phenoxy-pyrrolidine-l-carbonyl}-2-methyl-propylcarbamoyl)-ethyl]-carbamic acid tert-butyl ester (13):
O-(7-Azabenzotriazol-1-yl)-N,N,N',N'-tetramethyluronium PF6 (HATU, 0.19 g, 0.51 mmol) was added to a solution of N-Boc-Ala (0.13 g, 0.67 mmol) in anhydrous NMP (3 mL) at ambient temperature. 1V Methylmorpholine (0.1 mL) was added to reaction mixture. After 10 min, amine 12 (0.14 g, 0.34 mmol) in NMP (3 mL) was added. After 72 h, the reaction mixture was diluted with EtOAc and washed with dilute aqueous NaHCO3, 1N HCI, water, and brine.
The organic phase was dried over anhydrous Na2SO4, filtered and concentrated. The crude amide was purified by flash silica gel chromatography (1:1 hexane/EtOAc) to afford 0.11 g (49%, 2 steps) of 13 as a colorless oil. 1H NMR (CDC13, 300 MHz) 6 7.31-7.22 (m, 2H); 7.15-6.95 (m, 3H);
6.88-6.76 (m, 4H); 5.96-5.87 (m, 2H); 5.19 (br, 1H); 5.00 (m, 1H); 4.86 (t, 1H); 4.51-4.49 (m, 3H); 4.17-4.10 (m, 2H); 3.89-3.80 (m, 1H); 2.64 (q, 2H); 2.34-2.29 (m, 1H);
2.21-2.14 (m, 1H);
2.04-1.98 (m, 1H); 1.44 s, 9H); 1.35-1.23 (m, 4H); 1.17 (t, 3H); 0.97-0.87 (m, 6H) ppm.
[00172] F. trans-2S-Amino-N-(1S- {2S-[3-(2-ethyl-phenoxy)-propenyl]-4S-phenoxy-pyrrolidine-l-carbonyl}-2-methyl-propyl)-propionamide (14):
Trifluoroacetic acid (2 mL) was added at ambient temperature to a solution of 13 (0.11 g, 0.18 mmol) in DCM (10 mL).
After 1 h, the solution was concentrated to dryness and the crude product was dissolved in EtOAc. The organic solution was washed with aqueous NaHCO3, brine, dried over anhydrous NaZSO4, filtered, and concentrated to afford 0.068 g (76%) of 14 as a white solid. 1H NMR
(CDC13, 300 MHz) S 7.86 (br, 1H); 7.31-7.22 (m, 2H); 7.15-7.05 (m, 2H); 6.98 (t, 1H); 6.88-6.76 (m, 4H); 5.97-5.86 (m, 2H); 5.00-4.98 (m, 1H); 4.88-4.83 (m, 1H); 4.57-4.51 (m, 2H); 4.44 (t, 1H); 4.21 (d of d, 1H); 3.89-3.82 (m, 1H); 2.64 (q, 2H); 2.33-2.29 (m, 1H);
2.17 (d, 1H); 2.04-2.00 (m, 1H); 1.36-1.25 (m, 6H); 1.17 (t, 3H); 0.99-0.88 (m, 6H) ppm.
z Y N Rs O
O \
H NH
N R3 ~
A, H Rs (E4) Table 3 Entry Al Rlb Y Z R3-5' R 3"5a Ms + KD
R4 (M+H) Range 3-8 H Me iPr OPh H 466.2 B
3-9 H Me iPr OPh 2-Br 544.0 B
3-10 H Me iPr OPh 2,3-di-Cl 534.1 B
3-11 H Me iPr OPh 2,4-di-Cl 534.1 B
3-12 H Me iPr OPh 2-Et 494.4 B
3-13 Me Me iPr OPh 2,3-di-Cl 548.2 B
3-14 H Me iPr OPh 3-Br 544.1 B
3-15 H Me iPr OPh 2-iPrO 524.3 B
3-16 Boc Me iPr OPh 3,4-(CH2)4 620.3 D
3-17 H Me iPr OPh 3,4-(CH2)4 520.3 C
3-18 H Me iPr OPh 2-MeO 496.3 B
3-19 H H iPr OPh 2-MeO 482.3 D
3-20 H Me iPr OPh 2-Ph 542.3 B
3-21 H Me iPr OPh 2- 534.3 C
cyclopentyl 3-22 H Me iPr OPh 2,6-di-Me 494.3 A
[00173] This example illustrates the preparation of pyrrolidine derivatives of Table 4.
Scheme III
OPh OPh OPh N N O~N
Et ~~ OH 15 16 OH O
8 p OPh OPh OPh N N N
H
t O Et BocNH p O Et HZN p p d 17 b 18 ~ ~ 19 OPh OPh - N -= O N
p Et N p O
p Et HCI HZN H ~
BocNH~H p 20 -~ ~ 21 /
[00174] The Preparation of 2S-Amino-N-(1S-{2S-[3-(2-ethyl-phenoxy)-propyl]-4S-phenoxy-pyrrolidine-l-carbonyl} -2-methyl-propyl)-propionamide (21):
[00175] A. 2S-(3-Hydroxy-propyl)-4S-phenoxy-pyrrolidine-l-carboxylic acid tert-butyl ester (15): [Re: SRR-006-062] Palladium-on-carbon (10%, 0.3 g) was added to a solution of alcohol 8 (3 g, 9.4 mmol) in EtOAc (30 mL). The reaction mixture was placed on a Parr shaker and pressurized to 45 PSI H2 (g). The heterogeneous mixture was shaken for 24 h at ambient temperature. The catalyst was removed via filtration through a 0.45 m PVDF filter disc (Millipore Millex-HV ) and the clarified filtrate was concentrated in vacuo to afford 2.9 g (97%) of 15 which was used without further purification. 1H NMR (CDCl3, 300 MHz) S 7.29 (t, 2H); 6.96 (t, 1H); 6.85 (d, 2H); 4.88 (br s, 1H); 4.08-3.74 (m, 2H); 3.67-3.65 (m, 2H); 3.55 (d, 1H); 2.27-2.23 (m, 2H); 2.05-1.90 (m, 2H); 1.76-1.65 (m, 1H); 1.55 (q, 2H);
1.47 (s, 9H) ppm.
[00176] B. 2S-[3-(2-Ethyl-phenoxy)-propyl]-4S-phenoxy-pyrrolidine-l-carboxylic acid tert-butyl ester (16): To a solution of alcoho115 (0.61 g, 1.91 mmol) in DCM (10 mL) was added 2-ethylphenol (0.28 g, 2.33 mmol) and Ph3P (0.55 g, 2.09 mmol). The solution was cooled to 0 C and ADDP (0.58 g, 2.29 mmol) was added in one portion. After 10 min, the reaction mixture was allowed to warm to ambient temperature and stirring was continued for 16 h. The white precipitate was removed by filtration and washed with DCM. The clarified filtrate was washed successively with 1M NaOH, water, and brine. The organic phase was dried with anhydrous Na2SO4, filtered, and concentrated. The crude ether was purified by flash silica gel chromatography (3:1 hexane/EtOAc) to afford 0.46 g of 16 as a colorless oil.
'H NMR (CDC13, 300 MHz) S 7.28 (t, 2H); 7.13 (t, 2H); 6.96 (t, 1H); 6.89-6.84 (m, 3H); 6.78 (d, 1H); 4.91-4.87 (m, 1H); 3.96 (br, 4H); 3.56 (d, 1H); 2.63 (q, 2H); 2.28-2.26 (m, 1H); 2.11-2.06 (m, 2H); 1.86-1.77 (m, 3H); 1.46 (s, 9H); 1.17 (t, 311) ppm.
[00177] C. 2S [3-(2-Ethyl-phenoxy)-propyl]-4S-phenoxy-pyrrolidine (17):
Trifluoroacetic acid (2 mL) was added at ambient temperature to a solution of 16 (0.46 g, 1.08 mmol) in DCM (10 mL). After 1 h, the solution was concentrated to dryness and the crude product was dissolved in EtOAc. The organic solution was washed with aqueous NaHCO3a brine, dried over anhydrous Na2SO4, filtered, and concentrated to afford 0.30 g (85%) of 17 as a colorless oil. 1H NMR (CDC13, 300 MHz) 8 7.32-7.26 (m, 3H); 7.16-7.12 (m, 2H);
6.986.78 (m, 4H); 4.86 (s, 1H); 3.99-3.97 (m, 2H); 3.35 (d, 1H); 3.23 (m, 1H); 3.08 (m, 1H); 2.74-2.60 (m, 3H); 2.42 (m, 2H); 1.90-1.85 (m, 3H); 1.67-1.61 (m, 1H); 1.16 (t, 3H) ppm.
[00178] D. (1S-{2S-[3-(2-Ethyl-phenoxy)-propyl]-4S-phenoxy-pyrrolidine-l-carbonyl}-2-methyl-propyl)-carbamic acid tert-butyl ester (18): O-(7-Azabenzotriazol-1-yl)-N,N,N',N'-tetramethyluronium PF6 (HATU, 0.39 g, 1.03 mmol) was added to a solution of 1V
Boc-Val (0.30 g, 1.38 mmol) in anhydrous NMP (3 mL) at ambient temperature. N-Methylmorpholine (0.2 mL) was added to reaction mixture. After 10 min, amine 17 (0.22 g, 0.67 mmol) in NMP (3 mL) was added. After 16 h, the reaction mixture was diluted with EtOAc and washed with dilute aqueous NaHCO3, 1N HCl, water, and brine. The organic phase was dried over anhydrous Na2SO4, filtered and concentrated. The crude amide was purified by flash silica gel chromatography (3:1 hexane/EtOAc) to afford 0.30 g (83%) of 18 as a colorless oil. 'H
NMR (CDC13, 300 MHz) S 7.33-7.26 (m, 211); 7.12 (t, 2H); 6.99 (t, 1H); 6.89-6.77 (m, 4H);
5.28-5.24 (m, 1H); 5.00-4.98 (m, 1H); 4.39-4.36 (m, 1H); 4.22-4.17 (m, 2H);
4.02-3.94 (m, 2H);
3.72 (d of d, 1H); 2.61 (q, 2H); 2.30-2.24 (m, 1H); 2.14-2.07 (, 1H); 1.98-1.89 (m, 1H); 1.82-1.74 (m, 4H); 1.44 (s, 911); 1.18-1.13 (m, 3H); 0.99-0.93 (m, 6H) ppm.
[00179] E. 2S-Amino-l-{2S-[3-(2-ethyl-phenoxy)-propyl]-4S-phenoxy-pyrrolidin-1-yl}-3-methyl-butan-1-one (19): Trifluoroacetic acid (2 mL) was added at ambient temperature to a solution of 18 (0.30 g, 0.57 mmol) in DCM (10 mL). After 1 h, the solution was concentrated to dryness and the crude product was dissolved in EtOAc. The organic solution was washed with aqueous NaHCO3, brine, dried over anhydrous NaZSO4, filtered, and concentrated to afford 0.23 g of 19 as a colorless oil. 'H NMR (CDC13, 300 MHz) 8 7.33-7.28 (m, 2H); 7.17-7.12 (m, 2H); 6.99 (t, 1H); 6.89-6.83 (m, 3H); 6.78 (d, 1H);
4.98 (br, 2H); 4.39 (br, 1H), 4.07-3.92 (m, 4H); 3.75-3.67 (m, 1H); 2.61 (q, 2H); 2.31-2.24 (m, 2H); 2.13-2.08 (m, 2H); 1.94-1.75 (m, 6H); 1.16 (t, 3H); 1.01-0.85 (m, 6H) ppm.
[00180] F. [1S-(1S-{2S [3-(2-Ethyl-phenoxy)-propyl]-4S-phenoxy-pyrrolidine-l-carbonyl}-2-methyl-propylcarbamoyl)-ethyl]-carbamic acid tert-butyl ester
(20): O-(7-Azabenzotriazol-1-yl)-N,N,N',N'-tetramethyluronium PF6 (HATU, 0.11 g, 0.27 mmol) was added to a solution of N-Boc-Ala (0.07 g, 0.37 mmol) in anhydrous NMP (3 mL) at ambient temperature. N-Methyhnorpholine (0.05 mL) was added to reaction mixture. After 10 min, amine 19 (0.078 g, 0.18 mmol) in NMP (1 mL) was added. After 16 h, the reaction mixture was diluted with EtOAc and washed with dilute aqueous NaHCO3, 1N HCl, water, and brine. The organic phase was dried over anhydrous NaaSO4, filtered and concentrated. The crude amide was purified by flash silica gel chromatography (1:1 hexane/EtOAc) to afford 0.038 g of 20 as a colorless oil. 'H NMR (CDC13, 300 MHz) S 7.33-7.26 (m, 2H); 7.12 (t, 2H); 6.99 (t, 1H); 6.88-6.76 (m, 4H); 5.08-5.00 (m, 1H); 4.98-4.96 (m, 1H); 4.52-4.47 (m, 1H);
4.374.34 (m, 1H); 4.21-4.16 (m, 2H); 3.98-3.92 (m, 2H); 3.75 (d, 1H); 2.61 (q, 2H); 2.32-2.22 (m, 1H); 2.14-1.99 (m, 4H); 1.86-1.77 (m, 3H); 1.44-1.41 (m, 8H); 1.36-1.13 (m, 4H); 1.16 (t, 3H);
0.96-0.88 (m, 6H) ppm.
[00181] G. 2S-Amino-N-(1S {2S-[3-(2-ethyl-phenoxy)-propyl]-4S-phenoxy-pyrrolidine-l-carbonyl}-2-methyl-propyl)-propionamide (21): Trifluoroacetic acid (1 mL) was added at ambient temperature to a solution of 20 (0.038 g, 0.06 mmol) in DCM
(5 mL). After 1 h, the solution was concentrated to dryness and the crude product was dissolved in EtOAc. The organic solution was washed with aqueous NaHCO3a brine, dried over anhydrous NaaSO4, filtered, and concentrated. The crude amine was dissolved in diethyl ether then treated with HCl(g). The crude salt was triturated with diethyl ether and hexane to afford 0.022 g of 21 as a white solid. 'H NMR (CDC13, 300 MHz) S 7.87 (br, 1H); 7.33-7.25 (m, 2H); 7.12 (t, 2H); 6.96 (t, 1H), 6.89-6.77 (m, 4H); 4.98-4.96 (m, 1H); 4.45 (t, 1H); 4.37-4.25 (m, 2H); 4.00-3.94 (m, 3.77 (d, 1H); 2.61 (q, 2H); 2.32-2.21 (m, 1H); 2.14-2.04 (m, 3H); 1.61 (br, 2H); 1.35-1.25 H); 1.16 (t, 3H); 0.97-0.89 (m, 6H) ppm.
z Y N
~
A, H Ra (E5) Table 4 R3-s, MS KD
Entry Al Rlb Y Z R:3-5, (M+H)+ Range 4-23 H Me iPr OPh 2-Br 524.3 B
4-24 H Me iPr OPh 2-Ph 543.7 B
4-25 H Me iPr OPh 2-Et 552.4 B
4-26 Me Me iPr OPh 2-Et 510.3 B
4-27 H H iPr OPh 2-Et 482.3 D
4-28 Me Me tBu OPh 2-Et 524.2 B
4-29 H Me iPr OPh 2-iPrO 526.3 B
4-30 H Me iPr OPh 2-iPr 510.3 B
4-31 H Me iPr OPh 2,6-di- 496.2 B
Me 4-32 H Me iPr H 2-Ph 452.3 B
4-33 H H iPr H 2-Ph 438.3 D
4-34 H Me iPr H 2-Et 404.3 C
4-35 H Me iPr H 2-iPrO 434.3 C
4-36 H (R)-Me iPr H 2-Ph 452.3 D
4-37 H Me iPr H H 376.3 C
4-38 H Me iPr H 2,6-di- 404.3 D
Me [00182] This example illustrated pyrrolidine derivatives of Table 5.
Scheme IV(a) O N ON -- O_~N O
I
OH O O
22 23 O~ ~ 24 N N O
H O - ~ / -- HZN O
BocNH 0 O N O N O
N /
BocNH~H O H2N O H O
[00183] The Preparation of 2S-Amino-N-[1S-(2S benzofuran-3-ylmethyl-pyrrolidine-l-carbonyl)-2-methyl-propyl]-propionamide (29):
[00184] A. trans-2S-[3-(2-Iodo-phenoxy)-propenyl]-pyrrolidine-l-carboxylic acid tert-butyl ester (23): To a solution of alcoho122 (10.4 g, 0.04 mol) in DCM
(300 mL) was added 2-iodophenol (12.1 g, 0.05 mol) and Ph3P (14.4 g, 0.05 mol). At ambient temperature, ADDP
(13.8 g, 0.05 mol) was added in one portion. After 16 h, the white precipitate was removed by filtration and washed with DCM. The clarified filtrate was washed successively with 1M NaOH, water, and brine. The organic phase was dried with anhydrous Na2SO4, and then filtered through a short column of silica gel. The product was eluted with DCM and then 1:1 hexane/EtOAc to afford 15.5 g (79%) of 23 as a colorless oil. 1H NMR (CDC13, 300 MHz) S 7.76 (dd, J= 7.6, 1.1 Hz, 1H), 7.27 (app t, J= 7.6, 1.1 Hz, 1H), 6.78 (dd, J= 7.6, 1.1 Hz, 1H), 6.70 (app t, J= 7.6, 1.1 Hz, 1H), 5.74 (m, 2H), 4.58 (app d, J= 4.7 Hz, 2H), 4.33 (m, 1H), 3.40 (m, 2H), 2.02-1.75 (m, 4H), 1.43 (s, 9H) ppm.
[00185] B. 2S-Benzofuran-3-ylmethyl-pyrrolidine-l-carboxylic acid tert-butyl ester (24): To a solution of 23 (15.5 g, 36.1 mmol) in anhydrous DMF (250 mL) was added n-Bu4NCI (10.0 g, 36.1 mmol), K2C03 (5.0 g, 36.1 mmol), NaHCO3 (2.45 g, 36.1 mmol), and Pd(OAc)2 (0.16 g, 0.72 mmol). The orange-brown reaction mixture was immersed in a pre-heated (100 C) oil bath. After 2 h, the reaction mixture was cooled to ambient temperature then diluted with diethyl ether and water. The layers were separated and the aqueous phase was extracted twice with diethyl ether. The combined organic extract was washed with water, brine, dired over anhydrous NaZSO4, filtered, and concentrated. The crude benzofuran was purified by flash silica gel chromatography (4:1 hexane/EtOAc) and then by normal-phase HPLC (30%
EtOAc/hexane) to afford 4.6 g (42%) of 24 as a colorless oil. 1H NMR (CDC13, 300 MHz) S
7.62 (m, 1H), 7.46 (m, 1H), 7.26 (m, 3H), 4.13 (m, 1H), 3.40-3.21 (m, 2H), 3.15 (m, 1H), 2.68 (m, 1H), 1.80-1.61 (m, 4H), 1.51 (s, 9H) ppm.
[00186] C. 2S-Benzofuran-3-ylmethyl-pyrrolidine (25): Trifluoroacetic acid (2 mL) was added at 0 C to a solution of 24 (0.5 g, 1.65 mmol) in DCM (40 mL).
After 2 h, an additional portion of TFA (2 mL) was added. After 1 h, the reaction was quenched by the careful addition of aqueous NaHCO3. The reaction mixture was diluted with water and the crude product was extracted with diethyl ether. The organic extract was washed with aqueous NaHCO3, brine, dried over anhydrous Na2SO4, filtered, and concentrated. The crude amine was purified by reverse-phase HPLC (C 18; 10-100% ACN/water, 0.1% TFA) which, following neutralization, afforded 0.24 g(72%) of 25 as a colorless oil. 1H NMR (CDC13a 300 MHz) S
7.53 (app d, J= 8.7 Hz, 2H), 7.43 (d, J= 8.2 Hz, 1H), 7.27 (dd, J= 7.0, 8.2 Hz, 1H), 7.21 (dd, J
= 7.0, 8.7 Hz, 1H), 6.96 (br s, 1H), 3.59 (m, 1H), 3.16-2.86 (m, 4H), 1.96-1.75 (m, 3H), 1.60 (m, 1H) ppm.
[00187] D. [1S-(2S-Benzofuran-3-ylmethyl-pyrrolidine-l-carbonyl)-2-methyl-propyl]-carbamic acid tert-butyl ester (26): A solution ofN-Boc L-valine (121 mg, 0.56 mmol) in NMP (3 mL) was treated with HATU (182 mg, 0.48 mmol) followed by N-methylmorpholine (0.1 mL, 0.9 mmol) at room temperature. After 10 min, amine 25 (80 mg, 0.4 mmol) in NMP (5 mL) was added dropwise. After 16 h, the reaction was diluted with EtOAc, washed with saturated NaHCO3, 1M HCI, brine, dried over Na2SO4, filtered and concentrated.
The residual oil was purified by HPLC (20% EtOAc/hexane) to afford 111 mg (69%) of 26 as a colorless oil.
1H NMR (CDC13, 300 MHz) 8 7.87 (d, J = 6.9 Hz, 1H), 7.48-7.32 (m, 2H), 7.30-7.24 (m, 4H), 5.35 (d, J= 9.3 Hz, 1H), 4.53-4.47 (m, 1H), 4.31 (dd, J= 6.6. 9.6 Hz, 1H), 3.72-3.56 (m, 2H), 3.31 (dd, J= 3.0, 13.2 Hz, 1 H), 2.49 (dd, J= 10.5, 13.5 Hz, 1 H), 2.05-1.74 (m, 6H), 1.44 (s, 9H), 1.03 (d, J= 6.9 Hz, 3H), 097 (d, J = 6.6 Hz, 3H) ppm.
[00188] E. 2S-Amino-l-(2S-benzofuran-3-ylmethyl-pyrrolidin-1-yl)-3-methyl-butan-l-one (27): A solution of carbamate 26 (111 mg, 0.28 mmol) in DCM (10 mL) was treated with TFA (1 mL) at room temperature. After 2 h, the reaction mixture was concentrated, diluted with EtOAc, washed with saturated aqueous NaHCO3 and brine, dried over NaaSO4, filtered and concentrated to afford 67 mg (80%) of 27 as a light yellow oil. The product was used without further purification. 'H NMR (CDC13, 300 MHz) S 7.89 (d, J = 8.1 Hz, 1H), 7.47-7.44 (m, 2H), 7.32-7.27 (m, 3H), 4.54-4.49 (m, 1H), 3.59-3.53 (m, 2H), 3.33 (d, J= 13.5 Hz, 1H), 2.50 (dd, J
= 10.8, 13.5 Hz, 1H), 2.03-1.72 (m, 6H), 1.04 (d, J= 7.2 Hz, 3H), 0.99 (d, J=
7.0 Hz, 3H) ppm.
[00189] F. { 1S-[1S-(2S-Benzofuran-3-ylmethyl-pyrrolidine-l-carbonyl)-2-methyl-propylcarbamoyl]-ethyl}-carbamic acid tert-butyl ester (28): A solution of 1V-Boc L-alanine (46 mg, 0.24 mmol) in NMP (3 mL) was treated with HATU (72 mg, 0.19 mmol) followed by IV-methylmorpholine (0.1 mL, 0.9 mmol) at room temperature. After 10 min, amine 27 (41 mg, 0.14 mmol) in NMP (5 mL) was added dropwise. After 16 h, the reaction was diluted with EtOAc, washed with saturated NaHCO3, 1M HCI, and brine, dried over Na2SO4, filtered and concentrated. The residual oil was purified by flash silica gel chromatography (1:1 hexane/EtOAc) to afford 62 mg (93%) of 28 as a colorless oil. 'H NMR (CDC13, 300 MHz) S
7.85 (d, J = 6.6 Hz, 1H), 7.48-7.44 (m, 2H), 7.33-7.25 (m, 3H), 6.93 (d, J =
8.7 Hz, 1H), 5.08 (d, J= 7.8 Hz, 1H), 4.62 (dd, J= 6.3, 8.7 Hz, 1H), 4.50-4.43 (m, 1H), 4.23-4.16 (m, 1H), 3.74-3.55 (m, 3H), 3.32 (dd, J= 2.4, 14.1 Hz, 1H), 2.49 (dd, J= 10.8, 13.5 Hz, 1H), 2.14-1.71 (m, 6H), 1.46 (s, 9H), 1.37 (d, J = 6.9 Hz, 3H), 1.02 (d, J = 6.9 Hz, 3H), 0.97 (d, J =
7.2 Hz, 3H) ppm.
[00190] G. 2S-Amino-N-[1S-(2S-benzofuran-3-ylmethyl-pyrrolidine-l-carbonyl)-2-methyl-propyl]-propionamide (29): A solution of carbamate 28 (62 mg, 0.13 mmol) in DCM
(10 mL) was treated with TFA (1 mL) at room temperature. After 1.5 h, the reaction was concentrated, diluted with EtOAc, washed with saturated NaHCO3 and brine, dried over Na2SO4, filtered and concentrated. The residue was purified by flash silica gel chromatography (5%
MeOH/DCM) to afford 38 mg (72%) of 29 as a colorless oil. 1H NMR (CDC13, 300 MHz) S
7.92 (d, J = 9.3 Hz, 1H), 7.87-7.84 (m, 1H), 7.48-7.44 (m, 2H), 7.32-7.23 (m, 2H), 4.59 (dd, J
6.9, 9.3 Hz, 1H), 4.52-4.45 (m, 1H), 3.84-3.76 (m, 1H), 3.67-3.60 (m, 1H), 3.57-3.50 (m, 1H), 3.34 (dd, J = 3.0, 13.0 Hz, 1H), 2.50 (dd, J= 10.5, 13.8 Hz, 1H), 2.16-1.91 (m, 3H), 1.82-1.69 (m, 2H), 1.65 (bs, 2H), 1.38 (d, J = 7.2 Hz, 3H), 1.03 (d, J = 6.9 Hz, 3H), 0.99 (d, J= 6.9 Hz, 3H) ppm. The free amine (29) was diluted with Et20 and treated with HC1(g) to form a white solid. The solution was concentrated and the solid was triturated with EtaO
and hexanes to provide 29-HCI.
z Rõ
/ o Y N
/ R~~
O
\ NH O \ I
N 1//R1b Ru Ris P', R1a (E6) Table 5.
Rll MS KD
Entry Al Rlb y Z R14_ (M+H)+ Range 5-39 H Me iPr ~Ph H 464.2 A
5-40 H Me tBu OPh H 478.3. A
5-41 H Me iPr H H 372.2 A
5-42 H Me cHex OPh H 504.2 A
5-43 Me Me cHex (S)- H 518.2 A
OPh 5-44 H Et iPr ~Ph H 478.2 A
(S)- 478.2 A
5-45 Me Me iPr (S)- H
OPh 5-46 H H iPr H H 358.3 D
5-47 H Me cHex H H 412.3 A
5-48 Me Me cHex H H 426.2 A
5- 386.3 A
5-49 H Me iPr H Me (R15) 5- 400.3 A
5-50 Me Me iPr H Me (R15) 5-51 Me Me iPr H 5-F 404.2 A
(R15) 5-52 H H iPr OPh H 450.2 C
5-53 H (R)- iPr (S)- H 464.2 C
Me OPh H 450.2 A
5-54 H Me Et OPh 5-55 H Et Et OPh H 464.2 B
H 518.2 B
5-56 H Et cHex OPh 5-57 Me Me iPr H H 386.3 A
5-58 H Et iPr H H 386.2 B
5-59 H Me Et H H 358.3 B
5-60 H Me -CH(Me)OCHzC=CH H H 412.2 A
5-61 H Me iPr H 5-Cl 406.2 A
(R15) 5-62 Me Me iPr H 5-Cl 420.2 A
(R15) 5- 478.2 B
5-63 H Me iPr H BnO
(R15) gem- 386.3 D
5-64 H di- iPr H H
Me 5-65 Ac Me iPr H H 414.4 D
5-66 H2NCO Me iPr H H 416.2 D
5-67 HCO Me iPr H H 400.3 D
5-68 Et Me iPr H H 400.3 C
5-69 iPr Me iPr H H 413.3 C
5-70 cPrCH2 Me iPr H H 426.2 C
5-71 HC=CCH2 Me iPr H H 409.2 D
5-72 (CH2)2 iPr H H 384.3 B
5-73 CH2 iPr H H 370.2 D
5-74 (CH2)3 iPr H H 398.4 D
[00191] This example illustrated pyrrolidine derivatives of Table 6.
Scheme IV(b) EtOAc p N O O
10% Pd/C O
N ~N O
BocNH~H O BocNH H
OBn OH
p N O
TFA N O
HzN H
OH
[00192] Preparation of 2-Amino-N-{1-[2-(5-hydrQxy-benzofuran-3-ylmethyl)-pyrrolidine-l-carbonyl]-2-methyl-propyl} -propionamide (32):
[00193] A. (1-{1-[2-(5-Hydroxy-benzofuran-3-ylmethyl)-pyrrolidine-l-carbonyl]-2-methyl-propylcarbamoyl}-ethyl)-carbamic acid tert-butyl ester (31): A
mixture of 30 (0.52 g, 0.90 mmol) and 10% Pd-on-carbon (0.05 g) in EtOAc (25 mL) was placed on a Parr apparatus and pressurized to 45 PSI H2 atmosphere. The reaction mixture was shaken for 24 h. TLC
analysis revealed only unconsumed starting material therefore the catalyst was removed by filtration and the clarified filtrate was concentrated to dryness. The residue was redissolved in EtOAc (25 mL) and 10% Pd-on-carbon (0.208 g) was added. The reaction mixture was shaken under a H2 atmosphere (45 PSI) for 4 h at which time a second portion of palladium catalyst (0.05 g) was added. Hydrogenation was continued until all of the starting material was consumed (-2 h). The catalyst was removed by filtration and the filtrate was concentrated under reduced pressure. The crude product was purified by flash silica gel chromatography (EtOAc/hexane, 1:1) to afford 0.37 g (84%) of 31 as a white solid. 1H NMR
(CDC13, 300 MHz) 57.37 (s, 1H); 7.33-7.31 (m, 1H); 7.28-7.26 (m, 1H), 6.88-6.85 (m, 2H); 5.18 (br, 1H); 4.56 (t, 1H);-4.45-4.24 (m, 3H); 3.82-3.74 (m, 1H); 3.66-3.58 (m, 1H); 3.22 (d, 1H);
2.44-2.36 (m, 1H);
2.12-2.09 (m, 1H); 2.03-1.89 (m, 2H); 1.73-1.67 (m, 2H); 1.45 (s, 9H); 1.37 (d, 3H); 1.02-0.97 (m, 6H) ppm.
[00194] B. 2-Amino-N-{ 1-[2-(5-hydroxy-benzofuran-3-ylmethyl)-pyrrolidine-l-carbonyl]-2-methyl-propyl}-propionamide (32): To a solution of 31 (0.04 g, 0.082 mmol) in DCM (5 mL) was added TFA (1 mL) at ambient temperature. After 1 h, the solvent was removed under reduced pressure. The residue was dissolved in EtOAc and washed with aqueous NaHCO3, brine, dried over anhydrous Na2SO4, filtered and concentrated. The crude product was purified by flash silica gel chromatography (10% MeOH/DCM) to afford 0.011 g(37 / ) of 32 as a white solid. 1H NMR (CDC13, 300 MHz) 58.54 (d, 1H); 7.37 (s, 1H); 7.31 (d, 1H); 7.09 (d, 1H); 6.83 (dd, 1H); 4.64 (t, 1H); 4.56-4.51 (m, 1H); 4.09-3.93 (m, 2H); 3.73-3.65 (m, 1H); 3.36 (dd, 1H); 2.35 (t, 1H); 2.19-1.94 (m, 3H); 1.77-1.69 (m, 2H); 1.33 (d, 2H);
1.25-1.19 (m, 1H);
1.04-1.00 (m, 5H); 0.94 (t, 111) ppm.
z Ril / O
Y N
O / Rn H NH p \ I
/N ,11//Rlu R,4 R,s A, H R1e (E7) Table 6.
Entry A1 Rlb y Z Rii, 12, MS KD
R14_17 (M+H)+ Range 6-75 H Me iPr H 5-OH 388.3 C
(Ri s) [00195] This example illustrated pyrrolidine derivatives of Table 7.
Scheme IV(c) MeOH, O ADDP, N O Ph3P p N p N ~N p BocNH~H p BocNH H
OH OMe p N O
TFA --/N O
HaN H
OMe [00196] Preparation of 2-Amino-N-{1-[2-(5-methoxy-benzofuran-3-ylmethyl)-pyrrolidine-l-carbonyl]-2-methyl-propyl} -propionamide (34):
[00197] A. (1-{1-[2-(5-Methoxy-benzofuran-3-ylmethyl)-pyrrolidine-l-carbonyl]-2-methyl-propylcarbamoyl}-ethyl)-carbamic acid tert-butyl ester (33): To a solution of 32 (0.06 g, 0.12 mmol) in anhydrous DCM (3 mL) was added MeOH (10 L), Ph3P (0.036 g, 0.13 mmol), and ADDP (0.037 g, 0.14 mmol). The reaction mixture was maintained at ambient temperature for 16 h at which point TLC analysis revealed incomplete reaction. A second portion of MeOH
(100 L), Ph3P (0.036 g, 0.13 mmol), and ADDP (0.037 g, 0.14 mmol) was added and the reaction mixture was maintained for an additional 5 h at ambient temperature.
The reaction mixture was diluted with DCM and washed twice with 1 N NaOH, followed by brine, dried over anhydrous Na2SO4, filtered and concentrated. The crude product was purified by flash silica gel chromatography (EtOAc/hexane, 2:1) to afford 0.057 g(91 %) of 33 as a white solid. 1H NMR
(CDC13, 300 MHz) 87.41 (s, 1H); 7.38-7.33 (m, 1H); 7.30-7.28 (m, 1H); 6.90 (dd, 1H); 6.77 (d, 1H); 4.98 (br, 1H); 4.64-4.59 (m, 1H); 4.48-4.43 (m, 1H); 4.21-4.14 (m, 1H);
3.88 (s, 3H); 3.72-3.53 (m, 2H); 3,30-3.25 (m, 1H); 2.51-2.43 (m, 1H); 2.13-1.72 (m, 5H); 1.45 (s, 9H); 1.37 (d, 3H); 1.03-0.95 (m, 6H) ppm.
[00198] B. 2-Amino-N- { 1-[2-(5-methoxy-benzofuran-3-ylmethyl)-pyrrolidine-l-carbonyl]-2-methyl-propyl}-propionamide (34): To a solution of 33 (0.057 g, 0.11 mmol) in DCM (5 mL) was added TFA (1 mL) at ambient temperature. After 1 h, the solvent was removed under reduced pressure. The residue was dissolved in EtOAc and washed with aqueous NaHCO3, brine, dried over anhydrous Na2SO4, filtered and concentrated. The crude product was purified by flash silica gel chromatography (10% MeOH/DCM) to afford 0.015 g(35 /0) of 34 as a white solid. 1H NMR (CDC13, 300 MHz) 57.42 (m, 1H); 7.35 (d, 1H); 7.28 (m, 1H); 6.90 (dd, 1H); 4.60 (m, 1H); 4.48-4.45 (m, 1H); 3.89-3.76 (m, 4H); 3.65-3.56 (m, 2H);
3.31 (dd, 1H);
2.52-2.44 (m, 1H); 2.13-1.72 (m, 6H); 1.43-1.27 (m, 5H); 1.05-0.97 (m, 6H) ppm.
z Ril / O
Y N
H\ NH 0 \ I
/N ,,1//Rin R,a R16 A, H R15 (E8) Table 7.
Entry A1 Rlb y Z R11, 12, R14.
17 (M+H)+ Range 7-76 H Me iPr H 5-MeO 402.2 C
(R15) 7-77 H Me iPr H 5-cPrCH2O 442.2 D
(R15) [00199] This example illustrated pyrrolidine derivatives of Table 8.
Scheme IV(d) O N O PhN(Tf)2 O N O
--N ~N O
BocNH H O BocNH H ~
~i:~ ....... !~ i:~
OH OTf Br N O O N
Pd catalyst O TFA N
N O HN~H O
BocNH--'-H 2 N~ N~
[00200] Preparation of 2-Amino-N-{2-methyl-l-[2-(5-pyridin-2-yl-benzofuran-3-ylmethyl)-pyrrolidine-l-carbonyl]-propyl}-propionamide (37):
[002011 A. Trifluoro-methanesulfonic acid 3- { 1-[2-(2-tert-butoxycarbonylamino-propionylamino)-3-methyl-butyryl]-pyrrolidin-2-ylmethyl}-benzofuran-5-yl ester (35): To a solution of 32 (0.16 g, 0.32 mmol) and DIPEA (60 L, 0.32 mmol) in anhydrous DCM (4 mL) was added N-phenyl-bis(trifluoromethanesulfonimide) (0.14 g, 0.38 mmol) at 0 C. After -10 min, the reaction mixture was allowed to warm to ambient temperature and then maintained for 16 h. The reaction mixture was concentrated and the residue was dissolved in EtOAc, washed with water, brine, dried over anhydrous Na2SO4, filtered and concentrated. The crude product was purified by flash silica gel chromatography (EtOAc/hexane, 1:1) to afford 126 mg (63%) of 35 as a white solid. 1H NMR (CDC13, 300 MHz) 57.73 (d, 1H); 7.55-7.48 (m, 2H);
7.20 (dd, 1H); 6.78-6.75 (m, 1H); 4.99 (br, 1H); 4.63-4.58 (m, 1H); 4.41-4.35 (m, 1H);
4.19 (m, 1H); 3.75-3.68 (m, 1H); 3.64-3.57 (m, 1H); 3.29 (dd, 1H); 2.54-2.46 (m, 1H); 1.99-1.84 (m, 3H); 1.71-1.66 (m, 2H); 1.45 (s, 9H); 1.37 (d, 3H); 1.02-0.94 (m, 6H) ppm.
[00202] B. (1-{2-Methyl-l-[2-(5-pyridin-3-yl-benzofuran-3-ylmethyl)-pyrrolidine-l-carbonyl]-propylcarbamoyl}-ethyl)-carbamic acid tert-butyl ester (36): A mixture of 35 (0.063 g, 0.10 mmol), K2C03 (70 mg, 0.50 mmol), 3-pyridineboronic acid (0.015 g, 0.12 mmol), and (Ph3P)4Pd (5 mg, 3 mol %) in anhydrous toluene (5 mL) was heated at 100 C in a sealed tube for 1 h. The reaction mixture was cooled to room temperature, diluted with EtOAc, washed with saturated aqueous NaHCO3, brine, dried over anhydrous Na2SO4a filtered and concentrated. The crude product was purified by flash silica gel chromatography (EtOAc) to afford 40 mg (72%) of 36 as an oil. 1H NMR (CDC13, 300 MHz) 58.94 (d, 1H);
8.59 (d, 1H);
8.01-7.95 (m, 1H); 7.74-7.64 (m, 1H); 7.58-7.37 (m, 4H); 6.94 (d, 1H); 4.61 (t, 1H); 4.50-4.47 (m, 1H); 4.30 (t, 1HO; 4.21 (br, 1H); 3.79-3.71 (m, 1H); 3.66-3.59 (m, 1H);
2.42-3.36 (m, 1H);
2.58-2.50 (m, 1H); 2.13-2.09 (m, 1H); 2.01-1.71 (m, 4H); 1.45 (m, 9H); 1.37 (d, 3H); 1.03-0.94 (m, 6H) ppm.
[00203] C. 2-Amino-N-{2-methyl-l-[2-(5-pyridin-2-yl-benzofuran-3-ylmethyl)-pyrrolidine-l-carbonyl]-propyl}-propionamide (37): To a solution of 36 (0.04 g, 0.07 mmol) in DCM (5 mL) was added TFA (1 mL) at ambient temperature. After 1 h, the solvent was removed under reduced pressure. The residue was dissolved in EtOAc and washed with aqueous NaHCO3, brine, dried over anhydrous Na2SO4, filtered and concentrated. The crude product was purified by flash silica gel chromatography (10 1 MeOH/DCM) to afford 0.024 g (76%) of 37 as a white solid. 1H NMR (CDC13, 300 MHz) 58.0 (s, 1H); 7.95 (d, 111); 7.71-7.64 (m, 2H); 7.56-7.46 (m, 4H); 4.61-4.48 (m, 2H); 4.29 (t, 1H); 3.83-3.77 (m, 1H); 3.67-3.54 (m, 2H); 3.41 (dd, 1H); 2.58-2.49 (m, 111); 2.13-1.70 (m, 5H); 1.40-1.25 (m, 5H); 1.04-0.84 (m 6H) ppm.
z Ri i / O
O Y N
H NH O \ I
/N ////Rm R~4 R,e A+ Ria (E9) Table 8.
R11,12, MS KD
Entry A1 Rlb Y Z R14-17 (M+H)+ Range 8-78 H Me iPr H 5-(4-Pyr) 449.2 B
(R15) 8-79 H Me iPr H 5-(3-Pyr) 449.2 C
(R15) [002041 This example illustrated pyrrolidine derivatives of Table 9.
Scheme V
Br Br ~N O 0 N H ~ --' O
0 C) 0 \I I
Br Br Br O N O --> N O - ~ O N
~- O HaN O BocNH~H 0 O H \ ~ \ 42 N_. N--~
O N O O N O
~ I
BocNH ---~H 0 H2N H \ 1 [00205] The Preparation of 2S-Amino-N-{2-methyl-1S-[2S-(2-pyridin-4-yl-benzofuran-3-ylmethyl)-pyrrolidine-l-carbonyl]-propyl}-propionamide (44):
[00206] A. 2S'-(2-Bromo-benzofuran-3-ylmethyl)-pyrrolidine-l-carboxylic acid tert-butyl ester (38): A solution of 22 (1.4 g, 4.7 mmol) in CHC13 (20 mL) was cooled to 0 C
and treated with KOAc (2.5 g, 26 mmol). A solution of bromine (0.3 mL, 5.8 mmol) in CHC13 (10 mL) was added dropwise over 30 min. Following addition, the solution maintained a yellow orange color. After TLC indicated consumption of starting material, the reaction mixture was diluted with H20, washed with saturated NaaS2O8, dried over Na2SO4, filtered, and concentrated.
Purification of the residue by flash silica gel chromatography (3:1 hexane/EtOAc) afforded 1.1 g (61%) of 38 as a yellow oil. 'H NMR (CDC13, 300 MHz) 8 7.57-7.52 (m, 1H), 7.43-7.41 (m, 1H), 7.26-7.20 (m, 2H), 4.20 (m, 111), 3.43-3.30 (m, 2H), 3.17-3.01 (m, 1H), 2.73-2.58 (m, 1H), 1.89-1.69 (m, 4H), 1.48 (s, 9H) ppm.
[00207] B. 2S-(2-Bromo-benzofuran-3-ylmethyl)-pyrrolidine (39): A solution of 38 (1.1 g, 2.9 mmol) in DCM (20 mL) was treated with TFA (2 mL) at room temperature. After 1.5 h, the reaction mixture was concentrated, diluted with EtOAc, washed with saturated NaHCO3, brine, dried over Na2SO4a filtered and concentrated to afford 0.8 g of 39 as an orange oil which was used without further purification. 'H NMR (CDC13, 300 MHz) 8 8.84 (br s, 1H), 7.42-7.39 (m, 2H), 7.28-7.21 (m, 2H), 3.70-3.66 (m, 1H), 3.48-3.39 (m, 1H), 3.31-3.21 (m, 2H) 2,95 (dd, J= 9.9 Hz, 13.5 Hz, 1H), 2.06-1.99 (m, 1H), 1.91-1.79 (m, 2H), 1.74-1.66 (m, 1H) ppm.
[00208] C. { 1S-[2S-(2-Bromo-benzofuran-3-ylmethyl)-pyrrolidine-l-carbonyl]-2-methyl-propyl}-carbamic acid tert-butyl ester (40): A solution ofN-Boc L-valine (656 mg, 3.0 mmol) in NMP (6 mL) was treated with HATU (1.2 g, 3.1 mmol) followed by N-methylmorpholine (0.4 mL, 3.6 mmol) at room temperature. After 10 min, crude 39 (0.8 g, 2.9 ~..
mmol) in NMP (6 mL) was added dropwise. After 16 h, the reaction mixture was diluted with EtOAc, washed with saturated NaHCO3, brine, dried over NaaSO4, filtered and concentrated.
The residue was purified by flash silica gel chromatography (3:1 hexane/EtOAc) to afford 853 mg (61%) of 40 as a yellow foam. 1H NMR (CDC13, 300 MHz) S 7.89-7.86 (m, 1H), 7.42-7.38 (m, 1H), 7.29-7.25 (m, 3H), 5.35 (d, J= 9.3 Hz, 1H), 4.55-4.51 (m, 1H), 4.29 (dd, J= 6.0, 9.6 Hz, 1H), 3.71-3.66 (m, 1H), 3.27 (dd, J = 3.3, 13.5 Hz, 1H), 2.45 (dd, J =
10.8, 13.5 Hz, 1H), 2.15-1.92 (m, 3H), 1.79-1.74 (m, 2H), 1.42 (s, 9H), 1.03 (d, J = 6.9 Hz, 3H), 0.96 (d, J = 7.2 Hz, 3H) ppm.
[00209] D. 2S-Amino-l-[2S-(2-bromo-benzofuran-3-ylmethyl)-pyrrolidin-1-yl]-3-methyl-butan-l-one (41): A solution of carbamate 40 (853 mg, 1.8 mmol) in DCM
(20 mL) was treated with TFA (2 mL) at room temperature. After 1.5 h, the reaction mixture was concentrated, diluted with EtOAc, washed with saturated NaHCO3, brine, dried over Na2SO4, filtered and concentrated to afford 0.66 g of 41 as a yellow foam which was used without further purification. 'H NMR (CDC13, 300 MHz) S 7.92-7.89 (m, 1H), 7.44-7.39 (m, 1H), 7.30-7.25 (m, 3H), 4.55 (m, 1H), 3.66-3.51 (m, 2H), 3.29 (dd, J= 2.4, 13.5 Hz, 1H), 2.45 (dd, J= 11.1, 12.9 Hz, 1H), 2.15-1.97 (m, 2H), 1.78-1.71 (m, 2H), 1.06 (d, J= 6.3 Hz, 3H), 1.01 (d, J= 6.6 Hz, 3H) ppm.
[00210] E. (1 S- { 1 S-[2S-(2-Bromo-benzofuran-3-ylmethyl)-pyrrolidine-l-carbonyl]-2-methyl-propylcarbalnoyl}-ethyl)-carbamic acid tert-butyl ester (42): A solution of N-Boc-L-alanine (394 mg, 2.1 mmol) in NMP (6 mL) was treated with HATU (763 mg, 2.0 mmol) followed by N-methylmorpholine (0.3 mL, 2.7 mmol) at room temperature.
After 10 min, crude 41 (0.66 mg, 1.7 mmol) in NMP (6 rnL) was added dropwise. After 16 h, the reaction mixture was diluted with EtOAc, washed with saturated NaHCO3a 1M HCI, brine, dried over NaZSO4, filtered and concentrated. The residual oil was purified by flash silica gel chromatography (2:1 hexane/EtOAc-to- 1: 1 hexane/EtOAc) to afford 0.9 g (96%) of 42 as an off-white foam. 'H NMR (CDC13, 300 MHz) S 7.86-7.84 (m, 1H), 7.43-7.40 (m, 1H), 7.29-7.25 (m, 2H), 7.01 (d, J= 8.7 Hz, 1H), 5.10 (d, J= 6.6 Hz, 1H), 4.62 (dd, J= 6.3, 8.7 Hz, 1H), 4.53-4.48 (m, 1H), 4.23-4.19 (m, 1H), 3.75-3.66 (m, 2H), 3.27 (dd, J= 3.3, 13.5 Hz, 1H), 2.45 (dd, J =
10.5, 13.5 Hz, 1H), 2.16-2.08 (m, 2H), 2.02-1.97 (m, 2H), 1.79-1.73 (m, 2H), 1.45 (s, 9H), 1.36 (d, J = 6.9 Hz, 3H), 1.02 (d, J = 6.3 Hz, 3H), 0.97 (d, J = 7.2 Hz, 3H) ppm.
[00211) F. (1 S- {2-Methyl-1 S-[2S-(2-pyridin-4-yl-benzofuran-3-ylmethyl)-pyrrolidine-l-carbonyl]-propylcarbamoyl}-ethyl)-carbamic acid tert-butyl ester (43): A solution of 42 (36 mg, 0.07 mmol) in toluene (4 mL) was treated with K2C03 (38 mg, 0.28 mmol) and Pd(PPh3)4 (2 mg) followed by 4-pyridine boronic acid (12 mg, 0.1 mmol) in EtOH
(2 mL). The reaction was heated to reflux overnight. The solution was cooled to room temperature, diluted with H20, extracted with EtOAc, brine, dried over Na2SO4, filtered and concentrated to afford 44 mg of 43 as a light yellow oil which was used without further purification. 'H
NMR (CDC13, 300 MHz) S 8.74 (d, J = 5.1 Hz, 1H), 7.99 (d, J = 5.7 Hz, 1H), 7.86-7.81 (m, 1H), 7.71-7.64 (m, 1H), 7.56-7.46 (m, 3H), 7.41-7.27 (m, 2H), 6.87 (d, J = 8.7 Hz, 1H), 5.01 (m, 1H), 4.62 (app t, J =
8.7 Hz, 1H), 4.56-4.46 (m, 1H), 4.20 (m, 1H), 3.72-3.67 (m, 2H), 2.84 (dd, J=
11.7, 13.5 Hz, 1H), 2.16-1.93 (m, 2H), 1.78-1.62 (m, 2H), 1.46 (s, 9H), 1.37 (d, J = 7.2 Hz, 3H), 1.04 (d, J
6.6 Hz, 3H), 0.98 (d, J = 6.3 Hz, 3H) ppm.
[002121 G. 2S-Amino-N-{2-methyl-lS-[2-(2S-pyridin-4-yl-benzofuran-3-ylmethyl)-pyrrolidine-l-carbonyl]-propyl}-propionamide (44): A solution of 43 (44 mg, 0.08 mmol) in DCM (10 mL) was treated with TFA (1 mL) at room temperature. After 1.5 h, the reaction mixture was concentrated, diluted with EtOAc, washed with saturated NaHCO3a brine, dried over NazSO4a filtered and concentrated. The residue was purified by reverse-phase HPLC
(C 18; 10-100% ACN/H20 with 0.1 % AcOH buffer). The fractions containing pure product were lyophilized to afford 21 mg of 44 as a white solid. 1H NMR (CDC13, 300 MHz) 8 8.75 (bs, 1H), 8.00 (m, 1H), 7.90-7.82 (m, 1H), 7.71-7.64 (m, 1H), 7.55-7.47 (m, 3H), 7.38-7.27 (m, 2H), 4.61-4.52 (m, 1H), 3.83-3.62 (m, 2H), 3.07-3.00 (m, 1H), 2.84 (dd, J=11.1, 13.5 Hz, 1H), 2.16-1.94 (m, 2H), 1.74-1.61 (m, 2H), 1.41 (d, J= 6.9 Hz, 3H), 1.05 (d, J= 6.6 Hz, 3H), 0.99 (d, J= 6.9 Hz, 3H) ppm.
z R
Y R1z O N xz H
N H O
q/ I'//Rtb H
(E10) Table 9.
Entry A1 Rlb Y Z X2 Rll (M+H)+ Range 9-80 H Me iPr H 0 Br 450.4 B
9-81 H Me iPr H 0 4-Pyr 449.2 A
9-82 H Me iPr H 0 3-Pyr 449.2 B
9-83 H Me iPr H O 5-[(2- 479.2 B
MeO)Pyr]
9-84 H Me iPr H 0 2-Pyr 449.3 A
9-85 H Me iPr H 0 2-thiazoyl 455.2 B
9-86 H Me iPr H 0 2-pyrazine 450.1 A
9-87 H Me iPr H 0 Ph 448.3 B
9-88 H Me iPr H N Ph, (R12 is H) 447.2 C
[00213] This example illustrated pyrrolidine derivatives of Table 10.
Scheme V(a) EtO2C
%Br N
N N
o 0 O
EtOaC EtO2C EtO C
z H ~ N N
48 49 5o EtO2C EtOZC
O N ~ -= O N
N N
BocNH~H O HZN H O
[00214] The Preparation of 3-(3-{1-[2-(2-Amino-propionylamino)-3-methyl-butyryl]-pyrrolidin-2-ylmethyl}-benzofuran-2-yl)-propionic acid ethyl ester (52):
[00215] A. 2-(2-Bromo-benzofuran-3-ylmethyl)-pyrrolidine-l-carboxylic acid benzyl ester (46): To a cooled (0 C) solution of 45 (4.1 g, 12.2 mmol) in CHC13 (70 mL) was added KOAc (3.6 g, 36.7 mmol) followed by the dropwise addition of Br2 (2.3 g, 14.6 mmol) in CHC13 (30 mL) over -20 min. After 30 min, the reaction mixture was diluted with brine and saturated with Na2S2O8. The product was extracted with DCM and the combined DCM extracts were washed with brine, dried over anhydrous Na2SO4a filitered and concentrated to afford 5 g (quant.) of 46 as an orange oil which was used without further purification.
1H NMR (CDC13, 300 MHz) S 7.75-7.72 & 6.98 (rotamers, m and app t, J = 7.5 Hz, 1H), 7.44-7.10 (m, 8H), 5.24-5.17 (m, 2H), 4.28 & 4.17 (rotamer, 2 m, 1H), 3.54-3.38 (m, 2H), 3.21 & 3.00 (rotamer, 2 dd, J
= 2.4, 13.5 Hz, 1H), 2.72-2.55 (m, 1H), 1.97-1.75 (m, 4H) ppm.
[00216] B. 2-[2-(2-Ethoxycarbonyl-vinyl)-benzofuran-3-ylmethyl]-pyrrolidine-l-carboxylic acid benzyl ester (47): A solution containing crude 46 (5.0 g, 12.1 mmol), ethyl acrylate (2.7 g, 27.7 mmol), tetrabutylammonium chloride (3.5 g, 12.6 mmol), NaHCO3 (2.0 g, 23.8 mmol), and Pd(OAc)a (0.107 g, 0.46 mmol) in DMF (40 mL) was heated at 100 C for 16 h.
After cooling to ambient temperature, the reaction mixture was diluted with diethyl ether and washed with water, brine, dried over anhydrous Na2SO4i filitered and concentrated. The crude product was purified by flash silica gel chromatography (EtOAc/hexane, 1:3) to afford 3.7 g (70%) of 47 as an orange-colored oil. 1H NMR (CDC13a 300 MHz) 57.81 & 6.99 (rotamer, app d, J = 7.5 Hz, app t, J = 7.5 Hz, 1H), 7.61 (dd, J = 15.9, 18.3 Hz, 1H), 7.47-7.20 (m, 8H), 6.58 (dd, J = 5.7, 15.6 Hz, 1H), 5.27-5.16 (m, 2H), 4.24 (q, J = 7.2 Hz, 2H), 4.17-4.08 (m, 1H), 3.51-3.35 (m, 2H), 3.38 & 3.17-(rotamer, 2 dd, J = 3.6, 14.1 Hz, 1H), 2.89-2.69 (m, 1H), 1.94-1.64 (m, 4H), 1.36 (t, J = 7.2 Hz, 2H) ppm.
[00217] C. 3-(3-Pyrrolidin-2-ylmethyl-benzofuran-2-yl)-propionic acid ethyl ester (48): A mixture containing 47 (1.0 g, 2.3 mmol) and 10% Pd-on-carbon (-1 g) in anhydrous MeOH (20 mL) was placed under a hydrogen atmosphere (45 PSI) and shaken using a Parr apparatus for 1 h. The catalyst was removed by filtration and the solids were washed with EtOAc and MeOH. The clarified filtrate was concentrated to afford 634 mg (91 %) of 48 as an orange oil which was used without further purification. 'H NMR (CDC13, 300 MHz) 57.51-7.49 (m, 1H), 7.38-7.35 (m, 1H), 7.21-7.17 (m, 2H), 4.16-4.09 (m, 2H), 3.68-3.59 (m, 2H), 3.12-3.07 (m, 2H), 2.88-2.73 (m, 4H), 1.84-1.69 (m, 4H), 1.43-1.39 (m, 1H), 1.26-1.20 (m, 3H) ppm.
[00218] D. 3-{3-[1-(2-tert-Butoxycarbonylamino-3-methyl-butyryl)-pyrrolidin-2-ylmethyl]-benzofuran-2-yl}-propionic acid ethyl ester (49): A solution containing Boc-L-valine (352 mg, 1.6 mmol) in NMP (3 mL) was treated with HATU (543 mg, 1.4 mmol) followed by NMM (0.2 mL, 1.8 mmol) at ambient temperature. After 10 min, amine 48 (0.4 g, 1.3 mmol) in NMP (5 mL) was added in a dropwise fashion. After 16 h, the reaction mixture was diluted with diethyl ether and washed successively with NaHCO3, 1 M HCl, water, and brine.
The organic extract was dried over anhydrous Na2SO4, filtered and concentrated to afford 630 mg (96%) of 49 which was used without further purification. 'H NMR (CDC13, 300 MHz) 57.82-7.79 (m, 1H), 7.38-7.35 (m, 1H), 7.28-7.21 (m, 2H), 5.37 (d, J= 9.3 Hz, 1H), 4.50-4.44 (m, 1H), 4.31 (dd, J = 6.0, 9.0 Hz, 1H), 4.14 (q, J = 6.9 Hz, 2H), 3.72-3.60 (m, 3H), 3.38 (t, J = 7.2 Hz, 1H), 3.29 (dd, J = 3.0, 13.5 Hz, 1H), 3.12 (app t, J = 7.5 Hz, 2H), 2.80-2.74 (m, 4H), 2.46-2.35 (m, 2H), 2.11-1.92 (m, 2H), 1.81-1.73 (m, 1R), 1.69-1.65 (m, 1H), 1.44 (s, 9H), 1.25 (t, J= 6.0 Hz, 3H), 1.03 (d, J = 6.3 Hz, 3H), 0.96 (d, J= 6.6 Hz, 3H) ppm. Mass spectrum: m/z 501 [M + H]+;
and, 523 [M + Na]+.
[00219] E. 3-{3-[1-(2-Amino-3-methyl-butyryl)-pyrrolidin-2-ylmethyl]-benzofuran-2-yl}-propionic acid ethyl ester (50): To a solution of 49 (302 mg, 0.6 mmol) in DCM (10 mL) was added TFA (2 mL) at ambient temperature. After 2 h, the solvent was removed under reduced pressure. The residue was dissolved in EtOAc and washed with aqueous NaHCO3, brine, dried over anhydrous Na2SO4, filtered and concentrated to afford 235 mg (97%) of 50 as an orange oil which was used without further purification. 1H NMR
(CDC13a 300 MHz) 57.86-7.83 (m, 1H), 7.43-7.34 (m, 1H), 7.27-7.19 (m, 3H), 4.49 (m, 1H), 4.14 (q, J= 6.9 Hz, 2H), 3.60-3.53 (m, 2H), 3.32 (d, J = 12.9 Hz, 1H), 3.12 (app t, J = 7.2 Hz, 2H), 2.81-2.74 (m, 2H), 2.42 (app t, J = 12.3 Hz, 1H), 2.10-1.91 (m, 2H), 1.74-1.66 (m, 2H), 1.24 (t, J= 7.2 Hz, 3H), 1.06-0.99 (m, 6H) ppm. Mass spectrum: m/z 401 [M + H]+.
[00220] F. 3-(3- { 1-[2-(2-tert-Butoxycarbonylamino-propionylamino)-3-methyl-butyryl]-pyrrolidin-2-ylmethyl}-benzofuran-2-yl)-propionic acid ethyl ester (51): A solution containing Boc-L-alanine (69 mg, 0.37 mmol) in NMP (3 mL) was treated with HATU (131 mg, 0.34 mmol) followed by NMM (0.1 mL, 0.9 mmol) at ambient temperature. After 10 min, amine 50 (111 mg, 0.28 mmol) in NMP (5 mL) was added in a dropwise fashion. After 5 h, the reaction mixture was diluted with diethyl ether and washed successively with NaHCO3, 1 M
HCI, water, and brine. The organic extract was dried over anhydrous Na2SO4, filtered and concentrated to afford 160 mg (quant.) of 51 which was used without further purification. 1H
NMR (CDC13, 300 MHz) 57.81-7.78 (m, 1H), 7.38-7.36 (m, 1H), 7.28-7.21 (m, 3H), 6.86 (d, J
8.7 Hz, 1H), 5.04 (d, J= 6.9 Hz, 1H), 4.61 (dd, J = 6.3, 8.7 Hz, 1H), 4.48-4.42 (m, 1H), 4.22 (m, 1H), 4.13 (q, J= 6.9 Hz, 2H), 3.73-3.62 (m, 2H), 3.41-3.36 (m, 2H), 3.28 (dd, J = 3.0, 13.5 Hz, 1H), 3.11 (app t, J = 6.9 Hz, 2H), 2.85-2.73 (m, 4H), 2.38 (app t, J = 8.1 Hz, 2H), 2.13-1.98 (m, 2H), 1.80-1.64 (m, 1H), 1.45 (s, 9H), 1.37 (d, J= 6.9 Hz, 3H), 1.26 (t, J= 7.5 Hz, 3H), 1.03-0.95 (m, 6H) ppm. Mass spectrum: m/z 572 [M + H]+; and, 594 [M + Na]+.
[00221] G. 3-(3- { 1-[2-(2-Amino-propionylamino)-3-methyl-butyryl]-pyrrolidin-ylmethyl}-benzofuran-2-yl)-propionic acid ethyl ester (52): To a solution of 51 (160 mg, 0.28 mmol) in DCM (10 mL) was added TFA (2 mL) at ambient temperature. After 2.5 h, the solvent was removed under reduced pressure. The residue was dissolved in EtOAc and washed with aqueous NaHCO3, brine, dried over anhydrous NaaSO4a filtered and concentrated.
A portion (-50 10) of the crude material was purified by reverse-phase HPLC (C 18, 10-100% ACN/water containing 0.1% HOAc) to afford 56 mg of 52 as a white solid. 1H NMR (DMSO, 300 MHz) 58.03 (d, J= 8.7 Hz, 1H), 7.77 (m, 1H), 7.43-7.41 (m, 1H), 7.21 (m, 2H), 4.37 (app t, J= 8.1 Hz, 1H), 4.19 (m, 1H), 4.01 (q, J= 7.2 Hz, 2H), 3.65 (m, 1H), 3.56 (app d, J=
6.6 Hz, 1H), 3.28 (m, 1H), 3.06-3.01 (m, 3H), 2.68 (app t, J= 7.2 Hz, 2H), 2.07-1.96 (m, 1H), 1.63 (m, 1H), 1.54 (m, 1H), 1.13-1.09 (m, 6H), 0.90 (d, J = 6.3 Hz, 3H), 0.85 (d, J 6.3 Hz, 3H) ppm. Mass spectrum: m/z 472 [M + H]+; and, 494 [M + Na]+.
z Rll Y
O N Xz H
N H O
q~ ,,',,R,b H
(Ell) Table 10.
Entry A1 RIb Y Z X2 Rll (AI+H)+ Range 10-89 H Me iPr H 0 -CH2CH2CO2Et 472.3 C
10-90 H Me iPr H 0 -CH2CH2CO2H 444.2 B
[00222] This example illustrated pyrrolidine derivatives of Table 11 and Table 12.
Scheme V(b) EtOzC NHCbz EtO2C NHCbz HOzC
H O --~ N p N O
BocNH p BocNH p NHz HOZC O H O
~ N
N N ~ -~ N
BocNH p BocNH p HzN O
H O N p N
O N O p N
N ~N O
BocNH~H p ~ HzN H 59 58 \
[00223] The Preparation of Ornithine-derived Lactain (59):
[00224] A. 3- {3-[ 1-(5-Benzyloxycarbonylamino-2-tert-butoxycarbonylamino-pentanoyl)-pyrrolidin-2-ylmethyl]-benzofuran-2-yl}-propionic acid ethyl ester (53): A solution containing Boc-L-ornithine (2.3 g, 6.3 mmol) in NMP (5 mL) was treated with HATU (2.4 g, 6.3 mmol) followed by NMM (1.5 mL, 13.7 mmol) at ambient temperature. After 10 min, amine 48 (1.6 g, 5.3 mmol) in NMP (10 mL) was added in a dropwise fashion. After 16 h, the reaction mixture was diluted with diethyl ether and washed successively with NaHCO3, 1 M HCI, water, and brine. The organic extract was dried over anhydrous NazSO4, filtered and concentrated to afford 3.0 g (87%) of 53 as an orange-colored oil which was used without further purification.
'H NMR (CDC13, 300 MHz) 57.78-7.75 (m, 1H), 7.40-7.20 (m, 8H), 5.48 (d, J =
8.4 Hz, 1H), 5.10 (s, 2H), 4.48-4.42 (m, 1H), 4.17-4.09 (m, 2H), 3.64-3.56 (m, 1H), 3.27-3.19 (m, 1H), 3.12 (app t, J= 7.8 Hz, 1H), 2.81-2.74 (m, 2H), 2.52-2.35 (m, 1H), 2.09-1.95 (m, 2H), 1.83-1.63 (m, 4H), 1.45 (s, 9H), 1.29-1.19 (m, 6H) ppm.
[00225] B. 3-{3-[1-(5-Benzyloxycarbonylamino-2-tert-butoxycarbonylamino-pentanoyl)-pyrrolidin-2-ylmethyl]-benzofuran-2-yl}-propionic acid (54): A
solution containing the crude 53 (3.0 g, 4.6 mmol) in THF (20 mL) was treated with 3 M NaOH (8 mL) at ambient temperature. The reaction mixture was then warmed to gentle reflux and maintained for 2.5 h.
The reaction mixture was concentrated in vacuo and the residue was dissolved in EtOAc. The organic solution was washed with 1 N HCl then dried over anhydrous Na2SO4, filtered and concentrated to afford -3 g (quant.) of 54 as an off-white-colored foam which was used directly without further purification. 1H NMR (CDC13, 300 MHz) 57.69-7.67 (m, 1H), 7.39-7.20 (m, 8H), 5.70 (d, J = 8.4 Hz, 1H), 5.13-5.09 (m, 2H), 4.50-4.45 (m, 1H), 3.67-3.54 (m, 1H), 3.22-3.18 (m, 2H), 3.13 (t, J= 6.9 Hz, 1H), 2.85-2.78 (m, 2H), 2.09-1.97 (m, 3H), 1.76-1.62 (m, 4H), 1.43 (s, 9H) ppm.
[00226] C. 3- {3-[ 1-(5-Amino-2-tert-butoxycarbonylamino-pentanoyl)-pyrrolidin-2-ylmethyl]-benzofuran-2-yl}-propionic acid (55): A solution of the crude 54 (-3 g, 4.8 mmol) in MeOH (30 mL) was charged with 10% Pd-on-carbon (-1 g) and placed under an atmosphere of hydrogen gas (45 PSI). The reaction mixture was shaken using a Parr apparatus for 2 h. After removal of the catalyst by filtration over celite, the clarified filtrate was concentrated in vacuo.
The crude residue was taken up in DCM and dried using anhydrous Na2SO4, filtered and concentrated to afford 2.3 g (quant.) of 55 as a foamy residue which was used without further purification. 1H NMR (CDCl3, 300 MHz) 57.51 (m, 1H), 7.34-7.32 (m, 1H), 7.18-7.15 (m, 2H), 6.19 (m, 1H), 4.36 (m, 2H), 3.62-3.48 (m, 2H), 3.10-2.99 (m, 2H), 2.85-1.81 (m, 2H), 2.66-2.60 (m, 2H), 1.99-1.71 (m, 6H), 1.41 (s, 9H) ppm. Mass spectrum, m/z 488 [M + H]+.
[00227] D. Boc-protected Des-alanine Ornithine-derived Lactam (56): A solution containing 55 (2.3 g, 4.7 mmol) in 1:1 NMP/DCM (30 mL) was treated with HATU
(2.1 g, 5.5 mmol) and NMM (0.6 mL, 5.5 mmol) at ambient temperature. After 18 h, the reaction mixture was diluted with diethyl ether and washed successively with aqueous Na2SO4, dilute aqueous HCI, water, brine, then dried over anhydrous Na2SO4, filtered and concentrated to afford 1.5 g (68%) of 56 as an off-white-colored foam which was used without further purification. 1H NMR
(CDC13, 300 MHz) 87.70-7.66 (m, 1H), 7.33 (m, 1H), 7.19-7.18 (m, 2H), 5.70 (m, 1H), 4.42 (m, 1H), 4.10 (m, 1H), 3.55 (m, 3H), 3.24-3.09 (m, 4H), 2.61-2.46 (m, 2H), 1.63 (m, 7H), 1.44 (s, 9H) ppm. Mass spectrum, m/z 470 [M + H]+, 492 [M + Na]+.
[00228] E. Des-alanine Ornithine-derived Lactam (57): To a solution of crude (1.5 g, 3.1 mmol) in DCM (20 mL) was added TFA (4 mL) at ambient temperature.
After 2 h, the solvent was removed under reduced pressure. The residue was dissolved in EtOAc and washed with aqueous NaHCO3, and brine. The combined aqueous washes were back extracted with 5% MeOH/DCM. The combined organic extracts were dried over anhydrous NazSO4, filtered and concentrated to afford 0.8 g (68%) of 57 as an off-white-colored foam which was used directly in the next reaction. 1H NMR (CDCl3a 300 MHz) 87.41-7.38 (m, 1H), 7.27-7.20 (m, 3H), 5.99 (d, J = 9.3 Hz, 1H), 4.39-4.33 (m, 1H), 3.96-3.84 (m, 1H), 3.70-3.65 (m, 2H), 3.55-3.38 (m, 2H), 3.20-3.05 (m, 2H), 2.90-2.83 (m, 3H), 2.77-2.71 (m, 2H), 2.66-2.62 (m, 2H), 2.19-1.98 (m, 2H), 1.78-1.66 (m, 2H), 1.38-1.08 (m, 2H) ppm.
[00229] F. Boc-protected Ornithine-derived Lactam (58): A solution containing Boc-L-alanine (526 mg, 2.8 mmol) in NMP (5 mL) was treated with HATU (1.1 g, 2.9 mmol) followed by NMM (0.3 mL, 2.9 mmol) at ambient temperature. After 10 min, crude amine 57 (0.8 mg, 2.2 mmol) in NMP (10 mL) was added in a dropwise fashion. After 2 d, the reaction mixture was diluted with diethyl ether and washed successively with NaHCO3, 1 M HCl, water, and brine. The organic extract was dried over anhydrous NaZSO4, filtered and concentrated to afford -1 g (84%) of 58 as a yellow-colored oil which was used without further purification.
Mass spectrum: m/z 541 [M + H]+, and 563 [M + Na]+.
[00230] G. Ornithine-derived Lactam (59): To a solution of crude 58 (-l g, 1.9 mmol) in DCM (10 mL) was added TFA (4 mL) at ambient temperature. After 1 h, the solvent was removed under reduced pressure. The residue was dissolved in EtOAc and washed with aqueous NaHCO3, and brine. The combined aqueous washes were back extracted with 5%
MeOH/DCM and the combined organic extracts were dried over anhydrous Na2SO4, filtered and concentrated. A portion of the crude product was purified by reverse-phase HPLC (C18, 10-100% ACN/water containing 0.1% HOAc) to afford 28 mg of 59 as a white solid.
iH NMR
(DMSO, 300 MHz) 58.14 (m, 1H), 7.88 (m, 1H), 7.68-7.66 (m, 1H), 7.35 (m, 1H), 7.12 (m, 2H), 4.43 (m, 1H), 4.12 (m, 1H), 3.48 (m, 2H), 2.91(m, 4H), 1.48-1.36 (m, 4H), 1.10 (d, J= 6.3 Hz, 3H) ppm. Mass spectrum: m/z 441 [M + H]+.
H o N
N Xz H
N
~ 1~~'~
A, H R,b (E12-1) Table 11.
Entry A1 Rlb y z X2 R11, 12, R14-17 (NI+H)+ Range y Rl l 441.3 B
11-91 H Me linked H 0 linked with with y Ri i N
H
O O N XZ
H /
~N H I
' ', "s/Rm H
(E12-2) Table 12.
Entry A1 Rl Y Z X2 Rll, 129 R14-17 (M+H)+ Range y Ril 455.2 C
12-92 H Me linked H 0 linked with with Y
Rl i [00231] This example illustrated pyrrolidine derivatives of Table 13.
Scheme Vc OH
EtO2C OH
N O N / O N ----\ H
p 47 \~ - p so p O
N N p N O
BocNH p BocNH 63 HZN O 64 O O
N
-- O N ~ - J-N
~N p BocNH H 65 H2H O 66 I
[00232] The Preparation of Tyrosine-derived Cyclic Ether (66).
[00233] A. 2-[2-(3-Hydroxy-propenyl)-benzofuran-3-ylmethyl]-pyrrolidine-l-carboxylic acid benzyl ester (60): At -78 C, BF3=etherate (0.6 mL, 4.8 mmol) was added to a solution containing 47 (1.7 g, 3.9 mmol) in anhydrous DCM (40 mL). After 10 min, DIBAL (1 M/DCM, 10 mL, 10 mmol) was added dropwise from an addition funnel. After 5 min following the complete addition of the DIBAL solution, EtOAc (10 mL) was added to quench the excess reagent. Dilute aqueous HCl was slowly added and the reaction mixture was allowed to slowly warm to ambient temperature. The product was extracted with DCM and EtOAc nad the combined organic extracts were washed with dilute aqueous HCI, water, brine, dried over anhydrous Na2SO4, filtered and concentrated. The crude product was purified by flash silica gel chromatography (EtOAc/hexane, 1:2) to afford 1.1 g (72%) of 60 as a yellow-colored oil. 1H
NMR (CDC13, 300 MHz) 87.65 & 7.03 (rotamer, d and app t, J = 6.9, 7.8 Hz, 1H), 7.38 (m, 5H), 7.26-7.19 (m, 2H), 6.70-6.52 (m, 2H), 5.26-5.14 (m, 2H), 4.38 (m, 1H), 4.28 (m, 1H), 4.14 (m, 1H), 3.43 (m, 2H), 3.27 & 3.02 (rotamer, 2 m, 1H), 2.76-2.68 (m, 1H), 2.45 (m, 1H), 1.77-1.68 (m, 5H) ppm.
[00234] B. 3-(3-Pyrrolidin-2-ylmethyl-benzofuran-2-yl)-propan-l-ol (61): A
mixture of 60 (1.1 g, 2.8 mmol) and 10% Pd-on-carbon (1 g) in MeOH (40 mL) was placed under an atmosphere of hydrogen gas (45 PSI) and shaken for 2 h using a Parr apparatus. The catalyst was removed by filtration through a bed of celite and the clarified filtrate was concentrated in vacuo to afford 725 mg (quant.) of 61 as a yellow oil which was used without further purification. 'H NMR (CDC13, 300 MHz) 57.47-7.36 (m, 2H), 7.21-7.17 (m, 2H), 4.59 (br s, 2H), 3.57-3.50 (m, 2H), 3.40-3.31 (m, 1H), 3.08-2.94 (m, 1H), 2.89-2.69 (m, 2H), 2.05-1.95 (m, 2H), 1.93-1.49 (m, 2H) ppm.
[00235] C. (1-(4-Hydroxy-benzyl)-2-{2-[2-(3-hydroxy-propyl)-benzofuran-3-ylmethyl]-pyrrolidin-1-yl}-2-oxo-ethyl)-carbamic acid tert-butyl ester (62): A
solution containing Boc-L-tyrosine (577 mg, 2.1 mmol) and HATU (716 mg, 1.8 mmol) in anhydrous NMP (6 mL) was treated with NMM (0.3 mL, 2.7 mmol) at ambient temperature.
After 10 min, a solution containing 61 (429 mg, 1.7 mmol) in NMP (5 mL) was added. After 2 d, the reaction mixture was dilutued with water and the product was extracted with diethyl ether. The combined ether extracts were washed with water and dilute aqueous NaHCO3, brine, dried over anhydrous Na2SO4, filtered and concentrated. The crude product was purified by flash silica gel chromatography (10% MeOH/DCM) to afford 821 mg (92%) of 62 as a pale yellow foam. 1H
NMR (CDC13, 300 MHz) 58.54 (br 2, 1H), 7.66-7.63 (m, 1H), 7.36-7.32 (m, 1H), 7.21-7.06 (m, 5H), 6.83 (d, J= 8.4 Hz, 2H), 5.58 (d, J= 9.0 Hz, 1H), 4.64-4.56 (m, 1H), 4.34-4.31 (m, 1H), 3.92-3.88 (m, 1H), 3.70 (app t, J= 5.7 Hz, 2H), 3.51-3.26 (m, 1H), 3.18-2.79 (m, 4H), 2.01-1.97 (m, 2H), 1.69-1.47 (m, 1H), 1.42 (s, 9H) ppm.
[00236] D. Boc-protected Des-alanine Tyrosine-derived Cyclic Ether (63): To a solution containing 62 (821 mg, 1.6 mmol) in DCM (40 mL) was added Ph3P (431 mg, 1.6 mmol) and ADDP (491 mg, 1.9 mmol) at ambient temperature. After 16 h, the reaction mixture was concentrated in vacuo then redissolved in diethyl ether. The insoluble white solid was removed by filtration and the clarified filtrate was concentrated. The crude product was purified by flash silica gel chromatography (EtOAc/hexane, 1:2 to 1:1) to afford 160 mg (19%) of 63 as a light yellow-colored foam. IH NMR (CDC13, 300 MHz) 67.47 (d, J = 7.5 Hz, 1H), 7.34 (d, J =
7.8 Hz, 1H), 7.28-7.24 (m, 2H), 7.22-7.11 (m, 2H), 7.00 (dd, J = 2.7, 8.1 Hz, 1H), 6.69 (dd, J=
3.0, 8.7 Hz, 1H), 5.28 (d, J= 9.6 Hz, 1H), 4.88-4.79 (m, 1H), 4.51-4.41 (m, 1H), 4.23-4.17 (m, 1H), 3.97-3.89 (m, 1H), 3.84-3.76 (m, 1H), 3.46-3.29 (m, 2H), 2.75-2.62 (m, 4H), 2.17-2.09 (m, 1H), 1.99-1.90 (m, 1H), 1.72-1.54 (m, 2H), 1.45 (s, 9H) ppm.
[00237] E. Des-alanine Tyrosine-derived Cyclic Ether (64): To a solution of 63 (160 mg, 0.32 mmol) in DCM (10 mL) was added TFA (2 mL) at ambient temperature. After 1.5 h, the solvent was removed under reduced pressure. The residue was dissolved in EtOAc and washed with aqueous NaHCO3, brine, dried over anhydrous NaaSO4a filtered and concentrated to afford 130 mg (quant.) of 64 as an off-white-colored solid which was used directly in the next reaction. 1H NMR (CDC13, 300 MHz) 87.46 (d, J= 7.8 Hz, 1H), 7.34 (d, J= 8.4 Hz, 1H), 7.21-7.19 (m, 2H), 7.16-7.10 (m, 2H), 6.97 (dd, J= 2.4, 8.1 Hz, 1H), 6.70-6.68 (m, 1H), 4.47 (m, 1H), 4.21-4.13 (m, 2H), 3.93 (t, J= 9.3 Hz, 1H), 3.51-3.36 (m, 4H), 2.73-2.68 (m, 4H), 2.15-2.07 (m, 1H), 1.98-1.90 (m, 1H), 1.70-1.46 (m, 3H), 1.19-1.13 (m, 1H), 0.64-0.55 (m, 1H) ppm.
[00238] F. Boc-protected Tyrosine-derived Cyclic Ether (65): A solution containing Boc-L-alanine (63 mg, 0.33 mmol) in NMP (3 mL) was treated with HATU (125 mg, 0.33 mmol) followed by NMM (0.1 mL, 0.9 mmol) at ambient temperature. After 10 min, crude amine 64 (125 mg, 0.31 mmol) in NMP (5 mL) was added in a dropwise fashion.
After 16 h, the reaction mixture was diluted with diethyl ether and washed successively with NaHCO3a 1 M
HCI, water, and brine. The organic extract was dried over anhydrous Na2SO4, filtered and concentrated. The crude product was purified by flash silica gel chromatography (EtOAc/hexane, 1:1 to 2:1) to afford 137 mg (76%) of 65 as a light yellow-colored solid. 1H
NMR (CDC13, 300 MHz) 57.46 (d, J = 7.8 Hz, 1H), 7.34 (d, J= 7.8 Hz, 1H), 7.19-7.12 (m, 3H), 7.05-6.99 (m, 2H), 6.70 (dd, J= 2.4, 8.4 Hz, 1H), 5.14-5.08 (m, 2H), 4.48-4.42 (m, 1H), 4.26-4.18 (m, 2H), 3.93 (app t, J= 9.3 Hz, 114), 3.84-3.76 (m, 1H), 3.47-3.31 (m, 2H), 2.84-2.64 (m, 4H), 2.15-2.08 (m, 1H), 1.97-1.93 (m, 1H), 1.71-1.52 (m, 3H), 1.48 (s, 9H), 1.38 (d, J= 7.2 Hz, 3H), 1.18-1.12 (m, 1H), 0.64-0.56 (m, 1H) ppm.
[00239] G. Tyrosine-derived Cyclic Ether (66): To a solution of 65 (137 mg, 0.23 mmol) in DCM (10 mL) was added TFA (2 mL) at ambient temperature. After 1.5 h, the solvent was removed under reduced pressure. The residue was dissolved in EtOAc and washed with aqueous NaHCO3, brine, dried over anhydrous Na2SO4, filtered and concentrated.
The crude product was purified by reverse-phase HPLC (C 18, 10-100% ACN/water containing 0.1 %
HOAc) to afford 90 mg (82%) of 66 as a white solid. 'H NMR (DMSO, 300 MHz) 88.23 (d, J
= 6.9 Hz, 1H), 7.46-7.39 (m, 3H), 7.23-7.12 (m, 2H), 7.01-6.99 (m, 2H), 6.85-6.82 (m, 1H), 4.86(m, 1H), 4.27 (m, 1H), 4.16 (m, 1H), 3.98-3.84 (m, 1H), 3.44-3.33 (m, 1H), 3.16-3.10 (m, 1H), 2.76-2.67 (m, 311), 1.99 (m, 1H), 1.57 (app t, J= 5.7 Hz, 2H), 1.45-1.39 (m, 1H), 1.16 (d, J
= 6.3 Hz, 3H), 1.02-0.97 (m, 1H), 0.58-0.49 (m, 1H) ppm. Mass spectrum: m/z 476.2 [M +
H]+.
o XZ
H N
N 4, N
P
H
l 0 O
H Rm (E13) Table 13.
Entry A1 Rlb Y Z X2 Rii, 12, R14_17 (IyI+H)+ Range Y Rl l 476.2 B
13-93 H Me linked H 0 linked with with Y
Rii [00240] This example illustrated pyrrolidine derivatives of Table 14 Scheme VI
N N ~ N - j4c OMs O N I
( _~ OH 67 ~
/ ~ 2Z 68 b ,Ac ~N N,Ac N N'Ac N / N
C / ~ BocNH p ~ O I 70 \ I 71 ,Ac N N'Ac C N N
-' ~ - N
HZN C / - BocNH~H C
,AC C ~N N
~N N \
C
_/y\-N
~N HN H O
HZN H C a [00241] The Preparation of 2S-Amino-N-{1S-[2S-(1H-indol-3-ylmethyl)-pyrrolidine-l-carbonyl]-2-methyl-propyl}-propionamide (76):
[00242] A. trans-2S-(3 -Methanesulfonyloxy-propenyl)-pyrrolidine-l-carboxylic acid tert-butyl ester (67): To a solution of 22 (2 g, 8.8 mmol) in DCM (10 mL) was added triethylamine (2.5 mL, 17.6 mmol). The solution was cooled in ice bath and methanesulfonyl chloride (0.74 mL, 9.68 mmol) was added dropwise and stirred at room temperature for 30 min.
Water (10 mL) was added and the product was extracted with DCM (3 x 50 mL).
The organic layers were combined and washed with 5 mL 1N HCI, water (10 mL), and brine, and dried over anhydrous Na2SO4. Solvent evaporated under reduced pressure to obtained 9.5 g of 67 which was used without purification. 1H NMR (CDC13, 300 MHz): S 4.4-4.0 (m, 2 H), 3.42-3.21 (m, 3H), 3.0 (s, 3H), 2-1.6 (m, 4H), 1.42 (s, 9H) ppm.
[00243] B. trans-2S- {3-[Acetyl-(2-iodo-phenyl)-amino]-propenyl} -pyrrolidine-l-carboxylic acid tert-butyl ester (68): A solution of o-iodoacetanilide (1.1 g, 4.21 mmol) in DMF
(10 mL) was cooled in ice bath and NaH (60% dispersion in mineral oil, 0.24 g, 6.31 mmol) was added in portions and stirred at room temperature for 10 min. Crude mesylate 67 (1.28 g, 4.21 mmol) in DMF (5 mL) was added dropwise at room temperature and stirred for 30 min. Water (10 mL) was added and the product was extracted with diethyl ether (3 x 50 mL). The combined ether extracts were washed with water (3 x 50 mL) and brine, dried over Na2SO4. Solvent evaporated under reduced pressure and purified by flash silica gel chromatography (3:1 hexanes/ethyl acetate) to afford 1.17 g of 68 as a white solid. 1H NMR (CDC13, 300 MHz):
8 7.85 (d, J= 9.9 Hz, 1H), 7.4-7.0 (m, 3H), 5.6 (m, 1H), 5.28 (m, 1H), 4.86 (m, 1H), 3.3 (m, 3H), 2.0-1.6 (m, 4H), 1.4 (s, 9H) ppm.
[00244] C. 2S-(1-Acetyl-lH-indol-3-ylmethyl)-pyrrolidine-l-carboxylic acid tert-butyl ester (69): To a solution of 68 (1.1 g, 2.33 mmol) in DMF (15 mL) was added K2C03 (0.41 g, 3.02 mmol), NaHCO2 (0.16 g, 2.44 mmol) followed by tetrabutylammonium chloride (0.64 g, 2.33 mmol) and Pd(OAc)2 (0.02 g, 0.07 mmol) and the reaction flask was immersed in a pre-heated oil bath (100 C). After 40 min., water (10 mL) was added and the product was extracted with diethyl ether (3 x 50 mL). The diethyl ether extracts were washed with water (3 x 50 mL), brine and dried over Na2SO4. Solvent was evaporated under reduced pressure and purified by flash silica gel chromatography (3:1 hexanes/ethyl acetate) to afford 0.37 g of 69 as white solid.
1H NMR (CDC13, 300 MHz): S 8.4 (s, 1H), 7.78-7.6 (dd, J=10.7, 10.7 Hz, 1H), 4.2-4.0 (m, 1H), 3.45-3.0 (m, 3H), 2.7-2.6 (m, 1H), 2.6 (s, 3H), 1.9-1.65 (m, 4H), 1.5 (s, 9H) ppm.
[00245] D. 1-(3-Pyrrolidin-2S-ylmethyl-indol-1-yl)-ethanone (70): To a solution of 69 (0.37 g, 1.08 mmol) in DCM (20 mL) was added TFA (4 mL) and stirred at room temperature for 30 min. Aqueous NaHCO3 (5 mL) was added and the reaction mixture was concentrated under reduced pressure. The product was extracted with DCM (3 x 50 mL) and the organic extract was washed with aqueous NaHCO3, water and brine, and dried over anhydrous Na2S04.
Solvent was removed under reduced pressure and purified by silica gel column chromatography (10:1 DCM/MeOH) to afford 0.26 g of 70 as white solid. 1H NMR (CDC13, 300 MHz): S 8.6 (d, J=11 Hz, 1H), 7.5 (d, J= 11 Hz, 1H), 7.4-7.2 (m, 3H), 3.8-3.6 (m, 1H), 3.2-2.9 (m, 4H), 2.8 (s, 3H), 2.2-1.6 (m, 4H) ppm.
[00246] E. { 1S-[2S-(1-Acetyl-lH-indol-3-ylmethyl)-pyrrolidine-l-carbonyl]-2-methyl-propyl}-carbamic acid tert-butyl ester (71): To a solution of Boc-L-valine (0.25 g, 1.18 mmol) in NMP (5 mL), was added HATU ( 0.44 mg, 1.18 mmol) followed by NMM (0.3 mL, 2.67 mmol). After 5 min., added 70 (0.25 g, 0.11 mmol) and stirred at room temperature for 30 min. Ethyl acetate (20 mL) was added and the organic solution was washed with aqueous NaHCO3 (10 mL), 1 N HCl (10 mL), water, and brine, dried over Na2SO4. Solvent was removed under reduced pressure and the product was purified by flash silica gel chromatography to afford 0.36 mg of 71 as a white solid. 1H NMR (CDC13, 300 MHz): 8 8.4 (m, 1H), 7.88 (d, J=11 Hz, 1H), 7.4-7.2 (m, 3H), 4.4-4.2 (m, 1H), 3.8-3.4 (m, 3H), 3.38 (d, J= 11 Hz, 1H), 2.65 (d, J= 11 Hz, 1H), 2.6 (s, 3H), 2.5-2.4 (m, 1H), 2.1-1.7 (m, 4H), 1.4 (s, 9H), 1.05 (d, J= 5.5 Hz, 3H), 0.95 (d, J= 5.5 Hz, 3H) ppm.
[00247] F. 1-[2S-(1-Acetyl-lH-indol-3-ylmethyl)-pyrrolidin-1-yl]-2S-amino-3-methyl-butan-l-one (72): To a solution of 71 (0.36 g, 0.81 mmol) in DCM (20 mL) was added TFA (4 mL) and the reaction mixture was stirred at room temperature for 30 min. Aqueous NaHCO3 was added to the reaction mixture and TFA and DCM were removed under reduced pressure. The product was extracted with DCM (3 x 50 mL) and the combined DCM
extracts were washed with water and brine and dried over anhydrous Na2SO4. Solvent was removed under reduced pressure and the product was purified by flash silica gel chromatography (10:1 DCM/MeOH) to afford 0.27 g of 72 as white solid. 1H NMR (CDC13, 300 MHz): S
8.4 (m, 1H), 7.88 (d, J= 11 Hz, 1H), 7.4-7.2 (m, 3H), 4.4-4.2 (m, 1H), 3.8-3.4 (m, 3H), 3.38 (d, J=11 Hz, 1H), 2.65 (d, J= 11 Hz, 1H), 2.6 (s, 3H), 2.5-2.4 (m, 1H), 2.1-1.7 (m, 4H), 1.05 (d, J= 5.5 Hz, 3H), 0.95 (d, J= 5.5 Hz, 3H) ppm.
[00248] G. (1S-{1S-[2S-(1-Acetyl-lH-indol-3-ylmethyl)-pyrrolidine-l-carbonyl]-2-methyl-propylcarbamoyl}-ethyl)-carbamic acid tert-butyl ester (73): To a solution of Boc-r.-alanine (0.13 g, 0.38 mmol) in NMP (3 mL) was added HATU (0.16 mg, 0.41 mmol) followed by NMM (0.1 mL, 0.95 mmol). After 5 min., 72 (0.12 g, 0.34 mmol) was added and the reaction mixture was stirred at room temperature for 30 min. Ethyl acetate (20 mL) was added to the reaction mixture and the organic solution was washed with aqueous NaHCO3 (10 mL), 1 N
HCl (10 mL), water, and brine, dried over Na2SO4. Solvent was removed under reduced pressure and the product was purified by flash silica gel chromatography to afford 0.15 mg of 73 as white solid. 1H NMR (CDC13, 300 MHz): 8 8.4 (m, 1H), 7.88 (d, J=10.9 Hz, 1H), 7.4-7.2 (m, 3H), 7.0-6.8 (m 1H), 4.6 (m, 1H), 4.5-4.4 (m, 1H), 4.2 (m, 1H), 3.8-3.6 (m, 2H), 3.38 (d, J=
10.9 Hz, 1H), 2.65 (d, J= 10.9 Hz, 1H), 2.6 (s, 3H), 2.5-2.4 (m, 1H), 2.1-1.7 (m, 4H), 1.45 (s, 9H), 1.4 (d, J= 10.9 Hz, 3H), 1.05 (d, J= 5.5 Hz, 3H), 0.95 (d, J= 5.5 Hz, 3H) ppm.
[00249] H. N-{1S-[2S-(1-Acetyl-lH-indol-3-ylmethyl)-pyrrolidine-l-carbonyl]-2-methyl-propyl}-2S-amino-propionamide (74): To a solution of 73 (0.15 g, 0.29 mmol) in DCM
(20 mL) was added TFA (4 mL) and the reaction mixture was stirred at room temperature for 30 min. Aqueous NaHCO3 was added to the reaction mixture and TFA and DCM were removed under reduced pressure. The product was extracted with DCM (3 x 50 mL) and the DCM
extracts were washed with water, brine, and dried over anhydrous Na2SO4.
Solvent was removed under reduced pressure and the product was purified by flash silica gel chromatography (10:1 DCM/MeOH) to afford 0.12 g of 74 as a white solid. 1H NMR (CDC13, 300 MHz): S
8.4 (m, 1H), 7.88 (d, J= 10.9 Hz, 1H), 7.85 (d, J= 10.9 Hz, 1H), 7.4-7.2 (m, 3H), 4.6 (m, 1H), 4.5-4.4 (m, 1H), 3.8 (m, 1H), 3.75-3.4 (m, 2H), 3.38 (d, J= 10.9 Hz, 1H), 2.65 (d, J=
10.9 Hz, 1H), 2.6 (s, 3H), 2.5-2.4 (m, 1H), 2.1-1.7 (m, 4H), 1.4 (d, J= 10.9 Hz, 3H), 1.05 (d, J= 5.5 Hz, 3H), 0.95 (d, J= 5.5 Hz, 3H) ppm.
[00250] 2S-Amino-N- { 1 S-[2S-(1 H-indol-3-ylmethyl)-pyrrolidine-l-carbonyl]-2-methyl-propyl}-propionamide (75): To a solution of 74 (0.12 g, 0.291 mmol) in dry MeOH (3 mL) was added 3 mL of 10% NaOH/MeOH. After 15 min., water (2 mL) was added to the reaction mixture and the solvent was removed under reduced pressure. The product was extracted with ethyl acetate (3 x 50 mL) and the organic extracts were washed with water, brine, and dried over Na2SO4. Solvent was removed under reduced pressure and the product was purified by flash silica gel chromatography (10:1 DC1VI/MeOH) to afford 0.06 g of 75 as white solid. 1H NMR (CDC13, 300 MHz): S 8.4 (m, 1H), 7.88 (d, J= 10.9 Hz, 1H), 7.85 (d, J= 10.9 Hz, 1H), 7.4-7.2 (m, 3H), 4.6 (m, 1H), 4.5-4.4 (m, 1H), 3.8 (m, 1H), 3.75-3.4 (m, 2H), 3.38 (d, J
= 10.9 Hz, 1H), 2.65 (d, J= 10.9 Hz, 1H), 2.5-2.4 (m, 1H), 2.1-1.7 (m, 4H), 1.4 (d, J= 10.9 Hz, 3H), 1.05 (d, J= 5.5 Hz, 3H), 0.95 (d, J= 5.5 Hz, 3H) ppm.
z Ril ~Riz N
Y N
0 ~_~ Rn \ NH 0 I
N ~~~ R,a R1e Rm 1s (E14) Table 14.
Ri4-i7 Rii MS KD
Entry Al Rlb y Z R12 (1VI+H)+ Range 14-94 H Me iPr H Ac H H 413.2 A
14-95 H H iPr H Ac H H 399.3 D
6-F H 459.2 B
14-96 Me Me tBu H Ac (R16) 6-F H 485.3 B
14-97 Me Me cHex H Ac (R16) 7-Me H 426.8 A
14-98 H Me iPr H Ac (R17) 14-99 H Me iPr H H H H 371.3 B
14-100 H Me iPr H H 7-Me H 385.5 A
(R17) 14-101 Boc Me iPr H Boc H H 571.3 D
14-102 H Me iPr H MeC=CCHz H H 423.3 B
14-103 H Me iPr H HC=CCHZ H H 409.3 A
14-104 Me Me cHex H H
(R16) 14-105 H H tBu H Ac 6-F H D
[00251] This example illustrated pyrrolidine derivatives of Table 15.
Scheme VII
'Ac O N N
N N
BocNH-! H O BocNH --~H O
\ I
O N ,SoZTaI O N Z N,SO2Tol ~N ~N O
BocNH H O HZN H
[00252] The Preparation of 2S-Amino-N-(2-methyl-lS-{2S-[1-(toluene-4-sulfonyl)-1H-indol-3-ylmethyl]-pyrrolidine-l-carbonyl}-propyl)-propionamide (78):
[00253] A. (1S-{1S-[2S-(1H-Indol-3-ylmethyl)-pyrrolidine-l-carbonyl]-2-methyl-propylcarbamoyl}-ethyl)-carbamic acid tert-butyl ester (76): To a solution of 73 (0.70 g, 1.36 mmol) in dry MeOH (10 mL) was added 5 mL of 10% NaOH/MeOH and stirred for 15 min.
Water (5 mL) was added to the reaction mixture and the solvent removed under reduced pressure. The product was extracted with ethyl acetate (3 x 50 mL) and the organic extracts were washed with water, brine, and dried over Na2SO4. Solvent was removed under reduced pressure and the product was purified by flash silica gel chromatography (10:1 DCM/MeOH) to afford 0.53 g of 76 as a white solid. 'H NMR (CDC13, 300 MHz): 8 8.0 (s, 1H), 7.9 (d, J= 9.9 Hz, 1H), 7.38 (d, J= 9.9 Hz, 1H), 7.3-7.1 (m, 3H), 6.8 (m, 1H), 4.62 (m 1H), 4.5-4.4 (m 1H), 4.4-4.0 (m, 2H), 3.7-3.5 (m, 2H), 3.4 (m, 1H), 2.5 (m, 1H), 2.2-1.8 (m, 4H), 1.48 (s, 9H), 1.35 (d, J= 9.9 Hz, 3H), 1.05 (d, J= 5.5 Hz, 3H), 0.95 (d, J= 5.5 Hz, 3H) ppm.
[00254] B. [1S-(2-Methyl-1S {2S-[1-(toluene-4-sulfonyl)-1H-indol-3-ylmethyl]-pyrrolidine-1-carbonyl}-propylcarbamoyl)-ethyl]-carbamic acid tert-butyl ester (77): To a solution of 76 (0.05 g, 0.11 mmol) in DCM (1 mL) was added NaOH (0.01 g, 0.13 mmol) and stirred at room temperature for 30 min. Tosyl chloride (0.03 g, 0.16 mmol) was added and the reaction mixture was heated to 35 C for 1 h. Water (5 mL) was added to the reaction mixture and the product was extracted with DCM (3 x 30 mL). The DCM extracts were washed with water, brine, and dried over Na2SO4. Solvent was removed under reduced pressure and the product was purified by flash silica gel chromatography (3:1 hexane/ethyl acetate) to afford 61 mg of 77 as a white solid. 1H NMR (CDC13, 300 MHz): S 7.95 (d, J= 9.9 Hz, 1H), 7.82 (d, J=
9.9 Hz, 1H), 7.7 (d, J= 9.9 Hz, 2H), 7.4-7.2 (m, 5H), 6.8 (m, 1H), 4.6 (m, 1H), 4.4 (m, 1H), 4.3-4.18 (m, 2H), 3.8-3.5 (m, 2H), 3.3 (m, 1H), 2.45 (m, 1H), 2.35 (s, 3H), 2.2-1.8 (m, 4H), 1.43 (s, 9H), 1.38 (d, J= 9.9 Hz, 3H), 1.05 (d, J= 5.5 Hz, 3H), 0.95 (d, J= 5.5 Hz, 3H) ppm.
[00255] C. 2S-Amino-N-(2-methyl-iS-{2S-[1-(toluene-4-sulfonyl)-1H-indol-3-ylmethyl]-pyrrolidine-l-carbonyl}-propyl)-propionamide (78): To a solution of 77 (0.06 g, 0.096 mmol) in DCM (10 mL) was added TFA (2 mL) and the reaction mixture was stirred at room temperature for 30 min. Aqueous NaHCO3 was added to reaction mixture and TFA
and DCM
were removed under reduced pressure. The product was extracted with DCM (3 x 25 mL) and the DCM extracts were washed with water, brine, and dried over anhydrous NaZSO4. Solvent was removed under reduced pressure and the product was purified by flash silica gel chromatography (10:1 DCM/MeOH) to afford 0.04 g of 78 as a white solid. 'H NMR
(CDC13, 300 MHz): 8 7.95 (d, J= 9.9 Hz, 1H), 7.82 (d, J= 9.9 Hz, 1H), 7.7 (d, J= 9.9 Hz, 2H), 7.4-7.2 (m, 5H), 6.8 (m, 1H), 4.6 (m, 1H), 4.4 (m, 1H), 4.3-4.18 (m, 2H), 3.8-3.5 (m, 2H), 3.3 (m, 1H), 2.45 (m, 1H), 2.35 (s, 3H), 2.2-1.8 (m, 4H), 1.38 (d, J= 9.9 Hz, 3H), 1.05 (d, J= 5.5 Hz, 3H), 0.95 (d, J= 5.5 Hz, 3H) ppm.
z Ril AR~p N
Y N
0 / Rn NH O I
N R1a R1e ,/R1b A, R1e (E15) Table 15.
R14-17 Ril MS KD
Entry AI Rlb Y Z R12 (M+H)+ Range H H 423.3 B
15-104 H Me iPr H MeC=CCH2 H H 409.3 A
15-105 H Me iPr H HC=CCH2 7- H 491.3 C
15-106 Me Me iPr H H BnO
(R17) 15-107 H Me iPr H Tosyl H H 525.3 A
6-F 2- 499.5 A
15-108 Me Me tBu H H thiophenyl (R16) [00256] This example illustrated pyrrolidine derivatives of Table 16.
Scheme VIII
OMe p N N N N~~/ --' ~ ~
OMe OMe /_/ O--//--p H N N N
BocNH O 82 F
OMe p--,/-- p/
O N ~ N
N N Me ~N
H2N p boc 84 F
F OMe O__//--O
O N N
O
PH
Me [00257] The Preparation ofN-{1-Cyclohexyl-2-[2-(6-fluoro-1-{2-[2-(2-methoxy-ethoxy)-ethoxy] -ethyl} -1 H-indol-3 -ylmethyl)-pyrrolidin-l-yl] -2-oxo-ethyl } -2-methylamino-propionamide (85):
[00258] A. 2-(6-Fluoro-1-{2-[2-(2-methoxy-ethoxy)-ethoxy]-ethyl}-1.H-indole-3-ylmethyl)-2S-pyrrolidine-1-carboxylic acid tert-butyl ester (80): To a suspension of NaH (72 mg, 1.8 mmol, 60% mineral oil suspension) in DMF (1 mL) was added 79 (180 mg, 0.60 mmol) in DMF (1 mL) at room temperature. The mixture was stirred for 1 h at room temperature, followed by addition of tri(ethylene glycol) monomethyl ether (182 mg, 0.57 mmol) in DMF (1 mL). The resulting mixture was stirred at room temperature overnight, and quenched by addition of NH4C1 aqueous solution at 0 C. The crude product was extracted with EtOAc. The organic phase was washed with brine and dried over NaaSO4. After removal of the solvent, the residue was purified by flash silica gel chromatography (50% EtOAc in hexanes) to afford 250 mg of 80 (93%). [TLC
(60% EtOAc/hexane): RK80) = 0.22)]. 'H NMR (CDC13, 300 MHz) 8 7.65-7.76 (1H), 7.33 (m, 1H), 7.20 (m, 1H), 7.09 (m, 1H), 6.95 (s, 1H), 4.27 (t, J = 8.4 Hz, 2H), 3.79 (t, J = 5.7 Hz, 2H), 3.40-3.70 (9H), 3.37 (s, 3H), 3.10-3.40 (2H),2.65 (m, 1H), 1.75 (brs, 4H), 1.55 (s, 9H) ppm.
[00259] B. 6-Fluoro-l-{2-[2-(2-methoxy-ethoxy)-ethoxy]-ethyl}-3-pyrrolidin-2-ylmethyl-lH-indole (81): A solution of 80 (250 mg, 0.56 mmol) in DCM (5 mL) was treated with TFA (1 mL) at room temperature. After 2 h, the reaction mixture was concentrated, diluted with EtOAc, washed with iN aqueous NaOH and brine, dried over NaaSO4, filtered and concentrated to afford 190 mg (98%) of 81 as a light yellow oil. The product was used without further purification.' [00260] C. { 1-Cyclohexyl-2-[2-(6-fluoro-l- {2-[2-(2-methoxy-ethoxy)-ethoxy]-ethyl}-1H-indol-3-ylmethyl)-pyrrolidin-1-yl]-2-oxo-ethyl}-carbamic acid tert-butyl ester (82):
To a solution of Boc-L-cyclohexylglycine (172 mg, 0.67 mmol) in NMP (2 mL) was added HATU (255 mg, 0.67 mmol) followed by NMM (0.1 mL, 0.95 mmol). After 5 min, 81 (190 mg, 0.55 mmol) in DCM (1 mL) was added and the reaction mixture was stirred at room temperature overnight. Ethyl acetate (20 mL) was added to the reaction mixture and the organic solution was washed with water, 1 N HC1(5 mL), aqueous NaHCO3 (10 mL), and brine, dried over Na2SO4.
Solvent was removed under reduced pressure and the product was purified by flash silica gel chromatography to afford 280 mg (85%) of 82 as a wax. [TLC (60% EtOAc/hexane):
RK82) _ 0.18)]. 1H NMR (CDC13, 300 MHz) S 7.83 (m, 1H), 7.32 (m, 1H), 7.20 (m, 1H), 7.09 (m, 1H), 6.98 (s, 1H), 5.32 (m, 1H), 4.0-4.6 (5H), 3.79 (t, J= 5.7 Hz, 2H), 3.40-3.70 (9H), 3.37 (s, 3H), 2.65 (m, 1H), 1.6-2.0 (10H), 1.46 (s, 9H), 1.0-1.4 (6H) ppm.
[00261] D. 2-Amino-2-cyclohexyl-l-[2-(6-fluoro-1-{2-[2-(2-rnethoxy-ethoxy)-ethoxy]-ethyl}-1H-indol-3-ylmethyl)-pyrrolidin-1-yl]-ethanone (83): A solution of 82 (250 mg, 0.43 mmol) in DCM (5 mL) was treated with TFA (1 mL) at room temperature.
After 2 h, the reaction mixture was concentrated, diluted with EtOAc, washed with 1N aqueous NaOH and brine, dried over Na2SO4a filtered and concentrated to afford 210 mg (100%) of 83 as a light yellow wax. The product was used without further purification.
[00262] E. (1-{1-Cyclohexyl-2-[2-(6-fluoro-l-{2-[2-(2-methoxy-ethoxy)-ethoxy]-ethyl} -1 H-indol-3-ylmethyl)-pyrrolidin-1-yl]-2-oxo-ethylcarbamoyl} -ethyl)-methyl-carbamic acid tert-butyl ester (84): To a solution of Boc-L-N-methylanaline (91 mg, 0.48 mmol) in NMP
(2 mL) was added HATU (183 mg, 0.48 mmol) followed by NMM (0.1 mL, 0.95 mmol).
After min., 83 (210 mg, 0.43 mmol) in DCM (1 mL) was added and the reaction mixture was stirred at room temperature overnight. Ethyl acetate (20 mL) was added to the reaction mixture and the organic solution was washed with water, 1 N HCl (5 mL), aqueous NaHCO3 (10 mL), and brine, dried over Na2SO4. Solvent was removed under reduced pressure and the product was purified by flash silica gel chromatography to afford 188 mg (65%) of 84 as a wax. [TLC
(80%
EtOAc/hexane): RK84) = 0.20)]. 1H NMR (CDC13, 300 MHz) S 7.80 (m, 1H), 7.35 (m, 1H), 7.19 (m, 1 H), 7.10 (m, 1 H), 6.95 (s, 1 H), 4.62 (m, 1 H), 4.46 (m, 1 H), 4.20 (t, J= 6.7 Hz, 2H), 3.77 (, t, J= 5.4 Hz, 2H), 3.2-3.7 (5H), 3.36 (s, 3H), 2.48 (d, J= 7.5 Hz, 3H) (t, J = 5.7 Hz, 2H), 3.40-3.70 (9H), 3.37 (s, 3H), 2.65 (m, 1H), 2.57 (m, 1H), 1.6-2.0 (8H), 1.51 (S, 9H), 1.38 (d, J
6.6 Hz, 3H), 1.0-1.4 (4H) ppm.
[00263] F. 2-(6-Fluoro-1-{2-[2-(2-methoxy-ethoxy)-ethoxy]-ethyl}-1H-indole-3-ylmethyl)-2S-pyrrolidine-l-carboxylic acid tert-butyl ester (85): A solution of 84 (188 mg, 0.28 mmol) in DCM (5 mL) was treated with TFA (1 mL) at room temperature. After 2 h, the reaction mixture was concentrated, diluted with EtOAc, washed with 1N aqueous NaOH and brine, dried over Na2SO4, filtered and concentrated. The residue was purified by HPLC to afford 110 mg (65%) acetate salt of 85 as a white solid. [TLC (20% MeOH in EtOAc):
RK85) = 0.20)].
1H NMR (CDC13, 300 MHz) 8 7.79 (br d, 2H), 7.34 (d, J= 7.2 Hz, 1H), 7.21 (m, 1H), 7.10 (m, 1H), 6.96 (d, J= 9.0 Hz, 1H), 6.23 (br s, 2H), 4.61 (m, 1H), 4.44 (m, 1H), 4.24 (t, J= 5.4 Hz, 2H), 3.78 (t, J= 5.4 Hz, 2H), 3.4-3.8 (12H), 3.36 (s, 3H), 2.60 (m,1H), 2.48 (d, J= 7.5 Hz, 3H), 1.6-2.0 (8H), 1.39 (d, J= 6.6 Hz, 3H), 1.0-1.4 (4H) ppm. Mass spectrum, m/z 571.3 [M + H]+.
z Ril ~R~y / N
Y N
O ~ R~
\ NH O I
/N ,I///R R~4 \ RIa m A, R1s (E16) Table 16.
R14_ R11 MS KD
Entry A1 Rlb Y Z R12 17 (M+H)+ Range 16-108 Me Me tBu H MeO(CHaCH2O)ZCHaCH2 6-F H 563.4 B
(Ri6) 16-109 Me Me cHex H MeO(CHaCHZO)2CHaCHa 6-F H 589.4 B
(Ri6) 16-110 Me Et cHex H MeO(CH2CH2O)aCHaCH2 H H 585.5 B
16-111 Me Me cHex H MeO(CHaCH2O)2CHaCHa H H 571.5 B
6-F Br 627.3 A
16-112 Me Me tBu H HO(CHaCHZO)aCHZCHa (Ri6) 6-F Br 641.3 A
16-113 Me Me tBu H MeO(CH2CH2O)2CH2CH2 (R16) 6-F 2- 645.4 A
16-114 Me Me tBu H MeO(CH2CHaO)2CH2CH2 thiophenyl (R16) [00264] Although the present invention has been described in considerable detail with reference to certain preferred embodiments thereof, other versions are possible. Therefore the spirit and scope of the appended claims should not be limited to the description and the preferred versions contain within this specification.
4.374.34 (m, 1H); 4.21-4.16 (m, 2H); 3.98-3.92 (m, 2H); 3.75 (d, 1H); 2.61 (q, 2H); 2.32-2.22 (m, 1H); 2.14-1.99 (m, 4H); 1.86-1.77 (m, 3H); 1.44-1.41 (m, 8H); 1.36-1.13 (m, 4H); 1.16 (t, 3H);
0.96-0.88 (m, 6H) ppm.
[00181] G. 2S-Amino-N-(1S {2S-[3-(2-ethyl-phenoxy)-propyl]-4S-phenoxy-pyrrolidine-l-carbonyl}-2-methyl-propyl)-propionamide (21): Trifluoroacetic acid (1 mL) was added at ambient temperature to a solution of 20 (0.038 g, 0.06 mmol) in DCM
(5 mL). After 1 h, the solution was concentrated to dryness and the crude product was dissolved in EtOAc. The organic solution was washed with aqueous NaHCO3a brine, dried over anhydrous NaaSO4, filtered, and concentrated. The crude amine was dissolved in diethyl ether then treated with HCl(g). The crude salt was triturated with diethyl ether and hexane to afford 0.022 g of 21 as a white solid. 'H NMR (CDC13, 300 MHz) S 7.87 (br, 1H); 7.33-7.25 (m, 2H); 7.12 (t, 2H); 6.96 (t, 1H), 6.89-6.77 (m, 4H); 4.98-4.96 (m, 1H); 4.45 (t, 1H); 4.37-4.25 (m, 2H); 4.00-3.94 (m, 3.77 (d, 1H); 2.61 (q, 2H); 2.32-2.21 (m, 1H); 2.14-2.04 (m, 3H); 1.61 (br, 2H); 1.35-1.25 H); 1.16 (t, 3H); 0.97-0.89 (m, 6H) ppm.
z Y N
~
A, H Ra (E5) Table 4 R3-s, MS KD
Entry Al Rlb Y Z R:3-5, (M+H)+ Range 4-23 H Me iPr OPh 2-Br 524.3 B
4-24 H Me iPr OPh 2-Ph 543.7 B
4-25 H Me iPr OPh 2-Et 552.4 B
4-26 Me Me iPr OPh 2-Et 510.3 B
4-27 H H iPr OPh 2-Et 482.3 D
4-28 Me Me tBu OPh 2-Et 524.2 B
4-29 H Me iPr OPh 2-iPrO 526.3 B
4-30 H Me iPr OPh 2-iPr 510.3 B
4-31 H Me iPr OPh 2,6-di- 496.2 B
Me 4-32 H Me iPr H 2-Ph 452.3 B
4-33 H H iPr H 2-Ph 438.3 D
4-34 H Me iPr H 2-Et 404.3 C
4-35 H Me iPr H 2-iPrO 434.3 C
4-36 H (R)-Me iPr H 2-Ph 452.3 D
4-37 H Me iPr H H 376.3 C
4-38 H Me iPr H 2,6-di- 404.3 D
Me [00182] This example illustrated pyrrolidine derivatives of Table 5.
Scheme IV(a) O N ON -- O_~N O
I
OH O O
22 23 O~ ~ 24 N N O
H O - ~ / -- HZN O
BocNH 0 O N O N O
N /
BocNH~H O H2N O H O
[00183] The Preparation of 2S-Amino-N-[1S-(2S benzofuran-3-ylmethyl-pyrrolidine-l-carbonyl)-2-methyl-propyl]-propionamide (29):
[00184] A. trans-2S-[3-(2-Iodo-phenoxy)-propenyl]-pyrrolidine-l-carboxylic acid tert-butyl ester (23): To a solution of alcoho122 (10.4 g, 0.04 mol) in DCM
(300 mL) was added 2-iodophenol (12.1 g, 0.05 mol) and Ph3P (14.4 g, 0.05 mol). At ambient temperature, ADDP
(13.8 g, 0.05 mol) was added in one portion. After 16 h, the white precipitate was removed by filtration and washed with DCM. The clarified filtrate was washed successively with 1M NaOH, water, and brine. The organic phase was dried with anhydrous Na2SO4, and then filtered through a short column of silica gel. The product was eluted with DCM and then 1:1 hexane/EtOAc to afford 15.5 g (79%) of 23 as a colorless oil. 1H NMR (CDC13, 300 MHz) S 7.76 (dd, J= 7.6, 1.1 Hz, 1H), 7.27 (app t, J= 7.6, 1.1 Hz, 1H), 6.78 (dd, J= 7.6, 1.1 Hz, 1H), 6.70 (app t, J= 7.6, 1.1 Hz, 1H), 5.74 (m, 2H), 4.58 (app d, J= 4.7 Hz, 2H), 4.33 (m, 1H), 3.40 (m, 2H), 2.02-1.75 (m, 4H), 1.43 (s, 9H) ppm.
[00185] B. 2S-Benzofuran-3-ylmethyl-pyrrolidine-l-carboxylic acid tert-butyl ester (24): To a solution of 23 (15.5 g, 36.1 mmol) in anhydrous DMF (250 mL) was added n-Bu4NCI (10.0 g, 36.1 mmol), K2C03 (5.0 g, 36.1 mmol), NaHCO3 (2.45 g, 36.1 mmol), and Pd(OAc)2 (0.16 g, 0.72 mmol). The orange-brown reaction mixture was immersed in a pre-heated (100 C) oil bath. After 2 h, the reaction mixture was cooled to ambient temperature then diluted with diethyl ether and water. The layers were separated and the aqueous phase was extracted twice with diethyl ether. The combined organic extract was washed with water, brine, dired over anhydrous NaZSO4, filtered, and concentrated. The crude benzofuran was purified by flash silica gel chromatography (4:1 hexane/EtOAc) and then by normal-phase HPLC (30%
EtOAc/hexane) to afford 4.6 g (42%) of 24 as a colorless oil. 1H NMR (CDC13, 300 MHz) S
7.62 (m, 1H), 7.46 (m, 1H), 7.26 (m, 3H), 4.13 (m, 1H), 3.40-3.21 (m, 2H), 3.15 (m, 1H), 2.68 (m, 1H), 1.80-1.61 (m, 4H), 1.51 (s, 9H) ppm.
[00186] C. 2S-Benzofuran-3-ylmethyl-pyrrolidine (25): Trifluoroacetic acid (2 mL) was added at 0 C to a solution of 24 (0.5 g, 1.65 mmol) in DCM (40 mL).
After 2 h, an additional portion of TFA (2 mL) was added. After 1 h, the reaction was quenched by the careful addition of aqueous NaHCO3. The reaction mixture was diluted with water and the crude product was extracted with diethyl ether. The organic extract was washed with aqueous NaHCO3, brine, dried over anhydrous Na2SO4, filtered, and concentrated. The crude amine was purified by reverse-phase HPLC (C 18; 10-100% ACN/water, 0.1% TFA) which, following neutralization, afforded 0.24 g(72%) of 25 as a colorless oil. 1H NMR (CDC13a 300 MHz) S
7.53 (app d, J= 8.7 Hz, 2H), 7.43 (d, J= 8.2 Hz, 1H), 7.27 (dd, J= 7.0, 8.2 Hz, 1H), 7.21 (dd, J
= 7.0, 8.7 Hz, 1H), 6.96 (br s, 1H), 3.59 (m, 1H), 3.16-2.86 (m, 4H), 1.96-1.75 (m, 3H), 1.60 (m, 1H) ppm.
[00187] D. [1S-(2S-Benzofuran-3-ylmethyl-pyrrolidine-l-carbonyl)-2-methyl-propyl]-carbamic acid tert-butyl ester (26): A solution ofN-Boc L-valine (121 mg, 0.56 mmol) in NMP (3 mL) was treated with HATU (182 mg, 0.48 mmol) followed by N-methylmorpholine (0.1 mL, 0.9 mmol) at room temperature. After 10 min, amine 25 (80 mg, 0.4 mmol) in NMP (5 mL) was added dropwise. After 16 h, the reaction was diluted with EtOAc, washed with saturated NaHCO3, 1M HCI, brine, dried over Na2SO4, filtered and concentrated.
The residual oil was purified by HPLC (20% EtOAc/hexane) to afford 111 mg (69%) of 26 as a colorless oil.
1H NMR (CDC13, 300 MHz) 8 7.87 (d, J = 6.9 Hz, 1H), 7.48-7.32 (m, 2H), 7.30-7.24 (m, 4H), 5.35 (d, J= 9.3 Hz, 1H), 4.53-4.47 (m, 1H), 4.31 (dd, J= 6.6. 9.6 Hz, 1H), 3.72-3.56 (m, 2H), 3.31 (dd, J= 3.0, 13.2 Hz, 1 H), 2.49 (dd, J= 10.5, 13.5 Hz, 1 H), 2.05-1.74 (m, 6H), 1.44 (s, 9H), 1.03 (d, J= 6.9 Hz, 3H), 097 (d, J = 6.6 Hz, 3H) ppm.
[00188] E. 2S-Amino-l-(2S-benzofuran-3-ylmethyl-pyrrolidin-1-yl)-3-methyl-butan-l-one (27): A solution of carbamate 26 (111 mg, 0.28 mmol) in DCM (10 mL) was treated with TFA (1 mL) at room temperature. After 2 h, the reaction mixture was concentrated, diluted with EtOAc, washed with saturated aqueous NaHCO3 and brine, dried over NaaSO4, filtered and concentrated to afford 67 mg (80%) of 27 as a light yellow oil. The product was used without further purification. 'H NMR (CDC13, 300 MHz) S 7.89 (d, J = 8.1 Hz, 1H), 7.47-7.44 (m, 2H), 7.32-7.27 (m, 3H), 4.54-4.49 (m, 1H), 3.59-3.53 (m, 2H), 3.33 (d, J= 13.5 Hz, 1H), 2.50 (dd, J
= 10.8, 13.5 Hz, 1H), 2.03-1.72 (m, 6H), 1.04 (d, J= 7.2 Hz, 3H), 0.99 (d, J=
7.0 Hz, 3H) ppm.
[00189] F. { 1S-[1S-(2S-Benzofuran-3-ylmethyl-pyrrolidine-l-carbonyl)-2-methyl-propylcarbamoyl]-ethyl}-carbamic acid tert-butyl ester (28): A solution of 1V-Boc L-alanine (46 mg, 0.24 mmol) in NMP (3 mL) was treated with HATU (72 mg, 0.19 mmol) followed by IV-methylmorpholine (0.1 mL, 0.9 mmol) at room temperature. After 10 min, amine 27 (41 mg, 0.14 mmol) in NMP (5 mL) was added dropwise. After 16 h, the reaction was diluted with EtOAc, washed with saturated NaHCO3, 1M HCI, and brine, dried over Na2SO4, filtered and concentrated. The residual oil was purified by flash silica gel chromatography (1:1 hexane/EtOAc) to afford 62 mg (93%) of 28 as a colorless oil. 'H NMR (CDC13, 300 MHz) S
7.85 (d, J = 6.6 Hz, 1H), 7.48-7.44 (m, 2H), 7.33-7.25 (m, 3H), 6.93 (d, J =
8.7 Hz, 1H), 5.08 (d, J= 7.8 Hz, 1H), 4.62 (dd, J= 6.3, 8.7 Hz, 1H), 4.50-4.43 (m, 1H), 4.23-4.16 (m, 1H), 3.74-3.55 (m, 3H), 3.32 (dd, J= 2.4, 14.1 Hz, 1H), 2.49 (dd, J= 10.8, 13.5 Hz, 1H), 2.14-1.71 (m, 6H), 1.46 (s, 9H), 1.37 (d, J = 6.9 Hz, 3H), 1.02 (d, J = 6.9 Hz, 3H), 0.97 (d, J =
7.2 Hz, 3H) ppm.
[00190] G. 2S-Amino-N-[1S-(2S-benzofuran-3-ylmethyl-pyrrolidine-l-carbonyl)-2-methyl-propyl]-propionamide (29): A solution of carbamate 28 (62 mg, 0.13 mmol) in DCM
(10 mL) was treated with TFA (1 mL) at room temperature. After 1.5 h, the reaction was concentrated, diluted with EtOAc, washed with saturated NaHCO3 and brine, dried over Na2SO4, filtered and concentrated. The residue was purified by flash silica gel chromatography (5%
MeOH/DCM) to afford 38 mg (72%) of 29 as a colorless oil. 1H NMR (CDC13, 300 MHz) S
7.92 (d, J = 9.3 Hz, 1H), 7.87-7.84 (m, 1H), 7.48-7.44 (m, 2H), 7.32-7.23 (m, 2H), 4.59 (dd, J
6.9, 9.3 Hz, 1H), 4.52-4.45 (m, 1H), 3.84-3.76 (m, 1H), 3.67-3.60 (m, 1H), 3.57-3.50 (m, 1H), 3.34 (dd, J = 3.0, 13.0 Hz, 1H), 2.50 (dd, J= 10.5, 13.8 Hz, 1H), 2.16-1.91 (m, 3H), 1.82-1.69 (m, 2H), 1.65 (bs, 2H), 1.38 (d, J = 7.2 Hz, 3H), 1.03 (d, J = 6.9 Hz, 3H), 0.99 (d, J= 6.9 Hz, 3H) ppm. The free amine (29) was diluted with Et20 and treated with HC1(g) to form a white solid. The solution was concentrated and the solid was triturated with EtaO
and hexanes to provide 29-HCI.
z Rõ
/ o Y N
/ R~~
O
\ NH O \ I
N 1//R1b Ru Ris P', R1a (E6) Table 5.
Rll MS KD
Entry Al Rlb y Z R14_ (M+H)+ Range 5-39 H Me iPr ~Ph H 464.2 A
5-40 H Me tBu OPh H 478.3. A
5-41 H Me iPr H H 372.2 A
5-42 H Me cHex OPh H 504.2 A
5-43 Me Me cHex (S)- H 518.2 A
OPh 5-44 H Et iPr ~Ph H 478.2 A
(S)- 478.2 A
5-45 Me Me iPr (S)- H
OPh 5-46 H H iPr H H 358.3 D
5-47 H Me cHex H H 412.3 A
5-48 Me Me cHex H H 426.2 A
5- 386.3 A
5-49 H Me iPr H Me (R15) 5- 400.3 A
5-50 Me Me iPr H Me (R15) 5-51 Me Me iPr H 5-F 404.2 A
(R15) 5-52 H H iPr OPh H 450.2 C
5-53 H (R)- iPr (S)- H 464.2 C
Me OPh H 450.2 A
5-54 H Me Et OPh 5-55 H Et Et OPh H 464.2 B
H 518.2 B
5-56 H Et cHex OPh 5-57 Me Me iPr H H 386.3 A
5-58 H Et iPr H H 386.2 B
5-59 H Me Et H H 358.3 B
5-60 H Me -CH(Me)OCHzC=CH H H 412.2 A
5-61 H Me iPr H 5-Cl 406.2 A
(R15) 5-62 Me Me iPr H 5-Cl 420.2 A
(R15) 5- 478.2 B
5-63 H Me iPr H BnO
(R15) gem- 386.3 D
5-64 H di- iPr H H
Me 5-65 Ac Me iPr H H 414.4 D
5-66 H2NCO Me iPr H H 416.2 D
5-67 HCO Me iPr H H 400.3 D
5-68 Et Me iPr H H 400.3 C
5-69 iPr Me iPr H H 413.3 C
5-70 cPrCH2 Me iPr H H 426.2 C
5-71 HC=CCH2 Me iPr H H 409.2 D
5-72 (CH2)2 iPr H H 384.3 B
5-73 CH2 iPr H H 370.2 D
5-74 (CH2)3 iPr H H 398.4 D
[00191] This example illustrated pyrrolidine derivatives of Table 6.
Scheme IV(b) EtOAc p N O O
10% Pd/C O
N ~N O
BocNH~H O BocNH H
OBn OH
p N O
TFA N O
HzN H
OH
[00192] Preparation of 2-Amino-N-{1-[2-(5-hydrQxy-benzofuran-3-ylmethyl)-pyrrolidine-l-carbonyl]-2-methyl-propyl} -propionamide (32):
[00193] A. (1-{1-[2-(5-Hydroxy-benzofuran-3-ylmethyl)-pyrrolidine-l-carbonyl]-2-methyl-propylcarbamoyl}-ethyl)-carbamic acid tert-butyl ester (31): A
mixture of 30 (0.52 g, 0.90 mmol) and 10% Pd-on-carbon (0.05 g) in EtOAc (25 mL) was placed on a Parr apparatus and pressurized to 45 PSI H2 atmosphere. The reaction mixture was shaken for 24 h. TLC
analysis revealed only unconsumed starting material therefore the catalyst was removed by filtration and the clarified filtrate was concentrated to dryness. The residue was redissolved in EtOAc (25 mL) and 10% Pd-on-carbon (0.208 g) was added. The reaction mixture was shaken under a H2 atmosphere (45 PSI) for 4 h at which time a second portion of palladium catalyst (0.05 g) was added. Hydrogenation was continued until all of the starting material was consumed (-2 h). The catalyst was removed by filtration and the filtrate was concentrated under reduced pressure. The crude product was purified by flash silica gel chromatography (EtOAc/hexane, 1:1) to afford 0.37 g (84%) of 31 as a white solid. 1H NMR
(CDC13, 300 MHz) 57.37 (s, 1H); 7.33-7.31 (m, 1H); 7.28-7.26 (m, 1H), 6.88-6.85 (m, 2H); 5.18 (br, 1H); 4.56 (t, 1H);-4.45-4.24 (m, 3H); 3.82-3.74 (m, 1H); 3.66-3.58 (m, 1H); 3.22 (d, 1H);
2.44-2.36 (m, 1H);
2.12-2.09 (m, 1H); 2.03-1.89 (m, 2H); 1.73-1.67 (m, 2H); 1.45 (s, 9H); 1.37 (d, 3H); 1.02-0.97 (m, 6H) ppm.
[00194] B. 2-Amino-N-{ 1-[2-(5-hydroxy-benzofuran-3-ylmethyl)-pyrrolidine-l-carbonyl]-2-methyl-propyl}-propionamide (32): To a solution of 31 (0.04 g, 0.082 mmol) in DCM (5 mL) was added TFA (1 mL) at ambient temperature. After 1 h, the solvent was removed under reduced pressure. The residue was dissolved in EtOAc and washed with aqueous NaHCO3, brine, dried over anhydrous Na2SO4, filtered and concentrated. The crude product was purified by flash silica gel chromatography (10% MeOH/DCM) to afford 0.011 g(37 / ) of 32 as a white solid. 1H NMR (CDC13, 300 MHz) 58.54 (d, 1H); 7.37 (s, 1H); 7.31 (d, 1H); 7.09 (d, 1H); 6.83 (dd, 1H); 4.64 (t, 1H); 4.56-4.51 (m, 1H); 4.09-3.93 (m, 2H); 3.73-3.65 (m, 1H); 3.36 (dd, 1H); 2.35 (t, 1H); 2.19-1.94 (m, 3H); 1.77-1.69 (m, 2H); 1.33 (d, 2H);
1.25-1.19 (m, 1H);
1.04-1.00 (m, 5H); 0.94 (t, 111) ppm.
z Ril / O
Y N
O / Rn H NH p \ I
/N ,11//Rlu R,4 R,s A, H R1e (E7) Table 6.
Entry A1 Rlb y Z Rii, 12, MS KD
R14_17 (M+H)+ Range 6-75 H Me iPr H 5-OH 388.3 C
(Ri s) [00195] This example illustrated pyrrolidine derivatives of Table 7.
Scheme IV(c) MeOH, O ADDP, N O Ph3P p N p N ~N p BocNH~H p BocNH H
OH OMe p N O
TFA --/N O
HaN H
OMe [00196] Preparation of 2-Amino-N-{1-[2-(5-methoxy-benzofuran-3-ylmethyl)-pyrrolidine-l-carbonyl]-2-methyl-propyl} -propionamide (34):
[00197] A. (1-{1-[2-(5-Methoxy-benzofuran-3-ylmethyl)-pyrrolidine-l-carbonyl]-2-methyl-propylcarbamoyl}-ethyl)-carbamic acid tert-butyl ester (33): To a solution of 32 (0.06 g, 0.12 mmol) in anhydrous DCM (3 mL) was added MeOH (10 L), Ph3P (0.036 g, 0.13 mmol), and ADDP (0.037 g, 0.14 mmol). The reaction mixture was maintained at ambient temperature for 16 h at which point TLC analysis revealed incomplete reaction. A second portion of MeOH
(100 L), Ph3P (0.036 g, 0.13 mmol), and ADDP (0.037 g, 0.14 mmol) was added and the reaction mixture was maintained for an additional 5 h at ambient temperature.
The reaction mixture was diluted with DCM and washed twice with 1 N NaOH, followed by brine, dried over anhydrous Na2SO4, filtered and concentrated. The crude product was purified by flash silica gel chromatography (EtOAc/hexane, 2:1) to afford 0.057 g(91 %) of 33 as a white solid. 1H NMR
(CDC13, 300 MHz) 87.41 (s, 1H); 7.38-7.33 (m, 1H); 7.30-7.28 (m, 1H); 6.90 (dd, 1H); 6.77 (d, 1H); 4.98 (br, 1H); 4.64-4.59 (m, 1H); 4.48-4.43 (m, 1H); 4.21-4.14 (m, 1H);
3.88 (s, 3H); 3.72-3.53 (m, 2H); 3,30-3.25 (m, 1H); 2.51-2.43 (m, 1H); 2.13-1.72 (m, 5H); 1.45 (s, 9H); 1.37 (d, 3H); 1.03-0.95 (m, 6H) ppm.
[00198] B. 2-Amino-N- { 1-[2-(5-methoxy-benzofuran-3-ylmethyl)-pyrrolidine-l-carbonyl]-2-methyl-propyl}-propionamide (34): To a solution of 33 (0.057 g, 0.11 mmol) in DCM (5 mL) was added TFA (1 mL) at ambient temperature. After 1 h, the solvent was removed under reduced pressure. The residue was dissolved in EtOAc and washed with aqueous NaHCO3, brine, dried over anhydrous Na2SO4, filtered and concentrated. The crude product was purified by flash silica gel chromatography (10% MeOH/DCM) to afford 0.015 g(35 /0) of 34 as a white solid. 1H NMR (CDC13, 300 MHz) 57.42 (m, 1H); 7.35 (d, 1H); 7.28 (m, 1H); 6.90 (dd, 1H); 4.60 (m, 1H); 4.48-4.45 (m, 1H); 3.89-3.76 (m, 4H); 3.65-3.56 (m, 2H);
3.31 (dd, 1H);
2.52-2.44 (m, 1H); 2.13-1.72 (m, 6H); 1.43-1.27 (m, 5H); 1.05-0.97 (m, 6H) ppm.
z Ril / O
Y N
H\ NH 0 \ I
/N ,,1//Rin R,a R16 A, H R15 (E8) Table 7.
Entry A1 Rlb y Z R11, 12, R14.
17 (M+H)+ Range 7-76 H Me iPr H 5-MeO 402.2 C
(R15) 7-77 H Me iPr H 5-cPrCH2O 442.2 D
(R15) [00199] This example illustrated pyrrolidine derivatives of Table 8.
Scheme IV(d) O N O PhN(Tf)2 O N O
--N ~N O
BocNH H O BocNH H ~
~i:~ ....... !~ i:~
OH OTf Br N O O N
Pd catalyst O TFA N
N O HN~H O
BocNH--'-H 2 N~ N~
[00200] Preparation of 2-Amino-N-{2-methyl-l-[2-(5-pyridin-2-yl-benzofuran-3-ylmethyl)-pyrrolidine-l-carbonyl]-propyl}-propionamide (37):
[002011 A. Trifluoro-methanesulfonic acid 3- { 1-[2-(2-tert-butoxycarbonylamino-propionylamino)-3-methyl-butyryl]-pyrrolidin-2-ylmethyl}-benzofuran-5-yl ester (35): To a solution of 32 (0.16 g, 0.32 mmol) and DIPEA (60 L, 0.32 mmol) in anhydrous DCM (4 mL) was added N-phenyl-bis(trifluoromethanesulfonimide) (0.14 g, 0.38 mmol) at 0 C. After -10 min, the reaction mixture was allowed to warm to ambient temperature and then maintained for 16 h. The reaction mixture was concentrated and the residue was dissolved in EtOAc, washed with water, brine, dried over anhydrous Na2SO4, filtered and concentrated. The crude product was purified by flash silica gel chromatography (EtOAc/hexane, 1:1) to afford 126 mg (63%) of 35 as a white solid. 1H NMR (CDC13, 300 MHz) 57.73 (d, 1H); 7.55-7.48 (m, 2H);
7.20 (dd, 1H); 6.78-6.75 (m, 1H); 4.99 (br, 1H); 4.63-4.58 (m, 1H); 4.41-4.35 (m, 1H);
4.19 (m, 1H); 3.75-3.68 (m, 1H); 3.64-3.57 (m, 1H); 3.29 (dd, 1H); 2.54-2.46 (m, 1H); 1.99-1.84 (m, 3H); 1.71-1.66 (m, 2H); 1.45 (s, 9H); 1.37 (d, 3H); 1.02-0.94 (m, 6H) ppm.
[00202] B. (1-{2-Methyl-l-[2-(5-pyridin-3-yl-benzofuran-3-ylmethyl)-pyrrolidine-l-carbonyl]-propylcarbamoyl}-ethyl)-carbamic acid tert-butyl ester (36): A mixture of 35 (0.063 g, 0.10 mmol), K2C03 (70 mg, 0.50 mmol), 3-pyridineboronic acid (0.015 g, 0.12 mmol), and (Ph3P)4Pd (5 mg, 3 mol %) in anhydrous toluene (5 mL) was heated at 100 C in a sealed tube for 1 h. The reaction mixture was cooled to room temperature, diluted with EtOAc, washed with saturated aqueous NaHCO3, brine, dried over anhydrous Na2SO4a filtered and concentrated. The crude product was purified by flash silica gel chromatography (EtOAc) to afford 40 mg (72%) of 36 as an oil. 1H NMR (CDC13, 300 MHz) 58.94 (d, 1H);
8.59 (d, 1H);
8.01-7.95 (m, 1H); 7.74-7.64 (m, 1H); 7.58-7.37 (m, 4H); 6.94 (d, 1H); 4.61 (t, 1H); 4.50-4.47 (m, 1H); 4.30 (t, 1HO; 4.21 (br, 1H); 3.79-3.71 (m, 1H); 3.66-3.59 (m, 1H);
2.42-3.36 (m, 1H);
2.58-2.50 (m, 1H); 2.13-2.09 (m, 1H); 2.01-1.71 (m, 4H); 1.45 (m, 9H); 1.37 (d, 3H); 1.03-0.94 (m, 6H) ppm.
[00203] C. 2-Amino-N-{2-methyl-l-[2-(5-pyridin-2-yl-benzofuran-3-ylmethyl)-pyrrolidine-l-carbonyl]-propyl}-propionamide (37): To a solution of 36 (0.04 g, 0.07 mmol) in DCM (5 mL) was added TFA (1 mL) at ambient temperature. After 1 h, the solvent was removed under reduced pressure. The residue was dissolved in EtOAc and washed with aqueous NaHCO3, brine, dried over anhydrous Na2SO4, filtered and concentrated. The crude product was purified by flash silica gel chromatography (10 1 MeOH/DCM) to afford 0.024 g (76%) of 37 as a white solid. 1H NMR (CDC13, 300 MHz) 58.0 (s, 1H); 7.95 (d, 111); 7.71-7.64 (m, 2H); 7.56-7.46 (m, 4H); 4.61-4.48 (m, 2H); 4.29 (t, 1H); 3.83-3.77 (m, 1H); 3.67-3.54 (m, 2H); 3.41 (dd, 1H); 2.58-2.49 (m, 111); 2.13-1.70 (m, 5H); 1.40-1.25 (m, 5H); 1.04-0.84 (m 6H) ppm.
z Ri i / O
O Y N
H NH O \ I
/N ////Rm R~4 R,e A+ Ria (E9) Table 8.
R11,12, MS KD
Entry A1 Rlb Y Z R14-17 (M+H)+ Range 8-78 H Me iPr H 5-(4-Pyr) 449.2 B
(R15) 8-79 H Me iPr H 5-(3-Pyr) 449.2 C
(R15) [002041 This example illustrated pyrrolidine derivatives of Table 9.
Scheme V
Br Br ~N O 0 N H ~ --' O
0 C) 0 \I I
Br Br Br O N O --> N O - ~ O N
~- O HaN O BocNH~H 0 O H \ ~ \ 42 N_. N--~
O N O O N O
~ I
BocNH ---~H 0 H2N H \ 1 [00205] The Preparation of 2S-Amino-N-{2-methyl-1S-[2S-(2-pyridin-4-yl-benzofuran-3-ylmethyl)-pyrrolidine-l-carbonyl]-propyl}-propionamide (44):
[00206] A. 2S'-(2-Bromo-benzofuran-3-ylmethyl)-pyrrolidine-l-carboxylic acid tert-butyl ester (38): A solution of 22 (1.4 g, 4.7 mmol) in CHC13 (20 mL) was cooled to 0 C
and treated with KOAc (2.5 g, 26 mmol). A solution of bromine (0.3 mL, 5.8 mmol) in CHC13 (10 mL) was added dropwise over 30 min. Following addition, the solution maintained a yellow orange color. After TLC indicated consumption of starting material, the reaction mixture was diluted with H20, washed with saturated NaaS2O8, dried over Na2SO4, filtered, and concentrated.
Purification of the residue by flash silica gel chromatography (3:1 hexane/EtOAc) afforded 1.1 g (61%) of 38 as a yellow oil. 'H NMR (CDC13, 300 MHz) 8 7.57-7.52 (m, 1H), 7.43-7.41 (m, 1H), 7.26-7.20 (m, 2H), 4.20 (m, 111), 3.43-3.30 (m, 2H), 3.17-3.01 (m, 1H), 2.73-2.58 (m, 1H), 1.89-1.69 (m, 4H), 1.48 (s, 9H) ppm.
[00207] B. 2S-(2-Bromo-benzofuran-3-ylmethyl)-pyrrolidine (39): A solution of 38 (1.1 g, 2.9 mmol) in DCM (20 mL) was treated with TFA (2 mL) at room temperature. After 1.5 h, the reaction mixture was concentrated, diluted with EtOAc, washed with saturated NaHCO3, brine, dried over Na2SO4a filtered and concentrated to afford 0.8 g of 39 as an orange oil which was used without further purification. 'H NMR (CDC13, 300 MHz) 8 8.84 (br s, 1H), 7.42-7.39 (m, 2H), 7.28-7.21 (m, 2H), 3.70-3.66 (m, 1H), 3.48-3.39 (m, 1H), 3.31-3.21 (m, 2H) 2,95 (dd, J= 9.9 Hz, 13.5 Hz, 1H), 2.06-1.99 (m, 1H), 1.91-1.79 (m, 2H), 1.74-1.66 (m, 1H) ppm.
[00208] C. { 1S-[2S-(2-Bromo-benzofuran-3-ylmethyl)-pyrrolidine-l-carbonyl]-2-methyl-propyl}-carbamic acid tert-butyl ester (40): A solution ofN-Boc L-valine (656 mg, 3.0 mmol) in NMP (6 mL) was treated with HATU (1.2 g, 3.1 mmol) followed by N-methylmorpholine (0.4 mL, 3.6 mmol) at room temperature. After 10 min, crude 39 (0.8 g, 2.9 ~..
mmol) in NMP (6 mL) was added dropwise. After 16 h, the reaction mixture was diluted with EtOAc, washed with saturated NaHCO3, brine, dried over NaaSO4, filtered and concentrated.
The residue was purified by flash silica gel chromatography (3:1 hexane/EtOAc) to afford 853 mg (61%) of 40 as a yellow foam. 1H NMR (CDC13, 300 MHz) S 7.89-7.86 (m, 1H), 7.42-7.38 (m, 1H), 7.29-7.25 (m, 3H), 5.35 (d, J= 9.3 Hz, 1H), 4.55-4.51 (m, 1H), 4.29 (dd, J= 6.0, 9.6 Hz, 1H), 3.71-3.66 (m, 1H), 3.27 (dd, J = 3.3, 13.5 Hz, 1H), 2.45 (dd, J =
10.8, 13.5 Hz, 1H), 2.15-1.92 (m, 3H), 1.79-1.74 (m, 2H), 1.42 (s, 9H), 1.03 (d, J = 6.9 Hz, 3H), 0.96 (d, J = 7.2 Hz, 3H) ppm.
[00209] D. 2S-Amino-l-[2S-(2-bromo-benzofuran-3-ylmethyl)-pyrrolidin-1-yl]-3-methyl-butan-l-one (41): A solution of carbamate 40 (853 mg, 1.8 mmol) in DCM
(20 mL) was treated with TFA (2 mL) at room temperature. After 1.5 h, the reaction mixture was concentrated, diluted with EtOAc, washed with saturated NaHCO3, brine, dried over Na2SO4, filtered and concentrated to afford 0.66 g of 41 as a yellow foam which was used without further purification. 'H NMR (CDC13, 300 MHz) S 7.92-7.89 (m, 1H), 7.44-7.39 (m, 1H), 7.30-7.25 (m, 3H), 4.55 (m, 1H), 3.66-3.51 (m, 2H), 3.29 (dd, J= 2.4, 13.5 Hz, 1H), 2.45 (dd, J= 11.1, 12.9 Hz, 1H), 2.15-1.97 (m, 2H), 1.78-1.71 (m, 2H), 1.06 (d, J= 6.3 Hz, 3H), 1.01 (d, J= 6.6 Hz, 3H) ppm.
[00210] E. (1 S- { 1 S-[2S-(2-Bromo-benzofuran-3-ylmethyl)-pyrrolidine-l-carbonyl]-2-methyl-propylcarbalnoyl}-ethyl)-carbamic acid tert-butyl ester (42): A solution of N-Boc-L-alanine (394 mg, 2.1 mmol) in NMP (6 mL) was treated with HATU (763 mg, 2.0 mmol) followed by N-methylmorpholine (0.3 mL, 2.7 mmol) at room temperature.
After 10 min, crude 41 (0.66 mg, 1.7 mmol) in NMP (6 rnL) was added dropwise. After 16 h, the reaction mixture was diluted with EtOAc, washed with saturated NaHCO3a 1M HCI, brine, dried over NaZSO4, filtered and concentrated. The residual oil was purified by flash silica gel chromatography (2:1 hexane/EtOAc-to- 1: 1 hexane/EtOAc) to afford 0.9 g (96%) of 42 as an off-white foam. 'H NMR (CDC13, 300 MHz) S 7.86-7.84 (m, 1H), 7.43-7.40 (m, 1H), 7.29-7.25 (m, 2H), 7.01 (d, J= 8.7 Hz, 1H), 5.10 (d, J= 6.6 Hz, 1H), 4.62 (dd, J= 6.3, 8.7 Hz, 1H), 4.53-4.48 (m, 1H), 4.23-4.19 (m, 1H), 3.75-3.66 (m, 2H), 3.27 (dd, J= 3.3, 13.5 Hz, 1H), 2.45 (dd, J =
10.5, 13.5 Hz, 1H), 2.16-2.08 (m, 2H), 2.02-1.97 (m, 2H), 1.79-1.73 (m, 2H), 1.45 (s, 9H), 1.36 (d, J = 6.9 Hz, 3H), 1.02 (d, J = 6.3 Hz, 3H), 0.97 (d, J = 7.2 Hz, 3H) ppm.
[00211) F. (1 S- {2-Methyl-1 S-[2S-(2-pyridin-4-yl-benzofuran-3-ylmethyl)-pyrrolidine-l-carbonyl]-propylcarbamoyl}-ethyl)-carbamic acid tert-butyl ester (43): A solution of 42 (36 mg, 0.07 mmol) in toluene (4 mL) was treated with K2C03 (38 mg, 0.28 mmol) and Pd(PPh3)4 (2 mg) followed by 4-pyridine boronic acid (12 mg, 0.1 mmol) in EtOH
(2 mL). The reaction was heated to reflux overnight. The solution was cooled to room temperature, diluted with H20, extracted with EtOAc, brine, dried over Na2SO4, filtered and concentrated to afford 44 mg of 43 as a light yellow oil which was used without further purification. 'H
NMR (CDC13, 300 MHz) S 8.74 (d, J = 5.1 Hz, 1H), 7.99 (d, J = 5.7 Hz, 1H), 7.86-7.81 (m, 1H), 7.71-7.64 (m, 1H), 7.56-7.46 (m, 3H), 7.41-7.27 (m, 2H), 6.87 (d, J = 8.7 Hz, 1H), 5.01 (m, 1H), 4.62 (app t, J =
8.7 Hz, 1H), 4.56-4.46 (m, 1H), 4.20 (m, 1H), 3.72-3.67 (m, 2H), 2.84 (dd, J=
11.7, 13.5 Hz, 1H), 2.16-1.93 (m, 2H), 1.78-1.62 (m, 2H), 1.46 (s, 9H), 1.37 (d, J = 7.2 Hz, 3H), 1.04 (d, J
6.6 Hz, 3H), 0.98 (d, J = 6.3 Hz, 3H) ppm.
[002121 G. 2S-Amino-N-{2-methyl-lS-[2-(2S-pyridin-4-yl-benzofuran-3-ylmethyl)-pyrrolidine-l-carbonyl]-propyl}-propionamide (44): A solution of 43 (44 mg, 0.08 mmol) in DCM (10 mL) was treated with TFA (1 mL) at room temperature. After 1.5 h, the reaction mixture was concentrated, diluted with EtOAc, washed with saturated NaHCO3a brine, dried over NazSO4a filtered and concentrated. The residue was purified by reverse-phase HPLC
(C 18; 10-100% ACN/H20 with 0.1 % AcOH buffer). The fractions containing pure product were lyophilized to afford 21 mg of 44 as a white solid. 1H NMR (CDC13, 300 MHz) 8 8.75 (bs, 1H), 8.00 (m, 1H), 7.90-7.82 (m, 1H), 7.71-7.64 (m, 1H), 7.55-7.47 (m, 3H), 7.38-7.27 (m, 2H), 4.61-4.52 (m, 1H), 3.83-3.62 (m, 2H), 3.07-3.00 (m, 1H), 2.84 (dd, J=11.1, 13.5 Hz, 1H), 2.16-1.94 (m, 2H), 1.74-1.61 (m, 2H), 1.41 (d, J= 6.9 Hz, 3H), 1.05 (d, J= 6.6 Hz, 3H), 0.99 (d, J= 6.9 Hz, 3H) ppm.
z R
Y R1z O N xz H
N H O
q/ I'//Rtb H
(E10) Table 9.
Entry A1 Rlb Y Z X2 Rll (M+H)+ Range 9-80 H Me iPr H 0 Br 450.4 B
9-81 H Me iPr H 0 4-Pyr 449.2 A
9-82 H Me iPr H 0 3-Pyr 449.2 B
9-83 H Me iPr H O 5-[(2- 479.2 B
MeO)Pyr]
9-84 H Me iPr H 0 2-Pyr 449.3 A
9-85 H Me iPr H 0 2-thiazoyl 455.2 B
9-86 H Me iPr H 0 2-pyrazine 450.1 A
9-87 H Me iPr H 0 Ph 448.3 B
9-88 H Me iPr H N Ph, (R12 is H) 447.2 C
[00213] This example illustrated pyrrolidine derivatives of Table 10.
Scheme V(a) EtO2C
%Br N
N N
o 0 O
EtOaC EtO2C EtO C
z H ~ N N
48 49 5o EtO2C EtOZC
O N ~ -= O N
N N
BocNH~H O HZN H O
[00214] The Preparation of 3-(3-{1-[2-(2-Amino-propionylamino)-3-methyl-butyryl]-pyrrolidin-2-ylmethyl}-benzofuran-2-yl)-propionic acid ethyl ester (52):
[00215] A. 2-(2-Bromo-benzofuran-3-ylmethyl)-pyrrolidine-l-carboxylic acid benzyl ester (46): To a cooled (0 C) solution of 45 (4.1 g, 12.2 mmol) in CHC13 (70 mL) was added KOAc (3.6 g, 36.7 mmol) followed by the dropwise addition of Br2 (2.3 g, 14.6 mmol) in CHC13 (30 mL) over -20 min. After 30 min, the reaction mixture was diluted with brine and saturated with Na2S2O8. The product was extracted with DCM and the combined DCM extracts were washed with brine, dried over anhydrous Na2SO4a filitered and concentrated to afford 5 g (quant.) of 46 as an orange oil which was used without further purification.
1H NMR (CDC13, 300 MHz) S 7.75-7.72 & 6.98 (rotamers, m and app t, J = 7.5 Hz, 1H), 7.44-7.10 (m, 8H), 5.24-5.17 (m, 2H), 4.28 & 4.17 (rotamer, 2 m, 1H), 3.54-3.38 (m, 2H), 3.21 & 3.00 (rotamer, 2 dd, J
= 2.4, 13.5 Hz, 1H), 2.72-2.55 (m, 1H), 1.97-1.75 (m, 4H) ppm.
[00216] B. 2-[2-(2-Ethoxycarbonyl-vinyl)-benzofuran-3-ylmethyl]-pyrrolidine-l-carboxylic acid benzyl ester (47): A solution containing crude 46 (5.0 g, 12.1 mmol), ethyl acrylate (2.7 g, 27.7 mmol), tetrabutylammonium chloride (3.5 g, 12.6 mmol), NaHCO3 (2.0 g, 23.8 mmol), and Pd(OAc)a (0.107 g, 0.46 mmol) in DMF (40 mL) was heated at 100 C for 16 h.
After cooling to ambient temperature, the reaction mixture was diluted with diethyl ether and washed with water, brine, dried over anhydrous Na2SO4i filitered and concentrated. The crude product was purified by flash silica gel chromatography (EtOAc/hexane, 1:3) to afford 3.7 g (70%) of 47 as an orange-colored oil. 1H NMR (CDC13a 300 MHz) 57.81 & 6.99 (rotamer, app d, J = 7.5 Hz, app t, J = 7.5 Hz, 1H), 7.61 (dd, J = 15.9, 18.3 Hz, 1H), 7.47-7.20 (m, 8H), 6.58 (dd, J = 5.7, 15.6 Hz, 1H), 5.27-5.16 (m, 2H), 4.24 (q, J = 7.2 Hz, 2H), 4.17-4.08 (m, 1H), 3.51-3.35 (m, 2H), 3.38 & 3.17-(rotamer, 2 dd, J = 3.6, 14.1 Hz, 1H), 2.89-2.69 (m, 1H), 1.94-1.64 (m, 4H), 1.36 (t, J = 7.2 Hz, 2H) ppm.
[00217] C. 3-(3-Pyrrolidin-2-ylmethyl-benzofuran-2-yl)-propionic acid ethyl ester (48): A mixture containing 47 (1.0 g, 2.3 mmol) and 10% Pd-on-carbon (-1 g) in anhydrous MeOH (20 mL) was placed under a hydrogen atmosphere (45 PSI) and shaken using a Parr apparatus for 1 h. The catalyst was removed by filtration and the solids were washed with EtOAc and MeOH. The clarified filtrate was concentrated to afford 634 mg (91 %) of 48 as an orange oil which was used without further purification. 'H NMR (CDC13, 300 MHz) 57.51-7.49 (m, 1H), 7.38-7.35 (m, 1H), 7.21-7.17 (m, 2H), 4.16-4.09 (m, 2H), 3.68-3.59 (m, 2H), 3.12-3.07 (m, 2H), 2.88-2.73 (m, 4H), 1.84-1.69 (m, 4H), 1.43-1.39 (m, 1H), 1.26-1.20 (m, 3H) ppm.
[00218] D. 3-{3-[1-(2-tert-Butoxycarbonylamino-3-methyl-butyryl)-pyrrolidin-2-ylmethyl]-benzofuran-2-yl}-propionic acid ethyl ester (49): A solution containing Boc-L-valine (352 mg, 1.6 mmol) in NMP (3 mL) was treated with HATU (543 mg, 1.4 mmol) followed by NMM (0.2 mL, 1.8 mmol) at ambient temperature. After 10 min, amine 48 (0.4 g, 1.3 mmol) in NMP (5 mL) was added in a dropwise fashion. After 16 h, the reaction mixture was diluted with diethyl ether and washed successively with NaHCO3, 1 M HCl, water, and brine.
The organic extract was dried over anhydrous Na2SO4, filtered and concentrated to afford 630 mg (96%) of 49 which was used without further purification. 'H NMR (CDC13, 300 MHz) 57.82-7.79 (m, 1H), 7.38-7.35 (m, 1H), 7.28-7.21 (m, 2H), 5.37 (d, J= 9.3 Hz, 1H), 4.50-4.44 (m, 1H), 4.31 (dd, J = 6.0, 9.0 Hz, 1H), 4.14 (q, J = 6.9 Hz, 2H), 3.72-3.60 (m, 3H), 3.38 (t, J = 7.2 Hz, 1H), 3.29 (dd, J = 3.0, 13.5 Hz, 1H), 3.12 (app t, J = 7.5 Hz, 2H), 2.80-2.74 (m, 4H), 2.46-2.35 (m, 2H), 2.11-1.92 (m, 2H), 1.81-1.73 (m, 1R), 1.69-1.65 (m, 1H), 1.44 (s, 9H), 1.25 (t, J= 6.0 Hz, 3H), 1.03 (d, J = 6.3 Hz, 3H), 0.96 (d, J= 6.6 Hz, 3H) ppm. Mass spectrum: m/z 501 [M + H]+;
and, 523 [M + Na]+.
[00219] E. 3-{3-[1-(2-Amino-3-methyl-butyryl)-pyrrolidin-2-ylmethyl]-benzofuran-2-yl}-propionic acid ethyl ester (50): To a solution of 49 (302 mg, 0.6 mmol) in DCM (10 mL) was added TFA (2 mL) at ambient temperature. After 2 h, the solvent was removed under reduced pressure. The residue was dissolved in EtOAc and washed with aqueous NaHCO3, brine, dried over anhydrous Na2SO4, filtered and concentrated to afford 235 mg (97%) of 50 as an orange oil which was used without further purification. 1H NMR
(CDC13a 300 MHz) 57.86-7.83 (m, 1H), 7.43-7.34 (m, 1H), 7.27-7.19 (m, 3H), 4.49 (m, 1H), 4.14 (q, J= 6.9 Hz, 2H), 3.60-3.53 (m, 2H), 3.32 (d, J = 12.9 Hz, 1H), 3.12 (app t, J = 7.2 Hz, 2H), 2.81-2.74 (m, 2H), 2.42 (app t, J = 12.3 Hz, 1H), 2.10-1.91 (m, 2H), 1.74-1.66 (m, 2H), 1.24 (t, J= 7.2 Hz, 3H), 1.06-0.99 (m, 6H) ppm. Mass spectrum: m/z 401 [M + H]+.
[00220] F. 3-(3- { 1-[2-(2-tert-Butoxycarbonylamino-propionylamino)-3-methyl-butyryl]-pyrrolidin-2-ylmethyl}-benzofuran-2-yl)-propionic acid ethyl ester (51): A solution containing Boc-L-alanine (69 mg, 0.37 mmol) in NMP (3 mL) was treated with HATU (131 mg, 0.34 mmol) followed by NMM (0.1 mL, 0.9 mmol) at ambient temperature. After 10 min, amine 50 (111 mg, 0.28 mmol) in NMP (5 mL) was added in a dropwise fashion. After 5 h, the reaction mixture was diluted with diethyl ether and washed successively with NaHCO3, 1 M
HCI, water, and brine. The organic extract was dried over anhydrous Na2SO4, filtered and concentrated to afford 160 mg (quant.) of 51 which was used without further purification. 1H
NMR (CDC13, 300 MHz) 57.81-7.78 (m, 1H), 7.38-7.36 (m, 1H), 7.28-7.21 (m, 3H), 6.86 (d, J
8.7 Hz, 1H), 5.04 (d, J= 6.9 Hz, 1H), 4.61 (dd, J = 6.3, 8.7 Hz, 1H), 4.48-4.42 (m, 1H), 4.22 (m, 1H), 4.13 (q, J= 6.9 Hz, 2H), 3.73-3.62 (m, 2H), 3.41-3.36 (m, 2H), 3.28 (dd, J = 3.0, 13.5 Hz, 1H), 3.11 (app t, J = 6.9 Hz, 2H), 2.85-2.73 (m, 4H), 2.38 (app t, J = 8.1 Hz, 2H), 2.13-1.98 (m, 2H), 1.80-1.64 (m, 1H), 1.45 (s, 9H), 1.37 (d, J= 6.9 Hz, 3H), 1.26 (t, J= 7.5 Hz, 3H), 1.03-0.95 (m, 6H) ppm. Mass spectrum: m/z 572 [M + H]+; and, 594 [M + Na]+.
[00221] G. 3-(3- { 1-[2-(2-Amino-propionylamino)-3-methyl-butyryl]-pyrrolidin-ylmethyl}-benzofuran-2-yl)-propionic acid ethyl ester (52): To a solution of 51 (160 mg, 0.28 mmol) in DCM (10 mL) was added TFA (2 mL) at ambient temperature. After 2.5 h, the solvent was removed under reduced pressure. The residue was dissolved in EtOAc and washed with aqueous NaHCO3, brine, dried over anhydrous NaaSO4a filtered and concentrated.
A portion (-50 10) of the crude material was purified by reverse-phase HPLC (C 18, 10-100% ACN/water containing 0.1% HOAc) to afford 56 mg of 52 as a white solid. 1H NMR (DMSO, 300 MHz) 58.03 (d, J= 8.7 Hz, 1H), 7.77 (m, 1H), 7.43-7.41 (m, 1H), 7.21 (m, 2H), 4.37 (app t, J= 8.1 Hz, 1H), 4.19 (m, 1H), 4.01 (q, J= 7.2 Hz, 2H), 3.65 (m, 1H), 3.56 (app d, J=
6.6 Hz, 1H), 3.28 (m, 1H), 3.06-3.01 (m, 3H), 2.68 (app t, J= 7.2 Hz, 2H), 2.07-1.96 (m, 1H), 1.63 (m, 1H), 1.54 (m, 1H), 1.13-1.09 (m, 6H), 0.90 (d, J = 6.3 Hz, 3H), 0.85 (d, J 6.3 Hz, 3H) ppm. Mass spectrum: m/z 472 [M + H]+; and, 494 [M + Na]+.
z Rll Y
O N Xz H
N H O
q~ ,,',,R,b H
(Ell) Table 10.
Entry A1 RIb Y Z X2 Rll (AI+H)+ Range 10-89 H Me iPr H 0 -CH2CH2CO2Et 472.3 C
10-90 H Me iPr H 0 -CH2CH2CO2H 444.2 B
[00222] This example illustrated pyrrolidine derivatives of Table 11 and Table 12.
Scheme V(b) EtOzC NHCbz EtO2C NHCbz HOzC
H O --~ N p N O
BocNH p BocNH p NHz HOZC O H O
~ N
N N ~ -~ N
BocNH p BocNH p HzN O
H O N p N
O N O p N
N ~N O
BocNH~H p ~ HzN H 59 58 \
[00223] The Preparation of Ornithine-derived Lactain (59):
[00224] A. 3- {3-[ 1-(5-Benzyloxycarbonylamino-2-tert-butoxycarbonylamino-pentanoyl)-pyrrolidin-2-ylmethyl]-benzofuran-2-yl}-propionic acid ethyl ester (53): A solution containing Boc-L-ornithine (2.3 g, 6.3 mmol) in NMP (5 mL) was treated with HATU (2.4 g, 6.3 mmol) followed by NMM (1.5 mL, 13.7 mmol) at ambient temperature. After 10 min, amine 48 (1.6 g, 5.3 mmol) in NMP (10 mL) was added in a dropwise fashion. After 16 h, the reaction mixture was diluted with diethyl ether and washed successively with NaHCO3, 1 M HCI, water, and brine. The organic extract was dried over anhydrous NazSO4, filtered and concentrated to afford 3.0 g (87%) of 53 as an orange-colored oil which was used without further purification.
'H NMR (CDC13, 300 MHz) 57.78-7.75 (m, 1H), 7.40-7.20 (m, 8H), 5.48 (d, J =
8.4 Hz, 1H), 5.10 (s, 2H), 4.48-4.42 (m, 1H), 4.17-4.09 (m, 2H), 3.64-3.56 (m, 1H), 3.27-3.19 (m, 1H), 3.12 (app t, J= 7.8 Hz, 1H), 2.81-2.74 (m, 2H), 2.52-2.35 (m, 1H), 2.09-1.95 (m, 2H), 1.83-1.63 (m, 4H), 1.45 (s, 9H), 1.29-1.19 (m, 6H) ppm.
[00225] B. 3-{3-[1-(5-Benzyloxycarbonylamino-2-tert-butoxycarbonylamino-pentanoyl)-pyrrolidin-2-ylmethyl]-benzofuran-2-yl}-propionic acid (54): A
solution containing the crude 53 (3.0 g, 4.6 mmol) in THF (20 mL) was treated with 3 M NaOH (8 mL) at ambient temperature. The reaction mixture was then warmed to gentle reflux and maintained for 2.5 h.
The reaction mixture was concentrated in vacuo and the residue was dissolved in EtOAc. The organic solution was washed with 1 N HCl then dried over anhydrous Na2SO4, filtered and concentrated to afford -3 g (quant.) of 54 as an off-white-colored foam which was used directly without further purification. 1H NMR (CDC13, 300 MHz) 57.69-7.67 (m, 1H), 7.39-7.20 (m, 8H), 5.70 (d, J = 8.4 Hz, 1H), 5.13-5.09 (m, 2H), 4.50-4.45 (m, 1H), 3.67-3.54 (m, 1H), 3.22-3.18 (m, 2H), 3.13 (t, J= 6.9 Hz, 1H), 2.85-2.78 (m, 2H), 2.09-1.97 (m, 3H), 1.76-1.62 (m, 4H), 1.43 (s, 9H) ppm.
[00226] C. 3- {3-[ 1-(5-Amino-2-tert-butoxycarbonylamino-pentanoyl)-pyrrolidin-2-ylmethyl]-benzofuran-2-yl}-propionic acid (55): A solution of the crude 54 (-3 g, 4.8 mmol) in MeOH (30 mL) was charged with 10% Pd-on-carbon (-1 g) and placed under an atmosphere of hydrogen gas (45 PSI). The reaction mixture was shaken using a Parr apparatus for 2 h. After removal of the catalyst by filtration over celite, the clarified filtrate was concentrated in vacuo.
The crude residue was taken up in DCM and dried using anhydrous Na2SO4, filtered and concentrated to afford 2.3 g (quant.) of 55 as a foamy residue which was used without further purification. 1H NMR (CDCl3, 300 MHz) 57.51 (m, 1H), 7.34-7.32 (m, 1H), 7.18-7.15 (m, 2H), 6.19 (m, 1H), 4.36 (m, 2H), 3.62-3.48 (m, 2H), 3.10-2.99 (m, 2H), 2.85-1.81 (m, 2H), 2.66-2.60 (m, 2H), 1.99-1.71 (m, 6H), 1.41 (s, 9H) ppm. Mass spectrum, m/z 488 [M + H]+.
[00227] D. Boc-protected Des-alanine Ornithine-derived Lactam (56): A solution containing 55 (2.3 g, 4.7 mmol) in 1:1 NMP/DCM (30 mL) was treated with HATU
(2.1 g, 5.5 mmol) and NMM (0.6 mL, 5.5 mmol) at ambient temperature. After 18 h, the reaction mixture was diluted with diethyl ether and washed successively with aqueous Na2SO4, dilute aqueous HCI, water, brine, then dried over anhydrous Na2SO4, filtered and concentrated to afford 1.5 g (68%) of 56 as an off-white-colored foam which was used without further purification. 1H NMR
(CDC13, 300 MHz) 87.70-7.66 (m, 1H), 7.33 (m, 1H), 7.19-7.18 (m, 2H), 5.70 (m, 1H), 4.42 (m, 1H), 4.10 (m, 1H), 3.55 (m, 3H), 3.24-3.09 (m, 4H), 2.61-2.46 (m, 2H), 1.63 (m, 7H), 1.44 (s, 9H) ppm. Mass spectrum, m/z 470 [M + H]+, 492 [M + Na]+.
[00228] E. Des-alanine Ornithine-derived Lactam (57): To a solution of crude (1.5 g, 3.1 mmol) in DCM (20 mL) was added TFA (4 mL) at ambient temperature.
After 2 h, the solvent was removed under reduced pressure. The residue was dissolved in EtOAc and washed with aqueous NaHCO3, and brine. The combined aqueous washes were back extracted with 5% MeOH/DCM. The combined organic extracts were dried over anhydrous NazSO4, filtered and concentrated to afford 0.8 g (68%) of 57 as an off-white-colored foam which was used directly in the next reaction. 1H NMR (CDCl3a 300 MHz) 87.41-7.38 (m, 1H), 7.27-7.20 (m, 3H), 5.99 (d, J = 9.3 Hz, 1H), 4.39-4.33 (m, 1H), 3.96-3.84 (m, 1H), 3.70-3.65 (m, 2H), 3.55-3.38 (m, 2H), 3.20-3.05 (m, 2H), 2.90-2.83 (m, 3H), 2.77-2.71 (m, 2H), 2.66-2.62 (m, 2H), 2.19-1.98 (m, 2H), 1.78-1.66 (m, 2H), 1.38-1.08 (m, 2H) ppm.
[00229] F. Boc-protected Ornithine-derived Lactam (58): A solution containing Boc-L-alanine (526 mg, 2.8 mmol) in NMP (5 mL) was treated with HATU (1.1 g, 2.9 mmol) followed by NMM (0.3 mL, 2.9 mmol) at ambient temperature. After 10 min, crude amine 57 (0.8 mg, 2.2 mmol) in NMP (10 mL) was added in a dropwise fashion. After 2 d, the reaction mixture was diluted with diethyl ether and washed successively with NaHCO3, 1 M HCl, water, and brine. The organic extract was dried over anhydrous NaZSO4, filtered and concentrated to afford -1 g (84%) of 58 as a yellow-colored oil which was used without further purification.
Mass spectrum: m/z 541 [M + H]+, and 563 [M + Na]+.
[00230] G. Ornithine-derived Lactam (59): To a solution of crude 58 (-l g, 1.9 mmol) in DCM (10 mL) was added TFA (4 mL) at ambient temperature. After 1 h, the solvent was removed under reduced pressure. The residue was dissolved in EtOAc and washed with aqueous NaHCO3, and brine. The combined aqueous washes were back extracted with 5%
MeOH/DCM and the combined organic extracts were dried over anhydrous Na2SO4, filtered and concentrated. A portion of the crude product was purified by reverse-phase HPLC (C18, 10-100% ACN/water containing 0.1% HOAc) to afford 28 mg of 59 as a white solid.
iH NMR
(DMSO, 300 MHz) 58.14 (m, 1H), 7.88 (m, 1H), 7.68-7.66 (m, 1H), 7.35 (m, 1H), 7.12 (m, 2H), 4.43 (m, 1H), 4.12 (m, 1H), 3.48 (m, 2H), 2.91(m, 4H), 1.48-1.36 (m, 4H), 1.10 (d, J= 6.3 Hz, 3H) ppm. Mass spectrum: m/z 441 [M + H]+.
H o N
N Xz H
N
~ 1~~'~
A, H R,b (E12-1) Table 11.
Entry A1 Rlb y z X2 R11, 12, R14-17 (NI+H)+ Range y Rl l 441.3 B
11-91 H Me linked H 0 linked with with y Ri i N
H
O O N XZ
H /
~N H I
' ', "s/Rm H
(E12-2) Table 12.
Entry A1 Rl Y Z X2 Rll, 129 R14-17 (M+H)+ Range y Ril 455.2 C
12-92 H Me linked H 0 linked with with Y
Rl i [00231] This example illustrated pyrrolidine derivatives of Table 13.
Scheme Vc OH
EtO2C OH
N O N / O N ----\ H
p 47 \~ - p so p O
N N p N O
BocNH p BocNH 63 HZN O 64 O O
N
-- O N ~ - J-N
~N p BocNH H 65 H2H O 66 I
[00232] The Preparation of Tyrosine-derived Cyclic Ether (66).
[00233] A. 2-[2-(3-Hydroxy-propenyl)-benzofuran-3-ylmethyl]-pyrrolidine-l-carboxylic acid benzyl ester (60): At -78 C, BF3=etherate (0.6 mL, 4.8 mmol) was added to a solution containing 47 (1.7 g, 3.9 mmol) in anhydrous DCM (40 mL). After 10 min, DIBAL (1 M/DCM, 10 mL, 10 mmol) was added dropwise from an addition funnel. After 5 min following the complete addition of the DIBAL solution, EtOAc (10 mL) was added to quench the excess reagent. Dilute aqueous HCl was slowly added and the reaction mixture was allowed to slowly warm to ambient temperature. The product was extracted with DCM and EtOAc nad the combined organic extracts were washed with dilute aqueous HCI, water, brine, dried over anhydrous Na2SO4, filtered and concentrated. The crude product was purified by flash silica gel chromatography (EtOAc/hexane, 1:2) to afford 1.1 g (72%) of 60 as a yellow-colored oil. 1H
NMR (CDC13, 300 MHz) 87.65 & 7.03 (rotamer, d and app t, J = 6.9, 7.8 Hz, 1H), 7.38 (m, 5H), 7.26-7.19 (m, 2H), 6.70-6.52 (m, 2H), 5.26-5.14 (m, 2H), 4.38 (m, 1H), 4.28 (m, 1H), 4.14 (m, 1H), 3.43 (m, 2H), 3.27 & 3.02 (rotamer, 2 m, 1H), 2.76-2.68 (m, 1H), 2.45 (m, 1H), 1.77-1.68 (m, 5H) ppm.
[00234] B. 3-(3-Pyrrolidin-2-ylmethyl-benzofuran-2-yl)-propan-l-ol (61): A
mixture of 60 (1.1 g, 2.8 mmol) and 10% Pd-on-carbon (1 g) in MeOH (40 mL) was placed under an atmosphere of hydrogen gas (45 PSI) and shaken for 2 h using a Parr apparatus. The catalyst was removed by filtration through a bed of celite and the clarified filtrate was concentrated in vacuo to afford 725 mg (quant.) of 61 as a yellow oil which was used without further purification. 'H NMR (CDC13, 300 MHz) 57.47-7.36 (m, 2H), 7.21-7.17 (m, 2H), 4.59 (br s, 2H), 3.57-3.50 (m, 2H), 3.40-3.31 (m, 1H), 3.08-2.94 (m, 1H), 2.89-2.69 (m, 2H), 2.05-1.95 (m, 2H), 1.93-1.49 (m, 2H) ppm.
[00235] C. (1-(4-Hydroxy-benzyl)-2-{2-[2-(3-hydroxy-propyl)-benzofuran-3-ylmethyl]-pyrrolidin-1-yl}-2-oxo-ethyl)-carbamic acid tert-butyl ester (62): A
solution containing Boc-L-tyrosine (577 mg, 2.1 mmol) and HATU (716 mg, 1.8 mmol) in anhydrous NMP (6 mL) was treated with NMM (0.3 mL, 2.7 mmol) at ambient temperature.
After 10 min, a solution containing 61 (429 mg, 1.7 mmol) in NMP (5 mL) was added. After 2 d, the reaction mixture was dilutued with water and the product was extracted with diethyl ether. The combined ether extracts were washed with water and dilute aqueous NaHCO3, brine, dried over anhydrous Na2SO4, filtered and concentrated. The crude product was purified by flash silica gel chromatography (10% MeOH/DCM) to afford 821 mg (92%) of 62 as a pale yellow foam. 1H
NMR (CDC13, 300 MHz) 58.54 (br 2, 1H), 7.66-7.63 (m, 1H), 7.36-7.32 (m, 1H), 7.21-7.06 (m, 5H), 6.83 (d, J= 8.4 Hz, 2H), 5.58 (d, J= 9.0 Hz, 1H), 4.64-4.56 (m, 1H), 4.34-4.31 (m, 1H), 3.92-3.88 (m, 1H), 3.70 (app t, J= 5.7 Hz, 2H), 3.51-3.26 (m, 1H), 3.18-2.79 (m, 4H), 2.01-1.97 (m, 2H), 1.69-1.47 (m, 1H), 1.42 (s, 9H) ppm.
[00236] D. Boc-protected Des-alanine Tyrosine-derived Cyclic Ether (63): To a solution containing 62 (821 mg, 1.6 mmol) in DCM (40 mL) was added Ph3P (431 mg, 1.6 mmol) and ADDP (491 mg, 1.9 mmol) at ambient temperature. After 16 h, the reaction mixture was concentrated in vacuo then redissolved in diethyl ether. The insoluble white solid was removed by filtration and the clarified filtrate was concentrated. The crude product was purified by flash silica gel chromatography (EtOAc/hexane, 1:2 to 1:1) to afford 160 mg (19%) of 63 as a light yellow-colored foam. IH NMR (CDC13, 300 MHz) 67.47 (d, J = 7.5 Hz, 1H), 7.34 (d, J =
7.8 Hz, 1H), 7.28-7.24 (m, 2H), 7.22-7.11 (m, 2H), 7.00 (dd, J = 2.7, 8.1 Hz, 1H), 6.69 (dd, J=
3.0, 8.7 Hz, 1H), 5.28 (d, J= 9.6 Hz, 1H), 4.88-4.79 (m, 1H), 4.51-4.41 (m, 1H), 4.23-4.17 (m, 1H), 3.97-3.89 (m, 1H), 3.84-3.76 (m, 1H), 3.46-3.29 (m, 2H), 2.75-2.62 (m, 4H), 2.17-2.09 (m, 1H), 1.99-1.90 (m, 1H), 1.72-1.54 (m, 2H), 1.45 (s, 9H) ppm.
[00237] E. Des-alanine Tyrosine-derived Cyclic Ether (64): To a solution of 63 (160 mg, 0.32 mmol) in DCM (10 mL) was added TFA (2 mL) at ambient temperature. After 1.5 h, the solvent was removed under reduced pressure. The residue was dissolved in EtOAc and washed with aqueous NaHCO3, brine, dried over anhydrous NaaSO4a filtered and concentrated to afford 130 mg (quant.) of 64 as an off-white-colored solid which was used directly in the next reaction. 1H NMR (CDC13, 300 MHz) 87.46 (d, J= 7.8 Hz, 1H), 7.34 (d, J= 8.4 Hz, 1H), 7.21-7.19 (m, 2H), 7.16-7.10 (m, 2H), 6.97 (dd, J= 2.4, 8.1 Hz, 1H), 6.70-6.68 (m, 1H), 4.47 (m, 1H), 4.21-4.13 (m, 2H), 3.93 (t, J= 9.3 Hz, 1H), 3.51-3.36 (m, 4H), 2.73-2.68 (m, 4H), 2.15-2.07 (m, 1H), 1.98-1.90 (m, 1H), 1.70-1.46 (m, 3H), 1.19-1.13 (m, 1H), 0.64-0.55 (m, 1H) ppm.
[00238] F. Boc-protected Tyrosine-derived Cyclic Ether (65): A solution containing Boc-L-alanine (63 mg, 0.33 mmol) in NMP (3 mL) was treated with HATU (125 mg, 0.33 mmol) followed by NMM (0.1 mL, 0.9 mmol) at ambient temperature. After 10 min, crude amine 64 (125 mg, 0.31 mmol) in NMP (5 mL) was added in a dropwise fashion.
After 16 h, the reaction mixture was diluted with diethyl ether and washed successively with NaHCO3a 1 M
HCI, water, and brine. The organic extract was dried over anhydrous Na2SO4, filtered and concentrated. The crude product was purified by flash silica gel chromatography (EtOAc/hexane, 1:1 to 2:1) to afford 137 mg (76%) of 65 as a light yellow-colored solid. 1H
NMR (CDC13, 300 MHz) 57.46 (d, J = 7.8 Hz, 1H), 7.34 (d, J= 7.8 Hz, 1H), 7.19-7.12 (m, 3H), 7.05-6.99 (m, 2H), 6.70 (dd, J= 2.4, 8.4 Hz, 1H), 5.14-5.08 (m, 2H), 4.48-4.42 (m, 1H), 4.26-4.18 (m, 2H), 3.93 (app t, J= 9.3 Hz, 114), 3.84-3.76 (m, 1H), 3.47-3.31 (m, 2H), 2.84-2.64 (m, 4H), 2.15-2.08 (m, 1H), 1.97-1.93 (m, 1H), 1.71-1.52 (m, 3H), 1.48 (s, 9H), 1.38 (d, J= 7.2 Hz, 3H), 1.18-1.12 (m, 1H), 0.64-0.56 (m, 1H) ppm.
[00239] G. Tyrosine-derived Cyclic Ether (66): To a solution of 65 (137 mg, 0.23 mmol) in DCM (10 mL) was added TFA (2 mL) at ambient temperature. After 1.5 h, the solvent was removed under reduced pressure. The residue was dissolved in EtOAc and washed with aqueous NaHCO3, brine, dried over anhydrous Na2SO4, filtered and concentrated.
The crude product was purified by reverse-phase HPLC (C 18, 10-100% ACN/water containing 0.1 %
HOAc) to afford 90 mg (82%) of 66 as a white solid. 'H NMR (DMSO, 300 MHz) 88.23 (d, J
= 6.9 Hz, 1H), 7.46-7.39 (m, 3H), 7.23-7.12 (m, 2H), 7.01-6.99 (m, 2H), 6.85-6.82 (m, 1H), 4.86(m, 1H), 4.27 (m, 1H), 4.16 (m, 1H), 3.98-3.84 (m, 1H), 3.44-3.33 (m, 1H), 3.16-3.10 (m, 1H), 2.76-2.67 (m, 311), 1.99 (m, 1H), 1.57 (app t, J= 5.7 Hz, 2H), 1.45-1.39 (m, 1H), 1.16 (d, J
= 6.3 Hz, 3H), 1.02-0.97 (m, 1H), 0.58-0.49 (m, 1H) ppm. Mass spectrum: m/z 476.2 [M +
H]+.
o XZ
H N
N 4, N
P
H
l 0 O
H Rm (E13) Table 13.
Entry A1 Rlb Y Z X2 Rii, 12, R14_17 (IyI+H)+ Range Y Rl l 476.2 B
13-93 H Me linked H 0 linked with with Y
Rii [00240] This example illustrated pyrrolidine derivatives of Table 14 Scheme VI
N N ~ N - j4c OMs O N I
( _~ OH 67 ~
/ ~ 2Z 68 b ,Ac ~N N,Ac N N'Ac N / N
C / ~ BocNH p ~ O I 70 \ I 71 ,Ac N N'Ac C N N
-' ~ - N
HZN C / - BocNH~H C
,AC C ~N N
~N N \
C
_/y\-N
~N HN H O
HZN H C a [00241] The Preparation of 2S-Amino-N-{1S-[2S-(1H-indol-3-ylmethyl)-pyrrolidine-l-carbonyl]-2-methyl-propyl}-propionamide (76):
[00242] A. trans-2S-(3 -Methanesulfonyloxy-propenyl)-pyrrolidine-l-carboxylic acid tert-butyl ester (67): To a solution of 22 (2 g, 8.8 mmol) in DCM (10 mL) was added triethylamine (2.5 mL, 17.6 mmol). The solution was cooled in ice bath and methanesulfonyl chloride (0.74 mL, 9.68 mmol) was added dropwise and stirred at room temperature for 30 min.
Water (10 mL) was added and the product was extracted with DCM (3 x 50 mL).
The organic layers were combined and washed with 5 mL 1N HCI, water (10 mL), and brine, and dried over anhydrous Na2SO4. Solvent evaporated under reduced pressure to obtained 9.5 g of 67 which was used without purification. 1H NMR (CDC13, 300 MHz): S 4.4-4.0 (m, 2 H), 3.42-3.21 (m, 3H), 3.0 (s, 3H), 2-1.6 (m, 4H), 1.42 (s, 9H) ppm.
[00243] B. trans-2S- {3-[Acetyl-(2-iodo-phenyl)-amino]-propenyl} -pyrrolidine-l-carboxylic acid tert-butyl ester (68): A solution of o-iodoacetanilide (1.1 g, 4.21 mmol) in DMF
(10 mL) was cooled in ice bath and NaH (60% dispersion in mineral oil, 0.24 g, 6.31 mmol) was added in portions and stirred at room temperature for 10 min. Crude mesylate 67 (1.28 g, 4.21 mmol) in DMF (5 mL) was added dropwise at room temperature and stirred for 30 min. Water (10 mL) was added and the product was extracted with diethyl ether (3 x 50 mL). The combined ether extracts were washed with water (3 x 50 mL) and brine, dried over Na2SO4. Solvent evaporated under reduced pressure and purified by flash silica gel chromatography (3:1 hexanes/ethyl acetate) to afford 1.17 g of 68 as a white solid. 1H NMR (CDC13, 300 MHz):
8 7.85 (d, J= 9.9 Hz, 1H), 7.4-7.0 (m, 3H), 5.6 (m, 1H), 5.28 (m, 1H), 4.86 (m, 1H), 3.3 (m, 3H), 2.0-1.6 (m, 4H), 1.4 (s, 9H) ppm.
[00244] C. 2S-(1-Acetyl-lH-indol-3-ylmethyl)-pyrrolidine-l-carboxylic acid tert-butyl ester (69): To a solution of 68 (1.1 g, 2.33 mmol) in DMF (15 mL) was added K2C03 (0.41 g, 3.02 mmol), NaHCO2 (0.16 g, 2.44 mmol) followed by tetrabutylammonium chloride (0.64 g, 2.33 mmol) and Pd(OAc)2 (0.02 g, 0.07 mmol) and the reaction flask was immersed in a pre-heated oil bath (100 C). After 40 min., water (10 mL) was added and the product was extracted with diethyl ether (3 x 50 mL). The diethyl ether extracts were washed with water (3 x 50 mL), brine and dried over Na2SO4. Solvent was evaporated under reduced pressure and purified by flash silica gel chromatography (3:1 hexanes/ethyl acetate) to afford 0.37 g of 69 as white solid.
1H NMR (CDC13, 300 MHz): S 8.4 (s, 1H), 7.78-7.6 (dd, J=10.7, 10.7 Hz, 1H), 4.2-4.0 (m, 1H), 3.45-3.0 (m, 3H), 2.7-2.6 (m, 1H), 2.6 (s, 3H), 1.9-1.65 (m, 4H), 1.5 (s, 9H) ppm.
[00245] D. 1-(3-Pyrrolidin-2S-ylmethyl-indol-1-yl)-ethanone (70): To a solution of 69 (0.37 g, 1.08 mmol) in DCM (20 mL) was added TFA (4 mL) and stirred at room temperature for 30 min. Aqueous NaHCO3 (5 mL) was added and the reaction mixture was concentrated under reduced pressure. The product was extracted with DCM (3 x 50 mL) and the organic extract was washed with aqueous NaHCO3, water and brine, and dried over anhydrous Na2S04.
Solvent was removed under reduced pressure and purified by silica gel column chromatography (10:1 DCM/MeOH) to afford 0.26 g of 70 as white solid. 1H NMR (CDC13, 300 MHz): S 8.6 (d, J=11 Hz, 1H), 7.5 (d, J= 11 Hz, 1H), 7.4-7.2 (m, 3H), 3.8-3.6 (m, 1H), 3.2-2.9 (m, 4H), 2.8 (s, 3H), 2.2-1.6 (m, 4H) ppm.
[00246] E. { 1S-[2S-(1-Acetyl-lH-indol-3-ylmethyl)-pyrrolidine-l-carbonyl]-2-methyl-propyl}-carbamic acid tert-butyl ester (71): To a solution of Boc-L-valine (0.25 g, 1.18 mmol) in NMP (5 mL), was added HATU ( 0.44 mg, 1.18 mmol) followed by NMM (0.3 mL, 2.67 mmol). After 5 min., added 70 (0.25 g, 0.11 mmol) and stirred at room temperature for 30 min. Ethyl acetate (20 mL) was added and the organic solution was washed with aqueous NaHCO3 (10 mL), 1 N HCl (10 mL), water, and brine, dried over Na2SO4. Solvent was removed under reduced pressure and the product was purified by flash silica gel chromatography to afford 0.36 mg of 71 as a white solid. 1H NMR (CDC13, 300 MHz): 8 8.4 (m, 1H), 7.88 (d, J=11 Hz, 1H), 7.4-7.2 (m, 3H), 4.4-4.2 (m, 1H), 3.8-3.4 (m, 3H), 3.38 (d, J= 11 Hz, 1H), 2.65 (d, J= 11 Hz, 1H), 2.6 (s, 3H), 2.5-2.4 (m, 1H), 2.1-1.7 (m, 4H), 1.4 (s, 9H), 1.05 (d, J= 5.5 Hz, 3H), 0.95 (d, J= 5.5 Hz, 3H) ppm.
[00247] F. 1-[2S-(1-Acetyl-lH-indol-3-ylmethyl)-pyrrolidin-1-yl]-2S-amino-3-methyl-butan-l-one (72): To a solution of 71 (0.36 g, 0.81 mmol) in DCM (20 mL) was added TFA (4 mL) and the reaction mixture was stirred at room temperature for 30 min. Aqueous NaHCO3 was added to the reaction mixture and TFA and DCM were removed under reduced pressure. The product was extracted with DCM (3 x 50 mL) and the combined DCM
extracts were washed with water and brine and dried over anhydrous Na2SO4. Solvent was removed under reduced pressure and the product was purified by flash silica gel chromatography (10:1 DCM/MeOH) to afford 0.27 g of 72 as white solid. 1H NMR (CDC13, 300 MHz): S
8.4 (m, 1H), 7.88 (d, J= 11 Hz, 1H), 7.4-7.2 (m, 3H), 4.4-4.2 (m, 1H), 3.8-3.4 (m, 3H), 3.38 (d, J=11 Hz, 1H), 2.65 (d, J= 11 Hz, 1H), 2.6 (s, 3H), 2.5-2.4 (m, 1H), 2.1-1.7 (m, 4H), 1.05 (d, J= 5.5 Hz, 3H), 0.95 (d, J= 5.5 Hz, 3H) ppm.
[00248] G. (1S-{1S-[2S-(1-Acetyl-lH-indol-3-ylmethyl)-pyrrolidine-l-carbonyl]-2-methyl-propylcarbamoyl}-ethyl)-carbamic acid tert-butyl ester (73): To a solution of Boc-r.-alanine (0.13 g, 0.38 mmol) in NMP (3 mL) was added HATU (0.16 mg, 0.41 mmol) followed by NMM (0.1 mL, 0.95 mmol). After 5 min., 72 (0.12 g, 0.34 mmol) was added and the reaction mixture was stirred at room temperature for 30 min. Ethyl acetate (20 mL) was added to the reaction mixture and the organic solution was washed with aqueous NaHCO3 (10 mL), 1 N
HCl (10 mL), water, and brine, dried over Na2SO4. Solvent was removed under reduced pressure and the product was purified by flash silica gel chromatography to afford 0.15 mg of 73 as white solid. 1H NMR (CDC13, 300 MHz): 8 8.4 (m, 1H), 7.88 (d, J=10.9 Hz, 1H), 7.4-7.2 (m, 3H), 7.0-6.8 (m 1H), 4.6 (m, 1H), 4.5-4.4 (m, 1H), 4.2 (m, 1H), 3.8-3.6 (m, 2H), 3.38 (d, J=
10.9 Hz, 1H), 2.65 (d, J= 10.9 Hz, 1H), 2.6 (s, 3H), 2.5-2.4 (m, 1H), 2.1-1.7 (m, 4H), 1.45 (s, 9H), 1.4 (d, J= 10.9 Hz, 3H), 1.05 (d, J= 5.5 Hz, 3H), 0.95 (d, J= 5.5 Hz, 3H) ppm.
[00249] H. N-{1S-[2S-(1-Acetyl-lH-indol-3-ylmethyl)-pyrrolidine-l-carbonyl]-2-methyl-propyl}-2S-amino-propionamide (74): To a solution of 73 (0.15 g, 0.29 mmol) in DCM
(20 mL) was added TFA (4 mL) and the reaction mixture was stirred at room temperature for 30 min. Aqueous NaHCO3 was added to the reaction mixture and TFA and DCM were removed under reduced pressure. The product was extracted with DCM (3 x 50 mL) and the DCM
extracts were washed with water, brine, and dried over anhydrous Na2SO4.
Solvent was removed under reduced pressure and the product was purified by flash silica gel chromatography (10:1 DCM/MeOH) to afford 0.12 g of 74 as a white solid. 1H NMR (CDC13, 300 MHz): S
8.4 (m, 1H), 7.88 (d, J= 10.9 Hz, 1H), 7.85 (d, J= 10.9 Hz, 1H), 7.4-7.2 (m, 3H), 4.6 (m, 1H), 4.5-4.4 (m, 1H), 3.8 (m, 1H), 3.75-3.4 (m, 2H), 3.38 (d, J= 10.9 Hz, 1H), 2.65 (d, J=
10.9 Hz, 1H), 2.6 (s, 3H), 2.5-2.4 (m, 1H), 2.1-1.7 (m, 4H), 1.4 (d, J= 10.9 Hz, 3H), 1.05 (d, J= 5.5 Hz, 3H), 0.95 (d, J= 5.5 Hz, 3H) ppm.
[00250] 2S-Amino-N- { 1 S-[2S-(1 H-indol-3-ylmethyl)-pyrrolidine-l-carbonyl]-2-methyl-propyl}-propionamide (75): To a solution of 74 (0.12 g, 0.291 mmol) in dry MeOH (3 mL) was added 3 mL of 10% NaOH/MeOH. After 15 min., water (2 mL) was added to the reaction mixture and the solvent was removed under reduced pressure. The product was extracted with ethyl acetate (3 x 50 mL) and the organic extracts were washed with water, brine, and dried over Na2SO4. Solvent was removed under reduced pressure and the product was purified by flash silica gel chromatography (10:1 DC1VI/MeOH) to afford 0.06 g of 75 as white solid. 1H NMR (CDC13, 300 MHz): S 8.4 (m, 1H), 7.88 (d, J= 10.9 Hz, 1H), 7.85 (d, J= 10.9 Hz, 1H), 7.4-7.2 (m, 3H), 4.6 (m, 1H), 4.5-4.4 (m, 1H), 3.8 (m, 1H), 3.75-3.4 (m, 2H), 3.38 (d, J
= 10.9 Hz, 1H), 2.65 (d, J= 10.9 Hz, 1H), 2.5-2.4 (m, 1H), 2.1-1.7 (m, 4H), 1.4 (d, J= 10.9 Hz, 3H), 1.05 (d, J= 5.5 Hz, 3H), 0.95 (d, J= 5.5 Hz, 3H) ppm.
z Ril ~Riz N
Y N
0 ~_~ Rn \ NH 0 I
N ~~~ R,a R1e Rm 1s (E14) Table 14.
Ri4-i7 Rii MS KD
Entry Al Rlb y Z R12 (1VI+H)+ Range 14-94 H Me iPr H Ac H H 413.2 A
14-95 H H iPr H Ac H H 399.3 D
6-F H 459.2 B
14-96 Me Me tBu H Ac (R16) 6-F H 485.3 B
14-97 Me Me cHex H Ac (R16) 7-Me H 426.8 A
14-98 H Me iPr H Ac (R17) 14-99 H Me iPr H H H H 371.3 B
14-100 H Me iPr H H 7-Me H 385.5 A
(R17) 14-101 Boc Me iPr H Boc H H 571.3 D
14-102 H Me iPr H MeC=CCHz H H 423.3 B
14-103 H Me iPr H HC=CCHZ H H 409.3 A
14-104 Me Me cHex H H
(R16) 14-105 H H tBu H Ac 6-F H D
[00251] This example illustrated pyrrolidine derivatives of Table 15.
Scheme VII
'Ac O N N
N N
BocNH-! H O BocNH --~H O
\ I
O N ,SoZTaI O N Z N,SO2Tol ~N ~N O
BocNH H O HZN H
[00252] The Preparation of 2S-Amino-N-(2-methyl-lS-{2S-[1-(toluene-4-sulfonyl)-1H-indol-3-ylmethyl]-pyrrolidine-l-carbonyl}-propyl)-propionamide (78):
[00253] A. (1S-{1S-[2S-(1H-Indol-3-ylmethyl)-pyrrolidine-l-carbonyl]-2-methyl-propylcarbamoyl}-ethyl)-carbamic acid tert-butyl ester (76): To a solution of 73 (0.70 g, 1.36 mmol) in dry MeOH (10 mL) was added 5 mL of 10% NaOH/MeOH and stirred for 15 min.
Water (5 mL) was added to the reaction mixture and the solvent removed under reduced pressure. The product was extracted with ethyl acetate (3 x 50 mL) and the organic extracts were washed with water, brine, and dried over Na2SO4. Solvent was removed under reduced pressure and the product was purified by flash silica gel chromatography (10:1 DCM/MeOH) to afford 0.53 g of 76 as a white solid. 'H NMR (CDC13, 300 MHz): 8 8.0 (s, 1H), 7.9 (d, J= 9.9 Hz, 1H), 7.38 (d, J= 9.9 Hz, 1H), 7.3-7.1 (m, 3H), 6.8 (m, 1H), 4.62 (m 1H), 4.5-4.4 (m 1H), 4.4-4.0 (m, 2H), 3.7-3.5 (m, 2H), 3.4 (m, 1H), 2.5 (m, 1H), 2.2-1.8 (m, 4H), 1.48 (s, 9H), 1.35 (d, J= 9.9 Hz, 3H), 1.05 (d, J= 5.5 Hz, 3H), 0.95 (d, J= 5.5 Hz, 3H) ppm.
[00254] B. [1S-(2-Methyl-1S {2S-[1-(toluene-4-sulfonyl)-1H-indol-3-ylmethyl]-pyrrolidine-1-carbonyl}-propylcarbamoyl)-ethyl]-carbamic acid tert-butyl ester (77): To a solution of 76 (0.05 g, 0.11 mmol) in DCM (1 mL) was added NaOH (0.01 g, 0.13 mmol) and stirred at room temperature for 30 min. Tosyl chloride (0.03 g, 0.16 mmol) was added and the reaction mixture was heated to 35 C for 1 h. Water (5 mL) was added to the reaction mixture and the product was extracted with DCM (3 x 30 mL). The DCM extracts were washed with water, brine, and dried over Na2SO4. Solvent was removed under reduced pressure and the product was purified by flash silica gel chromatography (3:1 hexane/ethyl acetate) to afford 61 mg of 77 as a white solid. 1H NMR (CDC13, 300 MHz): S 7.95 (d, J= 9.9 Hz, 1H), 7.82 (d, J=
9.9 Hz, 1H), 7.7 (d, J= 9.9 Hz, 2H), 7.4-7.2 (m, 5H), 6.8 (m, 1H), 4.6 (m, 1H), 4.4 (m, 1H), 4.3-4.18 (m, 2H), 3.8-3.5 (m, 2H), 3.3 (m, 1H), 2.45 (m, 1H), 2.35 (s, 3H), 2.2-1.8 (m, 4H), 1.43 (s, 9H), 1.38 (d, J= 9.9 Hz, 3H), 1.05 (d, J= 5.5 Hz, 3H), 0.95 (d, J= 5.5 Hz, 3H) ppm.
[00255] C. 2S-Amino-N-(2-methyl-iS-{2S-[1-(toluene-4-sulfonyl)-1H-indol-3-ylmethyl]-pyrrolidine-l-carbonyl}-propyl)-propionamide (78): To a solution of 77 (0.06 g, 0.096 mmol) in DCM (10 mL) was added TFA (2 mL) and the reaction mixture was stirred at room temperature for 30 min. Aqueous NaHCO3 was added to reaction mixture and TFA
and DCM
were removed under reduced pressure. The product was extracted with DCM (3 x 25 mL) and the DCM extracts were washed with water, brine, and dried over anhydrous NaZSO4. Solvent was removed under reduced pressure and the product was purified by flash silica gel chromatography (10:1 DCM/MeOH) to afford 0.04 g of 78 as a white solid. 'H NMR
(CDC13, 300 MHz): 8 7.95 (d, J= 9.9 Hz, 1H), 7.82 (d, J= 9.9 Hz, 1H), 7.7 (d, J= 9.9 Hz, 2H), 7.4-7.2 (m, 5H), 6.8 (m, 1H), 4.6 (m, 1H), 4.4 (m, 1H), 4.3-4.18 (m, 2H), 3.8-3.5 (m, 2H), 3.3 (m, 1H), 2.45 (m, 1H), 2.35 (s, 3H), 2.2-1.8 (m, 4H), 1.38 (d, J= 9.9 Hz, 3H), 1.05 (d, J= 5.5 Hz, 3H), 0.95 (d, J= 5.5 Hz, 3H) ppm.
z Ril AR~p N
Y N
0 / Rn NH O I
N R1a R1e ,/R1b A, R1e (E15) Table 15.
R14-17 Ril MS KD
Entry AI Rlb Y Z R12 (M+H)+ Range H H 423.3 B
15-104 H Me iPr H MeC=CCH2 H H 409.3 A
15-105 H Me iPr H HC=CCH2 7- H 491.3 C
15-106 Me Me iPr H H BnO
(R17) 15-107 H Me iPr H Tosyl H H 525.3 A
6-F 2- 499.5 A
15-108 Me Me tBu H H thiophenyl (R16) [00256] This example illustrated pyrrolidine derivatives of Table 16.
Scheme VIII
OMe p N N N N~~/ --' ~ ~
OMe OMe /_/ O--//--p H N N N
BocNH O 82 F
OMe p--,/-- p/
O N ~ N
N N Me ~N
H2N p boc 84 F
F OMe O__//--O
O N N
O
PH
Me [00257] The Preparation ofN-{1-Cyclohexyl-2-[2-(6-fluoro-1-{2-[2-(2-methoxy-ethoxy)-ethoxy] -ethyl} -1 H-indol-3 -ylmethyl)-pyrrolidin-l-yl] -2-oxo-ethyl } -2-methylamino-propionamide (85):
[00258] A. 2-(6-Fluoro-1-{2-[2-(2-methoxy-ethoxy)-ethoxy]-ethyl}-1.H-indole-3-ylmethyl)-2S-pyrrolidine-1-carboxylic acid tert-butyl ester (80): To a suspension of NaH (72 mg, 1.8 mmol, 60% mineral oil suspension) in DMF (1 mL) was added 79 (180 mg, 0.60 mmol) in DMF (1 mL) at room temperature. The mixture was stirred for 1 h at room temperature, followed by addition of tri(ethylene glycol) monomethyl ether (182 mg, 0.57 mmol) in DMF (1 mL). The resulting mixture was stirred at room temperature overnight, and quenched by addition of NH4C1 aqueous solution at 0 C. The crude product was extracted with EtOAc. The organic phase was washed with brine and dried over NaaSO4. After removal of the solvent, the residue was purified by flash silica gel chromatography (50% EtOAc in hexanes) to afford 250 mg of 80 (93%). [TLC
(60% EtOAc/hexane): RK80) = 0.22)]. 'H NMR (CDC13, 300 MHz) 8 7.65-7.76 (1H), 7.33 (m, 1H), 7.20 (m, 1H), 7.09 (m, 1H), 6.95 (s, 1H), 4.27 (t, J = 8.4 Hz, 2H), 3.79 (t, J = 5.7 Hz, 2H), 3.40-3.70 (9H), 3.37 (s, 3H), 3.10-3.40 (2H),2.65 (m, 1H), 1.75 (brs, 4H), 1.55 (s, 9H) ppm.
[00259] B. 6-Fluoro-l-{2-[2-(2-methoxy-ethoxy)-ethoxy]-ethyl}-3-pyrrolidin-2-ylmethyl-lH-indole (81): A solution of 80 (250 mg, 0.56 mmol) in DCM (5 mL) was treated with TFA (1 mL) at room temperature. After 2 h, the reaction mixture was concentrated, diluted with EtOAc, washed with iN aqueous NaOH and brine, dried over NaaSO4, filtered and concentrated to afford 190 mg (98%) of 81 as a light yellow oil. The product was used without further purification.' [00260] C. { 1-Cyclohexyl-2-[2-(6-fluoro-l- {2-[2-(2-methoxy-ethoxy)-ethoxy]-ethyl}-1H-indol-3-ylmethyl)-pyrrolidin-1-yl]-2-oxo-ethyl}-carbamic acid tert-butyl ester (82):
To a solution of Boc-L-cyclohexylglycine (172 mg, 0.67 mmol) in NMP (2 mL) was added HATU (255 mg, 0.67 mmol) followed by NMM (0.1 mL, 0.95 mmol). After 5 min, 81 (190 mg, 0.55 mmol) in DCM (1 mL) was added and the reaction mixture was stirred at room temperature overnight. Ethyl acetate (20 mL) was added to the reaction mixture and the organic solution was washed with water, 1 N HC1(5 mL), aqueous NaHCO3 (10 mL), and brine, dried over Na2SO4.
Solvent was removed under reduced pressure and the product was purified by flash silica gel chromatography to afford 280 mg (85%) of 82 as a wax. [TLC (60% EtOAc/hexane):
RK82) _ 0.18)]. 1H NMR (CDC13, 300 MHz) S 7.83 (m, 1H), 7.32 (m, 1H), 7.20 (m, 1H), 7.09 (m, 1H), 6.98 (s, 1H), 5.32 (m, 1H), 4.0-4.6 (5H), 3.79 (t, J= 5.7 Hz, 2H), 3.40-3.70 (9H), 3.37 (s, 3H), 2.65 (m, 1H), 1.6-2.0 (10H), 1.46 (s, 9H), 1.0-1.4 (6H) ppm.
[00261] D. 2-Amino-2-cyclohexyl-l-[2-(6-fluoro-1-{2-[2-(2-rnethoxy-ethoxy)-ethoxy]-ethyl}-1H-indol-3-ylmethyl)-pyrrolidin-1-yl]-ethanone (83): A solution of 82 (250 mg, 0.43 mmol) in DCM (5 mL) was treated with TFA (1 mL) at room temperature.
After 2 h, the reaction mixture was concentrated, diluted with EtOAc, washed with 1N aqueous NaOH and brine, dried over Na2SO4a filtered and concentrated to afford 210 mg (100%) of 83 as a light yellow wax. The product was used without further purification.
[00262] E. (1-{1-Cyclohexyl-2-[2-(6-fluoro-l-{2-[2-(2-methoxy-ethoxy)-ethoxy]-ethyl} -1 H-indol-3-ylmethyl)-pyrrolidin-1-yl]-2-oxo-ethylcarbamoyl} -ethyl)-methyl-carbamic acid tert-butyl ester (84): To a solution of Boc-L-N-methylanaline (91 mg, 0.48 mmol) in NMP
(2 mL) was added HATU (183 mg, 0.48 mmol) followed by NMM (0.1 mL, 0.95 mmol).
After min., 83 (210 mg, 0.43 mmol) in DCM (1 mL) was added and the reaction mixture was stirred at room temperature overnight. Ethyl acetate (20 mL) was added to the reaction mixture and the organic solution was washed with water, 1 N HCl (5 mL), aqueous NaHCO3 (10 mL), and brine, dried over Na2SO4. Solvent was removed under reduced pressure and the product was purified by flash silica gel chromatography to afford 188 mg (65%) of 84 as a wax. [TLC
(80%
EtOAc/hexane): RK84) = 0.20)]. 1H NMR (CDC13, 300 MHz) S 7.80 (m, 1H), 7.35 (m, 1H), 7.19 (m, 1 H), 7.10 (m, 1 H), 6.95 (s, 1 H), 4.62 (m, 1 H), 4.46 (m, 1 H), 4.20 (t, J= 6.7 Hz, 2H), 3.77 (, t, J= 5.4 Hz, 2H), 3.2-3.7 (5H), 3.36 (s, 3H), 2.48 (d, J= 7.5 Hz, 3H) (t, J = 5.7 Hz, 2H), 3.40-3.70 (9H), 3.37 (s, 3H), 2.65 (m, 1H), 2.57 (m, 1H), 1.6-2.0 (8H), 1.51 (S, 9H), 1.38 (d, J
6.6 Hz, 3H), 1.0-1.4 (4H) ppm.
[00263] F. 2-(6-Fluoro-1-{2-[2-(2-methoxy-ethoxy)-ethoxy]-ethyl}-1H-indole-3-ylmethyl)-2S-pyrrolidine-l-carboxylic acid tert-butyl ester (85): A solution of 84 (188 mg, 0.28 mmol) in DCM (5 mL) was treated with TFA (1 mL) at room temperature. After 2 h, the reaction mixture was concentrated, diluted with EtOAc, washed with 1N aqueous NaOH and brine, dried over Na2SO4, filtered and concentrated. The residue was purified by HPLC to afford 110 mg (65%) acetate salt of 85 as a white solid. [TLC (20% MeOH in EtOAc):
RK85) = 0.20)].
1H NMR (CDC13, 300 MHz) 8 7.79 (br d, 2H), 7.34 (d, J= 7.2 Hz, 1H), 7.21 (m, 1H), 7.10 (m, 1H), 6.96 (d, J= 9.0 Hz, 1H), 6.23 (br s, 2H), 4.61 (m, 1H), 4.44 (m, 1H), 4.24 (t, J= 5.4 Hz, 2H), 3.78 (t, J= 5.4 Hz, 2H), 3.4-3.8 (12H), 3.36 (s, 3H), 2.60 (m,1H), 2.48 (d, J= 7.5 Hz, 3H), 1.6-2.0 (8H), 1.39 (d, J= 6.6 Hz, 3H), 1.0-1.4 (4H) ppm. Mass spectrum, m/z 571.3 [M + H]+.
z Ril ~R~y / N
Y N
O ~ R~
\ NH O I
/N ,I///R R~4 \ RIa m A, R1s (E16) Table 16.
R14_ R11 MS KD
Entry A1 Rlb Y Z R12 17 (M+H)+ Range 16-108 Me Me tBu H MeO(CHaCH2O)ZCHaCH2 6-F H 563.4 B
(Ri6) 16-109 Me Me cHex H MeO(CHaCHZO)2CHaCHa 6-F H 589.4 B
(Ri6) 16-110 Me Et cHex H MeO(CH2CH2O)aCHaCH2 H H 585.5 B
16-111 Me Me cHex H MeO(CHaCH2O)2CHaCHa H H 571.5 B
6-F Br 627.3 A
16-112 Me Me tBu H HO(CHaCHZO)aCHZCHa (Ri6) 6-F Br 641.3 A
16-113 Me Me tBu H MeO(CH2CH2O)2CH2CH2 (R16) 6-F 2- 645.4 A
16-114 Me Me tBu H MeO(CH2CHaO)2CH2CH2 thiophenyl (R16) [00264] Although the present invention has been described in considerable detail with reference to certain preferred embodiments thereof, other versions are possible. Therefore the spirit and scope of the appended claims should not be limited to the description and the preferred versions contain within this specification.
Claims (30)
1. A composition comprising:
molecules and pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof having the structure of formula (2):
wherein: A1 and A2 are independently hydrogen, alkyl, aryl, or alkylaryl group, R1a is H or a methyl group; R1b is an alkyl or aryl group; X1 is -O-,-S-,-CH2-, or-NH- group, and J is -CH-, or -N- group, provided that when J is-N-, X1 is -CH2-, or -NH- group; Y is H, or an alkyl group ; Z is -OH, aryloxy, alkoxy, benzyloxy, benzyloxy, amino, arylamino,alkylamino, benzylamino group ; R2 is a detectable label or is:
M is alkylene, alkenylene, alkynlene, heteroalkylene, heteroalkenylene, or heteroalkynlene group, G is selected from a bond, -O-; -N(R2d)- where R2d is H, alkyl, cycloalkyl, or aryl; or -S(O)m where m is 0, 1, or 2;
R10 is cycloalkyl, aryl, heterocycloalkyl, heterocycloalkenyl, or heteroaryl;
n is independently the integer 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, or 5.
molecules and pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof having the structure of formula (2):
wherein: A1 and A2 are independently hydrogen, alkyl, aryl, or alkylaryl group, R1a is H or a methyl group; R1b is an alkyl or aryl group; X1 is -O-,-S-,-CH2-, or-NH- group, and J is -CH-, or -N- group, provided that when J is-N-, X1 is -CH2-, or -NH- group; Y is H, or an alkyl group ; Z is -OH, aryloxy, alkoxy, benzyloxy, benzyloxy, amino, arylamino,alkylamino, benzylamino group ; R2 is a detectable label or is:
M is alkylene, alkenylene, alkynlene, heteroalkylene, heteroalkenylene, or heteroalkynlene group, G is selected from a bond, -O-; -N(R2d)- where R2d is H, alkyl, cycloalkyl, or aryl; or -S(O)m where m is 0, 1, or 2;
R10 is cycloalkyl, aryl, heterocycloalkyl, heterocycloalkenyl, or heteroaryl;
n is independently the integer 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, or 5.
2. The composition of claim 1 and a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier.
3. A composition comprising:
molecules and pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof having the structure of formula (3):
where A1 is H, lower alkyl, or optionally-substituted lower alkyl group; R1a and R1b are separately H, lower alkyl, optionally-substituted lower alkyl, lower alkylene, optionally substituted lower alkylene group; or A1 together with either R1a or R1b form an optionally substituted heterocycloalkyl group of 3 to 6 atoms;
Y is H, an alkyl group, an alkynyl group, a cycloalkyl group of 3 to 7 carbon atoms, aryl, heteroaryl, arylalkyl, optionally-substituted versions of these groups, hydroxy substituted versions of these groups, or Y together with Z, M, G, or forms a carbocyclic ring, or a heterocyclic ring containing 1 to 5 heteroatoms, where Y is linked to Z, M, G, or R10;
Z is H, alkyl, hydroxy, amino, alkylamino, diakylamino, alkoxy, cycloalkyl, cycloalkyloxy, aryl, heteroaryl, aryloxy, or heteroaryloxy group; or Z
together with Y, M, G, or R10 form a carbocyclic ring, or a heterocyclic ring containing 1 to 5 heteroatoms, where Z is linked to Y, M, G, or R10;
M is an optionally-substituted alkyl, alkenyl, or alkynyl group; an optionally-substituted alkyl, alkenyl, or alkynyl group of 1 to 5 carbon atoms; an optionally-substituted alkylene, alkenylene, or alkynylene group; or an optionally-substituted alkylene, alkenylene, or alkynylene group of 1 to 5 carbon atoms;
G is a bond, a heteroatom, -(C=O)-; -S(O)t- where t = 0,1, or 2; -NR18-;
-NCOR18-; or -NS(O)x R18- where x = 0, 1, or 2, and R18 is lower alkyl, optionally-substituted lower alkyl, or cycloalkyl or R18 is contained within a carbocyclic, or heterocyclic ring containing 1 to 5 heteroatoms, where R18 is linked to Z, M, or R10;
R10 is an aryl, a heteroaryl group, a fused aryl, a fused heteroaryl group; or R10 is any one of structures (4a), (4b), (4c) or (4d):
where X2 is a heteroatom and independently groups R11, R'11, R12, any of R13-17, or any of R14-17 is H, halogen, alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, aryl, heteroaryl, hydroxyl, alkoxy, polyalkylether, amino, alkylamino, dialkylamino, alkyloxyalkyl, sulfonate, aryloxy or heteroaryloxy; independently R11, R'11, R12, any of R13-17, or any of R14-17 is H, optionally-substituted alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, aryl, heteroaryl, hydroxyl, alkoxy, polyalkylether, amino, alkylamino, dialkylamino, alkyloxyalkyl, aryloxy, or heteroaryloxy; or independently R11, R'11, R12, any of R13-17, or any of R14-17 is acyl or acetyl groups, carboxylate, sulfonate, sulfone, imine, or oxime groups; or groups R11, R'11, R12, any of R13-17, or any of R14-17 is contained within a carbocyclic ring, or a heterocyclic ring containing 1 to 5 heteroatoms, and linked to groups at position Y, Z, M, G, R11, R'11, R12, any of R13-17, or any of R14-17.
molecules and pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof having the structure of formula (3):
where A1 is H, lower alkyl, or optionally-substituted lower alkyl group; R1a and R1b are separately H, lower alkyl, optionally-substituted lower alkyl, lower alkylene, optionally substituted lower alkylene group; or A1 together with either R1a or R1b form an optionally substituted heterocycloalkyl group of 3 to 6 atoms;
Y is H, an alkyl group, an alkynyl group, a cycloalkyl group of 3 to 7 carbon atoms, aryl, heteroaryl, arylalkyl, optionally-substituted versions of these groups, hydroxy substituted versions of these groups, or Y together with Z, M, G, or forms a carbocyclic ring, or a heterocyclic ring containing 1 to 5 heteroatoms, where Y is linked to Z, M, G, or R10;
Z is H, alkyl, hydroxy, amino, alkylamino, diakylamino, alkoxy, cycloalkyl, cycloalkyloxy, aryl, heteroaryl, aryloxy, or heteroaryloxy group; or Z
together with Y, M, G, or R10 form a carbocyclic ring, or a heterocyclic ring containing 1 to 5 heteroatoms, where Z is linked to Y, M, G, or R10;
M is an optionally-substituted alkyl, alkenyl, or alkynyl group; an optionally-substituted alkyl, alkenyl, or alkynyl group of 1 to 5 carbon atoms; an optionally-substituted alkylene, alkenylene, or alkynylene group; or an optionally-substituted alkylene, alkenylene, or alkynylene group of 1 to 5 carbon atoms;
G is a bond, a heteroatom, -(C=O)-; -S(O)t- where t = 0,1, or 2; -NR18-;
-NCOR18-; or -NS(O)x R18- where x = 0, 1, or 2, and R18 is lower alkyl, optionally-substituted lower alkyl, or cycloalkyl or R18 is contained within a carbocyclic, or heterocyclic ring containing 1 to 5 heteroatoms, where R18 is linked to Z, M, or R10;
R10 is an aryl, a heteroaryl group, a fused aryl, a fused heteroaryl group; or R10 is any one of structures (4a), (4b), (4c) or (4d):
where X2 is a heteroatom and independently groups R11, R'11, R12, any of R13-17, or any of R14-17 is H, halogen, alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, aryl, heteroaryl, hydroxyl, alkoxy, polyalkylether, amino, alkylamino, dialkylamino, alkyloxyalkyl, sulfonate, aryloxy or heteroaryloxy; independently R11, R'11, R12, any of R13-17, or any of R14-17 is H, optionally-substituted alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, aryl, heteroaryl, hydroxyl, alkoxy, polyalkylether, amino, alkylamino, dialkylamino, alkyloxyalkyl, aryloxy, or heteroaryloxy; or independently R11, R'11, R12, any of R13-17, or any of R14-17 is acyl or acetyl groups, carboxylate, sulfonate, sulfone, imine, or oxime groups; or groups R11, R'11, R12, any of R13-17, or any of R14-17 is contained within a carbocyclic ring, or a heterocyclic ring containing 1 to 5 heteroatoms, and linked to groups at position Y, Z, M, G, R11, R'11, R12, any of R13-17, or any of R14-17.
4. The composition of claim 3 and a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier.
5. A composition comprising:
molecules and pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof having the structure of formula (3):
where A1 is H, lower alkyl, or optionally-substituted lower alkyl group; R1a and R1b are separately H, lower alkyl, optionally-substituted lower alkyl, lower alkylene, optionally substituted lower alkylene group; or A1 together with either R1a or R1b form an optionally substituted heterocycloalkyl group of 3 to 6 atoms;
Y is H, an alkyl group, an alkynyl group, a cycloalkyl group of 3 to 7 carbon atoms, aryl, heteroaryl, arylalkyl, optionally-substituted versions of these groups, hydroxy substituted versions of these groups, or Y together with Z, M, G, or forms a carbocyclic ring, or a heterocyclic ring containing 1 to 5 heteroatoms, where Y is linked to Z, M, G, or R10;
Z is H, alkyl, hydroxy, amino, alkylamino, diakylamino, alkoxy, cycloalkyl, cycloalkyloxy, aryl, heteroaryl, aryloxy, or heteroaryloxy group; or Z
together with Y, M, G, or R10 form a carbocyclic ring, or a heterocyclic ring containing 1 to 5 heteroatoms, where Z is linked to Y, M, G, or R10;
M is an optionally-substituted alkyl, alkenyl, or alkynyl group; an optionally-substituted alkyl, alkenyl, or alkynyl group of 1 to 5 carbon atoms; an optionally-substituted alkylene, alkenylene, or alkynylene group; or an optionally-substituted alkylene, alkenylene, or alkynylene group of 1 to 5 carbon atoms;
G is a bond, a heteroatom, -(C=O)-; -S(O)t- where t = 0,1, or 2; -NR18-;
-NCOR18-; or -NS(O)x R18- where x = 0, 1, or 2, and R18 is lower alkyl, optionally-substituted lower alkyl, or cycloalkyl or R18 is contained within a carbocyclic, or heterocyclic ring containing 1 to 5 heteroatoms, where R18 is linked to Z, M, or R10;
R10 is any one of structures (4a), (4b), (4c) or (4d):
where X2 is a heteroatom and independently groups R11, R'11, R12, any of R13-17, or any of R14-17 is H, halogen, alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, aryl, heteroaryl, hydroxyl, alkoxy, polyalkylether, amino, alkylamino, dialkylamino, alkyloxyalkyl, sulfonate, aryloxy or heteroaryloxy; independently R11, R'11, R12, any of R13-17, or any of R14-17 is H, optionally-substituted alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, aryl, heteroaryl, hydroxyl, alkoxy, polyalkylether, amino, alkylamino, dialkylamino, alkyloxyalkyl, aryloxy, or heteroaryloxy; or independently R11, R'11, R12, any of R13-17, or any of R14-17 is acyl or acetyl groups, carboxylate, sulfonate, sulfone, imine, or oxime groups; or groups R11, R'11, R12, any of R13-17, or any of R14-17 is contained within a carbocyclic ring, or a heterocyclic ring containing 1 to 5 heteroatoms, and linked to groups at position Y, Z, M, G, R11, R'11, R12, any of R13-17, or any of R14-17.
molecules and pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof having the structure of formula (3):
where A1 is H, lower alkyl, or optionally-substituted lower alkyl group; R1a and R1b are separately H, lower alkyl, optionally-substituted lower alkyl, lower alkylene, optionally substituted lower alkylene group; or A1 together with either R1a or R1b form an optionally substituted heterocycloalkyl group of 3 to 6 atoms;
Y is H, an alkyl group, an alkynyl group, a cycloalkyl group of 3 to 7 carbon atoms, aryl, heteroaryl, arylalkyl, optionally-substituted versions of these groups, hydroxy substituted versions of these groups, or Y together with Z, M, G, or forms a carbocyclic ring, or a heterocyclic ring containing 1 to 5 heteroatoms, where Y is linked to Z, M, G, or R10;
Z is H, alkyl, hydroxy, amino, alkylamino, diakylamino, alkoxy, cycloalkyl, cycloalkyloxy, aryl, heteroaryl, aryloxy, or heteroaryloxy group; or Z
together with Y, M, G, or R10 form a carbocyclic ring, or a heterocyclic ring containing 1 to 5 heteroatoms, where Z is linked to Y, M, G, or R10;
M is an optionally-substituted alkyl, alkenyl, or alkynyl group; an optionally-substituted alkyl, alkenyl, or alkynyl group of 1 to 5 carbon atoms; an optionally-substituted alkylene, alkenylene, or alkynylene group; or an optionally-substituted alkylene, alkenylene, or alkynylene group of 1 to 5 carbon atoms;
G is a bond, a heteroatom, -(C=O)-; -S(O)t- where t = 0,1, or 2; -NR18-;
-NCOR18-; or -NS(O)x R18- where x = 0, 1, or 2, and R18 is lower alkyl, optionally-substituted lower alkyl, or cycloalkyl or R18 is contained within a carbocyclic, or heterocyclic ring containing 1 to 5 heteroatoms, where R18 is linked to Z, M, or R10;
R10 is any one of structures (4a), (4b), (4c) or (4d):
where X2 is a heteroatom and independently groups R11, R'11, R12, any of R13-17, or any of R14-17 is H, halogen, alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, aryl, heteroaryl, hydroxyl, alkoxy, polyalkylether, amino, alkylamino, dialkylamino, alkyloxyalkyl, sulfonate, aryloxy or heteroaryloxy; independently R11, R'11, R12, any of R13-17, or any of R14-17 is H, optionally-substituted alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, aryl, heteroaryl, hydroxyl, alkoxy, polyalkylether, amino, alkylamino, dialkylamino, alkyloxyalkyl, aryloxy, or heteroaryloxy; or independently R11, R'11, R12, any of R13-17, or any of R14-17 is acyl or acetyl groups, carboxylate, sulfonate, sulfone, imine, or oxime groups; or groups R11, R'11, R12, any of R13-17, or any of R14-17 is contained within a carbocyclic ring, or a heterocyclic ring containing 1 to 5 heteroatoms, and linked to groups at position Y, Z, M, G, R11, R'11, R12, any of R13-17, or any of R14-17.
6. The composition of claim 5 and a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier.
7. A composition comprising:
molecules and pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof having the general structure of formula (5) where A1 is H, or lower alkyl, or A1 and R1b together form a ring of 3-5 atoms;
R1a is H; R1b is lower alkyl group, or together with A1 forms a ring of 3 to 5 atoms;
Y is an alkyl group, an alkynyl group, a cycloalkyl group of 3 to 7 carbon atoms, optionally substituted versions of these groups, hydroxy substituted versions of these groups, or Y together with Z1a, Z1b, or R10 forms a carbocyclic ring, or a heterocyclic ring containing 1 to 5 heteroatoms, where Y is linked to Z1a, Z1b, or R10;
Z1a and Z1b are independently an H, hydroxy, amino, alkylamino, diakylamino, alkoxy, aryloxy, or heteroaryloxy group; or Z1a, Z1b, together with Y or R10 form a carbocyclic ring, or a heterocyclic ring containing 1 to 5 heteroatoms, where Z1a or Z1b, is linked to Y or R10;
M is an optionally-substituted alkyl or an optionally-substituted alkylene group of 1 to 5 carbon atoms;
G is a bond, a heteroatom, -(C=O)-; -NR18-; -NCOR18-; or -NS(O)x R18-where x = 0, 1, or 2, and R18 is lower alkyl, optionally-substituted lower alkyl group;
R10 is aryl, a heteroaryl group, or R10 is anyone of structures (4a), (4b), (4c) or (4d):
where X2 is a heteroatom and independently groups R11, R'11, R12, any of R13-17, or any of R14-17 are H, halogen, alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, aryl, heteroaryl, hydroxyl, alkoxy, polyalkylether, amino, alkylamino, dialkylamino, alkyloxyalkyl, sulfonate, aryloxy or heteroaryloxy; independently R11, R'11, R12, any of R13-17, or any of R14-17 are H, optionally-substituted alkyl, aryl, alkenyl, alkynyl, heteroaryl, hydroxyl, alkoxy, polyalkylether, amino, alkylamino, dialkylamino, alkyloxyalkyl, aryloxy, or heteroaryloxy; independently R11, R'11, R12, any of 17, or any of R14-17 are acyl or acetyl groups, carboxylate, sulfonate, sulfone, imine, or oxime groups; or groups R11, R'11, R12, any of R13-17, or any of R14-17 are contained within a carbocyclic ring, or a heterocyclic ring containing 1 to 5 heteroatoms, and linked to groups at position Y, Z1a, Z1b, M, G, R11, R'11, R12, any of R13-17, or any of R14-17.
molecules and pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof having the general structure of formula (5) where A1 is H, or lower alkyl, or A1 and R1b together form a ring of 3-5 atoms;
R1a is H; R1b is lower alkyl group, or together with A1 forms a ring of 3 to 5 atoms;
Y is an alkyl group, an alkynyl group, a cycloalkyl group of 3 to 7 carbon atoms, optionally substituted versions of these groups, hydroxy substituted versions of these groups, or Y together with Z1a, Z1b, or R10 forms a carbocyclic ring, or a heterocyclic ring containing 1 to 5 heteroatoms, where Y is linked to Z1a, Z1b, or R10;
Z1a and Z1b are independently an H, hydroxy, amino, alkylamino, diakylamino, alkoxy, aryloxy, or heteroaryloxy group; or Z1a, Z1b, together with Y or R10 form a carbocyclic ring, or a heterocyclic ring containing 1 to 5 heteroatoms, where Z1a or Z1b, is linked to Y or R10;
M is an optionally-substituted alkyl or an optionally-substituted alkylene group of 1 to 5 carbon atoms;
G is a bond, a heteroatom, -(C=O)-; -NR18-; -NCOR18-; or -NS(O)x R18-where x = 0, 1, or 2, and R18 is lower alkyl, optionally-substituted lower alkyl group;
R10 is aryl, a heteroaryl group, or R10 is anyone of structures (4a), (4b), (4c) or (4d):
where X2 is a heteroatom and independently groups R11, R'11, R12, any of R13-17, or any of R14-17 are H, halogen, alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, aryl, heteroaryl, hydroxyl, alkoxy, polyalkylether, amino, alkylamino, dialkylamino, alkyloxyalkyl, sulfonate, aryloxy or heteroaryloxy; independently R11, R'11, R12, any of R13-17, or any of R14-17 are H, optionally-substituted alkyl, aryl, alkenyl, alkynyl, heteroaryl, hydroxyl, alkoxy, polyalkylether, amino, alkylamino, dialkylamino, alkyloxyalkyl, aryloxy, or heteroaryloxy; independently R11, R'11, R12, any of 17, or any of R14-17 are acyl or acetyl groups, carboxylate, sulfonate, sulfone, imine, or oxime groups; or groups R11, R'11, R12, any of R13-17, or any of R14-17 are contained within a carbocyclic ring, or a heterocyclic ring containing 1 to 5 heteroatoms, and linked to groups at position Y, Z1a, Z1b, M, G, R11, R'11, R12, any of R13-17, or any of R14-17.
8. The composition of claim 7 that has a K d for IAP of less that about 1 micromolar.
9. The composition of claim 7 where A1 is H, methyl, or ethyl.
10. The composition of claim 7 where R1a is H; R1b is a methyl or ethyl group.
11. The composition of claim 7 where Y is an alkyl group of 1 to 10 carbon atoms, a branched alkyl group of 1 to 10 carbon atoms, an alkynyl group, a cycloalkyl group of 3 to 7 carbon atoms, optionally substituted versions of these groups, hydroxy substituted versions of these groups.
12. The composition of claim 7 where Z1a and Z1b are independently an H, hydroxy, amino, alkylamino, diakylamino, alkoxy, aryloxy, or heteroaryloxy group.
13. The composition of claim 7 where M is an alkyl or an alkylene group of 1 to 5 carbon atoms.
14. The composition of claim 7 where R10 is:
and R3, R'3, R4, R5, R'5, are each independently H, alkyl, cycloalkyl, alkylene, aryl, heteroaryl, alkoxy optionally substituted-alkyl, cycloalkyl, alkylene, aryl, heteroaryl, halo, cyano, -(CH2)p C(=O)OH, -(CH2)p C(=O)O-alkyl, or -{CH2)p C(=O)NH2 and where p is independently the integer 0,1, 2, or 3.
and R3, R'3, R4, R5, R'5, are each independently H, alkyl, cycloalkyl, alkylene, aryl, heteroaryl, alkoxy optionally substituted-alkyl, cycloalkyl, alkylene, aryl, heteroaryl, halo, cyano, -(CH2)p C(=O)OH, -(CH2)p C(=O)O-alkyl, or -{CH2)p C(=O)NH2 and where p is independently the integer 0,1, 2, or 3.
15. The composition of claims 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, and 12 where R10 is anyone of structures (4a), (4b), (4c) or (4d):
where X2 is a heteroatom and independently groups R11, R'11, R12, any of R13-17, or any of R14-17 is H, halogen, alkyl, alkynyl, aryl, heteroaryl, hydroxyl, alkoxy, polyalkylether, amino, alkylamino, dialkylamino, alkyloxyalkyl, aryloxy or heteroaryloxy; independently R11, R'11, R12, any of R13-17, or any of R14-17 are H, optionally-substituted alkyl, aryl, alkenyl, alkynyl, heteroaryl, hydroxyl, alkoxy, polyalkylether, amino, alkylamino, dialkylamino, alkyloxyalkyl, aryloxy, or heteroaryloxy; independently R11, R'11, R12, any of R13-17, or any of R14-17 are acyl or acetyl groups, carboxylate, sulfonate, sulfone, imine, or oxime groups.
where X2 is a heteroatom and independently groups R11, R'11, R12, any of R13-17, or any of R14-17 is H, halogen, alkyl, alkynyl, aryl, heteroaryl, hydroxyl, alkoxy, polyalkylether, amino, alkylamino, dialkylamino, alkyloxyalkyl, aryloxy or heteroaryloxy; independently R11, R'11, R12, any of R13-17, or any of R14-17 are H, optionally-substituted alkyl, aryl, alkenyl, alkynyl, heteroaryl, hydroxyl, alkoxy, polyalkylether, amino, alkylamino, dialkylamino, alkyloxyalkyl, aryloxy, or heteroaryloxy; independently R11, R'11, R12, any of R13-17, or any of R14-17 are acyl or acetyl groups, carboxylate, sulfonate, sulfone, imine, or oxime groups.
16. The composition of claim 7 where R10 has the structure of formula (4a):
where X2 is a heteroatom and independently groups R11, R12, or any of R14-17 is H, or optional substituents including halogen, alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, aryl, heteroaryl, hydroxyl, alkoxy, amino, alkylamino, dialkylamino, alkyloxyalkyl, sulfonate, aryloxy or heteroaryloxy independently R11, R12, or any of R14-17 are H, optionally-substituted alkyl, aryl, alkenyl, alkynyl, heteroaryl, hydroxyl, alkoxy, polyalkylether, amino, alkylamino, dialkylamino, alkyloxyalkyl, aryloxy, or heteroaryloxy; independently R11, R'11, R12, or any of R14-17 are acyl or acetyl groups, carboxylate, sulfonate, sulfone, imine, or oxime groups.
where X2 is a heteroatom and independently groups R11, R12, or any of R14-17 is H, or optional substituents including halogen, alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, aryl, heteroaryl, hydroxyl, alkoxy, amino, alkylamino, dialkylamino, alkyloxyalkyl, sulfonate, aryloxy or heteroaryloxy independently R11, R12, or any of R14-17 are H, optionally-substituted alkyl, aryl, alkenyl, alkynyl, heteroaryl, hydroxyl, alkoxy, polyalkylether, amino, alkylamino, dialkylamino, alkyloxyalkyl, aryloxy, or heteroaryloxy; independently R11, R'11, R12, or any of R14-17 are acyl or acetyl groups, carboxylate, sulfonate, sulfone, imine, or oxime groups.
17. The composition of claim 7 that has a K d for IAP of less that about 0.1 micromolar.
18. The composition of claim 7 and a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier.
19. A method of treating cells comprising:
administering to cells that have a proliferation disorder, an amount of the IAP
binding compound of claims 3 or 5 that reduces the cellular proliferation disorder in the sample of cells.
administering to cells that have a proliferation disorder, an amount of the IAP
binding compound of claims 3 or 5 that reduces the cellular proliferation disorder in the sample of cells.
20. The method of claim 19 where the IAP binding compound has an EC50 of less than about 1 micromolar.
21. The method of claim 19 where the IAP binding compound has an EC50 of less than about 0.06 micromolar.
22. The method of claim 21 where the compound has a K d for IAP of less that about 0.1 micromolar.
23. A compound of formula (2):
wherein: A1 and A2 are independently hydrogen, alkyl, aryl, or alkylaryl group, R1a is H or a methyl group; R1b is an alkyl or aryl group; X1 is -O-,-S-,-CH2-, or-NH- group, and J is -CH-, or -N- group, provided that when J is-N-, X1 is -CH2-, or -NH- group; Y is H, or an alkyl group ; Z is -OH, aryloxy, alkoxy, benzyloxy, benzyloxy, amino, arylamino,alkylamino, benzylamino group ; R2 is a detectable label or is :
M is alkylene, alkenylene, alkynlene, heteroalkylene, heteroalkenylene, or heteroalkynlene group, G is selected from a bond, -O-; -N(R2d)- where R2d is H, alkyl, cycloalkyl, or aryl; or -S(O)m- where m is 0, 1, or 2;
R10 is cycloalkyl, aryl, heterocycloalkyl, heterocycloalkenyl, or heteroaryl;
n is independently the integer 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, or 5.
wherein: A1 and A2 are independently hydrogen, alkyl, aryl, or alkylaryl group, R1a is H or a methyl group; R1b is an alkyl or aryl group; X1 is -O-,-S-,-CH2-, or-NH- group, and J is -CH-, or -N- group, provided that when J is-N-, X1 is -CH2-, or -NH- group; Y is H, or an alkyl group ; Z is -OH, aryloxy, alkoxy, benzyloxy, benzyloxy, amino, arylamino,alkylamino, benzylamino group ; R2 is a detectable label or is :
M is alkylene, alkenylene, alkynlene, heteroalkylene, heteroalkenylene, or heteroalkynlene group, G is selected from a bond, -O-; -N(R2d)- where R2d is H, alkyl, cycloalkyl, or aryl; or -S(O)m- where m is 0, 1, or 2;
R10 is cycloalkyl, aryl, heterocycloalkyl, heterocycloalkenyl, or heteroaryl;
n is independently the integer 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, or 5.
24. A compound of formula (3):
where A1 is H, lower alkyl, or optionally-substituted lower alkyl group; R1a and R1b are separately H, lower alkyl, optionally-substituted lower alkyl, lower alkylene, optionally substituted lower alkylene group; or A1 together with either R1a or R1b form an optionally substituted heterocycloalkyl group of 3 to 6 atoms;
Y is H, an alkyl group, an alkynyl group, a cycloalkyl group of 3 to 7 carbon atoms, aryl, heteroaryl, arylalkyl, optionally-substituted versions of these groups, hydroxy substituted versions of these groups, or Y together with Z, M, G, or forms a carbocyclic ring, or a heterocyclic ring containing 1 to 5 heteroatoms, where Y is linked to Z, M, G, or R10;
Z is H, alkyl, hydroxy, amino, alkylamino, diakylamino, alkoxy, cycloalkyl, cycloalkyloxy, aryl, heteroaryl, aryloxy, or heteroaryloxy group; or Z
together with Y, M, G, or R10 form a carbocyclic ring, or a heterocyclic ring containing 1 to 5 heteroatoms, where Z is linked to Y, M, G, or R10;
M is an optionally-substituted alkyl, alkenyl, or alkynyl group; an optionally-substituted alkyl, alkenyl, or alkynyl group of 1 to 5 carbon atoms; an optionally-substituted alkylene, alkenylene, or alkynylene group; or an optionally-substituted alkylene, alkenylene, or alkynylene group of 1 to 5 carbon atoms;
G is a bond, a heteroatom, -(C=O)-; -S(O)t- where t = 0,1, or 2; -NR18-;
-NCOR18-; or -NS(O)x R18- where x = 0, 1, or 2, and R18 is lower alkyl, optionally-substituted lower alkyl, or cycloalkyl or R18 is contained within a carbocyclic, or heterocyclic ring containing 1 to 5 heteroatoms, where R18 is linked to Z, M, or R10;
R10 is an aryl, a heteroaryl group, a fused aryl, a fused heteroaryl group; or R10 is any one of structures (4a), (4b), (4c) or (4d):
where X2 is a heteroatom and independently groups R11, R'11, R12, any of R13-17, or any of R14-17 is H, halogen, alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, aryl, heteroaryl, hydroxyl, alkoxy, polyalkylether, amino, alkylamino, dialkylamino, alkyloxyalkyl, sulfonate, aryloxy or heteroaryloxy; independently R11, R'11, R12, any of R13-17, or any of R14-17 is H, optionally-substituted alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, aryl, heteroaryl, hydroxyl, alkoxy, polyalkylether, amino, alkylamino, dialkylamino, alkyloxyalkyl, aryloxy, or heteroaryloxy; or independently R11, R'11, R12, any of R13-17, or any of R14-17 is acyl or acetyl groups, carboxylate, sulfonate, sulfone, imine, or oxime groups; or groups R11, R'11, R12, any of R13-17, or any of R14-17 is contained within a carbocyclic ring, or a heterocyclic ring containing 1 to 5 heteroatoms, and linked to groups at position Y, Z, M, G, R11, R'11, R12, any of R13-17, or any of R14-17.
where A1 is H, lower alkyl, or optionally-substituted lower alkyl group; R1a and R1b are separately H, lower alkyl, optionally-substituted lower alkyl, lower alkylene, optionally substituted lower alkylene group; or A1 together with either R1a or R1b form an optionally substituted heterocycloalkyl group of 3 to 6 atoms;
Y is H, an alkyl group, an alkynyl group, a cycloalkyl group of 3 to 7 carbon atoms, aryl, heteroaryl, arylalkyl, optionally-substituted versions of these groups, hydroxy substituted versions of these groups, or Y together with Z, M, G, or forms a carbocyclic ring, or a heterocyclic ring containing 1 to 5 heteroatoms, where Y is linked to Z, M, G, or R10;
Z is H, alkyl, hydroxy, amino, alkylamino, diakylamino, alkoxy, cycloalkyl, cycloalkyloxy, aryl, heteroaryl, aryloxy, or heteroaryloxy group; or Z
together with Y, M, G, or R10 form a carbocyclic ring, or a heterocyclic ring containing 1 to 5 heteroatoms, where Z is linked to Y, M, G, or R10;
M is an optionally-substituted alkyl, alkenyl, or alkynyl group; an optionally-substituted alkyl, alkenyl, or alkynyl group of 1 to 5 carbon atoms; an optionally-substituted alkylene, alkenylene, or alkynylene group; or an optionally-substituted alkylene, alkenylene, or alkynylene group of 1 to 5 carbon atoms;
G is a bond, a heteroatom, -(C=O)-; -S(O)t- where t = 0,1, or 2; -NR18-;
-NCOR18-; or -NS(O)x R18- where x = 0, 1, or 2, and R18 is lower alkyl, optionally-substituted lower alkyl, or cycloalkyl or R18 is contained within a carbocyclic, or heterocyclic ring containing 1 to 5 heteroatoms, where R18 is linked to Z, M, or R10;
R10 is an aryl, a heteroaryl group, a fused aryl, a fused heteroaryl group; or R10 is any one of structures (4a), (4b), (4c) or (4d):
where X2 is a heteroatom and independently groups R11, R'11, R12, any of R13-17, or any of R14-17 is H, halogen, alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, aryl, heteroaryl, hydroxyl, alkoxy, polyalkylether, amino, alkylamino, dialkylamino, alkyloxyalkyl, sulfonate, aryloxy or heteroaryloxy; independently R11, R'11, R12, any of R13-17, or any of R14-17 is H, optionally-substituted alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, aryl, heteroaryl, hydroxyl, alkoxy, polyalkylether, amino, alkylamino, dialkylamino, alkyloxyalkyl, aryloxy, or heteroaryloxy; or independently R11, R'11, R12, any of R13-17, or any of R14-17 is acyl or acetyl groups, carboxylate, sulfonate, sulfone, imine, or oxime groups; or groups R11, R'11, R12, any of R13-17, or any of R14-17 is contained within a carbocyclic ring, or a heterocyclic ring containing 1 to 5 heteroatoms, and linked to groups at position Y, Z, M, G, R11, R'11, R12, any of R13-17, or any of R14-17.
25. A compound of formula (3):
where A1 is H, lower alkyl, or optionally-substituted lower alkyl group; R1a and R1b are separately H, lower alkyl, optionally-substituted lower alkyl, lower alkylene, optionally substituted lower alkylene group; or A1 together with either R1a or R1b form an optionally substituted heterocycloalkyl group of 3 to 6 atoms;
Y is H, an alkyl group, an alkynyl group, a cycloalkyl group of 3 to 7 carbon atoms, aryl, heteroaryl, arylalkyl, optionally-substituted versions of these groups, hydroxy substituted versions of these groups, or Y together with Z, M, G, or forms a carbocyclic ring, or a heterocyclic ring containing 1 to 5 heteroatoms, where Y is linked to Z, M, G, or R10;
Z is H, alkyl, hydroxy, amino, alkylamino, diakylamino, alkoxy, cycloalkyl, cycloalkyloxy, aryl, heteroaryl, aryloxy, or heteroaryloxy group; or Z
together with Y, M, G, or R10 form a carbocyclic ring, or a heterocyclic ring containing 1 to 5 heteroatoms, where Z is linked to Y, M, G, or R10;
M is an optionally-substituted alkyl, alkenyl, or alkynyl group; an optionally-substituted alkyl, alkenyl, or alkynyl group of 1 to 5 carbon atoms; an optionally-substituted alkylene, alkenylene, or alkynylene group; or an optionally-substituted alkylene, alkenylene, or alkynylene group of 1 to 5 carbon atoms;
G is a bond, a heteroatom, -(C=O)-; -S(O)t- where t = 0,1, or 2; -NR18-;
-NCOR18-; or -NS(O)x R18- where x = 0, 1, or 2, and R18 is lower alkyl, optionally-substituted lower alkyl, or cycloalkyl or R18 is contained within a carbocyclic, or heterocyclic ring containing 1 to 5 heteroatoms, where R18 is linked to Z, M, or R10;
R10 is any one of structures (4a), (4b), (4c) or (4d):
where X2 is a heteroatom and independently groups R11, R'11, R12, any of R13-17, or any of R14-17 is H, halogen, alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, aryl, heteroaryl, hydroxyl, alkoxy, polyalkylether, amino, alkylamino, dialkylamino, alkyloxyalkyl, sulfonate, aryloxy or heteroaryloxy; independently R11, R'11, R12, any of R13-17, or any of R14-17 is H, optionally-substituted alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, aryl, heteroaryl, hydroxyl, alkoxy, polyalkylether, amino, alkylamino, dialkylamino, alkyloxyalkyl, aryloxy, or heteroaryloxy; or independently R11, R'11, R12, any of R13-17, or any of R14-17 is acyl or acetyl groups, carboxylate, sulfonate, sulfone, imine, or oxime groups; or groups R11, R'11, R12, any of R13-17, or any of R14-17 is contained within a carbocyclic ring, or a heterocyclic ring containing 1 to 5 heteroatoms, and linked to groups at position Y, Z, M, G, R11, R'11, R12, any of R13-17, or any of R14-17.
where A1 is H, lower alkyl, or optionally-substituted lower alkyl group; R1a and R1b are separately H, lower alkyl, optionally-substituted lower alkyl, lower alkylene, optionally substituted lower alkylene group; or A1 together with either R1a or R1b form an optionally substituted heterocycloalkyl group of 3 to 6 atoms;
Y is H, an alkyl group, an alkynyl group, a cycloalkyl group of 3 to 7 carbon atoms, aryl, heteroaryl, arylalkyl, optionally-substituted versions of these groups, hydroxy substituted versions of these groups, or Y together with Z, M, G, or forms a carbocyclic ring, or a heterocyclic ring containing 1 to 5 heteroatoms, where Y is linked to Z, M, G, or R10;
Z is H, alkyl, hydroxy, amino, alkylamino, diakylamino, alkoxy, cycloalkyl, cycloalkyloxy, aryl, heteroaryl, aryloxy, or heteroaryloxy group; or Z
together with Y, M, G, or R10 form a carbocyclic ring, or a heterocyclic ring containing 1 to 5 heteroatoms, where Z is linked to Y, M, G, or R10;
M is an optionally-substituted alkyl, alkenyl, or alkynyl group; an optionally-substituted alkyl, alkenyl, or alkynyl group of 1 to 5 carbon atoms; an optionally-substituted alkylene, alkenylene, or alkynylene group; or an optionally-substituted alkylene, alkenylene, or alkynylene group of 1 to 5 carbon atoms;
G is a bond, a heteroatom, -(C=O)-; -S(O)t- where t = 0,1, or 2; -NR18-;
-NCOR18-; or -NS(O)x R18- where x = 0, 1, or 2, and R18 is lower alkyl, optionally-substituted lower alkyl, or cycloalkyl or R18 is contained within a carbocyclic, or heterocyclic ring containing 1 to 5 heteroatoms, where R18 is linked to Z, M, or R10;
R10 is any one of structures (4a), (4b), (4c) or (4d):
where X2 is a heteroatom and independently groups R11, R'11, R12, any of R13-17, or any of R14-17 is H, halogen, alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, aryl, heteroaryl, hydroxyl, alkoxy, polyalkylether, amino, alkylamino, dialkylamino, alkyloxyalkyl, sulfonate, aryloxy or heteroaryloxy; independently R11, R'11, R12, any of R13-17, or any of R14-17 is H, optionally-substituted alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, aryl, heteroaryl, hydroxyl, alkoxy, polyalkylether, amino, alkylamino, dialkylamino, alkyloxyalkyl, aryloxy, or heteroaryloxy; or independently R11, R'11, R12, any of R13-17, or any of R14-17 is acyl or acetyl groups, carboxylate, sulfonate, sulfone, imine, or oxime groups; or groups R11, R'11, R12, any of R13-17, or any of R14-17 is contained within a carbocyclic ring, or a heterocyclic ring containing 1 to 5 heteroatoms, and linked to groups at position Y, Z, M, G, R11, R'11, R12, any of R13-17, or any of R14-17.
26. A compound of formula (5) where A1 is H, or lower alkyl, or A1 and R1b together form a ring of 3-5 atoms;
R1a is H; R1b is lower alkyl group, or together with A1 forms a ring of 3 to 5 atoms;
Y is an alkyl group, an alkynyl group, a cycloalkyl group of 3 to 7 carbon atoms, optionally substituted versions of these groups, hydroxy substituted versions of these groups, or Y together with Z1a, Z1b, or R10 forms a carbocyclic ring, or a heterocyclic ring containing 1 to 5 heteroatoms, where Y is linked to Z1a, Z1b, or R10;
Z1a and Z1b are independently an H, hydroxy, amino, alkylamino, diakylamino, alkoxy, aryloxy, or heteroaryloxy group; or Z1a, Z1b, together with Y or R10 form a carbocyclic ring, or a heterocyclic ring containing 1 to 5 heteroatoms, where Z1a or Z1b, is linked to Y or R10;
M is an optionally-substituted alkyl or an optionally-substituted alkylene group of 1 to 5 carbon atoms;
G is a bond, a heteroatom, -(C=O)-; -NR18-; -NCOR18-; or -NS(O)x R18-where x = 0, 1, or 2, and R18 is lower alkyl, optionally-substituted lower alkyl group;
R10 is aryl, a heteroaryl group, or R10 is anyone of structures (4a), (4b), (4c) or (4d):
where X2 is a heteroatom and independently groups R11, R'11, R12, any of R13-17, or any of R14-17 are H, halogen, alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, aryl, heteroaryl, hydroxyl, alkoxy, polyalkylether, amino, alkylamino, dialkylamino, alkyloxyalkyl, sulfonate, aryloxy or heteroaryloxy; independently R11, R'11, R12, any of R13-17, or any of R14-17 are H, optionally-substituted alkyl, aryl, alkenyl, alkynyl, heteroaryl, hydroxyl, alkoxy, polyalkylether, amino, alkylamino, dialkylamino, alkyloxyalkyl, aryloxy, or heteroaryloxy; independently R11, R' l1, R12, any of R13-17, or any of R14-17 are acyl or acetyl groups, carboxylate, sulfonate, sulfone, imine, or oxime groups; or groups R11, R'11, R12, any of R13-17, or any of R14-17 are contained within a carbocyclic ring, or a heterocyclic ring containing 1 to 5 heteroatoms, and linked to groups at position Y, Z1a, Z1b, M, G, R11, R'11, R12, any of R13-17, or any of R14-17.
R1a is H; R1b is lower alkyl group, or together with A1 forms a ring of 3 to 5 atoms;
Y is an alkyl group, an alkynyl group, a cycloalkyl group of 3 to 7 carbon atoms, optionally substituted versions of these groups, hydroxy substituted versions of these groups, or Y together with Z1a, Z1b, or R10 forms a carbocyclic ring, or a heterocyclic ring containing 1 to 5 heteroatoms, where Y is linked to Z1a, Z1b, or R10;
Z1a and Z1b are independently an H, hydroxy, amino, alkylamino, diakylamino, alkoxy, aryloxy, or heteroaryloxy group; or Z1a, Z1b, together with Y or R10 form a carbocyclic ring, or a heterocyclic ring containing 1 to 5 heteroatoms, where Z1a or Z1b, is linked to Y or R10;
M is an optionally-substituted alkyl or an optionally-substituted alkylene group of 1 to 5 carbon atoms;
G is a bond, a heteroatom, -(C=O)-; -NR18-; -NCOR18-; or -NS(O)x R18-where x = 0, 1, or 2, and R18 is lower alkyl, optionally-substituted lower alkyl group;
R10 is aryl, a heteroaryl group, or R10 is anyone of structures (4a), (4b), (4c) or (4d):
where X2 is a heteroatom and independently groups R11, R'11, R12, any of R13-17, or any of R14-17 are H, halogen, alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, aryl, heteroaryl, hydroxyl, alkoxy, polyalkylether, amino, alkylamino, dialkylamino, alkyloxyalkyl, sulfonate, aryloxy or heteroaryloxy; independently R11, R'11, R12, any of R13-17, or any of R14-17 are H, optionally-substituted alkyl, aryl, alkenyl, alkynyl, heteroaryl, hydroxyl, alkoxy, polyalkylether, amino, alkylamino, dialkylamino, alkyloxyalkyl, aryloxy, or heteroaryloxy; independently R11, R' l1, R12, any of R13-17, or any of R14-17 are acyl or acetyl groups, carboxylate, sulfonate, sulfone, imine, or oxime groups; or groups R11, R'11, R12, any of R13-17, or any of R14-17 are contained within a carbocyclic ring, or a heterocyclic ring containing 1 to 5 heteroatoms, and linked to groups at position Y, Z1a, Z1b, M, G, R11, R'11, R12, any of R13-17, or any of R14-17.
27. A compound of the general formula (5) where A1 is H, or lower alkyl;
R1a is H; R1b is lower alkyl group;
Y is an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group of 3 to 7 carbon atoms, optionally substituted versions of these groups, hydroxy substituted versions of these groups;
Z1a and Z1b are independently an H, hydroxy, alkoxy, aryloxy, or heteroaryloxy group;
M is an optionally-substituted alkyl or an optionally-substituted alkylene group of 1 to 5 carbon atoms;
G is a bond, a heteroatom, or -NCOR18- and R18 is lower alkyl, optionally-substituted lower alkyl group;
R10 is anyone of structures (4a), (4b), (4c) or (4d):
where X2 is a heteroatom and independently groups R11, R'11, R12, any of R13-17, or any of R14-17 are H, halogen, alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, aryl, heteroaryl, hydroxyl, alkoxy, polyalkylether, amino, alkylamino, dialkylamino, alkyloxyalkyl, sulfonate, aryloxy or heteroaryloxy; independently R11, R'11, R12, any of R13-17, or any of R14-17 are H, optionally-substituted alkyl, aryl, alkenyl, alkynyl, heteroaryl, hydroxyl, alkoxy, polyalkylether, amino, alkylamino, dialkylamino, alkyloxyalkyl, aryloxy, or heteroaryloxy; independently R11, R'11, R12, any of R13-17, or any of R14-17 are acyl or acetyl groups, carboxylate, sulfonate, sulfone, imine, or oxime groups; or groups R11, R'11, R12, any of R13-17, or any of R14-17 are contained within a carbocyclic ring, or a heterocyclic ring containing 1 to 5 heteroatoms, and linked to groups at position Y, Z1a, Z1b, M, G, R11, R'11, R12, any of R13-17, or any of R14-17.
R1a is H; R1b is lower alkyl group;
Y is an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group of 3 to 7 carbon atoms, optionally substituted versions of these groups, hydroxy substituted versions of these groups;
Z1a and Z1b are independently an H, hydroxy, alkoxy, aryloxy, or heteroaryloxy group;
M is an optionally-substituted alkyl or an optionally-substituted alkylene group of 1 to 5 carbon atoms;
G is a bond, a heteroatom, or -NCOR18- and R18 is lower alkyl, optionally-substituted lower alkyl group;
R10 is anyone of structures (4a), (4b), (4c) or (4d):
where X2 is a heteroatom and independently groups R11, R'11, R12, any of R13-17, or any of R14-17 are H, halogen, alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, aryl, heteroaryl, hydroxyl, alkoxy, polyalkylether, amino, alkylamino, dialkylamino, alkyloxyalkyl, sulfonate, aryloxy or heteroaryloxy; independently R11, R'11, R12, any of R13-17, or any of R14-17 are H, optionally-substituted alkyl, aryl, alkenyl, alkynyl, heteroaryl, hydroxyl, alkoxy, polyalkylether, amino, alkylamino, dialkylamino, alkyloxyalkyl, aryloxy, or heteroaryloxy; independently R11, R'11, R12, any of R13-17, or any of R14-17 are acyl or acetyl groups, carboxylate, sulfonate, sulfone, imine, or oxime groups; or groups R11, R'11, R12, any of R13-17, or any of R14-17 are contained within a carbocyclic ring, or a heterocyclic ring containing 1 to 5 heteroatoms, and linked to groups at position Y, Z1a, Z1b, M, G, R11, R'11, R12, any of R13-17, or any of R14-17.
28. A compound of formula (5) where A1 is H, or methyl;
R1a is H; R1b is methyl or ethyl;
Y is an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group of 3 to 7 carbon atoms, optionally substituted versions of these groups, or hydroxy substituted versions of these groups;
Z1a and Z1b are independently an H, hydroxy, or alkoxy group;
M is a methyl group;
G is a bond;
R10 is aryl, a heteroaryl group, or R10 is any one of structures (4a) or (4b):
where X2 is a heteroatom and independently groups R11, R'11, R12, any of R13-17, or any of R14-17 are H, halogen, alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, aryl, heteroaryl, hydroxyl, alkoxy, polyalkylether, amino, alkylamino, dialkylamino, alkyloxyalkyl, sulfonate, aryloxy or heteroaryloxy; independently R11, R'11, R12, any of R13-17, or any of R14-17 are H, optionally-substituted alkyl, aryl, alkenyl, alkynyl, heteroaryl, hydroxyl, alkoxy, polyalkylether, amino, alkylamino, dialkylamino, alkyloxyalkyl, aryloxy, or heteroaryloxy; independently R11, R'11, R12, any of R13-17, or any of R14-17 are acyl or acetyl groups, carboxylate, sulfonate, sulfone, imine, or oxime groups; or groups R11, R'11, R12, any of R13-17, or any of R14-17 are contained within a carbocyclic ring, or a heterocyclic ring containing 1 to 5 heteroatoms, and linked to groups at position Y, Z1a, Z1b, M, G, R11, R'11, R12, any of R13-17, or any of R14-17.
R1a is H; R1b is methyl or ethyl;
Y is an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group of 3 to 7 carbon atoms, optionally substituted versions of these groups, or hydroxy substituted versions of these groups;
Z1a and Z1b are independently an H, hydroxy, or alkoxy group;
M is a methyl group;
G is a bond;
R10 is aryl, a heteroaryl group, or R10 is any one of structures (4a) or (4b):
where X2 is a heteroatom and independently groups R11, R'11, R12, any of R13-17, or any of R14-17 are H, halogen, alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, aryl, heteroaryl, hydroxyl, alkoxy, polyalkylether, amino, alkylamino, dialkylamino, alkyloxyalkyl, sulfonate, aryloxy or heteroaryloxy; independently R11, R'11, R12, any of R13-17, or any of R14-17 are H, optionally-substituted alkyl, aryl, alkenyl, alkynyl, heteroaryl, hydroxyl, alkoxy, polyalkylether, amino, alkylamino, dialkylamino, alkyloxyalkyl, aryloxy, or heteroaryloxy; independently R11, R'11, R12, any of R13-17, or any of R14-17 are acyl or acetyl groups, carboxylate, sulfonate, sulfone, imine, or oxime groups; or groups R11, R'11, R12, any of R13-17, or any of R14-17 are contained within a carbocyclic ring, or a heterocyclic ring containing 1 to 5 heteroatoms, and linked to groups at position Y, Z1a, Z1b, M, G, R11, R'11, R12, any of R13-17, or any of R14-17.
29. The compound of Formula (5) as claimed in claim 28, in which R10 is:
30. The compound of Formula (5) as claimed in claim 28, in which X2 is nitrogen.
Applications Claiming Priority (3)
Application Number | Priority Date | Filing Date | Title |
---|---|---|---|
US58805004P | 2004-07-15 | 2004-07-15 | |
US60/588,050 | 2004-07-15 | ||
PCT/US2005/025208 WO2006020060A2 (en) | 2004-07-15 | 2005-07-15 | Iap binding compounds |
Publications (2)
Publication Number | Publication Date |
---|---|
CA2574040A1 true CA2574040A1 (en) | 2006-02-23 |
CA2574040C CA2574040C (en) | 2014-05-06 |
Family
ID=35907930
Family Applications (1)
Application Number | Title | Priority Date | Filing Date |
---|---|---|---|
CA2574040A Active CA2574040C (en) | 2004-07-15 | 2005-07-15 | Iap binding compounds |
Country Status (7)
Country | Link |
---|---|
US (6) | US7456209B2 (en) |
EP (1) | EP1773766B1 (en) |
JP (1) | JP5230865B2 (en) |
AU (1) | AU2005274937B2 (en) |
CA (1) | CA2574040C (en) |
ES (1) | ES2475207T3 (en) |
WO (1) | WO2006020060A2 (en) |
Cited By (5)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
WO2007104162A1 (en) * | 2006-03-16 | 2007-09-20 | Aegera Therapeutics, Inc. | Iap bir domain binding compounds |
US7547724B2 (en) | 2005-10-25 | 2009-06-16 | Aegera Therpeutics, Inc. | IAP BIR domain binding compounds |
US7772177B2 (en) | 2005-05-18 | 2010-08-10 | Aegera Therapeutics, Inc. | BIR domain binding compounds |
US8163792B2 (en) | 2006-05-16 | 2012-04-24 | Pharmascience Inc. | IAP BIR domain binding compounds |
US9284350B2 (en) | 2010-02-12 | 2016-03-15 | Pharmascience Inc. | IAP BIR domain binding compounds |
Families Citing this family (68)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
CA2558615C (en) | 2004-03-23 | 2013-10-29 | Genentech, Inc. | Azabicyclo-octane inhibitors of iap |
CN101035802A (en) | 2004-07-02 | 2007-09-12 | 健泰科生物技术公司 | Inhibitors of IAP |
AU2005274937B2 (en) * | 2004-07-15 | 2011-08-18 | Medivir Ab | IAP binding compounds |
EP1836201B2 (en) | 2004-12-20 | 2013-09-04 | Genentech, Inc. | Pyrrolidine inhibitors of iap |
EP1851200B1 (en) * | 2005-02-25 | 2014-01-15 | Tetralogic Pharmaceuticals Corporation | Dimeric iap inhibitors |
WO2007021825A2 (en) * | 2005-08-09 | 2007-02-22 | Tetralogic Pharmaceuticals Corporation | Treatment of proliferative disorders |
US20100256046A1 (en) * | 2009-04-03 | 2010-10-07 | Tetralogic Pharmaceuticals Corporation | Treatment of proliferative disorders |
WO2007106192A2 (en) | 2005-12-19 | 2007-09-20 | Genentech, Inc. | Inhibitors of iap |
EP1996184A4 (en) * | 2006-03-21 | 2010-09-22 | Joyant Pharmaceuticals Inc | Small molecule apoptosis promoters |
JP5452223B2 (en) * | 2006-07-24 | 2014-03-26 | テトラロジック ファーマシューティカルズ コーポレーション | IAP inhibitor |
WO2008014238A2 (en) * | 2006-07-24 | 2008-01-31 | Tetralogic Pharmaceuticals Corporation | Dimeric iap inhibitors |
BRPI0715195A2 (en) * | 2006-07-24 | 2013-06-11 | Tetralogic Pharm Corp | compound, methods for inducing and stimulating apoptosis in a cell, for enhancing apoptosis of pathogenic cells in vivo in an individual, and for treating a disease, and, pharmaceutical composition. |
WO2008014236A1 (en) * | 2006-07-24 | 2008-01-31 | Tetralogic Pharmaceuticals Corporation | Dimeric iap inhibitors |
WO2008014240A2 (en) * | 2006-07-24 | 2008-01-31 | Tetralogic Pharmaceuticals Corporation | Dimeric iap inhibitors |
KR20090094461A (en) | 2006-12-19 | 2009-09-07 | 제넨테크, 인크. | Imidazopyridine inhibitors of iap |
BRPI0810178A2 (en) * | 2007-04-12 | 2014-09-23 | Joyant Pharmaceuticals Inc | SMAC MIME DIMERS AND THERMALS USEFUL AS ANTICCAN AGENTS |
MX2009011783A (en) | 2007-04-30 | 2009-12-04 | Genentech Inc | Inhibitors of iap. |
WO2008144925A1 (en) * | 2007-05-30 | 2008-12-04 | Aegera Therapeutics Inc. | Iap bir domain binding compounds |
JP2010535245A (en) | 2007-07-31 | 2010-11-18 | バーンハム インスティテュート フォー メディカル リサーチ | Bidentate compounds as kinase inhibitors |
US20110117081A1 (en) * | 2008-05-05 | 2011-05-19 | Aegera Therapeutics, Inc. | Functionalized pyrrolidines and use thereof as iap inhibitors |
EP2310402A1 (en) * | 2008-06-27 | 2011-04-20 | Aegera Therapeutics Inc. | Bridged secondary amines and use thereof as iap bir domain binding compounds |
NZ590550A (en) * | 2008-08-02 | 2013-05-31 | Genentech Inc | Inhibitors of Apoptosis (IAP) for treating cancer |
US20100317593A1 (en) * | 2009-06-12 | 2010-12-16 | Astrazeneca Ab | 2,3-dihydro-1h-indene compounds |
US8283372B2 (en) | 2009-07-02 | 2012-10-09 | Tetralogic Pharmaceuticals Corp. | 2-(1H-indol-3-ylmethyl)-pyrrolidine dimer as a SMAC mimetic |
US20120196793A1 (en) | 2009-09-18 | 2012-08-02 | Firestone Brant G | Biomarkers for iap inhibitor compounds |
WO2011059763A2 (en) | 2009-10-28 | 2011-05-19 | Joyant Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Dimeric smac mimetics |
WO2011068926A1 (en) * | 2009-12-04 | 2011-06-09 | Tetralogic Pharmaceuticals Corp. | Iap inhibitors |
UY33236A (en) | 2010-02-25 | 2011-09-30 | Novartis Ag | DIMERIC INHIBITORS OF THE IAP |
DK2611797T3 (en) * | 2010-08-31 | 2017-02-13 | Hanmi Science Co Ltd | QUINOLINE OR QUINAZOLINE DERIVATIVES WITH APOPTOSE-INducing ACTIVITY ON CELLS |
UY33794A (en) | 2010-12-13 | 2012-07-31 | Novartis Ag | DIMERIC INHIBITORS OF THE IAP |
CA2871995A1 (en) | 2012-05-04 | 2013-11-07 | Novartis Ag | Biomarkers for iap inhibitor therapy |
AR093404A1 (en) * | 2012-11-09 | 2015-06-03 | Bristol Myers Squibb Co | MACROCICLICAL COMPOUNDS THAT MODULATE THE ACTIVITY OF APOPTOSIS INHIBITORS |
CN103073473B (en) * | 2013-01-15 | 2017-06-23 | 天津药明康德新药开发有限公司 | The 2 pairs of hydroxyl pyrrolidine amino acid of luorobenzyl 3 and preparation method thereof and Anticancer Activities |
US9498532B2 (en) | 2013-03-13 | 2016-11-22 | Novartis Ag | Antibody drug conjugates |
CN105007950B (en) | 2013-03-15 | 2019-01-15 | 诺华股份有限公司 | Antibody drug conjugate |
EP3151920A4 (en) | 2014-06-04 | 2017-12-27 | Sanford-Burnham Medical Research Institute | Use of inhibitor of apoptosis protein (iap) antagonists in hiv therapy |
WO2016020791A1 (en) | 2014-08-05 | 2016-02-11 | Novartis Ag | Ckit antibody drug conjugates |
TN2016000577A1 (en) | 2014-08-12 | 2018-04-04 | Novartis Ag | Anti-cdh6 antibody drug conjugates |
WO2016203432A1 (en) | 2015-06-17 | 2016-12-22 | Novartis Ag | Antibody drug conjugates |
MA44334A (en) | 2015-10-29 | 2018-09-05 | Novartis Ag | ANTIBODY CONJUGATES INCLUDING A TOLL-TYPE RECEPTOR AGONIST |
JOP20190187A1 (en) | 2017-02-03 | 2019-08-01 | Novartis Ag | Anti-ccr7 antibody drug conjugates |
EP3592868B1 (en) | 2017-03-06 | 2022-11-23 | Novartis AG | Methods of treatment of cancer with reduced ubb expression |
WO2018185618A1 (en) | 2017-04-03 | 2018-10-11 | Novartis Ag | Anti-cdh6 antibody drug conjugates and anti-gitr antibody combinations and methods of treatment |
AR111651A1 (en) | 2017-04-28 | 2019-08-07 | Novartis Ag | CONJUGATES OF ANTIBODIES THAT INCLUDE TOLL TYPE RECEIVER AGONISTS AND COMBINATION THERAPIES |
US20200362058A1 (en) | 2017-05-24 | 2020-11-19 | Novartis Ag | Antibody-cytokine engrafted proteins and methods of use |
WO2018215937A1 (en) | 2017-05-24 | 2018-11-29 | Novartis Ag | Interleukin-7 antibody cytokine engrafted proteins and methods of use in the treatment of cancer |
US20200270334A1 (en) | 2017-05-24 | 2020-08-27 | Novartis Ag | Antibody-cytokine engrafted proteins and methods of use in the treatment of cancer |
AR116109A1 (en) | 2018-07-10 | 2021-03-31 | Novartis Ag | DERIVATIVES OF 3- (5-AMINO-1-OXOISOINDOLIN-2-IL) PIPERIDINE-2,6-DIONA AND USES OF THE SAME |
RS64759B1 (en) | 2018-07-10 | 2023-11-30 | Novartis Ag | 3-(5-hydroxy-1-oxoisoindolin-2-yl)piperidine-2,6-dione derivatives and their use in the treatment of ikaros family zinc finger 2 (ikzf2)-dependent diseases |
EP3873532A1 (en) | 2018-10-31 | 2021-09-08 | Novartis AG | Dc-sign antibody drug conjugates |
AU2019402189B2 (en) | 2018-12-20 | 2023-04-13 | Novartis Ag | Dosing regimen and pharmaceutical combination comprising 3-(1-oxoisoindolin-2-yl)piperidine-2,6-dione derivatives |
BR112021011900A2 (en) | 2018-12-21 | 2021-09-08 | Novartis Ag | ANTIBODIES TO PMEL17 AND CONJUGATES THEREOF |
AU2020222346B2 (en) | 2019-02-15 | 2021-12-09 | Novartis Ag | Substituted 3-(1-oxoisoindolin-2-yl)piperidine-2,6-dione derivatives and uses thereof |
EA202192019A1 (en) | 2019-02-15 | 2021-11-02 | Новартис Аг | DERIVATIVES OF 3- (1-OXO-5- (PIPERIDIN-4-YL) ISOINDOLIN-2-YL) PIPERIDINE-2,6-DIONE AND ROUTES OF THEIR APPLICATION |
CA3132740A1 (en) * | 2019-03-07 | 2020-09-10 | Chia Tai Tianqing Pharmaceutical Group Co., Ltd. | Combination of iap inhibitor and immune checkpoint inhibitor |
EP4007592A1 (en) | 2019-08-02 | 2022-06-08 | LanthioPep B.V. | Angiotensin type 2 (at2) receptor agonists for use in the treatment of cancer |
WO2021123996A1 (en) | 2019-12-20 | 2021-06-24 | Novartis Ag | Uses of anti-tgf-beta antibodies and checkpoint inhibitors for the treatment of proliferative diseases |
CA3166980A1 (en) | 2020-01-20 | 2021-07-29 | Astrazeneca Ab | Epidermal growth factor receptor tyrosine kinase inhibitors for the treatment of cancer |
US20230181756A1 (en) | 2020-04-30 | 2023-06-15 | Novartis Ag | Ccr7 antibody drug conjugates for treating cancer |
EP4165169A1 (en) | 2020-06-11 | 2023-04-19 | Novartis AG | Zbtb32 inhibitors and uses thereof |
WO2021260528A1 (en) | 2020-06-23 | 2021-12-30 | Novartis Ag | Dosing regimen comprising 3-(1-oxoisoindolin-2-yl)piperidine-2,6-dione derivatives |
CN116134027A (en) | 2020-08-03 | 2023-05-16 | 诺华股份有限公司 | Heteroaryl-substituted 3- (1-oxo-isoindolin-2-yl) piperidine-2, 6-dione derivatives and uses thereof |
US20240083846A1 (en) * | 2020-12-17 | 2024-03-14 | Council Of Scientific & Industrial Research | Smac mimetics for treatment of cancer, process for preparation and pharmaceutical composition thereof |
TW202304979A (en) | 2021-04-07 | 2023-02-01 | 瑞士商諾華公司 | USES OF ANTI-TGFβ ANTIBODIES AND OTHER THERAPEUTIC AGENTS FOR THE TREATMENT OF PROLIFERATIVE DISEASES |
WO2022221720A1 (en) | 2021-04-16 | 2022-10-20 | Novartis Ag | Antibody drug conjugates and methods for making thereof |
AR125874A1 (en) | 2021-05-18 | 2023-08-23 | Novartis Ag | COMBINATION THERAPIES |
WO2023214325A1 (en) | 2022-05-05 | 2023-11-09 | Novartis Ag | Pyrazolopyrimidine derivatives and uses thereof as tet2 inhibitors |
WO2024023666A1 (en) | 2022-07-26 | 2024-02-01 | Novartis Ag | Crystalline forms of an akr1c3 dependent kars inhibitor |
Family Cites Families (70)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
US3854480A (en) | 1969-04-01 | 1974-12-17 | Alza Corp | Drug-delivery system |
US3832253A (en) | 1973-03-21 | 1974-08-27 | Baxter Laboratories Inc | Method of making an inflatable balloon catheter |
DE2714880A1 (en) | 1977-04-02 | 1978-10-26 | Hoechst Ag | CEPHEMDER DERIVATIVES AND PROCESS FOR THEIR PRODUCTION |
US4667014A (en) | 1983-03-07 | 1987-05-19 | Syntex (U.S.A.) Inc. | Nonapeptide and decapeptide analogs of LHRH, useful as LHRH antagonists |
US4452775A (en) | 1982-12-03 | 1984-06-05 | Syntex (U.S.A.) Inc. | Cholesterol matrix delivery system for sustained release of macromolecules |
CA1200416A (en) | 1983-05-13 | 1986-02-11 | Societe Des Produits Nestle S.A. | Food process |
US5075109A (en) | 1986-10-24 | 1991-12-24 | Southern Research Institute | Method of potentiating an immune response |
US5208007A (en) | 1988-11-22 | 1993-05-04 | Board Of Regents Of The University Of Oklahoma | Isotopic tracer composition and method for making and using same |
JPH04167172A (en) | 1990-10-31 | 1992-06-15 | Nec Corp | Vector processor |
WO1994003501A1 (en) | 1992-08-05 | 1994-02-17 | Meito Sangyo Kabushiki Kaisha | Small-diameter composite composed of water-soluble carboxypolysaccharide and magnetic iron oxide |
US6187557B1 (en) | 1995-08-08 | 2001-02-13 | Tularik Inc. | c-IAP1 and c-IAP2: inhibitors of apoptosis |
US5786173A (en) | 1996-03-19 | 1998-07-28 | Idun Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | MCH4 and MCH5, apoptotic protease, nucleic acids encoding and methods of use |
US6133437A (en) | 1997-02-13 | 2000-10-17 | Apoptogen, Inc. | Modulation of IAPs for the treatment of proliferative diseases |
US5961955A (en) | 1997-06-03 | 1999-10-05 | Coulter Pharmaceutical, Inc. | Radioprotectant for peptides labeled with radioisotope |
US5977311A (en) | 1997-09-23 | 1999-11-02 | Curagen Corporation | 53BP2 complexes |
US6338811B2 (en) * | 1998-03-19 | 2002-01-15 | Seagate Technology | Surface planarization of magnetic disk media |
US6110691A (en) | 2000-01-06 | 2000-08-29 | Board Of Regents, The University Of Texas System | Activators of caspases |
US6608026B1 (en) | 2000-08-23 | 2003-08-19 | Board Of Regents, The University Of Texas System | Apoptotic compounds |
EP1315811A2 (en) | 2000-08-24 | 2003-06-04 | Thomas Jefferson University | An iap binding peptide or polypeptide and methods of using the same |
US6992063B2 (en) | 2000-09-29 | 2006-01-31 | The Trustees Of Princeton University | Compositions and method for regulating apoptosis |
AU2001293189A1 (en) | 2000-09-29 | 2002-04-08 | Trustees Of Princeton University | Compositions and methods for regulating apoptosis |
WO2002030959A2 (en) | 2000-10-13 | 2002-04-18 | Abbott Laboratories | Peptides derived from smac (diablo) and methods of use therefor |
US20020160975A1 (en) | 2001-02-08 | 2002-10-31 | Thomas Jefferson University | Conserved XIAP-interaction motif in caspase-9 and Smac/DIABLO for mediating apoptosis |
EP1421204A4 (en) * | 2001-05-31 | 2004-12-15 | Univ Princeton | Iap binding peptides and assays for identifying compounds that bind iap |
AU2002323368B2 (en) | 2001-08-23 | 2006-12-07 | The Government Of The United States Of America As Represented By The Secretary, Department Of Health & Human Services | Methods of inhibiting formation of vascular channels and profileration using pyridinone derivatives |
CN101029080A (en) | 2001-11-21 | 2007-09-05 | 伯纳姆研究院 | Methods and compositions for derepression of IAP-inhibited caspase |
US20060258581A1 (en) | 2001-11-21 | 2006-11-16 | Reed John C | Methods and composition for derepressions of IAP-inhibited caspase |
JP4541882B2 (en) | 2002-07-02 | 2010-09-08 | ノバルティス アーゲー | Peptide inhibitor for binding of SMAC protein to apoptotic protein inhibitor (IAP) |
DE60324964D1 (en) | 2002-07-15 | 2009-01-08 | Univ Princeton | IAP-BINDING CONNECTIONS |
US20080199439A1 (en) | 2003-02-12 | 2008-08-21 | Mclendon George L | IAP-binding cargo molecules and peptidomimetics for use in diagnostic and therapeutic methods |
US7135575B2 (en) * | 2003-03-03 | 2006-11-14 | Array Biopharma, Inc. | P38 inhibitors and methods of use thereof |
JP2007523061A (en) | 2004-01-16 | 2007-08-16 | ザ リージェンツ オブ ザ ユニバーシティ オブ ミシガン | SMAC peptide mimetics and uses thereof |
AU2005206929B2 (en) | 2004-01-16 | 2008-01-24 | The Regents Of The University Of Michigan | Conformationally constrained Smac mimetics and the uses thereof |
KR20060126548A (en) | 2004-02-05 | 2006-12-07 | 노파르티스 아게 | Combination of (a) a dna topoisomerase inhibitor and (b) an iap inhibitor |
WO2005078989A1 (en) | 2004-02-15 | 2005-08-25 | Matrixview Limited | Repetition coded compression for encrypting highly correlated data |
JP4674231B2 (en) * | 2004-03-01 | 2011-04-20 | ボード・オブ・リージエンツ,ザ・ユニバーシテイ・オブ・テキサス・システム | Dimer small molecule apoptosis enhancer |
CA2558615C (en) | 2004-03-23 | 2013-10-29 | Genentech, Inc. | Azabicyclo-octane inhibitors of iap |
DK2253614T3 (en) * | 2004-04-07 | 2013-01-07 | Novartis Ag | IAP inhibitors |
CN101035802A (en) | 2004-07-02 | 2007-09-12 | 健泰科生物技术公司 | Inhibitors of IAP |
US7674787B2 (en) | 2004-07-09 | 2010-03-09 | The Regents Of The University Of Michigan | Conformationally constrained Smac mimetics and the uses thereof |
AU2005271831A1 (en) | 2004-07-12 | 2006-02-16 | Idun Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Tetrapeptide analogs |
AU2005274937B2 (en) | 2004-07-15 | 2011-08-18 | Medivir Ab | IAP binding compounds |
EP1836201B2 (en) | 2004-12-20 | 2013-09-04 | Genentech, Inc. | Pyrrolidine inhibitors of iap |
EP1851200B1 (en) * | 2005-02-25 | 2014-01-15 | Tetralogic Pharmaceuticals Corporation | Dimeric iap inhibitors |
US20070003535A1 (en) | 2005-03-17 | 2007-01-04 | Reed John C | Methods and compositions for derepression of IAP-inhibited caspase |
WO2006122408A1 (en) | 2005-05-18 | 2006-11-23 | Aegera Therapeutics Inc. | Bir domain binding compounds |
WO2006128455A2 (en) | 2005-05-25 | 2006-12-07 | 2Curex Aps | Compounds modifying apoptosis |
WO2006133147A2 (en) | 2005-06-08 | 2006-12-14 | Novartis Ag | Organic compounds |
US20070203749A1 (en) | 2005-08-09 | 2007-08-30 | Sri Chunduru | Business methods for compounds for treatment of proliferative disorders |
WO2007021825A2 (en) | 2005-08-09 | 2007-02-22 | Tetralogic Pharmaceuticals Corporation | Treatment of proliferative disorders |
JP2009512719A (en) | 2005-10-25 | 2009-03-26 | アエゲラ セラピューティクス インコーポレイテッド | IAPBIR domain binding compound |
WO2007106192A2 (en) | 2005-12-19 | 2007-09-20 | Genentech, Inc. | Inhibitors of iap |
MX2008008191A (en) | 2005-12-20 | 2008-11-04 | Novartis Ag | Combination of an iap-inhibitor and a taxane7. |
WO2007101347A1 (en) | 2006-03-07 | 2007-09-13 | Aegera Therapeutics Inc. | Bir domain binding compounds |
TWI504597B (en) | 2006-03-16 | 2015-10-21 | Pharmascience Inc | Iap bir domain binding compounds |
EP1996184A4 (en) | 2006-03-21 | 2010-09-22 | Joyant Pharmaceuticals Inc | Small molecule apoptosis promoters |
AU2007248473B2 (en) | 2006-05-05 | 2011-01-27 | The Regents Of The University Of Michigan | Bivalent Smac mimetics and the uses thereof |
US8202902B2 (en) | 2006-05-05 | 2012-06-19 | The Regents Of The University Of Michigan | Bivalent SMAC mimetics and the uses thereof |
US8163792B2 (en) | 2006-05-16 | 2012-04-24 | Pharmascience Inc. | IAP BIR domain binding compounds |
BRPI0715195A2 (en) | 2006-07-24 | 2013-06-11 | Tetralogic Pharm Corp | compound, methods for inducing and stimulating apoptosis in a cell, for enhancing apoptosis of pathogenic cells in vivo in an individual, and for treating a disease, and, pharmaceutical composition. |
JP5452223B2 (en) * | 2006-07-24 | 2014-03-26 | テトラロジック ファーマシューティカルズ コーポレーション | IAP inhibitor |
PE20110224A1 (en) | 2006-08-02 | 2011-04-05 | Novartis Ag | PROCEDURE FOR THE SYNTHESIS OF A PEPTIDOMIMETIC OF Smac INHIBITOR OF IAP, AND INTERMEDIARY COMPOUNDS FOR THE SYNTHESIS OF THE SAME |
KR20090082221A (en) | 2006-10-19 | 2009-07-29 | 노파르티스 아게 | Organic Compounds |
KR20090094461A (en) | 2006-12-19 | 2009-09-07 | 제넨테크, 인크. | Imidazopyridine inhibitors of iap |
BRPI0810178A2 (en) | 2007-04-12 | 2014-09-23 | Joyant Pharmaceuticals Inc | SMAC MIME DIMERS AND THERMALS USEFUL AS ANTICCAN AGENTS |
MX2009011783A (en) | 2007-04-30 | 2009-12-04 | Genentech Inc | Inhibitors of iap. |
JP2012503004A (en) | 2008-09-17 | 2012-02-02 | テトラロジック ファーマシューティカルズ コーポレーション | IAP inhibitor |
BRPI1011851A2 (en) | 2009-05-28 | 2019-04-16 | Tetralogic Pharm Corp | COMPOUND, PHARMACEUTICAL COMPOSITION, AND METHODS FOR INDUCING APOPTOSIS IN A CELL, AND TO TREAT A DISEASE |
JP5642777B2 (en) | 2009-05-28 | 2014-12-17 | テトラロジック ファーマシューティカルズ コーポレーション | IAP inhibitor |
US8283372B2 (en) | 2009-07-02 | 2012-10-09 | Tetralogic Pharmaceuticals Corp. | 2-(1H-indol-3-ylmethyl)-pyrrolidine dimer as a SMAC mimetic |
-
2005
- 2005-07-15 AU AU2005274937A patent/AU2005274937B2/en active Active
- 2005-07-15 EP EP05792764.2A patent/EP1773766B1/en active Active
- 2005-07-15 JP JP2007521691A patent/JP5230865B2/en active Active
- 2005-07-15 WO PCT/US2005/025208 patent/WO2006020060A2/en active Application Filing
- 2005-07-15 US US11/184,503 patent/US7456209B2/en not_active Expired - Fee Related
- 2005-07-15 ES ES05792764.2T patent/ES2475207T3/en active Active
- 2005-07-15 CA CA2574040A patent/CA2574040C/en active Active
-
2008
- 2008-10-09 US US12/248,494 patent/US7968590B2/en not_active Expired - Fee Related
-
2011
- 2011-06-03 US US13/152,644 patent/US20110294827A1/en not_active Abandoned
-
2013
- 2013-06-25 US US13/926,283 patent/US8802716B2/en active Active
-
2014
- 2014-07-16 US US14/332,492 patent/US9394249B2/en active Active
-
2016
- 2016-06-15 US US15/182,921 patent/US9840464B2/en active Active
Cited By (14)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
US7772177B2 (en) | 2005-05-18 | 2010-08-10 | Aegera Therapeutics, Inc. | BIR domain binding compounds |
US8575113B2 (en) | 2005-05-18 | 2013-11-05 | Pharmascience Inc. | BIR domain binding compounds |
US7589118B2 (en) | 2005-10-25 | 2009-09-15 | Aegera Therapeutics, Inc. | IAP BIR domain binding compounds |
US7795298B2 (en) | 2005-10-25 | 2010-09-14 | Aegera Therapeutics, Inc. | IAP BIR domain binding compounds |
US8063095B2 (en) | 2005-10-25 | 2011-11-22 | Pharmascience Inc. | IAP BIR domain binding compounds |
US7547724B2 (en) | 2005-10-25 | 2009-06-16 | Aegera Therpeutics, Inc. | IAP BIR domain binding compounds |
WO2007104162A1 (en) * | 2006-03-16 | 2007-09-20 | Aegera Therapeutics, Inc. | Iap bir domain binding compounds |
US7645741B2 (en) | 2006-03-16 | 2010-01-12 | Aegera Therapeutics, Inc. | IAP BIR domain binding compounds |
US7579320B2 (en) | 2006-03-16 | 2009-08-25 | Aegera Therapeutics, Inc. | IAP BIR domain binding compounds |
US8765681B2 (en) | 2006-03-16 | 2014-07-01 | Pharmascience Inc. | IAP BIR domain binding compounds |
US9365614B2 (en) | 2006-03-16 | 2016-06-14 | Pharmascience Inc. | IAP BIR domain binding compounds |
US8163792B2 (en) | 2006-05-16 | 2012-04-24 | Pharmascience Inc. | IAP BIR domain binding compounds |
US8648094B2 (en) | 2006-05-16 | 2014-02-11 | Pharmascience, Inc. | IAP BIR domain binding compounds |
US9284350B2 (en) | 2010-02-12 | 2016-03-15 | Pharmascience Inc. | IAP BIR domain binding compounds |
Also Published As
Publication number | Publication date |
---|---|
US20110294827A1 (en) | 2011-12-01 |
US20090048183A1 (en) | 2009-02-19 |
US20150307448A1 (en) | 2015-10-29 |
WO2006020060A2 (en) | 2006-02-23 |
US7456209B2 (en) | 2008-11-25 |
AU2005274937B2 (en) | 2011-08-18 |
US9840464B2 (en) | 2017-12-12 |
US20130289075A1 (en) | 2013-10-31 |
US20160289183A1 (en) | 2016-10-06 |
WO2006020060A3 (en) | 2007-02-15 |
US9394249B2 (en) | 2016-07-19 |
AU2005274937A1 (en) | 2006-02-23 |
US20060025347A1 (en) | 2006-02-02 |
JP2008506712A (en) | 2008-03-06 |
JP5230865B2 (en) | 2013-07-10 |
ES2475207T3 (en) | 2014-07-10 |
US7968590B2 (en) | 2011-06-28 |
EP1773766A2 (en) | 2007-04-18 |
US8802716B2 (en) | 2014-08-12 |
CA2574040C (en) | 2014-05-06 |
EP1773766B1 (en) | 2014-04-02 |
Similar Documents
Publication | Publication Date | Title |
---|---|---|
CA2574040C (en) | Iap binding compounds | |
EP1578777B1 (en) | Iap binding compounds | |
JP4954983B2 (en) | BIR domain binding compound | |
JP5688826B2 (en) | Calpain activity detection fluorescent probe | |
Seneci et al. | Rational design, synthesis and characterization of potent, non-peptidic Smac mimics/XIAP inhibitors as proapoptotic agents for cancer therapy | |
JP2009503027A (en) | Substituted ethane-1,2-diamine for the treatment of Alzheimer's disease II | |
US20030125561A1 (en) | Uronium and immonium salts for peptide coupling | |
CN110028508B (en) | Antitumor diazo bicyclic apoptosis protein inhibitor | |
AU2002310004A1 (en) | Uronium and immonium salts for peptide coupling | |
Friedrichsen et al. | Application of enzymatically stable dipeptides for enhancement of intestinal permeability. Synthesis and in vitro evaluation of dipeptide-coupled compounds | |
MX2007000521A (en) | Iap binding compounds | |
Chang et al. | The discovery of small molecule carbamates as potent dual α4β1/α4β7 integrin antagonists | |
CN103508957B (en) | Hydroxyethyl pyrazole compound or aminoethyl pyrazole compound, preparation method and use thereof | |
Leban et al. | Proteasome inhibition by peptide-semicarbazones | |
Shi et al. | Synthesis of a C-terminally biotinylated macrocyclic peptide mimetic exhibiting high Grb2 SH2 domain-binding affinity | |
Wang et al. | Exploration of novel four-membered-heterocycle constructed peptidyl proteasome inhibitors with improved metabolic stability for cancer treatment | |
Berry et al. | Synthesis of external β-turn templates by reaction of protected dehydroamino acids with cyclic enaminoesters |
Legal Events
Date | Code | Title | Description |
---|---|---|---|
EEER | Examination request |